BOSTON BIOMEDICA INC
S-1/A, 1996-10-25
IN VITRO & IN VIVO DIAGNOSTIC SUBSTANCES
Previous: REXENE CORP, 10-Q, 1996-10-25
Next: BOSTON BIOMEDICA INC, 8-A12G, 1996-10-25




   
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 25, 1996
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-10759
================================================================================
    


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   ----------


   
                                AMENDMENT NO.2 TO
                                    FORM S-1
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    


                                   ----------

                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

                                   ----------

          MASSACHUSETTS                       2835                  04-2652826  
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF   (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL   I.R.S. EMPLOYER
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)   CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)     IDENTIFICATION
                                                                      NUMBER)   
                                   ----------
                                                                 

      375 WEST STREET, WEST BRIDGEWATER, MASSACHUSETTS 02379 (508) 580-1900
   (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                    REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

                                   -----------

                             RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER,
                      PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
                                 375 WEST STREET
                      WEST BRIDGEWATER, MASSACHUSETTS 02379
                                 (508) 580-1900
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                   ----------

                                   COPIES TO:
    STEVEN R. LONDON, ESQ.                               PAUL JACOBS, ESQ.      
BROWN, RUDNICK, FREED & GESMER                       FULBRIGHT & JAWORSKI L.L.P.
     ONE FINANCIAL CENTER                                 666 FIFTH AVENUE      
 BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02111                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103  
     TEL: (617) 856-8200                                 TEL: (212) 318-3000    
     FAX: (617) 856-8201                                 FAX: (212) 752-5958    
                                                       
                                  -----------
                           


    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable  after this  Registration  Statement  is declared  effective  by the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

    If any of the securities  being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [x]


                                  -----------

    THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.

================================================================================







   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 25, 1996
    


PROSPECTUS
- ----------

                                1,600,000 SHARES

                                     [LOGO]

                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK


                                  -----------


    All of the  1,600,000  shares of Common Stock (the "Common  Stock")  offered
hereby are being sold by Boston Biomedica, Inc. (the "Company").

    Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
will be between $8.00 and $10.00 per share. See  "Underwriting"  for information
relating to the  determination  of the initial public offering price. The Common
Stock has been  approved for quotation on the Nasdaq  National  Market under the
symbol "BBII."


                                   ----------

SEE "RISK FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
SHOULD BE  CONSIDERED  BY  PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS  OF THE COMMON STOCK  OFFERED
HEREBY.

                                  -----------

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE

================================================================================

                                                UNDERWRITING
                                 PRICE TO      DISCOUNTS AND    PROCEEDS TO
                                  PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)   COMPANY(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share                         $                $               $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)                      $                $               $
================================================================================

(1)  Excludes  the value of warrants to be issued to the  Underwriters  and a 1%
     non-accountable  expense allowance  payable to the  Underwriters,  of which
     $40,000  has been paid to date.  The Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the
     Underwriters against certain liabilities,  including  liabilities under the
     Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."


(2)  Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated to be $792,000.

(3)  The Company has granted the Underwriters an option,  exercisable  within 30
     days of the date  hereof,  to purchase up to 240,000  additional  shares of
     Common  Stock at the  Price  to  Public  less  Underwriting  Discounts  and
     Commissions to cover over-allotments, if any. If all such additional shares
     are  purchased,  the total  Price to  Public,  Underwriting  Discounts  and
     Commissions  and  Proceeds  to Company  will be $_____,  $ ____ and $_____,
     respectively. See "Underwriting."


                                   ----------

    The shares of Common  Stock are offered by the  Underwriters  named  herein,
subject to receipt and  acceptance  by them and subject to their right to reject
any order in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the  certificates
representing  such shares will be made against payment therefor at the office of
Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated in New York, New York on or about_________, 1996.

OSCAR GRUSS & SON INCORPORATED                               KAUFMAN BROS., L.P.

             THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS            , 1996.



Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
Registration  Statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the Registration  Statement  becomes
effective.  This  Prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.






    Description of photograph:

    Under  the  caption  "Total  Quality  System,"  there  is a  collage  of the
Company's  products which are a part of its Total Quality  System.  In the upper
left corner is a photograph of a TQS Qualification  Panel,  proceeding clockwise
to the upper right  corner is a  photograph  of an Accurun 1(R) vial and pipette
superimposed over a typical  Levey-Jennings  daily quality control chart. In the
lower right corner is a photograph of a lab  technician  operating  equipment in
one of the Company's  laboratories,  and finally, in the lower left corner, is a
photograph  of  Anti-HIV  1  Western  Blots for seven  different  Company  Panel
Products.


    The BBI logo is a trademark  of the  Company.  Accurun  1(R) is a registered
trademark of the Company. Accurun(tm) is a trademark of the Company.

    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.







    TQS Logo
                                  
                                             o TARGETED TO THE EMERGING
                                               END-USER MARKET FOR
     TOTAL                                     INFECTIOUS DISEASE TEST
    QUALITY                                    KIT QUALITY CONTROL
    SYSTEM                                   o USER-FRIENDLY PRODUCTS
                                               FOR MONITORING
                                               LABORATORY PROFICIENCY,
                                               LOT ACCEPTANCE,
                                               TROUBLESHOOTING AND TRAINING
                                             o DESIGNED TO EVALUATE THE
                                               KEY ELEMENTS IN
                                               THE TESTING PROCESS:
                                               TEST KIT, EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL
                                             o ESSENTIAL PRODUCTS IN AN
                                               OVERALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM




                                                 QUALITY CONTROL         
                                                   PRODUCTS FOR    
                                             INFECTIOUS DISEASE TESTS



o SEROCONVERSION
  PANELS, PERFORMANCE
  PANELS AND SENSITIVITY PANELS
  FOR THE EVALUATION OF
  INFECTIOUS DISEASE
  TEST KITS                                      Photograph of four of the      
o USED BY TEST KIT                      Company's Quality Control Panel Products
  MANUFACTURERS AND                          
  REGULATORS THROUGHOUT
  THE WORLD
o DEVELOPED FROM AN
  EXTENSIVE INVENTORY
  OF HUMAN BLOOD SPECIMENS
o CONTRIBUTING TO THE
  IMPROVED SENSITIVITY
  OF INFECTIOUS DISEASE
  TESTS WORLDWIDE





    Inside Front Cover

    Title at top of page reads:  "Serving Our  Customer's  Needs  Throughout the
Entire Product Life Cycle."

    Description  of   Photograph:   Photograph  is  comprised  of  a  pie  chart
superimposed  over photographs of the Company's  products and services.  The pie
chart has four sections and eight  subsections.  The four sections  refer to the
four stages in the test kit life-cycle and are captioned:  "R&D,"  "Regulatory,"
"Production" and "Marketing." Each subsection has a corresponding  photograph of
a Company product or service. The eight subsections are captioned:  "Performance
Panels,"   "Seroconversion   Panels,"  "Highly  Characterized   Specimen  Bank,"
"Clinical  Trials,"  "Characterized  Disease  State  Sera,"  "Basematrix,"  "Run
Controls" and "OEM and Custom Panels."

    Underneath the photograph are the words: "Your Partner in Infectious Disease
Quality Control" and the Company's logo is to the immediate left.




                            PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


    The following is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed  information
(including the financial  statements and notes thereto)  appearing  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus
(i) assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' option to purchase from the Company
up to 240,000  additional  shares of Common Stock to cover  over-allotments,  if
any,  (ii) gives  effect to a 1-for-2  reverse  stock split with  respect to the
Common Stock effected in September  1996,  (iii) gives effect to certain changes
to the Company's  Articles of Organization  effected in September 1996, and (iv)
gives effect to the  termination of certain  redemption  provisions  relating to
117,647  shares of Common Stock upon  completion  of this  Offering.  Unless the
context  indicates  otherwise,  all  references  to the  "Company" are to Boston
Biomedica,  Inc.  and its two  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  BTRL  Contracts  and
Services,  Inc. ("BTRL"), and BBI -- North American Clinical Laboratories,  Inc.
("BBI -- NACL").  For a discussion of certain  matters that should be considered
by purchasers of the Common Stock offered  hereby,  see "Risk  Factors." For the
definition of certain technical and scientific terms, see "Glossary."


                                THE COMPANY

    Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.  is a leading  worldwide  provider  of  proprietary
quality  control  products  for use with in vitro  diagnostic  test kits  ("test
kits") for the  detection,  analysis  and  monitoring  of  infectious  diseases,
including AIDS,  Hepatitis and Lyme Disease.  These products are used to develop
test kits, to permit the monitoring of laboratory  equipment and personnel,  and
to help ensure the accuracy of test results.  The Company's products are derived
from human  plasma and serum  using  proprietary  manufacturing  processes.  The
Company  believes its Quality  Control Panel  products are viewed as the current
industry  standard for the independent  assessment of the performance of HIV and
Hepatitis  test  kits.  The  Company  also  manufactures   diagnostic  test  kit
components  and  provides  specialty  laboratory  services,  including  clinical
trials.

    To  date,  the  Company  has  sold  its  products   primarily  to  test  kit
manufacturers and regulatory agencies, but it has recently begun selling Quality
Control  Products  directly to the emerging  end-user market for quality control
products for  infectious  disease test kits.  In late 1994 the Company  received
United States Food and Drug  Administration  ("FDA") clearance for Accurun 1(R),
its first Quality  Control  Product  designed  specifically  for end-users,  and
subsequently has introduced 24 additional  Accurun(tm) Quality Control Products.
In July 1996,  the  Company  introduced  its Total  Quality  System  ("TQS"),  a
marketing platform that combines Accurun(tm) with other Quality Control Products
to provide test kit  end-users  with the products  needed in an overall  quality
assurance  program.  TQS products  allow  end-users to evaluate  each of the key
elements  of the  testing  process:  the  test  kit,  laboratory  equipment  and
laboratory personnel.

   
    The Company's  customers include Abbott  Diagnostics,  Boehringer  Mannheim,
Chiron,  Fujirebio,  Hoffman LaRoche,  Ortho Diagnostics (Johnson & Johnson) and
Sanofi  Diagnostics;  regulatory  agencies  such as the United  States FDA,  the
British Public Health  Laboratory  Service,  the French Institut  National de la
Transfusion  Sanguine and the German Paul Ehrlich  Institute;  and  end-users of
diagnostic test kits, such as blood banks,  hospitals and clinical laboratories.
The Company's products are sold to its customers pursuant to purchase orders for
discrete purchases and not pursuant to long-term contracts.
    


    The increased threat of infectious  diseases has created a large and growing
market for  infectious  disease test kits.  Venture  Planning  Group,  a medical
products research firm, estimates that the worldwide infectious disease test kit
market was  approximately  $2.7 billion in 1995 and will grow to $5.0 billion by
2000. The related market for quality  control  products for in vitro  diagnostic
testing for infectious and  non-infectious  disease totaled  approximately  $600
million in 1994,  according to the Genesis Report Dx, a medical products survey.
The Company believes that quality control  products for infectious  disease test
kits currently  represent less than five percent of the overall  quality control
market, primarily as a result of the limited use of such products by end-users.

    The  Company  believes  that the market for  quality  control  products  for
infectious  disease  test kits  will  continue  to  expand,  particularly  among
end-users,  primarily  as  a  result  of  several  key  factors:  (i)  increased
regulatory  scrutiny  due to public  concern  about the  dangers  of  infectious
diseases such as AIDS and  Hepatitis;  (ii) growing  recognition of the value of
using quality  control  products to ensure the greatest  possible  safety of the
blood supply,  to achieve the earliest possible  diagnosis of infection,  and to
minimize the  occurrence of false negative  results;  (iii) the discovery of new
infectious diseases and the development of new treatments for diseases requiring
periodic  monitoring,  such as viral load testing for HIV, Hepatitis B and C and
other  diseases;  and  (iv)  the  emergence  of  new  testing  technologies  and
equipment.


                                       3


    The Company offers three product groups in infectious  disease  diagnostics:
Quality  Control  Panels,  Accurun(tm)  Run Controls and Diagnostic  Components.
These products are used throughout the entire test kit life cycle,  from initial
research and development,  through the regulatory  approval process and test kit
production,  to  training,  troubleshooting  and routine use by  end-users.  The
Company's  Quality  Control  Panels,  which combine human blood  specimens  with
comprehensive  quantitative  data useful for comparative  analysis,  help ensure
that test kits detect the correct analyte (specificity),  detect it the same way
every  time   (reproducibility),   and  detect  it  at  the  appropriate  levels
(sensitivity).  The Company's  Accurun(tm) Run Controls enable end-users of test
kits to confirm the validity of results by monitoring test performance,  thereby
minimizing  false  negative  test  results and  improving  error  detection.  In
addition, the Company provides Diagnostic Components, which are custom processed
human plasma and serum products, to test kit manufacturers.

    The Company's  specialty clinical  laboratory  services include both routine
and  sophisticated  infectious  disease testing in microbiology,  immunology and
molecular biology.  The Company seeks to focus its specialty laboratory services
in advanced areas of infectious disease testing,  and provides contract research
and clinical trials for domestic and foreign test kit manufacturers.

    The  Company's  strategy  is to  leverage  its  scientific  capabilities  in
microbiology,  immunology,  virology, and molecular biology to (i) capitalize on
the emerging  end-user  market,  (ii) develop new products and  services,  (iii)
enhance  technical  leadership,   (iv)  capitalize  on  complementary   business
operations, and (v) pursue strategic acquisitions and alliances.

    The Company  believes that it has several  competitive  advantages that will
help it implement its strategy:

    o an  inventory  of  approximately  50,000  distinct  human blood  specimens
      accumulated  since 1986  through its  worldwide  sources of  blood-supply,
      which enable the Company to quickly respond to market trends;

    o the ability to offer specialty  laboratory  services and conduct  clinical
      trials,  which helps it to maintain  contact and enhance  credibility with
      test kit manufacturers and regulatory authorities,  and allows the Company
      to remain at the forefront of market trends and customer needs;

    o proprietary  manufacturing know-how resulting from ten years of experience
      working with leading  worldwide  manufacturers in the development of their
      infectious disease test kits; and

    o its  reputation  as an authority in  infectious  disease  quality  control
      products among test kit manufacturers and regulatory agencies.

    The Company, a Massachusetts corporation, was organized in 1978, but did not
commence significant  operations until 1986. The Company's principal offices are
located at 375 West Street, West Bridgewater, MA 02379, and its telephone number
is (508) 580-1900.

                                  THE OFFERING


Common Stock Offered                    1,600,000 shares(1)

Common Stock to be Outstanding
  after the Offering                    4,290,064 shares(1)(2)


Use of Proceeds                         Repayment   of   indebtedness,   capital
                                        expenditures,   and  general   corporate
                                        purposes,  including working capital and
                                        potential  acquisitions.   See  "Use  of
                                        Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq National
  Market Symbol                        BBII



- -----------
(1) Does not  include up to 240,000  shares of Common  Stock that may be sold by
    the Company pursuant to the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
    See "Underwriting."


(2) Does not include  1,161,057 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    outstanding  options and warrants and 14,333 shares of Common Stock issuable
    upon  conversion  of  an  outstanding  subordinated  convertible  note.  See
    "Capitalization"  and Notes 6, 10 and 11 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial
    Statements.


                                       4



                    SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                   (In thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                            -----------------------        -------------------------
                                                                          1993(1)    1994      1995            1995          1996
                                                                          -------    ----      ----            ----          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>              <C>

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                           
  Product sales                                                            $3,942    $ 5,982   $ 6,622     $  3,024     $  3,946
  Service revenue                                                           5,215      4,741     5,649        2,540        2,982
    Total revenue                                                           9,157     10,723    12,271        5,564        6,928
                                                                        
  Income from operations                                                      312        405       508          104          307
  Net income (loss)                                                           142         97       103          (36)          83
  Net income (loss) per share(2)(3)                                        $ 0.06    $  0.04   $  0.04     $  (0.01)    $   0.03
  Weighted average common and common equivalent shares                  
   outstanding(2)(3)                                                        2,438      2,587     3,151        2,598        3,253
</TABLE>                                                                

                                                        


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  JUNE 30, 1996     
                                                                                                                  -------------     
                                                                                                                         PRO FORMA
                                                                                                             ACTUAL   AS ADJUSTED(4)
                                                                                                            ------   --------------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>       <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                                                                       
  Working capital                                                                                           $ 4,497       $ 14,300
  Total assets                                                                                               10,047         19,360
  Long term debt, less current maturities                                                                     2,798          --
  Redeemable common stock                                                                                       899          --
  Total stockholders' equity                                                                                   3,332        16,831

</TABLE>
                                                                                
                                                                                


- ----------
(1)  On June  30,  1993,  the  Company  exercised  its  option  to  pre-pay  the
     acquisition  note issued in connection  with the 1992 purchase of BTRL at a
     discount  from the  balance  due,  resulting  in an  extraordinary  gain of
     $50,000, net of taxes of $33,000. The 1993 net income per share before such
     extraordinary gain was $0.04.

(2)  The effect of the common stock  equivalents  on net income per common share
     has been excluded from the calculation for 1993 and 1994 and the six months
     ended June 30, 1995 as its inclusion was antidilutive.

   
(3)  Pro forma supplementary  earnings per share for the year ended December 31,
     1995  and  the  six  months  ended  June  30,  1996  were  $.09  and  $.06,
     respectively,  based upon an  assumed  weighted  average  common and common
     equivalent shares outstanding of 3,600,007 and 3,701,173,  respectively. In
     accordance with APB Opinion 15, pro forma supplementary  earnings per share
     is presented as if the Company sold on January 1, 1995,  448,530  shares of
     Common Stock, representing the number of shares of Common Stock required to
     be sold at the assumed  initial public offering price of $9.00 per share in
     order for the Company to repay the average indebtedness  outstanding during
     1995 as if the  Offering  had  occurred  on January  1,  1995.  See "Use of
     Proceeds" and Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    

(4)  Adjusted to reflect: (i) application of the estimated net proceeds from the
     sale of 1,600,000  shares of Common Stock offered by the Company  hereby at
     an  assumed  initial  public  offering  price of  $9.00  per  share,  after
     deducting  estimated  underwriting  discounts and  commissions and offering
     expenses,  and (ii) the  termination of redemption  provisions  relating to
     117,647 shares of Common Stock upon completion of this Offering.


                                       5


                                  RISK FACTORS

    An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered  hereby  involves a high
degree of risk. In addition to the other  information  in this  Prospectus,  the
following  factors should be considered  carefully in evaluating the Company and
its business before purchasing the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

UNDEVELOPED END-USER MARKET FOR QUALITY CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR INFECTIOUS
DISEASE TEST KITS

    The Company intends to focus its product development and sales and marketing
efforts on quality  control  products for end-users of  infectious  disease test
kits. Currently,  most quality control products for infectious disease test kits
are sold to test kit  manufacturers  and  regulators.  End-users  of  infectious
disease test kits are currently  using quality  control  products only to a very
limited extent.  See "Business -- Industry  Overview." The Company's strategy is
based primarily upon significant  growth in sales of quality control products to
the end-user market.  See "Business -- Strategy." There can be no assurance that
end-users of  infectious  disease test kits will  increase  their use of quality
control  products,  or that the Company  will be able to  increase  its sales of
quality control products to such end-users.  Clearance or approval by the United
States Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA") will be necessary before quality
control  products  may be sold  for  clinical  laboratory  use  rather  than for
research  purposes  only.  See  "--  Stringent  Government  Regulation."  If the
end-user market for quality control products does not develop, or if the Company
is unable to increase  its sales to this market,  the  Company's  future  growth
could be materially and adversely affected.

COMPETITION

    In sales of both its products and specialty laboratory services, the Company
experiences   substantial   competition  and  the  threat  of  competition  from
established  and potential  competitors,  most of which have greater  financial,
manufacturing  and  marketing  resources  than  the  Company.   Competition  for
customers is intense and depends  principally on the ability to provide products
of the quality and in the quantity required by customers, as well as the ability
to provide  sophisticated  specialty laboratory services, at competitive prices.
The Company  currently  competes  against  independent  reference  laboratories,
integrated plasma collection and processing centers and manufacturers of quality
controls and other Diagnostic  Components.  In addition, the Company understands
that a leading  manufacturer  of quality  control  products  for  non-infectious
diseases recently entered the quality control market for infectious disease test
kits. There can be no assurance that other such manufacturers or other companies
will not enter this  market.  The  entrance of any of these  companies  into the
quality  control market for  infectious  disease test kits could have a material
adverse effect on the Company,  particularly its ability to achieve its strategy
to capitalize on the end-user market for quality control products for infectious
disease test kits. In addition,  certain of the  Company's  products are derived
from donors with rare antibody characteristics.  Competition for blood specimens
from such donors may  increase,  which may increase  the cost of obtaining  such
specimens.  There can be no assurance that such increased  competition  will not
adversely  affect the  Company.  See "--  Difficulty  in  Obtaining  Certain Raw
Materials" and "Business -- Competition."

ABILITY TO MANAGE GROWTH

    The  Company's  future  success will depend in part on its ability to manage
growth as it increases its production capacity and broadens  distribution of its
products.  To compete  effectively and manage future growth, if any, the Company
will be required to continue to implement and improve its operational, financial
and management  information systems,  procedures and controls on a timely basis,
and to  expand,  train,  motivate  and  manage  its  workforce.  There can be no
assurance that the Company's personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be
adequate to support the Company's  future  operations.  The failure to implement
new and improved existing  operational,  financial and management  systems or to
expand, train, motivate or manage employees could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business,  operating results and financial condition. There can
be no assurance that the Company will continue to grow or, if it does,  that the
Company will manage the growth successfully.


                                       6


FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The  Company's   results  of  operations  have  been  subject  to  quarterly
fluctuations due to a variety of factors, including customer purchasing patterns
and  seasonal  demand  for  laboratory  testing  services.  In  particular,  the
Company's  sales of its  Quality  Control  Products  and  Diagnostic  Components
typically  have been  highest  in the  fourth  quarter  and  lowest in the first
quarter of each fiscal year.  For example,  total revenue for the fourth quarter
ended  December 31, 1994 and 1995 were $3.0  million and $3.8  million  compared
with total  revenue for the first  quarter ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 of $2.7
million and $3.1  million.  The Company  believes  that its customers may expend
end-of-year  budget  surpluses  in  the  fourth  quarter,  thereby  causing  the
Company's  fourth  quarter  product  sales to be higher at the  expense of first
quarter product sales. In addition,  demand for laboratory  services tends to be
somewhat  higher in the third and fourth  quarters of the fiscal year due to the
seasonal  nature of Lyme Disease  testing,  the Company's  highest  volume test.
Moreover,  the Company's  margins for its different  products and services vary,
with Quality Control Products  generally having the highest margins and Contract
Research the lowest.  Therefore,  the Company's  results may vary from period to
period  as a  result  of the mix of  products  and  services  and the mix  among
products. As a result,  quarterly results of operations may not be indicative of
future  results of  operations.  Also,  variations  in the  Company's  quarterly
results of operations may affect the market price of the Common Stock.  See " --
Volatility of Price of Common Stock" and  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

RISK OF ACQUISITIONS


    The  Company  intends to pursue  strategic  acquisitions  to expand its core
product line, strengthen its base in medical science and technology,  and secure
new sources of blood supply.  The Company is subject to various risks associated
with an acquisition strategy, including the risk that the Company will be unable
to identify and attract  suitable  acquisition  candidates  or to integrate  and
manage  any  acquired  business.   The  Company  will  compete  for  acquisition
candidates  with  companies  which  have  significantly  greater  financial  and
management  resources than the Company.  Acquisitions  could place a significant
burden on the Company's  management and operating  personnel.  Implementing  the
Company's  expansion  strategy may also require  significant  capital resources.
Capital  is  needed  not only  for  acquisitions,  but  also  for the  effective
integration, operation and expansion of such businesses. The Company may need to
raise capital  through the issuance of long-term or short-term  indebtedness  or
the issuance of its  securities in private or public  transactions,  which could
result  in  dilution  of  existing  equity  positions,  increased  interest  and
amortization expense or decreased income to fund future expansion.  There can be
no assurance that acceptable financing for future acquisitions will be available
or that the  integration  of  future  acquisitions  and  expansion  of  existing
business can be achieved. See "-- Ability to Manage Growth."


DIFFICULTY IN OBTAINING CERTAIN RAW MATERIALS

    The Company  manufactures its products from human plasma and serum which the
Company  obtains from nonprofit and commercial  blood centers,  primarily in the
United States,  but also from similar sources  throughout the world.  Certain of
the Company's products, including its Seroconversion and Performance Panels, are
comprised of unique and rare plasma specimens  obtained from individuals  during
the short  period of time when the disease  markers of  particular  diseases are
converting  from negative to positive.  See "Business -- Products." As a result,
the  quantity of any such panel is limited,  so the Company  must  replace  such
panels as they sell out with another panel comprised of specimens equally unique
and rare. Competition to obtain such specimens may increase,  which may increase
the cost of obtaining such products.  There can be no assurance that the Company
will continue to be successful in obtaining a steady and adequate  supply of the
unique and rare  specimens  of plasma  and serum  necessary  for  certain of its
products. The inability to continue to obtain such specimens, or any significant
delays in obtaining such specimens,  would have a material adverse effect on the
Company. See "-- Competition."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

    The Company's  success depends in large part upon its ability to attract and
retain  highly  qualified  scientific  and  management  personnel.  The  Company
competes  for such  individuals  with other  companies,  academic  institutions,
government entities and other organizations.  There can be no 


                                       7

assurance  that the Company will be successful in hiring or retaining  requisite
personnel. The failure of the Company to recruit and retain qualified scientific
and management  personnel  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company.
None of the  Company's key  management or scientific  personnel is subject to an
employment  agreement with the Company. The loss of the services of any such key
personnel,  including  Richard  T.  Schumacher,  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company, could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The
Company  maintains  key  person  life  insurance  on  certain  of its  officers,
including Mr. Schumacher, on whose life the Company has $4,750,000 of insurance,
$2,000,000 of which has been pledged to the Company's lender.  See "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --
Liquidity and Capital  Resources,"  "Business -- Competition" and "Management --
Directors and Executive Officers."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY CUSTOMERS

    The  Company's  three  largest  customers  accounted  for  an  aggregate  of
approximately  20% of the Company's  revenues in 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996,  although the customers  were not identical
in each period.  In addition,  the majority of the Company's  revenues are based
upon  purchase  orders.  None  of  the  Company's  customers  are  contractually
committed to make future  product  purchases  from the Company.  The loss of any
major customer or a material  reduction in a major  customer's  purchases  would
have a material adverse effect upon the Company.

    A single U.S.  government services contract accounted for approximately 7.5%
and 7.3% of the  Company's  revenues  in 1995 and the six months  ended June 30,
1996. This contract is due to expire in February 1997. The Company has responded
to a Request for Proposals by the United States  government  for a new four year
contract to replace this contract.  There can be no assurance that the Company's
response  to the  Request for  Proposals  will be accepted by the United  States
government.  Failure to receive the new contract  would have a material  adverse
effect on the Company. See "Business -- Services."

STRINGENT GOVERNMENT REGULATION


    The manufacture  and  distribution of medical  devices,  including  products
manufactured  by the Company that are intended for in vitro  diagnostic use, are
subject to extensive  government  regulation  in the United  States and in other
countries.  In the United States,  the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the "FDCA")
prohibits the  marketing of in vitro  diagnostic  products  until they have been
cleared or approved by the FDA, a process that is time-consuming,  expensive and
uncertain.  Once clearance or approval is obtained,  the FDA requires additional
clearances  or  approvals  for product  changes that could affect the safety and
effectiveness of the device,  including, for example, new indications for use or
changes  in the  design  or  manufacturing  process.  Additional  clearances  or
approvals  may also be  required  for  changes  in  claims  relating  to uses of
products. The Company's Accurun Run Controls,  when marketed for diagnostic use,
have been classified by the FDA as medical devices. The Company has received FDA
clearance  to  market  its  Accurun  1(R)  line  for  diagnostic  purposes.   An
application  for clearance for  diagnostic  use for one  additional  Accurun(tm)
product  has  been  submitted  by  the  Company  to the  FDA,  and  the  Company
anticipates  that  applications  for  approximately  16  additional  Accurun(tm)
products will be prepared and submitted to the FDA by the end of 1997. There can
be no assurance that the Company will obtain regulatory  clearances or approvals
on a timely basis, if at all, for future products,  changes in existing products
or  changes in claims  relating  to uses of  products.  Delays in  obtaining  or
failure to obtain  requisite FDA  clearances or approvals  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.


    All of the Company's  Quality Control Products with the exception of Accurun
1(R) are marketed  "for  research use only," which do not require FDA  premarket
clearance or approval of the product,  and not marketed for diagnostic purposes,
which do require FDA premarket clearance or approval. The Company's labeling for
these products limits their use to research. It is possible,  however, that some
purchasers of these  products may use them for diagnostic  purposes  despite the
Company's intended use. In these circumstances,  the FDA could allege that these
products  should have been cleared or approved by the FDA prior to marketing and
initiate  enforcement  action  against the Company,  which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.  Failure to obtain,  or delays in obtaining,  FDA
clearances  or  approval  would  adversely  affect  the  Company's  strategy  of
capitalizing on the end-user market.


                                       8


    The Company  believes that its Quality  Control  Panels are not regulated by
the FDA because  they are not  intended  for  diagnostic  purposes.  The Company
believes  that its  Diagnostic  Components,  which  are  components  of in vitro
diagnostic products, may be subject to certain regulatory requirements under the
FDCA and other laws administered by the FDA, but do not require that the Company
obtain a premarket  approval or clearance.  There can be no assurance,  however,
that  the  FDA  would  agree  or  that  the  FDA  will  not  adopt  a  different
interpretation  of the FDCA or other  laws it  administers,  which  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

    In addition,  both before and after clearance or approval,  medical devices,
such as Accurun  1(R),  are  subject to certain  export and import  requirements
under the FDCA.

    The  Company  is also  subject to strict  FDA good  manufacturing  practices
("GMP") regulations governing testing,  control and documentation,  and to other
postmarketing  restrictions  with respect to the  manufacture  of the  Company's
medical  device  products.  Ongoing  compliance  with GMP and  other  applicable
regulatory  requirements  is  monitored  through  periodic  inspections  by  the
regulatory  authorities.   Failure  to  comply  with  GMP  or  other  regulatory
requirements  can  result,  among other  consequences,  in the failure to obtain
premarket clearances or approvals,  withdrawal of clearances or approvals, total
or partial  suspension of product  distribution,  injunctions,  civil penalties,
recall or seizures of products,  and criminal  prosecution,  each of which would
have a material adverse effect on the Company.

    Laws and regulations  affecting the Company's products are in effect in many
of the countries, states and other jurisdictions in which the Company markets or
intends to market its products.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to obtain any required  regulatory  clearances  or approvals on a timely
basis,  or at all.  Delays in receipt of or failure to obtain such clearances or
approvals,  or the  failure  to comply  with  regulatory  requirements  in these
countries,  states or other jurisdictions,  could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business,  financial  condition and results of operations.  See
"Business -- Government Regulation."

    The  Company  is also  subject to other  national,  state and local laws and
regulations,  including those relating to the use and disposal of  biohazardous,
radioactive  and other hazardous  substances and wastes.  Failure to comply with
such laws and regulations  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business,  financial  condition  and results of  operations.  See  "Business  --
Government Regulation."

FOREIGN RESTRICTIONS ON IMPORTATION OF BLOOD DERIVATIVES

    Sales  outside  the  United  States  in  1993,  1994  and  1995  represented
approximately  15%, 21% and 25%,  respectively,  of the  Company's  revenues for
those  years,  and 27% in each of the six months  ended June 30,  1995 and 1996.
Foreign  sales are  primarily  to Western  Europe and Japan.  Concern over blood
safety has led to  movements  in a number of  European  and other  countries  to
restrict the importation of blood and blood derivatives,  including  antibodies.
Such  restrictions  continue  to be debated and there can be no  assurance  that
additional  restrictions  will not be imposed in the future.  If  imposed,  such
restrictions could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.

RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

    The  infectious  disease  test kit  industry is  characterized  by rapid and
significant  technological  change and  changes in customer  requirements.  As a
result,  the Company's success will be dependent upon its ability to enhance its
existing products and to develop or acquire and introduce in a timely manner new
products that take advantage of  technological  advances and respond to customer
requirements.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be successful in
developing  and  marketing  such new products or  enhancements  to the Company's
existing  products  on a timely  basis or that  such  products  will  adequately
address the changing needs of the marketplace.  Furthermore, rapid technological
development by the Company or others may result in products or services becoming
obsolete  or  noncompetitive  before the  Company  recovers  its  investment  in
research, development and commercialization.


                                       9


RISK OF BROAD MANAGEMENT DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS


    A significant  portion of the estimated net proceeds from this Offering will
be  allocated  to working  capital and  general  corporate  purposes,  including
potential acquisitions.  Accordingly,  the Company will have broad discretion as
to the  application  of the net  proceeds  and  may  allocate  portions  of such
proceeds to uses which the Company's  stockholders  may not deem  desirable.  In
October 1996, the Company  entered into a License  Agreement and Preferred Stock
Purchase Agreement ("Purchase Agreement") with BioSeq, Inc. ("BioSeq"), an early
stage  biotechnology  company that is  developing a technology  for  sequencing,
synthesizing  and  characterizing  nucleic acids and proteins.  See "Business --
Strategic  Alliances." Under the Purchase  Agreement,  the Company has agreed to
purchase  approximately  19% of the  outstanding  capital stock of BioSeq for an
aggregate of $1,482,500, to be paid in three installments.  The Company has paid
the  first  installment  of  $210,000  and will pay the  second  installment  of
$522,500 upon  completion of the Offering.  The Company intends to use a portion
of the proceeds of this Offering to fund the second  installment and $210,000 of
such proceeds to repay amounts drawn on the Company's  revolving  line of credit
to fund the first  installment.  The Company  must make the  remaining  $750,000
installment if BioSeq  attains  certain  technical  milestones by July 31, 1997.
There can be no assurance as to the commercial  viability of BioSeq's technology
or that the Company will not lose its entire investment in BioSeq.  Additionally
there can be no assurance that the Company's use of any of the proceeds from the
Offering will yield any return. See "Use of Proceeds."


PROTECTION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

    None of the Company's Quality Control Products or Diagnostic Components have
been patented and the Company does not intend to seek patent protection for such
products. The Company's ability to compete effectively with other companies will
depend,  in part,  on its  ability to  maintain  the  proprietary  nature of its
technologies  and products and operate  without  infringing  the rights of third
parties.  The Company  relies  primarily on a  combination  of trade secrets and
non-disclosure   and   confidentiality   agreements,   and  in  certain  limited
circumstances,  patents,  to establish and protect its proprietary rights in its
technology  and  products.  There  can be no  assurance  that  others  will  not
independently  develop or otherwise  acquire the same,  similar or more advanced
trade secrets and know-how.

    The Company has two United States  patents and,  jointly with the University
of North  Carolina at Chapel  Hill  ("UNC"),  has filed  three  series of United
States and foreign  patent  applications  relating to compounds,  pharmaceutical
compositions  and  therapeutic  methods in connection  with the  Company's  drug
discovery  program at the  University  of North  Carolina  at Chapel  Hill.  See
"Business -- Services," and " -- Strategic Alliances." There can be no assurance
that patent applications will result in issued patents, that issued patents will
provide  any  competitive  advantage  or that  patents  will not be  challenged,
circumvented or invalidated.

    Third parties may be issued patents to, or may otherwise  acquire the rights
to, technology  necessary or potentially  useful to the Company.  The success of
the  Company  is  dependent  in part upon its not  infringing  patents  or other
intellectual  property  rights  of third  parties.  Litigation  relating  to the
infringement  of the  patents or other  intellectual  property  rights of others
could result in substantial costs to the Company.  Litigation which could result
in  substantial  costs to the  Company  may also be  necessary  to  enforce  the
Company's intellectual property rights or to determine the scope and validity of
the  proprietary  rights of  others.  Any such  substantial  costs  would have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

UNCERTAINTY RELATED TO HEALTHCARE REFORM; NO ASSURANCE OF ADEQUATE REIMBURSEMENT

    Political,  economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare
industry in the United States to fundamental  change.  Although to date Congress
has failed to pass  comprehensive  health care reform  legislation,  the Company
anticipates  that  Congress and state  legislatures  will continue to review and
assess alternative healthcare delivery and payment systems and may in the future
propose and adopt legislation  effecting  fundamental  changes in the healthcare
delivery system.  Legislative  debate is expected to continue in the future.  In
addition,  the private sector has been changing the healthcare  industry as well
through  consolidations  and alternatives in healthcare  delivery  systems.  The
Company  cannot  predict what impact the adoption of any federal or state health
care reform measures or future private sector reform may have on its industry or
business.



                                       10


    In both domestic and foreign  markets,  sales by the Company's  customers of
products and services  that  incorporate  or affect the demand for the Company's
products  may  depend  in  part  on  the  availability  of  reimbursement   from
third-party payors such as government health administration authorities, private
health insurers and other  organizations.  Third-party  payors are  increasingly
challenging the price and cost-  effectiveness of medical products and services.
There can be no assurance  that pricing  pressures  experienced by the Company's
customers will not adversely affect the Company because of a determination  that
its  products  are not cost  effective  or  because  of  inadequate  third-party
reimbursement  levels to such  customers.  In addition,  where the payor for the
Company's  specialty  laboratory services is the patient rather than third-party
payors, there is a greater risk of non-payment. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Results of
Operations."

RISK OF HAZARDOUS WASTE AND PRODUCT LIABILITY; ABSENCE OF INSURANCE

    The  Company's   manufacturing  processes  involve  the  controlled  use  of
biohazardous  materials and chemicals.  The risk of accidental  contamination or
injury from these  materials  cannot be completely  eliminated.  In the event of
such an accident,  the Company could be held liable for any damages that result,
and any such  liability  could exceed the resources of the Company.  The Company
may  incur  substantial  costs to  maintain  safety  in the use of  biohazardous
materials and to comply with  environmental  regulations as the Company  further
develops its manufacturing capacity. See "Business -- Government Regulation."

    Further,  the  Company's  business  exposes it to  liability  risks that are
inherent in the  testing,  manufacturing  and  marketing  of its  products.  The
Company does not currently have product liability  insurance.  Product liability
claims could expose the Company to substantial  liabilities and expenses,  which
could materially and adversely affect the Company.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXPORT SALES

   
    The  Company  generated  significant  sales  outside  the United  States and
anticipates  that  foreign  sales will  continue  to account  for a  significant
percentage  of the Company's net  revenues.  The  Company's  foreign  operations
accounted for approximately 15%, 21% and 25% of the Company's total revenues for
the  years  ended  December  31,  1993,   1994  and  1995,   respectively,   and
approximately  27% in each of the six months  ended June 30, 1995 and 1996,  and
36%, 38% and 47% of the Company's product sales for the years ended December 31,
1993,  1994 and 1995,  respectively,  and 50% and 48% for each of the six months
ended  June 30,  1995 and  1996.  The  Company  therefore  is  subject  to risks
associated with foreign sales,  including  United States and foreign  regulatory
requirements   and  policy   changes,   political   and  economic   instability,
difficulties  in  accounts  receivable  collection,   difficulties  in  managing
distributors or representatives and seasonality of sales. Although the Company's
sales have been  denominated in United States  dollars,  the value of the United
States dollar in relation to foreign  currencies may also  adversely  affect the
Company's sales to foreign customers. To the extent that the Company expands its
international  operations or changes its pricing  practices to denominate prices
in  foreign  currencies,  the  Company  will be exposed  to  increased  risks of
currency  fluctuation.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and Note 5 of  Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.
    

POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT OF CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS


    Upon  consummation of this Offering,  Richard T.  Schumacher,  President and
Chief Executive  Officer,  his relatives and the existing officers and directors
of the Company  collectively will have voting control over  approximately 39% of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, these stockholders,  should
they choose to act in concert,  will be in a position to exercise a  significant
degree of control over the Company, and to significantly  influence  stockholder
votes on the  election of the  Company's  directors,  increasing  the  Company's
authorized  capital  stock,  mergers,  and sales of the  Company's  assets.  See
"Principal Stockholders."


POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT OF CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

    Certain  provisions  of the  Company's  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of
Organization  and Restated  Bylaws could have the effect of discouraging a third
party from  pursuing a  non-negotiated  takeover of the  Company and  preventing
certain  changes in control.  These  provisions  include a  classified  Board of
Directors,  a fair price provision,  advance notice to the Board of Directors of
stockholder  proposals  and 


                                       11


stockholder  nominees for the Board of Directors,  limitations on the ability of
stockholders to remove directors and call stockholders  meetings,  the provision
that  vacancies  on the  Board of  Directors  be  filled  by a  majority  of the
remaining  directors  and the  ability  of the Board to issue,  without  further
stockholder approval,  preferred stock with rights and privileges which could be
senior to the Common  Stock.  The Company also is subject to Chapter 110F of the
Massachusetts  General Laws which,  subject to certain  exceptions,  prohibits a
Massachusetts  corporation  from  engaging  in any of a broad  range of business
combinations  with any  "interested  stockholder"  for a period  of three  years
following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder. These
provisions  could  discourage  a third  party from  pursuing  a takeover  of the
Company  at a price  considered  attractive  by many  stockholders,  since  such
provisions could have the effect of preventing or delaying a potential  acquiror
from  acquiring  control  of  the  Company  and  its  Board  of  Directors.  See
"Description   of  Capital   Stock  --  Preferred   Stock,"  "--   Massachusetts
Anti-Takeover and Related Statutes" and " -- Certain Provisions of the Company's
Articles of Organization and By-laws."

NO ASSURANCE OF PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF PRICE OF COMMON
STOCK

    Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  trading  market  for the
Common Stock.  There can be no assurance  that a regular  trading market for the
Common Stock will develop after this Offering or that, if developed,  it will be
sustained.  The  initial  public  offering  price of the  Common  Stock  will be
determined  by  negotiations  between  the Company  and  Representatives  of the
Underwriters  and may not be  indicative  of the price at which the Common Stock
will  trade  after  completion  of  this  Offering.  For  factors  that  will be
considered in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting."
After completion of this Offering, the market price of the Common Stock could be
subject to significant  fluctuations  in response to various factors and events,
including the liquidity of the market for the shares of Common Stock, variations
in the Company's operating results,  changes in earnings estimates by securities
analysts,  publicity  regarding  the Company,  the  infectious  disease test kit
industry or the healthcare  industry  generally,  new statutes or regulations or
changes in the interpretation of existing statutes or regulations  affecting the
healthcare  industry in general or the  infectious  disease test kit industry in
particular.  In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced broad
price and volume  fluctuations  that often have been  unrelated to the operating
performance  of  particular  companies.   These  market  fluctuations  also  may
adversely affect the market price of the shares of Common Stock.


LACK OF UNDERWRITING HISTORY

    Kaufman Bros.,  L.P. became  registered as a broker-dealer  in July 1995 and
has participated in a limited number of public  offerings as an underwriter.  As
part of its due diligence  function,  the  Underwriters  make such  inquiries of
management as they deem  appropriate,  review the accuracy of the Prospectus and
establish the initial public  offering  price for the Common Stock.  Prospective
purchasers of Common Stock offered hereby should consider the limited experience
of Kaufman  Bros.,  L.P. in evaluating  an  investment in the Common Stock.  See
"Underwriting."


DILUTION


    Purchasers of shares in the Offering will suffer immediate dilution of $5.10
in net tangible book value per share. See "Dilution" and "Underwriting."


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


    Sales of substantial  amounts of Common Stock in the public  market,  or the
perception  that such sales may occur,  could  adversely  affect the  prevailing
market price of the Common Stock and the ability of the Company to raise capital
through a public  offering of its equity  securities.  Upon  completion  of this
Offering,  the Company will have  4,290,064  shares of Common Stock  outstanding
(4,530,064  shares if the  Underwriters'  overallotment  option is  exercised in
full). Of those shares,  the 1,600,000  shares sold in this Offering  (1,840,000
shares if the Underwriters'  overallotment  option is exercised in full) will be
freely tradeable without restriction (except as to affiliates of the Company) or
further  registration  under the Securities Act. All of the Company's  directors
and executive officers and certain other stockholders, holding in the



                                       12



aggregate  2,555,244  shares of Common Stock,  have agreed not to offer to sell,
sell or otherwise  dispose of any shares of Common Stock prior to the expiration
of 180 days from the date of this  Prospectus.  Oscar  Gruss & Son  Incorporated
may, in its sole discretion and at any time without prior notice, release all or
any  portion of the  shares of Common  Stock  subject to the lockup  agreements.
Beginning  91 days  after the date of this  Prospectus,  6,475  shares of Common
Stock will be  eligible  for sale in the  public  market  without  registration,
subject to certain  volume and other  limitations,  pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule
701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act") and an
additional  122,571 shares will be eligible for sale without such  restrictions.
Following the expiration of the 180-day lockup period,  an additional  1,643,197
shares of Common  Stock will be eligible for sale in the public  market  without
registration,  subject to certain volume and other limitations, pursuant to Rule
144 or Rule 701 under the Securities  Act and an additional  734,425 shares will
be eligible for sale without such  restrictions.  The remaining shares of Common
Stock held by existing stockholders,  including shares issuable upon exercise of
options,  will become  eligible  for sale under Rule 144 or otherwise at various
times  thereafter.  All shares of Common Stock  outstanding  on the date of this
Prospectus will be eligible for sale to certain qualified  institutional  buyers
in accordance  with Rule 144A under the Securities  Act. The Company  intends to
register  under  the  Securities  Act,  shortly  after the  consummation  of the
Offering,  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of  employee  stock
options,  including  934,387  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of such  options
outstanding on the date of this  Prospectus.  Two of the Company's  stockholders
and the holder of a warrant to purchase Common Stock have the right to cause the
Company to register  their shares under the  Securities Act and to include their
shares in certain  future  registrations  of securities  effected by the Company
under the  Securities  Act.  An  aggregate  of 627,650  shares of Common  Stock,
including  226,670  shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
warrants,  are  covered  by  such  registration  rights.  If  such  holders,  by
exercising  their  registration  rights,  cause a large  number  of shares to be
registered and sold in the public market,  such sales may have an adverse effect
on the market price of the Common  Stock.  If the Company is required to include
in a Company-initiated  registration shares held by such holders pursuant to the
exercise of their piggyback  registration rights, such sales may have an adverse
effect  on  the  Company's  ability  to  raise  needed  capital.   See  "Certain
Transactions," "Principal Stockholders" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."



                                       13


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS


    The  net  proceeds  to be  received  by the  Company  from  the  sale of the
1,600,000  shares of Common Stock offered hereby are estimated to be $12,600,000
($14,587,200 if the Underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full), at
an  assumed  public  offering  price of $9.00  per  share  and  after  deducting
estimated  underwriting  discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable
by the Company.

    The Company expects to use approximately $4.1 million of the net proceeds to
repay  outstanding  indebtedness,  as described  below, and  approximately  $1.0
million for capital  expenditures to expand its  manufacturing  capacity in West
Bridgewater, of which approximately $500,000 will be spent on building expansion
and  approximately  $500,000 will be spent on equipment.  The Company intends to
use $522,500 of the net proceeds of this Offering to fund the second installment
of its  investment in BioSeq.  The Company  anticipates  using the remaining net
proceeds for general corporate  purposes,  including working capital, as well as
for potential  acquisitions  and  alliances.  See "Risk Factors -- Risk of Broad
Management  Discretion in  Application  of Proceeds," and "Business -- Strategic
Alliances."

   
    At October 23, 1996, the  approximately  $4.1 million of  indebtedness to be
repaid from the proceeds of this  Offering  consists of (i)  approximately  $2.4
million of  indebtedness  under a secured  revolving line of credit due June 30,
1998 that bears  interest at a rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5% per annum;
(ii) a mortgage note in the principal  amount of  approximately  $678,225 on the
West Bridgewater  property that bears interest at a fixed rate of 8.3% per annum
until December 2000 and  thereafter  bears interest at a rate equal to the prime
rate plus 1% per annum,  and which is due December  2002;  (iii) a term note, in
the principal amount of $424,500,  that bears interest at 9.01% per annum and is
due in October 1998; (iv) a term note, in the principal amount of $133,333, that
bears  interest at the prime rate plus 1% per annum and is due October 1999; (v)
a term note, in the principal amount of $315,686,  that bears interest at a rate
equal to the prime plus 1% per annum and is due August  2000;  (vi) a term note,
in the principal  amount of $85,000,  that bears interest at a rate of 8.22% per
annum and is due December  2000;  and (vii) various  other notes that  aggregate
$77,459 due from June 1997 to August 2000. The proceeds from borrowings incurred
within  the past  year  were  used for  working  capital,  to  acquire  the West
Bridgewater  property,  to purchase capital  equipment and to make the Company's
$210,000 initial investment in BioSeq. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations"  and Note 6 of Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
    

    With respect to potential  acquisitions  and  alliances,  in addition to the
investment  in BioSeq,  the  Company  may use a portion of the net  proceeds  to
acquire blood donor centers and other businesses,  products or technologies that
are complementary to the Company's  current business,  although it currently has
no commitments for such acquisitions or alliances. See "Business -- Strategy."


    The specific  timing and amount of funds  required for specific  uses by the
Company  cannot be precisely  determined  at this time.  Pending such uses,  the
Company  intends to invest in short-term,  investment  grade,  interest  bearing
obligations.

                              DIVIDEND POLICY

    The Company has never  declared or paid cash  dividends on its capital stock
and does  not plan to pay any cash  dividends  in the  foreseeable  future.  The
Company's  current  policy is to retain all of its  earnings  to finance  future
growth. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion
of the Board of Directors  and will be dependent  upon the  Company's  financial
condition, operating results, capital requirements,  general business conditions
and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.  The Company is
subject to financial and operating  covenants,  including a prohibition  against
the  payment  of  cash  dividends,  under  its  bank  financing  agreement.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."


                                       14


                              CAPITALIZATION


    The  following  table  sets  forth  as of  June  30,  1996  (i)  the  actual
capitalization of the Company,  (ii) the pro forma capitalization of the Company
after giving effect to the termination of certain redemption provisions relating
to 117,647  shares of Common Stock,  and (iii) as adjusted to give effect to the
sale of  1,600,000  shares of Common Stock  offered by the Company  hereby at an
assumed public  offering  price of $9.00 per share,  after  deducting  estimated
underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated  offering expenses payable
by the Company.  This table should be read in conjunction  with the Consolidated
Financial  Statements  and related  notes  thereto  appearing  elsewhere in this
Prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                      -------------
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                             ACTUAL   PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED
                                                             ------   ---------   -----------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                         <C>       <C>         <C>
Current maturities of long term debt                         $  490    $  490       $  --
                                                             ======    ======       =======  
Long-term debt, less current maturities:                    
   Line of credit                                             1,398     1,398          --
   Bank term debt                                               719       719          --
   Mortgage term debt                                           620       620          --
   Other notes payable                                           61        61          --
                                                              -----     -----       -------        
                                                              2,798     2,798          --
                                                              -----     -----       -------        
Redeemable  common stock,  $.01 par value;  authorized
  issued and  outstanding  117,647, and none pro forma
  and pro forma  as adjusted                                    899      --            --
                                                              -----     -----       -------        
Stockholders' equity:
   Common  stock,  $.01 par  value;  authorized 
     15,000,000  shares;  issued and outstanding
     2,572,417 actual, 2,690,064 pro forma and
     4,290,064 pro forma as adjusted(1)                          26        27            43
   Preferred Stock
   Additional paid-in capital                                 2,717     3,615        16,199
   Retained earnings                                            589       589           589
                                                              -----     -----       -------        
     Total stockholders' equity                               3,332     4,231        16,831
                                                              -----     -----       -------        
     Total capitalization                                    $7,029    $7,029       $16,831
                                                             ======    ======       =======


</TABLE>


- ----------
(1)  Excludes the following at June 30, 1996: (i) 934,387 shares of Common Stock
     issuable  pursuant  to the  exercise  of  stock  options  outstanding  at a
     weighted  average  exercise  price of $3.15 per share,  of which options to
     purchase  653,684  shares were then  exercisable,  (ii)  226,670  shares of
     Common Stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of warrants outstanding at a
     weighted  average exercise price of $2.50 per share, all of which were then
     exercisable,  and  (iii)  14,333  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
     conversion of the subordinated  convertible note at $1.50 per share.  Since
     June  30,  1996,  no  stock  options  were  exercised,  granted  or  became
     exercisable. See "MANAGEMENT -- Stock Plans."


                                       15




                                    DILUTION



    At June 30, 1996, the Company had a net tangible book value of $4,137,943 or
$1.54 per share of Common Stock.  "Net tangible book value per share" represents
the  tangible  book  value of the  Company  (total  tangible  assets  less total
liabilities)  divided by the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding (on a
pro  forma  basis  to give  effect  to the  termination  of  certain  redemption
provisions  relating to 117,647  shares of Common  Stock).  Without  taking into
account any changes in such net tangible  book value as of June 30, 1996,  other
than to give effect to the sale by the Company of the 1,600,000 shares of Common
Stock offered hereby at an assumed  initial  public  offering price of $9.00 and
after  deducting  the  estimated  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and
offering expenses payable by the Company,  the pro forma net tangible book value
of the Company at June 30, 1996 would have been $16,737,943, or $3.90 per share.
This  represents an immediate  increase in the net tangible book value per share
of $2.36 to existing  stockholders and an immediate dilution of the net tangible
book value per share of $5.10 to persons  purchasing  the Common  Stock  offered
hereby (the "New  Investors").  The following table  illustrates  this per share
dilution:


Assumed initial public offering price per share                           $ 9.00
Net tangible book value per share before the Offering     $1.54
Increase per share attributable to New Investors           2.36 
                                                           ---- 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value
  per share after the  Offering                                             3.90
                                                                            ----
Dilution per share to New  Investors                                       $5.10
                                                                           =====

    The  following  table sets forth on a pro forma basis,  as of June 30, 1996,
the total number of shares purchased from the Company after giving effect to the
sale of the 1,600,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby,  the
total  consideration paid to the Company and the average price per share paid by
existing stockholders and by New Investors at an assumed initial public offering
price of $9.00 per share:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       SHARES PURCHASED      TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                       ----------------      -------------------
                                                                                     AVERAGE
                                                                                      PRICE
                                       NUMBER     PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT   PER SHARE
                                       ------     -------     ------      -------   ---------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
Existing Stockholders                 2,690,064     62.7%   $  3,835,373    21.0%     $1.43
New Investors                         1,600,000     37.3%    14,400,000     79.0%     $9.00
                                      ---------     ----     ----------     ----      
  Total                               4,290,064    100.0%   $18,235,373    100.0%
                                      =========    =====    ===========    ===== 
</TABLE>


    The above information assumes (i) no exercise of the Underwriters'  warrants
and (ii) no exercise of any other  outstanding  options and warrants  after June
30, 1996. As of June 30, 1996,  there were outstanding  options,  warrants and a
subordinated  convertible  note to purchase an aggregate of 1,175,390  shares of
Common Stock at exercise  prices  ranging  from $0.25 to $8.50 per share.  Since
June 30, 1996, no stock options were exercised,  granted or became  exercisable.
To the extent these  options and warrants are  exercised,  there will be further
dilution  to  New  Investors.   See   "Management  --  Stock  Plans,"   "Certain
Transactions" and Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       16



                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following table contains certain selected consolidated financial data of
the Company and is qualified in its entirety by the more  detailed  Consolidated
Financial  Statements and Notes thereto  included  elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The statement of operations  data for the fiscal years 1993,  1994 and 1995, and
the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1994 and 1995,  have been derived from
the Consolidated  Financial Statements of the Company which have been audited by
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, and which appear elsewhere in
this Prospectus. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 1993 are derived from
consolidated  financial  statements  that have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P.  The  statement  of  operations  data of the Company for the fiscal years
ending  December 31, 1991 and 1992 and the balance sheet data as of December 31,
1991 and 1992 have been derived from  consolidated  financial  statements of the
Company which have been audited by other  independent  public  accountants.  The
unaudited  consolidated  financial  data as of June  30,  1996,  and for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995,  have been  prepared on a basis  consistent
with the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and,  in the  opinion of
management,  include  all  adjustments  (consisting  only  of  normal  recurring
adjustments)  necessary to present fairly the financial condition and results of
operations for the periods presented.  The results for the six months ended June
30, 1996, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the year ending December 31, 1996. This data should be read in conjunction  with
the   Consolidated   Financial   Statements   and  related   Notes  thereto  and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" appearing elsewhere herein.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                          ----------------
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   JUNE 30,   JUNE 30,
                                                               -----------------------                   --------   --------
                                                  1991    1992(1)   1993(2)(3)       1994      1995       1995       1996
                                                  ----    -------   ----------       ----      ----       ----       ----
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                              <C>      <C>        <C>            <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
REVENUE:
   Product sales                                 $2,146    $2,955       $3,942      $ 5,982   $ 6,622    $3,024     $ 3,946
   Services                                         264     1,680        5,215        4,741     5,649     2,540       2,982
                                                    ---     -----        -----        -----     -----     -----       -----
     Total revenue                                2,410     4,635        9,157       10,723    12,271     5,564       6,928
                                                  -----     -----        -----       ------    ------     -----       -----
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
   Cost of product sales                          1,172     1,638        2,088        3,194     3,564     1,646       2,007
   Cost of services                                 191     1,443        3,965        3,416     4,168     1,960       2,250
   Research and development                         104       222          279          469       375       159         362
   Selling and marketing                            372       353          894        1,192     1,340       638         915
   General and administrative                       436       745        1,619        2,047     2,316     1,057       1,088
                                                    ---       ---        -----        -----     -----     -----       -----
     Total operating costs and expenses           2,275     4,401        8,845       10,318    11,763     5,460       6,622
                                                  -----     -----        -----       ------    ------     -----       -----
     Income from operations                         135       234          312          405       508       104         306
Interest expense, net                               101       113          179          244       336       164         168
                                                    ---       ---          ---          ---       ---       ---         ---
   Income (loss) before income taxes and
     extraordinary item                              34       121          133          161       172       (60)        138
Provision for income taxes                           (5)      (45)         (41)         (64)      (69)       24         (55)
                                                  -----     -----       ------      -------    ------    ------      ------ 
   Income (loss) before extraordinary item           29        76           92           97       103       (36)         83
Extraordinary item-gain on elimination of debt,
  net of income taxes                                --        --           50           --        --        --          --
                                                  -----     -----       ------       ------    ------    ------      ------
  Net income (loss)                              $   29    $   76       $  142      $    97   $   103    $  (36)    $    83
                                                 ======    ======       ======      =======   =======    ======     =======
Net income (loss) per share(4)(5)                $ 0.01    $ 0.04       $ 0.06      $  0.04   $  0.04    $(0.01)    $  0.03
Weighted average common and common equivalent
  shares outstanding(4)(5)                        1,948     2,160        2,438        2,587     3,151     2,598      3,253
</TABLE>

                                       17


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30, 1996    
                                                                         ------------                       -------------    
                                                           1991     1992     1993     1994     1995     ACTUAL   PRO FORMA(7)
                                                           ----     ----     ----     ----     ----     ------   ------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:                       
Working capital(6)                                        $1,698   $2,457   $3,612   $4,686   $4,829   $ 4,497      $ 4,497
Total assets                                               2,624    4,828    6,870    8,076    9,928    10,047       10,047
Long term debt, less current maturities(6)                   993    1,760    2,381    3,180    4,216     2,798        2,798
Redeemable common stock                                     --       --       --       --       --         899        --
Total stockholders' equity                                   993    1,837    2,762    3,041    3,187     3,332        4,231
Dividends -- None                                      

                                              
</TABLE>

- -----------

(1) Effective July 1, 1992, the Company acquired through its BTRL subsidiary the
    net assets of a division of Cambridge Biotech Corporation for $762,000 which
    increased 1992 revenues by $1,450,000.

(2) On  June  30,  1993,  the  Company  exercised  its  option  to  pre-pay  the
    acquisition  note  in  connection  with  the  1992  purchase  of  BTRL  at a
    substantial  discount  from the balance due,  resulting in an  extraordinary
    gain of $50,000 net taxes of $33,000.  The 1993 net income per share  before
    such extraordinary gain was $0.04.

(3) Effective  January 1, 1993,  the  Company  acquired  the net assets of North
    American  Laboratory  Group Ltd.,  Inc. for $425,000,  which  increased 1993
    revenues by $2,019,000.

(4) The effect of the common stock  equivalents on net income per share has been
    excluded from the calculation for years ended December 31, 1991 through 1994
    and the six months ended June 30, 1995 as its inclusion was antidilutive.

   
(5) Pro forma  supplementary  earnings per share for the year ended December 31,
    1995  and  the  six  months   ended  June  30,  1996  were  $.09  and  $.06,
    respectively,  based  upon an  assumed  weighted  average  common and common
    equivalent shares outstanding of 3,600,007 and 3,701,173,  respectively.  In
    accordance with APB Opinion 15, pro forma  supplementary  earnings per share
    is presented as if the Company  sold on January 1, 1995,  448,530  shares of
    Common Stock,  representing the number of shares of Common Stock required to
    be sold at the assumed  initial public  offering price of $9.00 per share in
    order for the Company to repay the average  indebtedness  outstanding during
    1995 as if the  Offering  had  occurred  on  January  1,  1995.  See "Use of
    Proceeds" and Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    

(6) The Company's  demand line of credit with  outstanding  amounts of $880,000,
    $1,091,000  and  $1,895,000  as  of  December  31,  1991,   1992  and  1993,
    respectively,  has been  presented as part of long-term  debt (and  excluded
    from current  liabilities in calculating  working  capital) for 1991 through
    1993 to be consistent with its  reclassification  to long-term debt in 1994,
    1995 and 1996 due to a modification of its maturity date.

(7) Adjusted to reflect the  reclassification  of  Redeemable  Common Stock into
    117,647  shares of Common Stock upon  completion of this  Offering,  thereby
    terminating the redemption provisions.



                                       18


                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    This Prospectus contains forward-looking  statements which involve risks and
uncertainties.  The Company's actual results may differ  significantly  from the
results discussed in the  forward-looking  statements.  Factors that might cause
such a  difference  include,  but are not limited to,  those  discussed in "Risk
Factors."

    The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and the Notes thereto  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

    The Company  generates revenue from products and services provided to the in
vitro diagnostic infectious disease industry.  Products consist of three groups:
Quality  Control  Panels,  Accurun(tm)  Run Controls and Diagnostic  Components.
Services consist of Specialty Clinical  Laboratory  Testing,  Contract Research,
Clinical Trials and Drug Screening.  In the three full years since the Company's
acquisition of BTRL and BBI-NACL, the Company has experienced a shift in revenue
mix towards increased product sales, as product revenue as a percentage of total
revenue  increased  from  43.1% in 1993 to 54.0% in 1995,  with a  corresponding
decrease in the percentage of total revenue provided by services.

    The Company's  gross profit margin  increased from 33.9% in 1993 to 37.0% in
1995  principally  as a result of the  increased  percentage  of  higher  margin
product  revenues.  Within  products,  the Company's  Quality  Control  Products
(Accurun(tm)  Run Controls and Quality  Control Panels) have higher margins than
the Company's Diagnostic  Components.  Within services,  Contract Research gross
margins  are lower than  other  services.  However,  such  contracts  enable the
Company  to  maintain  certain  scientific  staff and  capability  that it might
otherwise not be able to afford.  The Company intends to continue to concentrate
on the growth in sales of its Quality Control Products.

    Historically,  the  Company's  results of  operations  have been  subject to
quarterly  fluctuations  due  to  a  variety  of  factors,   including  customer
purchasing patterns, primarily driven by end-of-year expenditures,  and seasonal
demand  during the summer months for certain  laboratory  testing  services.  In
particular,  the Company's sales of its Quality Control  Products and Diagnostic
Components  typically  have been highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the
first quarter of each fiscal year, whereas Specialty Clinical Laboratory Testing
has generally reached a seasonal peak during the third quarter,  coinciding with
the peak incidence of Lyme Disease.  Research  Contracts are generally for large
dollar  amounts  spread  over a one or two year  period,  and  upon  completion,
frequently  do not have  renewal  phases.  As a  result  they  can  cause  large
fluctuations  in revenue and net  income.  In  addition  to staff  dedicated  to
internal research and development, certain of the Company's technical staff work
on both  Contract  Research for  customers  and Company  sponsored  research and
development.  The allocation of certain technical staff to such projects depends
on the  volume of  Contract  Research.  As a result,  research  and  development
expenditures  fluctuate due to increases or decreases in Contract Research.  See
"Risk Factors -- Fluctuations in Quarterly Results of Operations."

    To develop new Quality Control  Products and support  increased  sales,  the
Company hired  additional  research and development  staff in the second half of
1995 and sales and marketing  staff in 1996. The Company  intends to continue to
add staff to these departments.  This should cause both research and development
and selling and  marketing  expenses to increase as a  percentage  of revenue in
1996 and 1997,  compared to 1995.  General and  administrative  expenses are not
expected  to increase  at the same rate,  as the  Company  has already  incurred
significant infrastructure expenses.

    The Company does not have any foreign operations.  However, the Company does
have significant export sales to agents under distribution  agreements,  as well
as  directly  to test kit  manufacturers.  All  sales  are  denominated  in U.S.
dollars. Export sales for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 were
$1.4 million,  $2.3 million,  and $3.1  million,  respectively,  and for the six
months  ended  June 30,  1995 and  1996  were  $1.5  million  and $1.9  million,
respectively.  The  Company  expects  that  export  sales will  continue to be a
significant  source of revenue and operating income.  See "Risk Factors -- Risks
Associated with Export Sales."



                                       19


    The Company's cash flow from  operations  over the last three years has been
negative as it funded  investment in research and  development,  increased sales
and marketing  expenditures,  and supported growth-driven working capital needs.
The Company funded the shortfall  through a combination of sales of common stock
and bank financing.  The Company anticipates using a portion of the net proceeds
of this Offering for working  capital  requirements  until such time as its cash
flow from operations becomes sufficient.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The following  table sets forth for the periods  indicated the percentage of
total  revenue   represented  by  certain  items   reflected  in  the  Company's
consolidated statements of operations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEAR ENDED           SIX MONTHS
                                              DECEMBER 31,        ENDED JUNE 30,
                                              ------------        --------------
                                         1993     1994     1995    1995     1996
                                         ----     ----     ----    ----     ----
<S>                                     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Revenue:
  Products                               43.1%    55.8%   54.0%    54.4%   57.0%
  Services                               56.9     44.2    46.0     45.6    43.0
    Total revenue                       100.0    100.0   100.0    100.0   100.0
Gross profit                             33.9     38.4    37.0     35.2    38.6
Operating expenses:
   Research and development               3.0      4.4     3.1      2.9     5.2
   Selling and marketing                  9.8     11.1    10.9     11.4    13.2
   General and administrative            17.7     19.1    18.9     19.0    15.7
     Total operating expenses            30.5     34.6    32.9     33.3    34.1
   Income from operations                 3.4      3.8     4.1      1.9     4.4
Interest expense                          2.0      2.3     2.7      3.0     2.4
  Income (loss) before income taxes       1.5      1.5     1.4     (1.1)    2.0
  Net income (loss)                       1.6      0.9     0.8     (0.6)    1.2
Product gross profit                     47.0%    46.6%   46.2%    45.6%   49.1%
Services gross profit                    24.0%    28.0%   26.2%    22.8%   24.6%
</TABLE>

 SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1995

    Total revenue  increased  24.5%,  or  $1,364,000,  to $6,928,000 for the six
months  ended  June 30,  1996 from  $5,564,000  in the prior year  period.  This
increase was the result of an increase in product  sales of 30.4%,  or $921,000,
to $3,946,000 from $3,025,000 and an increase in specialty  laboratory  services
of 17.4%, or $443,000, to $2,983,000 from $2,540,000.  Product revenue increased
primarily  as a result  of an  overall  increase  of 34.5%  in  Quality  Control
Products,  due to  sales  of new  products  and  increased  volume  of  existing
products,  including  an  increase  of 132.5% in the sales of  Accurun(tm).  The
increase in service  revenue was primarily  attributable  to a 19.0% increase in
Specialty  Clinical  Laboratory  Testing revenue,  particularly  molecular (PCR)
testing,  and the  addition  of two new  research  contracts  with the  National
Institutes of Health in the fourth quarter of 1995.

    Gross profit increased 36.5%, or $714,000,  to $2,672,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 from  $1,958,000 in the prior year period.  The gross profit
margin  increased to 38.6% in the six months ended June 30, 1996 versus 35.2% in
the prior year  period.  Gross  margins  improved  in both  products,  (45.6% to
49.1%), and services (22.8% to 24.6%), as the Company benefited from an improved
revenue mix at the higher volume level.

    Research and development expenses increased 127.4%, or $203,000, to $362,000
for the six months  ended June 30, 1996 from  $159,000 in the prior year period.
Research and development costs as a percentage of revenues increased to 5.2% for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 from 2.9% in the comparable 1995 period. This
increase was primarily the result of increased  costs of personnel  hired in the
second half of 1995 which enabled the Company to introduce  over 30 new products
in the first half of 1996 compared with 15 new  introductions  in the prior year
period.


                                       20


    Selling and marketing expenses increased 43.6%, or $278,000, to $915,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 from $638,000 in the prior year period.  This
increase was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs associated with
the addition of  tele-sales  staff for Quality  Control  Products,  particularly
Accurun(tm),  and increased  advertising  costs due to the  commencement  of the
Company's "Total Quality System" (TQS) marketing campaign.

    General  and  administrative   expenses  increased  3.0%,  or  $31,000,   to
$1,088,000  for the six months ended June 30, 1996 from  $1,057,000 in the prior
year period. As a result,  general and  administrative  expenses  decreased as a
percentage  of revenues to 15.7% for 1996 from 19.0% in the prior year period as
management maintained close control of expense levels.

    Interest expense was essentially  unchanged in the six months ended June 30,
1996 versus the prior year period as the prime rate  increases in late 1995 were
offset by reduced borrowing due to both additional equity raised and prepayments
from certain customers for contract research services.

 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994

    Total revenue  increased  14.4%, or $1,548,000,  to $12,271,000 in 1995 from
$10,723,000 in 1994. The increase in revenues was the result of a 10.7% increase
in product  revenues of  $640,000 to  $6,622,000  from  $5,981,000,  and a 19.1%
increase in service  revenues of $908,000 to $5,649,000  from $4,741,000 in 1995
compared  to 1994.  The  increase  in product  revenue  was  attributable  to an
increase  in prices at the  beginning  of 1995 and an  increase in the volume of
sales of  Quality  Control  Products  and  Basematrix  (part  of the  Diagnostic
Components  group),  which  increase  was  partially  offset by the  absence  of
revenues  in 1995  from two OEM  Quality  Control  Panel  contracts  which  were
completed in 1994.  The Company also  reduced  emphasis on certain  lower margin
Diagnostic  Components  as it focused  more  effort on sales of its  proprietary
Basematrix  product,  which carries a higher  margin.  During 1995,  the Company
reorganized  its sales and  marketing  department  and believes that this had an
adverse effect on sales growth for the period.  The increase in service  revenue
was primarily the result of increased specialty clinical laboratory testing, two
new research  contracts and increased  clinical trial services,  particularly in
the area of HIV.

    Gross profit  increased  10.4%,  or $426,000,  to  $4,539,000  for 1995 from
$4,113,000  in 1994.  Products  gross profit  increased  9.7%,  or $270,000,  to
$3,057,000 in 1995 from  $2,787,000 in 1994 as the products  sales  increase was
offset by a small  decrease in products  gross  profit  margin (to 46.2% in 1995
from 46.6%). The products gross margin decrease was a result of a small increase
in material handling personnel costs.  Services gross profit increased 11.8%, or
$156,000,  to $1,481,000 in 1995 from  $1,326,000 in 1994 as the sales  increase
was offset by a decrease in services  gross profit  margin to 26.2% in 1995 from
28.0% in 1994. Services gross margin declined primarily as a result of increased
personnel costs in the specialty clinical laboratory and an increase in contract
research activities, which carry a lower margin.

    Research  and  development  expenditures  decreased  20.0%,  or $94,000,  to
$376,000 in 1995 from  $469,000 in 1994.  The  decrease  resulted  from  certain
technical staff being utilized for Company sponsored research and development in
1994 and Contract  Research in 1995.  See "-- Years Ended  December 31, 1994 and
1993." Development  projects included  Accurun(tm),  molecular and immunological
Run Controls,  specialized  molecular  assays,  and the  development of a second
generation  Lyme Disease western blot test kit for internal use by the Company's
specialty testing laboratory.

    Selling and marketing expenses  increased 12.4%, or $148,000,  to $1,340,000
in 1995 from  $1,192,000  in 1994.  The increase was primarily  attributable  to
additional  sales and marketing  staff and overhead,  partially  offset by lower
trade show and travel expenses as the Company realized greater benefits from its
distributor network.

    General and administrative costs increased 13.1%, or $269,000, to $2,316,000
in 1995 from  $2,047,000 in 1994.  This increase was primarily  attributable  to
additional  staffing in support of revenue growth and higher reserve  provisions
for doubtful accounts associated with the increased volume of revenue related to
testing in situations  where payment to the Company  depends on collecting  from
the


                                       21

patient  rather than a healthcare  institution.  These  increases were partially
offset by lower  professional  fees. Also included in general and administrative
expense was approximately $60,000 of nonrecurring costs associated with the move
of the specialty testing laboratory into a larger, custom-designed facility.

    Interest  expense  increased  37.8%,  or  $92,000,  to $336,000 in 1995 from
$244,000 in 1994,  as the Company  funded its working  capital  needs  primarily
through increased borrowings.

 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993

    Total revenue  increased  17.1%, or $1,566,000,  to $10,723,000 in 1994 from
$9,157,000  in 1993.  This  increase  was a result  of a 51.7%,  or  $2,039,000,
increase in product sales, partially offset by a 9.1%, or $473,000,  decrease in
service revenue.  The product sales increase was primarily  attributable to unit
volume growth of both existing and new Quality  Control  Panels for HIV and HCV,
and, to a lesser extent, to sales of the Company's first molecular-based Quality
Control Panel targeted for end-user PCR training.  The service  revenue  decline
was primarily  attributable  to the  completion in February 1994 of a government
contract  with the United  States Army for  retrovirology  research that reduced
contract  research  revenue by  approximately  $1,100,000  in 1994 compared with
1993. This decrease was partially  offset by a $676,000,  or 36.5%,  increase in
specialty laboratory testing services.

    Gross profit  increased  32.5%,  or $1,009,000,  to $4,113,000 for 1994 from
$3,104,000 in 1993.  Products  gross profit  increased  50.3%,  or $933,000,  to
$2,787,000 in 1994 from  $1,855,000 in 1993 as the products  sales  increase was
partially  offset by a small decrease in products gross margin (to 46.6% in 1994
from  47.0%).  The products  gross margin  decrease was a result of higher costs
associated  with pilot  manufacturing  of  Accurun(tm).  Services  gross  profit
increased 6.1%, or $76,000, to $1,326,000 in 1994 from $1,250,000 in 1993 as the
sales  decrease was more than offset by an increase in services gross margin (to
28.0% in 1994 from 24.0%). Services gross margin increased primarily as a result
of improved economies of scale at its specialty clinical  laboratory afforded by
higher test volume,  and redeployment of staff into Company  sponsored  research
and development projects.

    Research and development  expenditures  increased by 68.3%, or $190,000,  to
$469,000 in 1994 from $279,000 in 1993 as the Company commenced several research
and development  projects,  including  development of Quality Control Panels for
molecular  diagnostics,  increased  expenditures related to the development of a
PCR test for Lyme Disease,  and a second  generation  Lyme Disease  western blot
test kit for internal use by the Company's specialty clinical laboratory.

    Selling and marketing expenses  increased 33.3%, or $297,000,  to $1,192,000
in 1994 from $894,000 in 1993. This increase was primarily attributable to staff
additions in sales and customer  service  support for the products  business and
also higher travel costs.

    General  and  administrative  expenses  increased  26.4%,  or  $428,000,  to
$2,047,000  in 1994  from  $1,619,000  in  1993.  This  increase  was  primarily
attributable  to a full year impact of staff  additions in information  systems,
regulatory  affairs and accounting in support of the Company's  sales growth and
growth  expectations  in both the Quality  Control  Products  and the  Specialty
Clinical Laboratory Services business.

    Interest  expense  increased  36.4%,  or  $65,000,  to $244,000 in 1994 from
$179,000  in 1993 as the  Company  funded its  increased  equipment  and working
capital needs primarily from borrowings.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    The Company has  financed  its  operations  to date  through  cash flow from
operations, borrowings from banks and sales of equity.


    At June 30, 1996 the Company had  $1,398,000  outstanding  and $2,028,000 of
availability  under its $3.5 million Revolving Line of Credit Agreement due June
30, 1998 (the  "Revolver").  The Revolver  bears interest at a rate equal to the
prime rate plus 0.5% per annum,  currently  8.75%.  Prior to June 30, 1996,  the
Revolver  bore  interest  at a rate  equal to the prime  rate plus 1% per annum.
Under the terms of the  Revolver,  the  Company  operates  under a zero  balance
account  arrangement  whereby cash

                                       22



receipts are received into a lockbox at the bank and reduce the Revolver,  while
disbursements  for payroll and accounts  payable items increase the  outstanding
balance of the  Revolver.  Borrowings  under the  Revolver are limited to 80% of
eligible  accounts  receivable  plus  the  lesser  of 40% of  inventory  or $1.5
million.  The Revolver  contains  various  covenants  and  restrictions  and the
amounts  outstanding are secured by all of the Company's assets and a $2 million
life  insurance  policy  on an  officer/stockholder.  See Note 6 to Notes to the
Consolidated  Financial Statements.  The Company expects to use a portion of the
proceeds of the Offering to repay the  outstanding  amount  under the  Revolver,
which at October 4, 1996 was  approximately  $2,300,000.  See "Use of Proceeds."
Amounts repaid on the Revolver will be available for reborrowing.


    Net cash provided by  operations  for the six months ended June 30, 1996 was
$685,000 as compared to $105,000 in the prior year period. This increase in cash
flow was primarily  attributable to an increase in net income and an increase in
deferred revenue from a payment of $308,000 under a research contract for future
clinical  trial  services.  Cash flow used in operations in 1995,  1994 and 1993
amounted to $29,000, $554,000 and $427,000,  respectively.  The decrease in cash
used in operations in 1995 from 1994 was primarily  attributable  to an increase
in deferred revenue.

    Cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 1996 was
$283,000 as compared to  $216,000  in the prior year  period.  This  increase in
investing  activities  was the  result of  increased  capital  expenditures  for
production  equipment  associated  with  Accurun(tm)  and other Quality  Control
Products.  Cash used in investing activities for 1995, 1994 and 1993 amounted to
$1,320,000,  $405,000 and $850,000,  respectively.  The increased use of cash in
1995  versus  1994  was  the  result  of  the  purchase  of the  Company's  West
Bridgewater facility and in 1993 related to the acquisition of the net assets of
North American Laboratory Group Limited, Inc.

   
    Cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 1996 was
$403,000 as compared to $151,000  provided by financing  activities in the prior
comparable year period. Net cash was used in financing activities primarily as a
result of the repayment of $1,591,000 of the Revolver  offset by $899,000 raised
through the sale of 117,647 shares of Common Stock to Kyowa Medex,  Co., Ltd. in
April 1996.  Cash  provided by  borrowings  for 1995,  1994 and 1993 amounted to
$1,240,000, $846,000 and $494,000,  respectively, and net proceeds from the sale
of  Common  Stock for the same  periods  amounted  to  $176,000,  $170,000,  and
$765,000, respectively. The proceeds of such debt were used for working capital,
to acquire the West Bridgewater property and to purchase capital equipment.  The
Company  expects to use a portion of the  proceeds of the  Offering to repay the
outstanding  balances on these notes  payable,  which  aggregated  approximately
$1,714,203 at October 23, 1996. See "Use of Proceeds."
    

    Capital  expenditures  relate  primarily  to the  Company's  facilities  and
related  equipment.  For the six months  ended June 30,  1996 and 1995,  capital
expenditures  totaled  $283,000 and $216,000  respectively.  This  represents an
increase  of $67,000  in the six months  ended  June 30,  1996,  as the  Company
continues to invest in manufacturing  equipment and information  systems related
to both  operations  and finance.  In 1995,  1994 and 1993 capital  expenditures
amounted to $1,316,000,  $405,000 and $461,000,  respectively. In 1995, $806,000
of the  Company's  capital  expenditures  related  to the  purchase  of the West
Bridgewater  facility.  As of October 4, 1996, the Company has available to it a
$250,000  five  year term  facility  to  finance  equipment  purchases,  bearing
interest at prime plus 1%.

    The Company anticipates capital  expenditures to increase over the near term
as it  expects to use  approximately  $1.0  million  from the  proceeds  of this
Offering to expand its manufacturing  capacity in West Bridgewater over the next
12 months, of which  approximately  $500,000 will be spent on building expansion
and approximately $500,000 will be spent on equipment.  The Company also expects
to use  $522,500 to fund the  Company's  purchase of its second  installment  of
capital stock of BioSeq  following the completion of this Offering.  See "Use of
Proceeds."  The Company must make the remaining  $750,000  installment if BioSeq
attains certain technical milestones by July 31, 1997. If the milestones are not
achieved,  the Company will have the option to purchase the additional  $750,000
of BioSeq  capital  stock until  December 31, 1997.  The Company  believes  that
existing cash balances,  the borrowing  capacity  available  under the Revolver,
cash generated from  operations and the proceeds of this Offering are sufficient
to fund  operations and  anticipated  capital  expenditures  for the foreseeable
future. There were no material financial commitments for capital expenditures as
of June 30, 1996, and currently there are no material commitments for capital or
investment expenditures other than the BioSeq investment.



                                       23



    On April 26,  1996 the  Company  entered  into a new five year  distribution
agreement with Kyowa Medex,  Co., Ltd., a foreign  distributor,  extending a six
year old relationship.  Simultaneously, Kyowa Medex, Co., Ltd. purchased 117,647
shares of the Company's Common Stock at a price of $8.50 per share. The Purchase
Agreement includes a redemption right that may require the Company to repurchase
the  stock  at  $8.50  per  share  in  the  event  the  Company  terminates  the
distribution  agreement or it expires prior to the Company completing an initial
public  offering of its Common  Stock.  These shares have been  presented in the
Company's  balance sheet  separately as redeemable  Common Stock.  Completion of
this initial public offering will terminate the redemption  provisions and cause
the reclassification of these shares into stockholders' equity.


RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS


    In March 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of" ("SFAS  121").
SFAS 121 requires that an impairment  loss be recognized for  long-lived  assets
and certain identified  intangibles when the carrying amount of these assets may
not be  recoverable.  The Company has adopted SFAS 121 effective in 1996 and the
adoption did not have a material impact on the financial statements.


    In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123 ("SFAS 123")  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,"  which becomes
effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  1995.  SFAS  123
establishes  new financial  accounting and reporting  standards for  stock-based
compensation  plans.  However,  entities are allowed to elect whether to measure
compensation expense for stock-based  compensation under SFAS 123 or APB No. 25,
"Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees." The Company has elected to continue
to account under APB No. 25 and will make the required pro forma  disclosures of
net  income and  earnings  per share as if the  provisions  of SFAS 123 had been
applied in its December 31, 1996 financial  statements.  The potential impact of
adopting this standard on the Company's pro forma  disclosures of net income and
earnings per share has not been quantified at this time.


                                       24




                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

    The Company is a leading worldwide  provider of proprietary  quality control
products  for use with in vitro  diagnostic  test  kits  ("test  kits")  for the
detection,  analysis and  monitoring of  infectious  diseases,  including  AIDS,
Hepatitis  and Lyme  Disease.  These  products are used to develop test kits, to
permit the monitoring of laboratory equipment and personnel,  and to help ensure
the  accuracy of test  results.  The  Company's  products are derived from human
plasma and serum using proprietary manufacturing processes. The Company believes
its Quality Control Panel products are viewed as the current  industry  standard
for the  independent  assessment of the  performance  of HIV and Hepatitis  test
kits. The Company also manufactures  diagnostic test kit components and provides
specialty  laboratory   services,   including  clinical  trials.  The  Company's
customers include test kit manufacturers,  regulatory  agencies and end-users of
test kits such as blood banks,  hospital  laboratories  and  clinical  reference
laboratories.  Currently the Company's  products are used in connection with the
detection of more than 15  infectious  diseases,  and its  specialty  laboratory
services are used in connection with the detection of over 100 such diseases.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

    According to the World Health Organization ("WHO"),  infectious diseases are
now the leading  cause of  premature  death  around the world and the third most
common  cause of premature  death in the United  States.  In 1995,  more than 17
million people died from exposure to infectious  diseases,  constituting  nearly
one-third of the  approximately  52 million  people  worldwide who died from all
causes.  Currently,  the  Company  focuses  on two  infectious  diseases,  Viral
Hepatitis and AIDS,  which are among the largest  killers and are also a primary
focus of blood testing efforts worldwide.

    WHO estimates that  approximately  20 million people  worldwide are infected
with HIV,  and that  approximately  one million  people  died from  AIDS-related
illnesses  during  1995.  WHO  also  estimates  that  up to 350  million  people
worldwide  are infected  with  Hepatitis  Type B, one of several  types of Viral
Hepatitis, and that over one million people died of Viral Hepatitis during 1995.
In developed countries,  blood products are routinely screened for HIV and Viral
Hepatitis by use of infectious disease test kits.


    The  increased  threat  from  infectious  diseases  has  created a large and
growing  market  for test  kits.  Venture  Planning  Group,  a medical  products
research firm,  estimates that the worldwide  infectious disease test kit market
was  approximately  $2.7 billion in 1995,  and will grow to $5.0 billion by 2000
and $8.0 billion by 2005.


    Infectious  Disease Test Kits and Testing Methods.  Test kits contain in one
compact  package all of the materials  necessary to run a test for an infectious
disease. These include the disposable diagnostic components,  instructions,  and
reaction  mixing  vessels  (generally  96-well  plates or test tubes)  which are
coated  with the  relevant  infectious  disease  antigens,  antibodies  or other
materials.  To perform the test,  either a  technician  or a specially  designed
instrument  typically  mixes the  solutions  from the test kit with human  blood
specimens in a specific  sequence  according to the test kit  instructions.  The
mixture must then  "incubate" for up to 18 hours,  during which time a series of
biochemical  reactions trigger signals  (including color,  light and radioactive
count) which indicate the presence or absence and amount of specific  markers of
the particular disease in the specimen.

    Test kits  generally  employ one of three  methods  for  infectious  disease
testing: microbiology, immunology or molecular biology. Traditional microbiology
tests use a growth medium that enables an organism, if present, to replicate and
be detected visually.  Immunology tests detect the antigen or antibody, which is
an  indicator  (marker)  of the  pathogen  (e.g.,  virus,  bacterium,  fungus or
parasite).  Molecular diagnostic methods,  such as the polymerase chain reaction
("PCR"),  test for the presence of nucleic acids (DNA or RNA) which are specific
to a particular pathogen.

                                       25



    Most infectious disease tests currently use microbiological or immunological
methods.  However,  molecular  diagnostic methods are increasingly being used in
research laboratories  worldwide and the Company believes that soon they will be
accepted  for  routine  use in the  clinical  laboratory  setting.  The  Company
believes that the advent of molecular  diagnostic methods will complement rather
than diminish the need to test by microbiological and immunological  procedures,
because  different test methods  reveal  different  information  about a disease
state. The Company  anticipates that as new test methods become more widespread,
they will account for a larger portion of the Company's business.


    Quality Control for In Vitro Diagnostic Test Kits.  Customers employ quality
control  products  in order to develop  and use test kits (both  infectious  and
non-infectious).  Quality control products help ensure that test kits detect the
correct   analyte   (specificity),   detect   it  the   same  way   every   time
(reproducibility  or  precision),  and  detect  it  at  the  appropriate  levels
(sensitivity).  The  major  element  of  this  quality  control  process  is the
continuous  evaluation  of test kits by the testing of  carefully  characterized
samples that resemble the donor or patient samples routinely used with the test.
Quality  control  is used in both  the  infectious  and  non-infectious  disease
markets, although currently it is not as prevalent among end-users of infectious
disease test kits.


    The market for quality  control  products  consists  of three main  customer
segments:  (i) manufacturers of test kits, (ii) regulatory agencies that oversee
the  manufacture  and use of test kits and (iii) end-users of test kits, such as
hospitals, clinical reference laboratories and blood banks.

    According to the Genesis  Report Dx (May 1994), a medical  products  survey,
the quality  control market for in vitro  diagnostic  testing for infectious and
non-infectious  disease in 1994 totaled  approximately $600 million. The Company
believes that the market for quality  control  products for  infectious  disease
testing  currently  represents  less than five  percent of the  overall  quality
control  market.  At  the  present  time,  most  quality  control  products  for
non-infectious  disease test kits are sold to  end-users,  who have used quality
control  products as part of standard  laboratory  practice for several decades.
Conversely,  most quality control  products for the infectious  disease test kit
segment of the market are sold to test kit manufacturers and regulators, and not
to end-users,  who have  historically  used quality  control  products only on a
limited  basis.  The  Company  believes  that this  lower  level of usage  among
end-users  of  infectious  disease  test  kits is  primarily  due to  laboratory
practices  that have evolved from earlier  testing  methods that did not require
routine  and  extensive  use of  external  quality  controls as part of standard
laboratory practice. However, the Company also believes that this lower level of
usage among end-users of test kits represents a major market  opportunity  since
current testing methods have been improving test kit performance to increasingly
higher  levels of  sensitivity,  specificity  and  reproducibility.  The Company
believes  that these  three key  criteria  of test kit  performance  can be best
monitored through the use of quality control products, such as those sold by the
Company.

MARKET TRENDS

    The  Company  believes  that  end-users  of test kits will  become  the most
significant  users of quality control products in the infectious  disease market
and that the market for infectious disease test kits and related quality control
products  will continue to expand,  primarily as a result of the following  four
trends.

    Increased Regulatory Scrutiny.  Due to the high level of public concern with
the dangers of infectious diseases, particularly AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, and Lyme
Disease,  governmental  regulatory  agencies are requiring  additional  tests to
improve the safety of the blood  supply,  and are  requiring  manufacturers  and
end-users of test kits to adopt  quality  assurance  programs  applicable to the
entire test kit product life-cycle,  from initial product design and development
through  manufacture  and  end-use.  The  passage  of  the  Clinical  Laboratory
Improvement  Amendments  of  1988  ("CLIA")  and its  regulatory  implementation
beginning in 1992 have resulted in a set of  recommended  laboratory  practices,
including more stringent quality control programs, as well as regular government
inspections  aimed at improving the overall  standard of proficiency in clinical
laboratories.  As a result,  the Company believes that blood bank,  hospital and
clinical laboratory personnel are adopting more comprehensive  quality assurance
programs,  especially in  infectious  disease  testing,  to minimize the risk of
errors and to comply with CLIA and other regulations.

                                       26



    Growing  Recognition  of the Value of Using  Quality  Control  Products.  To
ensure the greatest possible safety of the blood supply, to achieve the earliest
possible  diagnosis  of  infection,  and to  minimize  the  occurrence  of false
negative results, sensitivity of tests (i.e., their ability to accurately detect
very small  amounts of the disease  marker) is a critical  element.  The Company
believes  there  is  increasing  recognition  of  the  benefit  of  continuously
monitoring test  sensitivity  using quality control  products to help ensure the
accuracy of each test run.

    New Diseases and the  Development  of New Therapies.  In recent years,  HIV,
Hepatitis C Virus ("HCV"),  Borrelia burgdorferi ("Lyme Disease") and Ehrlichia,
among  others,  have  emerged  as  significant  human  pathogens.  New and  drug
resistant strains of known pathogens, such as those causing tuberculosis, escape
mutants of  Hepatitis B Virus  ("HBV"),  and Group O and other  variants of HIV,
have also emerged. In response,  new and improved tests are being developed.  In
addition, as new drug therapies are introduced to treat infectious diseases, new
tests are needed to monitor the  effectiveness of these therapies.  For example,
the recent  advances in AIDS drug therapy,  which use a  combination  of several
drugs to treat infected patients, have prompted the creation of a new viral load
test used to  periodically  measure the precise amount of virus in the patient's
blood to evaluate the  effectiveness  of the drug therapy.  The Company believes
that  viral load  testing  will be applied  to  additional  areas of  infectious
disease, including Hepatitis B and C and Lyme Disease.

    Advanced  Test  Technologies  and  Equipment.  Test  kit  manufacturers  are
continuing to enhance the sensitivity,  specificity and reproducibility of their
tests.  Molecular  diagnostics  now permit the direct  detection  of the nucleic
acids (DNA and RNA)  specific to viruses and other  pathogens and are being used
to complement traditional microbiological and immunological tests for infectious
disease.  New tests  for  urine  and  saliva  have  been  developed  that  offer
advantages  in some settings over blood tests and may be more widely used in the
future.  Test kit  manufacturers  are also  developing  assays on silicon chips,
laser-read microspot arrays, and are using electrochemi- luminescence detection,
among other  technologies.  The different types of information  obtained through
the  complementary use of various  diagnostic  methods can provide the physician
with a broader  perspective  on the diagnosis  and prognosis of the disease,  as
well as on the effectiveness of drug therapy.

THE BOSTON BIOMEDICA ADVANTAGE


    The  Company  offers  a broad,  integrated  range of  products  for  quality
assurance  throughout the entire  infectious  disease test kit life-cycle,  from
initial  research and development,  through the regulatory  approval process and
test kit production, to training,  troubleshooting and routine use by end-users.
To directly  address  the  emerging  end-user  market  opportunity,  the Company
introduced its TQS marketing  platform based around its  Accurun(tm) Run Control
products.  The Company believes that TQS is the first  comprehensive  package of
quality control products designed  specifically for infectious  disease test kit
end-users,  providing them with a customized approach to evaluate all of the key
elements of the testing process.


    The Company believes that it has several  competitive  advantages which have
enabled  it to achieve  its  current  leadership  position  in  quality  control
products for infectious diseases:

    Valuable  Inventory.  The Company has an inventory of  approximately  50,000
distinct  human blood  specimens  accumulated  since 1986 through its  worldwide
sources of blood-supply.  This inventory cannot be easily or rapidly acquired on
the open market, and enables the Company to respond quickly to market trends and
customer needs.

    Specialty  Laboratory  Services and Clinical  Trials.  The knowledge  gained
through the Company's specialty laboratory services allows the Company to remain
at the  forefront of emerging  market trends and customer  needs.  By conducting
clinical  trials of new test kits  under  development,  the  Company  is able to
maintain  close  contact  with  manufacturers  and to  release  Quality  Control
Products for test kits soon after the test kits are introduced to the market. In
addition,  by operating a specialty clinical laboratory,  the Company is able to
better understand the requirements of the end-user.

                                       27



    Proprietary  Manufacturing  Know-How. As a result of ten years of experience
working with leading  worldwide  manufacturers  in the development of their test
kits and with regulators to help in the evaluation of test kits, the Company has
developed proprietary know-how in manufacturing its Quality Control Products.

    Reputation.  The Company  believes  that it has developed a reputation as an
authority in quality control products for infectious disease among manufacturers
and regulators of infectious  disease test kits.  The Company  believes that its
reputation,  established over the past ten years,  will assist it in penetrating
the emerging end-user market.

STRATEGY

    The  Company's  strategy  is to  enhance  its  leadership  position  in  the
infectious diseases quality control market and to take advantage of the emerging
opportunities  in the end-user  market for quality control  products.  There are
five key elements to this strategy:

    Capitalize on Emerging  End-User Market.  In 1996 the Company  introduced an
expanded line of Quality Control Products that are specifically designed for the
end-users  of  test  kits,   such  as  blood  banks,   hospitals   and  clinical
laboratories.  The  Company  plans to  continue  to expand  its line of  Quality
Control Products,  particularly its Accurun(tm) line of Run Controls, to cover a
wider range of immunological  and molecular  markers.  The Company also recently
introduced its Total Quality System ("TQS") marketing  platform,  which combines
Accurun(tm)  with other Quality  Control  Products to provide test kit end-users
with the products needed in an overall quality  assurance  program.  The Company
intends to continue to expand its sales,  marketing and distribution  activities
to support its product  development  program for the emerging  end-user  quality
control market.

    Develop New Products and Services.  The Company intends to capitalize on its
reputation  with  manufacturers  and  regulators by developing  Quality  Control
Products  and  Diagnostic  Components  for use with  test kits for both new test
methodologies and new diseases.  For example,  in response to a 1996 FDA mandate
that all blood collected for transfusion  must be tested for the presence of the
HIV antigen,  the Company recently  introduced on an OEM basis the first quality
control  training panels for use with the two FDA-licensed HIV antigen test kits
available in the United  States.  In addition,  the Company has also  provided a
training panel for end-users of the only  FDA-licensed  molecular  amplification
test for HIV RNA, and has  introduced a new line of HIV RNA controls to meet the
demand of the newly emerging viral load test market. In the future,  the Company
expects to provide  Quality  Control Panels for use with tests that  distinguish
among the  subtypes of HIV, the  serotypes  of HCV,  and the various  strains of
Mycobacteria causing tuberculosis.

    Enhance  Technical  Leadership.  The Company  seeks to expand its  technical
capabilities  by  continually   enhancing  its  strong   scientific   staff  and
collaborating with other scientists worldwide, thus strengthening its reputation
in the area of quality  control  for  infectious  disease  testing.  The Company
maintains and enhances its technical  leadership by  participating in scientific
studies  relevant to its products and services,  and by making  presentations at
scientific  meetings on blood  banking and  infectious  diseases.  The Company's
scientists also publish articles in peer reviewed journals.

    Capitalize on  Complementary  Business  Operations.  The Company  intends to
capitalize  on  operational  and marketing  opportunities  that arise out of its
activities in both  infectious  disease  products and laboratory  services.  For
example,  the Company  conducts  clinical trials for  manufacturers  of in vitro
diagnostic  products,  which allows the Company to maintain  close  contact with
test kit manufacturers  and regulators,  and enables the Company to evaluate new
technologies  in various stages of  development.  The Company  believes that the
reputation and experience of its  laboratory  and  scientific  staff,  its large
number of unique  Quality  Control  Panels,  and its inventory of  characterized
serum and plasma  specimens  assist the Company in marketing its clinical  trial
services to its customers.  Finally, the Company's specialty clinical laboratory
also affords the Company  access to materials  needed in the  production  of its
Quality Control Products and Diagnostic Components.

                                       28




    Pursue Strategic  Acquisitions and Alliances.  The Company intends to pursue
strategic  acquisitions  and  alliances  to expand its core  product  lines,  to
strengthen its base in medical science and technology,  and to secure sources of
blood supply. To date, the Company has acquired BTRL, a research and development
laboratory  with a strong  capability  in molecular  and cellular  biology,  and
BBI-NACL,  formerly North American  Laboratory  Group Ltd., Inc., a microbiology
and immunology clinical  laboratory  specializing in the diagnosis of infectious
diseases,   including  tick-borne  diseases.   These  acquisitions  led  to  the
introduction  in  1994 of the  Company's  first  Quality  Control  Products  for
molecular  diagnostics.  In October 1996,  the Company  entered into a strategic
alliance with BioSeq.  Under the License Agreement,  upon the earlier of payment
of the final installment of the Company's  aggregate  $1,482,500  investment and
December  31,  1997,  the  Company  will be granted the  worldwide  right to use
technology  which is being developed for DNA sequencing and analysis,  a process
which may allow for more precise  identification  of infectious  disease agents.
The Company  believes  that there may be  additional  acquisition  and  alliance
opportunities,  such as blood donor centers in strategic locations and companies
with  complementary   technology  or  synergistic   product  lines,  that  would
strengthen its existing business.


PRODUCTS

    The Company designs,  develops and markets diagnostic  products used for the
quality control, quality assurance and technical evaluation of test kits for the
laboratory  diagnosis of infectious  disease.  The Company  offers three product
groups: Quality Control Panels, Run Controls and Diagnostic Components.


     The Company manufactures its products from human plasma and serum which are
obtained from  nonprofit and commercial  blood centers,  primarily in the United
States.  The Company has  acquired and  developed an inventory of  approximately
50,000  individual  blood units and specimens (with volumes ranging from 1 ml to
800 ml) which provides most of the raw material for its products.


QUALITY CONTROL PANELS

    Quality  Control  Panels  consist  of blood  products  characterized  by the
presence or absence of  specific  disease  markers  and a Data Sheet  containing
comprehensive  quantitative data useful for comparative analysis.  These Quality
Control  Products are designed for measuring  overall test kit  performance  and
laboratory proficiency,  as well as for training laboratory  professionals.  The
Company's  Data Sheets are an integral  part of its  Quality  Control  Products.
These Data  Sheets are  created as the result of  extensive  testing of proposed
panel  components  in both  the  Company's  laboratories  and at  major  testing
laboratories on behalf of the Company in the United States and Europe, including
national  public health  laboratories,  research and clinical  laboratories  and
regulatory agencies. These laboratories are selected based on their expertise in
performing the appropriate tests on a large scale in an actual clinical setting;
this testing process provides the Company's  customers with the benefit that the
Quality  Control Panels they purchase from the Company have  undergone  rigorous
testing  in  actual  clinical  settings.  In  addition,   the  Company  provides
information on its Data Sheets on the reactivity of panel  components in all FDA
licensed test kits and all leading  European test kits for the target  pathogen,
as well as for all other appropriate markers of this pathogen.  For example, the
Company's HIV panel Data Sheets include anti-HIV by IFA, ELISA and western blot;
HIV antigen by ELISA; and HIV RNA by several  molecular  diagnostic  procedures.
The Company's Data Sheets require  significant time and scientific  expertise to
prepare.

    The Company first  introduced  Quality  Control  Panels in 1987. The Company
currently  offers a broad range of Quality Control Panels that address a variety
of needs of  manufacturers  and  regulators of test kits as well as blood banks,
hospitals,  clinical laboratories and other end-users.  Prices for the Company's
quality control  seroconversion,  performance and sensitivity  panels range from
$450 to $2,000  each,  and its  qualification  and OEM panels range from $100 to
$200 per panel. The following table describes the types of Quality Control Panel
products currently offered by the Company.

                                       29
  

                         QUALITY CONTROL PANEL PRODUCTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     PRODUCT LINE            DESCRIPTION                USE                 CUSTOMERS
     ------------            -----------                ---                 ---------
  <S>                    <C>                    <C>                   <C>
  Seroconversion         Plasma samples         Compare the           Test kit
   Panels                collected from a       clinical              manufacturers and
                         single individual      sensitivity of        regulators
                         over a specific        competing
                         time period showing    manufacturers' test
                         conversion from        kits, enabling the
                         negative to            user to assess the
                         positive for           sensitivity of a
                         markers of an          test in detecting a
                         infectious disease     developing
                                                antigen/antibody

  Performance            A set of 10 to 50      Determine test kit    Test kit
   Panels                serum and plasma       performance against   manufacturers and
                         samples collected      all expected levels   regulators
                         from many different    of reactivities in
                         individuals and        the evaluation of
                         characterized for      new, modified and
                         the presence or        improved test
                         absence of a           methods
                         particular disease
                         marker

  Sensitivity Panels     Precise dilutions      Evaluate the          Test kit
                         of human plasma or     low-end analytical    manufacturers
                         serum containing a     sensitivity of a
                         known amount of an     test kit
                         infectious disease
                         marker as
                         calibrated against
                         international
                         standards

  Qualification          Dilutions of human     Demonstrate the       Clinical reference
   Panels                plasma or serum        consistent            laboratories, blood
                         manifesting a full     lot-to-lot            banks, and hospital
                         range of               performance of test   laboratories
                         reactivities in        kits, troubleshoot
                         test kits for a        problems, evaluate
                         specific marker        proficiency, and
                                                train laboratory
                                                technicians

  OEM Panels             Custom-designed        Train laboratory      Custom designed
                         Qualification          personnel on new      with test kit
                         Panels for             test kits or          manufacturers and
                         regulators and test    equipment             regulators as an
                         kit manufacturers                            end-user product or
                         for distribution to                          for internal use
                         customers or for
                         internal use
</TABLE>

    Seroconversion  and  Performance  Panels  are  comprised  of unique and rare
plasma specimens  obtained from individuals during the short period of time when
the markers for a particular  disease are converting  from negative to positive.
As a result, the quantity of any such panel is limited, so that the Company must
replace these panels as they sell out with another panel  comprised of different
specimens  equally unique and rare. The Company  believes that its inventory and
relationships with blood centers affords it a competitive advantage in acquiring
such plasma for  replacement  panels and  developing new products to meet market
demand.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to continue to
obtain  such  specimens.  See "Risk  Factors  --  Difficulty  in  Obtaining  Raw
Materials."

    The Company  believes  that it offers its customers a broad range of Quality
Control Panel products to address the requirements of the complete life-cycle of
a test kit,  from  initial  research  and  development,  through the  regulatory
approval process, test kit production, training, troubleshooting and routine use
by end-users.  The Company  further  believes that its Data Sheets,  an integral
part of all  panel  products,  offer its  customers  in-depth  information  on a
particular test kit of interest. Quality

                                       30



Control Panels  currently  span the  immunologic  markers for AIDS (i.e.,  HIV),
Hepatitis B and C, Lyme Disease and ToRCH (Toxoplasma,  rubella, cytomegalovirus
and  herpes  simplex  virus).  New  introductions  this year  include  molecular
Performance Panels for HBV and HCV,  qualification  panels for HIV, HBV and HCV,
and additional Seroconversion Panels for HIV, HBV, and HCV.

ACCURUN(TM) RUN CONTROLS

    End-users  of test kits  utilize Run  Controls  to confirm  the  validity of
results by monitoring test performance,  thereby  minimizing false negative test
results and  improving  error  detection.  Run  controls  consist of one or more
specimens of known  reactivity  that are tested  together  with donor or patient
samples in an assay to  determine  whether  the assay is  performing  within the
manufacturer's  specifications.  Clinical  laboratories  generally process their
patient  specimens in a batch processing  mode, and typically  include 25 to 100
specimens to be tested in each batch (a "run").  Large  laboratories may perform
several runs per day, while smaller  laboratories  may perform only a single run
each day, or sometimes only several runs per week. A clinical laboratory using a
Run Control will place the Run Control  product in a testing well or  test-tube,
normally used for a specimen,  and will test it in the same manner that it tests
the donor or patient specimens. It will then compare the results generated to an
acceptable range, determined by the user, to measure whether the other specimens
are  being  accurately  tested.  The  Run  Control  result  must be  within  the
acceptable range to be considered  valid. This is often tracked visually using a
Levey-Jennings chart.  Depending upon a particular  laboratory's quality control
practices,  it may use several  Run  Controls on each run or it may simply use a
Run Control in a single run at the beginning and end of the day.

    The Company  believes its  Accurun(tm)  product line  provides the following
benefits to end-users:

    * Helps to satisfy the requirements of Good Laboratory Practice.

    * Tracks the accuracy and precision of test runs.

    * Detects  laboratory  errors and  identifies  trends  before  they become a
      problem.

    * Monitors test kit performance, equipment and personnel.

    * Helps  to  meet  National  Committee  For  Clinical  Laboratory  Standards
      ("NCCLS")  for  molecular  and   immunological   diagnostic   methods  for
      infectious disease quality control.

    * Documents the validity of test results, day to day, week to week.

    The Company  introduced its first four  Accurun(tm) Run Control  products in
the fourth  quarter of 1993 and has since  developed  and  released  for sale an
additional  24  Accurun(tm)  products.  A limited  number of these  products are
available for diagnostic purposes;  the others currently are limited to research
use. See " -- Government  Regulation."  Current Accurun(tm) Run Control products
range in price from $15 to $45 per milliliter and are described in the following
table.

                         ACCURUN(TM) RUN CONTROLS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             CURRENT
                                                            NUMBER OF               PRIMARY
     PRODUCT LINE                 DESCRIPTION                PRODUCTS             CUSTOMER(S)
     ------------                 -----------                --------             -----------
  <S>                    <C>                                 <C>           <C>
  Accurun(tm) 1-99       Multi-marker Run Control for           4          Blood Banks
                         immunological tests
  Accurun(tm) 100-199    Single-marker Run Control              17         Hospitals and clinical
                         for immunological tests                           reference laboratories
  Accurun(tm) 200-299    Multi-marker Run Control for           1          Research and specialty
                         molecular tests                                   laboratories
  Accurun(tm) 300-399    Single-marker Run Control              3          Research and specialty
                         for molecular tests                               laboratories
  Accurun(tm) 800-899    Negative Run Control for               3          All laboratories
                         immunological and molecular
                         tests
</TABLE>

                                       31



    The  Company's  Accurun(tm)  family of products is targeted at the  emerging
market of end-users of infectious  disease test kits. The Company  believes that
it offers the most comprehensive line of Run Controls in the industry,  and that
its  Accurun(tm)  products,  in  combination  with  its  Quality  Control  Panel
products,  provide an  extensive  line of  products  for  quality  assurance  in
infectious disease testing. See "-- Sales and Marketing." The Company intends to
continue  to expand its line of  Accurun(tm)  products,  thereby  providing  its
customers with the convenience and cost  effectiveness  of a single supplier for
independent run controls.  See "Risk Factors -- Undeveloped  End-User Market For
Quality Control Products for Infectious Disease Test Kits."


    The Company has received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market its Accurun
1(R) line, for diagnostic purposes,  and intends to apply for such clearance for
the remainder of its  Accurun(tm)  products.  All of the  Company's  Accurun Run
Controls  will  require  FDA  premarket  clearance  or  approval  prior to being
marketed for diagnostic use. An application for clearance for diagnostic use for
one additional Accurun(tm) product has been submitted by the Company to the FDA,
and the Company  anticipates that  applications for  approximately 16 additional
Accurun(tm)  products  will be prepared  and  submitted to the FDA by the end of
1997.  Failure to obtain,  or delays in  obtaining,  such  clearance or approval
would  adversely  affect the Company's  strategy of capitalizing on the end-user
market. See "Risk Factors -- Stringent Government Regulation" and "-- Government
Regulation."


DIAGNOSTIC COMPONENTS

    Diagnostic  Components are the individual  materials  supplied to infectious
disease test kit manufacturers  and combined (often after further  processing by
the manufacturer) with other materials to become the various fluid components of
the manufacturer's test kit. The Company supplies Diagnostic  Components in four
product  lines:  Normal  Human  Plasma,  Normal  Human  Serum,  Basematrix,  and
Characterized  Disease State Serum and Plasma. Normal Human Plasma and Serum are
both the clear  liquid  portion of blood which  contains  proteins,  antibodies,
hormones  and  other  substances,  except  that the  Serum  product  has had the
clotting factors removed.  Basematrix, the Company's proprietary processed serum
product that has been  chemically  converted  from  plasma,  is designed to be a
highly-stable,  lower cost  substitute  for most  Normal  Human Serum and Plasma
applications.  Characterized  Disease State Serum and Plasma are collected  from
specific  blood  donors  pre-selected  because of the  presence  or absence of a
particular   disease  marker.   The  Company  often  customizes  its  Diagnostic
Components by further  processing the raw material to meet the specifications of
the test kit manufacturer.  The Company's  Diagnostic  Components range in price
from $0.25 to $60 per milliliter, with the majority selling between $0.50 and $5
per milliliter.

    The  Company  believes  that  it  has  several  competitive   advantages  in
Diagnostic Components. Through its trained and experienced laboratory staff, the
Company  is able to  perform  comprehensive  in-house  testing  for a number  of
markers in a  particular  material,  and  consequently  is able to  address  the
demands of its customers.  The Company's large inventory of approximately 50,000
specimens  provides it with the  flexibility  to produce  Diagnostic  Components
efficiently and rapidly in response to customer  requests.  The Company believes
that its proprietary  manufacturing  knowledge enables it to manufacture stable,
high quality products to meet the demands of its worldwide customer base.

SERVICES

    The Company  seeks to focus its  specialty  laboratory  services in both the
clinical  reference  laboratory testing and advanced research areas. The Company
concentrates its services in those areas of infectious disease testing which are
complementary to its quality control and diagnostic products businesses.

    Specialty Clinical Laboratory  Testing.  The Company operates an independent
specialty  clinical  laboratory  which  performs both routine and  sophisticated
infectious  disease testing in microbiology,  immunology and molecular  biology,
with special emphasis in AIDS,  Viral Hepatitis and Lyme Disease.  The Company's
specialty  clinical  laboratory  combines  traditional  microbiology,   advanced
immunology, and current molecular diagnostic techniques,  such as PCR, to detect
and identify  microorganisms,  their antigens and related antibodies,  and their
nucleic  acids  (i.e.,  DNA and RNA).  Customers  include  physicians,  clinics,
hospitals and other clinical/research laboratories.

                                       32




    Contract  Research.  The  Company  offers a  variety  of  contract  research
services in molecular  biology,  cell  biology and  immunology  to  governmental
agencies,   diagnostic  test  kit  manufacturers  and  biomedical   researchers.
Molecular  biology  services  include DNA  sequencing,  recombinant DNA support,
probe  labeling  and custom PCR assays.  Cell  biology and  immunology  services
include sterility testing,  virus infectivity  assays,  cultivations of virus or
bacteria from clinical specimens,  preparation of viral or bacterial antigens or
nucleic acids, and production of antibodies.  The Company is currently providing
research  services for assessment of the efficiency of candidate HIV vaccines in
a monkey model system under two separate  contracts with the National  Institute
for Allergy and Infectious Disease ("NIAID"),  a part of the National Institutes
of Health ("NIH").  Each of these contracts has a two year term which expires in
September  1997.  In  addition,  since  1983,  the  Company,  through  its  BTRL
subsidiary,  has  provided  blood  processing  and  repository  services for the
National Cancer Institute ("NCI"), also a part of the NIH. The repository stores
over 2,000,000 specimens and processes or ships up to several thousand specimens
per week in support of various NIH cancer and virus research programs. While the
current NCI  repository  contract  terminates in February  1997, the Company has
responded to a Request for Proposals by the United States  government  for a new
four year contract to replace this contract.  There can be no assurance that any
of these  contracts  will be replaced with new  contracts.  See "Risk Factors --
Dependence on Key Customers."


    Small Business  Innovation  Research  ("SBIR")  grants and other  government
contracts  similar to the ones  described  have  enabled  the Company to develop
technologies  applicable to new product  development and its specialty  clinical
laboratory.  For example, recent SBIR grants have enabled the Company to develop
PCR based  assays for the  detection  of the nucleic  acids of HIV, HCV and Lyme
Disease.  Although the Company does not currently  have any SBIR grants,  it has
two  pending  applications  for such  grants  and  intends to  continue  to seek
government  grants and contracts that further the Company's core  technology and
commercial business. There can be no assurance that the Company will receive any
government research grants in the future.

    Clinical  Trials.  The Company  conducts  clinical  trials for  domestic and
foreign test kit manufacturers.  Test kit manufacturers must conduct such trials
to collect data for  submission  to the United  States FDA and other  regulatory
agencies.  By  providing  this  service,  the Company is able to maintain  close
contact with test kit manufacturers and regulators,  and is able to evaluate new
technologies  in various stages of  development.  The Company  believes that the
reputation of its laboratory and scientific  staff,  its large number of Quality
Control Panels,  and its inventory of  characterized  serum and plasma specimens
assist the Company in marketing its clinical  trial  services to its  customers.
The  Company has  performed  clinical  trials for a number of United  States and
foreign  test kit  manufacturers  seeking  to  obtain  FDA  approval  for  their
infectious disease test kits.

    Drug Screening Program. As a subcontractor for an NIH AIDS grant held by the
University  of North  Carolina at Chapel Hill,  the Company has  established  an
anti-HIV  drug  screening  program to test a large  number of  natural  products
(largely plant derivatives) to determine whether they inhibit HIV replication in
an in vitro assay system. These in vitro assays are also offered as a service to
researchers  and  pharmaceutical  companies  who wish to test various  candidate
anti-viral agents for anti-HIV activity.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

    The Company's  research and development effort is focused on the development
of (i) new and improved  Quality  Control  Products  for the  emerging  end-user
market,  (ii) new products for existing customers,  (iii) Diagnostic  Components
for use with test kits for both new test  methodologies  and new  diseases,  and
(iv)  infectious  disease  testing  services  using PCR and other  amplification
assays for AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, Lyme Disease and Chlamydia,  among others. The
Company  has  approximately  20 full or  part-time  employees  dedicated  to its
research  and  development  effort.  For the six months  ended June 30, 1996 the
Company  increased  spending on research  and  development  as a  percentage  of
revenues compared to the same period ended June 30, 1995 and expects to continue
to increase such  expenditures  as a percentage of revenues for the next several
years.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results  of  Operations  --  Results  of  Operations."  The  Company's  research
scientists  work closely with sales,  marketing and  manufacturing  personnel to
identify and prioritize the development of new products and services.

                                       33



    The Company's product  development  activities center on the  identification
and  characterization  of materials for the  manufacture of new Quality  Control
Products and the replacement of sold-out products. For example, during 1996, the
Company has introduced 10 new Seroconversion,  Performance and Sensitivity Panel
products as well as 14 new  Accurun(tm) Run Controls;  in addition,  during July
1996, the Company released its first Qualification  Panel products.  The Company
is developing new Quality  Control  Products for use with  molecular  diagnostic
tests for HIV, HCV and HBV.  Recently the Company  expanded its Quality  Control
Product  line beyond the  retrovirus  and Viral  Hepatitis  diagnostics  area to
include sexually  transmitted  diseases (e.g.,  Syphilis),  tick-borne  diseases
(e.g., Lyme Disease), and respiratory and other infections (e.g.,  Tuberculosis)
and is  continuing to develop new Quality  Control  Products for these and other
diseases.  The Company has increased the number of Quality  Control  Products it
offers from approximately 20 in 1990 to approximately 150 products in 1996.

    The Company is also developing new and improved infectious disease specialty
tests for Lyme Disease and other  tick-borne  diseases for use in its  specialty
laboratory  business.  For  example,  the Company was among the first to develop
enzyme  immunoassays  and Western Blot assays for Lyme  Disease.  The Company is
also  pursuing  new  applications  of  PCR  technology  to  infectious   disease
diagnostics,  such as  amplification  assays for the  pathogens  of AIDS,  Viral
Hepatitis,  Lyme Disease and  Chlamydia,  and for the direct  detection of other
infectious agents in blood, tissues and other body fluids.

    From time to time in the  past,  the  Company  has  funded a portion  of its
research and development activities from grants provided by various agencies and
departments of the U.S. government. See "-- Services."

STRATEGIC ALLIANCES


    University  of North  Carolina  at Chapel  Hill.  The  Company  is  directly
supporting  a drug  discovery  program  at UNC,  in which a  full-time  research
scientist is working to develop synthetic derivatives of anti-HIV compounds that
have been  discovered  pursuant to the Company's joint  collaboration  with UNC.
This  research  scientist is also working to  introduce  modifications  to these
derivatives that would make them more soluble,  less toxic, or otherwise enhance
their anti-viral properties. UNC has licensed to the Company exclusive worldwide
rights to three series of patent  applications filed by the Company and UNC with
respect  to  three  classes  of  anti-HIV  compounds.  Two such  compounds  have
exhibited  therapeutic indices in in vitro test model systems in excess of those
recorded  for AZT under  comparable  test  conditions.  The Company is expending
approximately  $100,000 per year for research and development  relating to these
compounds.  In  addition,  under this  license,  the Company  will also have the
rights to any new anti-HIV  compounds or derivatives  developed in the course of
this  sponsored  research,  provided  the  Company  obtains  certain  regulatory
approvals from the FDA. See "-- Services."

    Ajinomoto  Co., Inc. The Company  entered into an agreement  with  Ajinomoto
Co., Inc. in October 1995  pursuant to which the Company is performing  research
regarding  among other  things,  whether tests for certain amino acids in plasma
can be used to  determine  a person's  immune  status,  particularly  in chronic
fatigue  syndrome.  This  project  is funded by  Ajinomoto  and has a three year
budget of approximately $1,000,000.  Discoveries and inventions arising from the
research  will be owned by  Ajinomoto,  but the  Company  has the right of first
refusal to obtain  certain  exclusive  licenses  from  Ajinomoto of any patented
technology  arising  from the  research.  The  Company  is  entitled  to certain
royalties  based  upon a  percentage  of sales of  products  arising  out of the
research. This agreement expires in September 1998.

    BioSeq,  Inc. In October 1996, the Company entered into a strategic alliance
with  BioSeq,  an  early  stage  biotechnology  company  that  is  developing  a
technology  that may,  through the use of  pressure,  be able to more  precisely
control  chemical  reactions.  The Company  believes that this technology may be
useful  for  sequencing,  synthesizing  and  characterizing  nucleic  acids  and
proteins, which may then allow for the more precise identification of infectious
disease agents.

    The Company has agreed to purchase approximately 19% of the capital stock of
BioSeq for an aggregate of $1,482,500 in three installments.  Of the $1,482,500,
$210,000 has been invested and $522,500 will be invested upon  completion of the
Offering.  The Company must make the remaining  $750,000  installment  if BioSeq
attains  certain  technical  milestones by July 31, 1997. If such milestones are
not  attained by BioSeq by July 31,  1997,  the Company  will have the option to
make the remaining  $750,000  investment  until  December 31, 1997.  See "Use of
Proceeds." The Company has price  anti-dilution  protection,  pre-emptive rights
and the  right to board  representation,  the  last of which  terminates  if the
Company fails to make the second installment

                                       34



under the Purchase Agreement.  In addition, the Company was granted the right to
acquire additional shares of common stock of BioSeq for additional consideration
under certain  conditions,  provided that this right is not  exercisable  to the
extent it would cause the Company's  ownership of BioSeq to equal or exceed 20%.
BioSeq has also  agreed to engage the  Company to perform a minimum of  $100,000
and $150,000 of research and development  services  following the payment of the
second and third installments, respectively.

    Under the  License  Agreement,  upon the  earlier  of  payment  of the final
installment of the Company's  investment and December 31, 1997, the Company will
be granted a worldwide right to use the BioSeq technology relating to sequencing
and analysis  services.  The License will be  exclusive  until BioSeq  commences
selling on a  commercial  basis the  equipment  used in the DNA  sequencing  and
analysis  process,  at which time the  License  will become  non-exclusive.  The
License  provides that the Company will pay BioSeq certain  royalties based upon
net  revenues  arising out of the  services  performed  by the Company  with the
licensed technology.


SALES AND MARKETING

    The  Company's  sales and  marketing  efforts are  directed by a Senior Vice
President of Sales and Marketing  who  supervises 15 sales people and four other
full-time sales and marketing employees.


    The Company's marketing strategy is focused upon addressing the needs of its
customers in the infectious  disease  testing market  throughout the entire test
kit life-cycle,  from initial research and  development,  through the regulatory
approval  process and test kit  production,  to  training,  troubleshooting  and
routine use by  end-users  such as clinical  laboratories,  hospitals  and blood
banks.  By serving its  customers at all stages of the product  life-cycle,  the
Company  expects  to stay at the  forefront  of  trends  in  infectious  disease
testing,  which in turn  enables  the Company to  anticipate  and respond to the
needs of the marketplace.


    The Company  recently has begun to focus its sales and marketing  efforts on
the emerging end-user market for quality control products for infectious disease
test kits.  To promote  this  objective,  the  Company is  implementing  a major
marketing platform, known as "Total Quality System" ("TQS"). TQS is a package of
Quality  Control  Products,  including the Company's  Accurun(tm)  Run Controls,
which is designed to provide test kit end-users  with the products  needed in an
overall  quality  assurance  program.  These  products  enable  laboratories  to
evaluate each of the key elements involved in the testing process: the test kit,
laboratory  equipment and laboratory  personnel.  The Company  believes that TQS
effectively  addresses  the need for  end-users  to ensure the accuracy of their
test results.  The Company intends to continue to expand its sales and marketing
activities with respect to its Accurun(tm) line of Run Control  products.  Since
the beginning of 1996, the Company has hired two new employees for the sales and
marketing of its Accurun(tm) line of products and expects to add six more direct
salespeople by the end of 1997.

    The  Company's   products  are  currently  sold  through  a  combination  of
telephone,  mail,  third party  distributors  and limited  direct sales efforts.
Domestically,  products are sold through an in-house tele-sales group consisting
of five sales  representatives,  two sales  managers  and one  customer  service
representative.  Internationally,  the Company  distributes  its  products  both
directly and through 17 independent  distributors  located in Japan,  Australia,
South America,  Southeast Asia, Israel and Europe.  The Company's  international
sales manager  oversees the Company's  foreign  distributors.  During the fiscal
years  1993,  1994,  1995 and the six months  ended  June 30,  1995 and 1996 the
Company's  distributors  accounted for 1.9%,  3.5%,  6.2%,  2.8% and 8.8% of the
Company's  total revenue,  respectively.  The Company  intends to further expand
sales through  international  distributors,  although there can be no assurances
that it will be able to do so. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with Export
Sales."

    The Company's  Specialty  Clinical  Laboratory Testing services are marketed
primarily  through a direct  domestic  sales  force  consisting  of seven  sales
representatives  managed  by a sales  director.  The sales  representatives  are
located throughout the eastern and mid-western United States. They are supported
internally by a client services representative.

    The  Company  emphasizes  high  quality  products  and  services,  technical
knowledge,  and responsiveness to customer needs in its marketing activities for
both products and services. The Company educates its distributors, customers and
prospective  customers about its products through a series of detailed marketing
brochures,  technical  bulletins and  pamphlets,  press releases and direct mail
pieces.  These  materials are  supplemented  by  advertising  campaigns in major
industry  publications,  technical  presentations,  and  exhibitions  at  local,
national and international trade shows and expositions.

                                       35



CUSTOMERS


    The  Company's   customers  for  Quality  Control  Products  and  Diagnostic
Components  comprise  three major  groups:  (i)  international  diagnostics  and
pharmaceutical  manufacturing  companies,  such as Abbott Diagnostics,  Behring,
Boehringer  Mannheim,  Chiron,  Fujirebio,  Hoffman LaRoche,  Ortho  Diagnostics
(Johnson and Johnson),  Sanofi Diagnostics and Sorin Biomedica;  (ii) regulatory
agencies  such as the United States FDA, the British  Public  Health  Laboratory
Service, the French Institut National de la Transfusion Sanguine, and the German
Paul Ehrlich  Institute;  and (iii)  end-users of diagnostic  test kits, such as
hospital  clinical  laboratories,  public health  laboratories  and blood banks,
including the Swiss Red Cross,  United Blood Services and Kaiser Permanente.  In
1995,  the  Company  sold  products  to   approximately   100   diagnostics  and
pharmaceutical  manufacturers,  15 regulatory agencies,  and 250 end-users.  The
Company's  Specialty  Clinical  Laboratory Testing services are sold to hospital
and  clinical  laboratories,  blood  banks,  researchers  and other  health care
providers.  The Company's Contract Research services are typically offered under
contracts  to  governmental  agencies,  diagnostic  test kit  manufacturers  and
biomedical researchers.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Overview."

    The Company does not have long-term contracts with its customers for Quality
Control Products and Diagnostic  Components.  The Company's products are sold to
its customers pursuant to purchase orders for discrete  purchases.  Although the
Company believes that its  relationships  with these customers are satisfactory,
termination of the Company's  relationship  with any one of such customers could
have a material  adverse effect on the Company.  See "Risk Factors -- Dependence
on Key Customers."


    During the fiscal years 1993,  1994 and 1995,  and the six months ended June
30, 1995 and 1996, sales to the Company's three largest customers  accounted for
an aggregate  of  approximately  20% of the  Company's  net sales,  although the
customers  were not  identical in each period and no one customer  accounted for
more than 10% of net sales.

MANUFACTURING AND OPERATIONS

    The Company manufactures and assembles  substantially all of its products at
its facility in West  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts.  The Company has computerized
purchasing,  inventory,  and test result and  materials  tracking  systems in an
integrated  operations  management  system,  and believes that these systems are
adequate  for its  current  level  of  production,  but  would  require  further
enhancements if the Company  experiences  substantial future growth. The Company
acquires raw materials  from a variety of vendors and through a program of donor
recruitment,  donor screening, product collection,  product characterization and
donor management. All important materials have multiple sources of supply.

    The Company's West Bridgewater facility contains  environmentally-controlled
freezers and cold rooms, which are used to store raw materials for manufacturing
and  finished  products.  More  than  3,000  square  feet of  space  in the West
Bridgewater  facility is dedicated to freezers and cold rooms.  The freezers and
cold rooms are monitored  continuously  and the Company  maintains a natural gas
fired emergency generator in the event of a power outage.

    The Company also  operates a specialty  clinical  laboratory in New Britain,
Connecticut  and a research and development  laboratory in Rockville,  Maryland.
See "-- Properties."

COMPETITION

    The market for the  Company's  products and services is highly  competitive.
Many of the Company's  competitors  are larger than the Company and have greater
financial,   research,   manufacturing,   and  marketing  resources.   Important
competitive  factors for the Company's products include product quality,  price,
ease of use,  customer  service and  reputation.  In a broader  sense,  industry
competition  is based upon  scientific  and  technical  capability,  proprietary
know-how, access to adequate capital, the ability to develop and market products
and processes,  the ability to attract and retain qualified  personnel,  and the
availability of patent protection. To the extent that the Company's products and
services do not reflect technological advances, the Company's ability to compete
in those products and services could be adversely affected. See "Risk Factors --
Risk of Technological Change" and "-- Competition."

    In the area of Quality Control Products,  the Company competes in the United
States  primarily with NABI (formerly North American  Biologicals,  Inc.) in Run
Controls and Quality Control Panel products and Blackhawk Biosystems Inc. in Run
Controls.  In Europe,  the  Netherlands  Red Cross has recently

                                       36



begun offering several Run Control and panel products. The Company believes that
all three of these  competitors  currently offer a more limited line of products
than the Company,  although there can be no assurance  these  companies will not
expand their product lines.

    In the Diagnostic  Components area, the Company competes against  integrated
plasma collection and processing companies such as Serologicals,  Inc. and NABI,
as well as smaller,  independent plasma collection centers and brokers of plasma
products.  In the Diagnostic  Components area, the Company competes on the basis
of quality, breadth of product line, technical expertise and reputation.

    The  Company  believes  that it has  competitive  advantages  in the quality
control products and diagnostic components industry. These include its access to
raw materials, technical know-how, broad product line and established reputation
among large diagnostics and pharmaceutical manufacturers,  as well as regulatory
agencies.

    In  the  Specialty  Clinical  Laboratory  Testing  services  portion  of the
Company's business, it competes with large national reference laboratories, such
as LabCorp of America,  Corning  Clinical  Laboratories  and SmithKline  Beecham
Clinical  Laboratories,  as well as several independent  regional  laboratories,
hospital  laboratories,  government  contract  laboratories  and large  research
institutions.  The Company  believes that by focusing on the specialty  clinical
laboratory  market,  it is able to offer  its  customers  a  higher  value-added
service on the more complex  diagnostic tests than the larger national reference
laboratories.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

    The manufacture  and  distribution of medical  devices,  including  products
manufactured  by the Company that are intended for in vitro  diagnostic use, are
subject to extensive  government  regulation  in the United  States and in other
countries. See "Risk Factors -- Stringent Government Regulation."

    In the United States,  the Food,  Drug, and Cosmetic Act ("FDCA")  prohibits
the marketing of in vitro  diagnostic  products  until they have been cleared or
approved by the FDA, a process that is time-consuming, expensive, and uncertain.
In  vitro  diagnostic  products  must  be the  subject  of  either  a  premarket
notification   clearance  (a  "510(k)")  or  an  approved   premarket   approval
application  ("PMA").  With  respect  to  devices  reviewed  through  the 510(k)
process,  a Company may not market a device for diagnostic use until an order is
issued by FDA finding the product to be  substantially  equivalent  to a legally
marketed  device.  A  510(k)  submission  may  involve  the  presentation  of  a
substantial  volume  of  data,  including  clinical  data,  and  may  require  a
substantial  period of review.  With respect to devices reviewed through the PMA
process,  a  Company  may not  market  a device  until  FDA has  approved  a PMA
application,  which must be supported by extensive data,  including  preclinical
and clinical trial data, literature,  and manufacturing information to prove the
safety and effectiveness of the device.

    The Company's  Accurun Run Controls,  when marketed for diagnostic use, have
been classified by the FDA as medical devices. The Accurun 1(R) Multi-Marker Run
Control,  which  include  eight  analytes,  has been cleared  through the 510(k)
process. The Company expects that, in the future, most of its products that need
FDA premarket review also will be reviewed  through the 510(k) process.  The FDA
could, however,  require that some products be reviewed through the PMA process,
which  generally  involves a longer  review  period and the  submission  of more
information  to FDA.  There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will obtain
regulatory  approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Failure to obtain regulatory
approvals in a timely fashion or at all could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company.

    All of the Company's Quality Control Products, with the exception of Accurun
1(R),  are marketed  "for research use only," which do not require FDA premarket
clearance  or  approval,  and not for  diagnostic  uses,  which do  require  FDA
premarket clearance or approval. The labeling of these products limits their use
to research. It is possible, however, that some purchasers of these products may
use them for diagnostic  purposes  despite the Company's  intended use. In these
circumstances, the FDA could allege that these products should have been cleared
or approved  by the FDA prior to  marketing,  and  initiate  enforcement  action
against the Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

    Once  cleared or  approved,  medical  devices are subject to  pervasive  and
continuing  regulation  by  the  FDA,  including,   but  not  limited  to,  good
manufacturing  practices ("GMP")  regulations  governing testing,  control,  and
documentation;  and reporting of adverse experiences with the use of the device.

                                       37



Ongoing  compliance  with GMP and other  applicable  regulatory  requirements is
monitored through periodic inspections. FDA regulations require agency clearance
or  approval  for  certain  changes  if they do or could  affect  the safety and
effectiveness of the device,  including,  for example,  new indications for use,
labeling  changes or changes in design or  manufacturing  methods.  In addition,
both before and after  clearance  or  approval,  medical  devices are subject to
certain  export and import  requirements  under the FDCA.  Product  labeling and
promotional  activities  are  subject  to  scrutiny  by the FDA and,  in certain
instances,  by the Federal  Trade  Commission.  Products  may be promoted by the
Company  only for their  approved  use.  Failure to comply  with these and other
regulatory  requirements  can result,  among other  consequences,  in failure to
obtain premarket approvals, withdrawal of approvals, total or partial suspension
of product  distribution,  injunctions,  civil penalties,  recall or seizures of
products and criminal prosecution.

    The Company  believes that its Quality  Control  Panels are not regulated by
the FDA because  they are not  intended  for  diagnostic  purposes.  The Company
believes  that its  Diagnostic  Components,  which  are  components  of in vitro
diagnostic products, may be subject to certain regulatory requirements under the
FDCA and other laws administered by the FDA, but do not require that the Company
obtain a premarket  approval or clearance.  There can be no assurance,  however,
that  the  FDA  would  agree  or  that  the  FDA  will  not  adopt  a  different
interpretation  of the FDCA or other  laws it  administers,  which  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

    Laws and regulations  affecting some of the Company's products are in effect
in many of the  countries in which the Company  markets or intends to market its
products.  These requirements vary from country to country. Member states of the
European  Economic Area (which is composed of the European Union members and the
European Free Trade Association  members) are in the process of adopting various
product and services  "Directives"  to address  essential  health,  safety,  and
environmental  requirements  associated with the subject  products and services.
The  "Directives"  cover both  quality  system  requirements  (ISO  Series  9000
Standards) and product and marketing  related  requirements.  In addition,  some
jurisdictions have requirements  related to marketing of the Company's products.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain any regulatory
approvals  required to market its products on a timely basis,  or at all. Delays
in receipt of, or failure to receive  such  approvals,  or the failure to comply
with  regulatory  requirements  in  these  countries  or  states  could  lead to
compliance  action,  which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, or results of operations.

    The Company's  service-related business (clinical trials, infectious disease
testing,  and  contract  research)  is  subject  to  other  national  and  local
requirements.  The  Company's  facilities  are  subject to  review,  inspection,
licensure or accreditation by some states,  national professional  organizations
(College of  American  Pathologists),  and other  national  regulatory  agencies
(Health  Care  Financing  Administration).  Studies  to  evaluate  the safety or
effectiveness  of FDA regulated  products  (primarily  human and animal drugs or
biologics) must also be conducted in conformance with relevant FDA requirements,
including Good Laboratory Practice ("GLP") regulations, investigational new drug
or device  regulations,  Institutional  Review  Board  ("IRB")  regulations  and
informed consent regulations.

    CLIA prohibits  laboratories  from performing in vitro tests for the purpose
of  providing  information  for the  diagnosis,  prevention  or treatment of any
disease or  impairment  of, or the  assessment  of,  the health of human  beings
unless there is in effect for such laboratories a certificate issued by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human  Services  ("HHS")  applicable to the category of
examination or procedure performed.

    The Company  currently holds permits issued by HHS (CLIA  license),  Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention (Importation of Etiological Agents or Vectors
of  Human  Diseases),  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  (Importation  and
Transportation  of Controlled  Materials and Organisms and Vectors) and the U.S.
Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission (in vitro testing with byproduct  material under
general license, covering the use of certain radioimmunoassay test methods).

    The Company is also subject to government  regulation  under the Clean Water
Act, the Toxic  Substances  Control Act, the Resource  Conservation and Recovery
Act, the Atomic  Energy Act, and other  national,  state and local  restrictions
relating  to the  use  and  disposal  of  biohazardous,  radioactive  and  other
hazardous  substances  and  wastes.  The  Company  is an exempt  small  quantity
generator  of hazardous  waste

                                       38



and  has a U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency  identification  number.  The
Company is also registered with the U.S. Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission for use
of certain radioactive materials. All hazardous waste is manifested and disposed
of  properly.   The  Company  is  also  subject  to  various  state   regulatory
requirements governing the handling of and disposal of biohazardous, radioactive
and hazardous  wastes.  The Company has never been a party to any  environmental
proceeding.

    Internationally,  some of the  Company's  products are subject to additional
regulatory requirements,  which vary significantly from country to country. Each
country  in which the  Company's  products  and  services  are  offered  must be
evaluated independently to determine the country's particular  requirements.  In
foreign  countries,  the Company's  distributors  are generally  responsible for
obtaining any required government consents.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

    None of the Company's Quality Control Products or Diagnostic Components have
been  patented.  The  Company  has  decided  to hold as  trade  secrets  current
technology  used to  prepare  Basematrix  and other  blood-based  products.  The
Company relies  primarily on a combination  of trade secrets and  non-disclosure
and confidentiality  agreements, and in certain limited circumstances,  patents,
to establish and protect its proprietary  rights in its technology and products.
There  can be no  assurance  that  others  will  not  independently  develop  or
otherwise acquire the same, similar or more advanced trade secrets and know-how.

    The Company has two United States  patents and,  jointly with UNC, has filed
three  series of United  States and  foreign  patent  applications  relating  to
compounds,  pharmaceutical  compositions  and therapeutic  methods in connection
with the Company's  drug  discovery  program at UNC. See "-- Services," and " --
Research and Development."

    The  Company  has no reason to believe  that its  products  and  proprietary
methods  infringe the  proprietary  rights of any other  party.  There can be no
assurance,  however,  that other parties will not assert  infringement claims in
the  future.  See "Risk  Factors --  Protection  of  Intellectual  Property  and
Proprietary Technology."

PROPERTIES

    The Company's corporate offices and manufacturing  facilities are located in
a two story, 22,500 square foot building in West Bridgewater, Massachusetts. The
Company  owns  and  operates  this   building.   The  Company   intends  to  use
approximately  $1  million  of the  proceeds  of this  Offering  to  expand  its
manufacturing   capacity  and  to  purchase  necessary  equipment  at  its  West
Bridgewater  site,  and  has  submitted  plans  to  local  authorities  for  the
development  of an additional  7,500 square feet,  primarily  for  manufacturing
purposes.  The Company  anticipates that these renovations will begin this year.
The Company  believes that  following  these  renovations,  its facility in West
Bridgewater  will be  sufficient  to meet  its  foreseeable  needs.  See "Use of
Proceeds."

    The Company leases its laboratory facilities in Rockville,  Maryland and New
Britain,  Connecticut. The Rockville facility contains 21,000 square feet and is
occupied  under a five-year  lease that is due to expire on June 30,  1997.  The
Company is currently  considering the exercise of its option to extend the lease
for an additional five years, as well as relocating its laboratory.  The Company
believes that there is sufficient space available in the Rockville  facility for
its current  needs.  The New Britain  facility has 15,000  square feet,  most of
which is dedicated to laboratory  space.  The lease is for five years and is due
to expire on July 30, 2000; the Company has an option to renew for an additional
five years.

EMPLOYEES

   
    As of October 23, 1996 the Company  employed 186  persons,  all of whom were
located in the United  States.  Seventy-seven  of these persons were employed in
West Bridgewater,  Massachusetts,  59 in New Britain, Connecticut, and 50 at the
Rockville,  Maryland  site.  None of the  Company's  employees  is  covered by a
collective bargaining agreement. The Company believes that it has a satisfactory
relationship with its employees.
    

                                       39



                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    The directors  and  executive  officers of the Company and their ages are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  NAME                        AGE                       POSITION
                  ----                        ---                       --------
<S>                                           <C>     <C>
Richard T. Schumacher(1)                      46      President; Chief Executive Officer and
                                                        Chairman of the Board
Kevin W. Quinlan(2)                           46      Senior Vice President, Finance; Chief
                                                        Financial Officer; Treasurer and Director
Patricia E. Garrett, Ph.D.                    53      Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs &
                                                        Strategic Programs
Mark M. Manak, Ph.D.                          45      Senior Vice President, Research and
                                                        Development
Richard C. Tilton, Ph.D.                      60      Senior Vice President, Specialty Laboratory
                                                        Services
Barry M. Warren                               49      Senior Vice President, Sales & Marketing

Ronald V. DiPaolo, Ph.D.                      52      Vice President of Operations

Francis E. Capitanio(2)                       52      Director

Henry A. Malkasian(1)                         79      Director

Calvin A. Saravis(1)(2)                       66      Director

- ---------------
(1)  Member of the Compensation Committee.

(2)  Member of the Audit Committee.
</TABLE>

    Mr.  Schumacher,  the founder of the Company,  has been the President  since
1986, and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman since 1992. Mr. Schumacher served
as the Director of Infectious Disease Services for Clinical Science  Laboratory,
a New England-based medical reference  laboratory,  from 1986 to 1988. From 1972
to 1985,  Mr.  Schumacher  was  employed  by the  Center for Blood  Research,  a
nonprofit medical research institute associated with Harvard Medical School. Mr.
Schumacher received a B.S. in zoology from the University of New Hampshire.

    Mr. Quinlan,  a Director of the Company since its founding,  has been Senior
Vice President,  Finance,  Treasurer,  and Chief Financial Officer since January
1993. From 1990 to December 1992, he was the Chief Financial Officer of ParcTec,
Inc. a New York-based leasing company.  Mr. Quinlan served as Vice President and
Assistant  Treasurer of American  Finance Group,  Inc. from 1981 to 1989 and was
employed  by Coopers & Lybrand  from 1975 to 1980.  Mr.  Quinlan is a  certified
public accountant and received a M.S. in accounting from Northeastern University
and a B.S. in economics from the University of New Hampshire.

    Dr. Garrett has been Senior Vice President,  Regulatory  Affairs & Strategic
Programs  since 1988.  From 1980 to 1987,  Dr.  Garrett  served as the Technical
Director of the Chemistry  Laboratory,  Department of Laboratory Medicine at the
Lahey Clinic Medical Center. Dr. Garrett earned her Ph.D. from the University of
Colorado and was a postdoctoral research associate at Harvard University, Oregon
State  University,  Massachusetts  Institute of Technology and the University of
British Columbia.

    Dr.  Manak has served as Senior Vice  President,  Research  and  Development
since 1992. From 1980 to 1992, he served as Senior Research Scientist, Molecular
Biology,  of Biotech  Research  Laboratories.  Dr. Manak  received his Ph.D.  in
biochemistry  from the  University of  Connecticut  and  completed  postdoctoral
research work in biochemistry/virology at Johns Hopkins University.

                                       40



    Dr.  Tilton  has  served  as Senior  Vice  President,  Specialty  Laboratory
Services  since  the  Company's   acquisition  of  BBI-North  American  Clinical
Laboratories,  Inc. in 1993 and was one of the  founders of  BBI-NACL,  where he
served as President  from 1989 to 1993. Dr. Tilton has 25 years of experience in
university hospital clinical microbiology laboratories and is board certified in
medical  and public  health  microbiology.  Dr.  Tilton  received  his Ph.D.  in
microbiology from the University of Massachusetts.

    Mr.  Warren has served as Senior Vice  President,  Sales &  Marketing  since
1993.  From 1985 to 1993,  Mr. Warren  served as Group  Director of Marketing of
Organon  Teknika,  a manufacturer  of infectious  disease  reagents.  Mr. Warren
received an M.A. in political  science from Loyola  University  of Chicago and a
B.A. from Loyola University.

    Dr.  DiPaolo has been Vice  President  of  Operations  since 1993.  Prior to
joining the Company, Dr. DiPaolo served as Vice President and General Manager of
the Biomedical Products Division of Collaborative  Research,  a medical research
products  company.  From  1975 to 1986 he was  employed  by DuPont  New  England
Nuclear,  an in vitro test kit  manufacturer.  Dr. DiPaolo received his Ph.D. in
biochemistry  from  Massachusetts  Institute of Technology  and later  completed
postdoctoral research at the Eunice Shriver Center in Waltham, Massachusetts.

    Mr.  Capitanio  has served as a Director  since  January  1986.  He has been
President,   Treasurer  and  Director  of  Diatech  Diagnostics  Inc.  (formerly
Immunotech  Corporation),  an in vitro  diagnostics  company and a wholly  owned
subsidiary of Healthcare  Technologies  Ltd., since 1980. Mr. Capitanio received
an  M.B.A.  from the Sloan  School of  Management,  Massachusetts  Institute  of
Technology and a B.S. in metallurgy from Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

    Mr.  Malkasian has served as a Director since the Company's  organization in
1978.  Mr.  Malkasian is a practicing  attorney-at-law  and a member of the firm
Malkasian & Budge in  Massachusetts.  He received  his J.D.  degree from Harvard
University School of Law and a B.A. degree from Clark University.

    Dr. Saravis has served as a Director since 1978. Since 1971, Dr. Saravis has
been a Senior Research Associate at the Mallory Institute of Pathology and since
1979 he has been a Senior Research Associate at the Cancer Research Institute --
New England Deaconess  Hospital.  Since 1984, Dr. Saravis has had an appointment
as an Associate  Professor of Surgery  (biochemistry)  at Harvard Medical School
and an Associate  Research Professor of Pathology at Boston University School of
Medicine. Dr. Saravis received his Ph.D. in immunology and serology from Rutgers
University.

    In August 1990 the Board of Directors  established a Compensation  Committee
currently composed of Messrs.  Schumacher,  Saravis and Malkasian. The functions
of the Compensation  Committee include  presentation and  recommendations to the
Board of  Directors  on  compensation  levels for  officers  and  directors  and
issuance of stock options to the Board of Directors, employees and affiliates.

    In  August  1990  the  Board of  Directors  established  an Audit  Committee
currently composed of Messrs.  Capitanio,  Quinlan and Saravis. The functions of
the  Audit  Committee  include  recommending  to  the  Board  of  Directors  the
engagement  of the  independent  accountants,  reviewing  the scope of  internal
controls and reviewing the implementation by management of recommendations  made
by the independent accountants.

    The  Company's  Board of Directors is divided into three  classes,  with the
classes being elected for staggered  three-year terms. At each annual meeting of
stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed those in the class whose term
then expires,  and each elected  director shall serve for a term expiring at the
third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after such director's  election,
and until the  director's  successor is elected and qualified.  Thus,  directors
stand for election  only once in three years.  Executive  officers  serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION


    Directors  of the  Company  do  not  receive  cash  compensation  for  their
services.  Each director is eligible to receive options to purchase Common Stock
under the Company's 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan. As of October 4, 1996,
options  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  249,750  shares  have been  granted to
directors  of the  Company  under  this Plan.  During  fiscal  1995,  options to
purchase  an  aggregate  of 15,000  shares of Common  Stock were  granted to the
Directors  as  follows:  5,000  shares  to Mr.  Capitanio,  5,000  shares to Mr.
Malkasian,  and  5,000  shares  to Dr.  Saravis  and no  shares  to  either  Mr.
Schumacher or Mr. Quinlan.


                                       41


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The following  table sets forth the  compensation  for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1995 of each of the Chief Executive Officer and the six most highly
compensated  officers of the Company (the "Named Executive  Officers"),  none of
whom received any bonuses during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995:


                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                                      FOR FISCAL 1995
                                                                                             OTHER ANNUAL
                         NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                           SALARY($)    COMPENSATION($)
                         ---------------------------                           ---------    ---------------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>
Richard T. Schumacher.......................................................    $166,676      $ 2,008(1)
  President and Chief Executive Officer
Kevin W. Quinlan............................................................     120,615        1,650(2)
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Patricia E. Garrett, Ph.D. .................................................      92,353        1,650(2)
  Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs & Strategic Programs
Mark M. Manak, Ph.D. .......................................................     102,753          --
  Senior Vice President, Research & Development
Richard C. Tilton, Ph.D. ...................................................     111,924        6,000(3)
  Senior Vice President, Specialty Laboratory Services
Barry M. Warren.............................................................     113,454        1,500(2)
  Senior Vice President, Sales & Marketing
Ronald V. DiPaolo, Ph.D. ...................................................      86,614        1,500(2)
  Vice President of Operations


- ----------------

(1) Consists of personal  usage of Company  vehicle,  and includes the value of
     premiums paid for a term life insurance policy.

(2) Consists of automobile allowance, discontinued as of March 31, 1995.

(3) Consists of automobile allowance.
</TABLE>

    The  following  table sets forth the  aggregate  number and value of options
exercisable  and  unexercisable  by the Named  Executive  Officers during fiscal
1995.  No stock  options  were  granted  to, or  exercised  by, any of the Named
Executive Officers in fiscal 1995.


                          FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       
                                                       NUMBER OF SECURITIES      VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                      UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED     IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                      OPTIONS AT 12/31/95(#)      AT 12/31/95($)(1)
            NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION             EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
            ---------------------------             ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                     <C>
Richard T. Schumacher ..............................   127,500         2,500  $ 988,500     $ 16,250
  President and Chief Executive Officer
Kevin W. Quinlan ...................................    58,000        10,000    403,750       65,000
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief
  Financial Officer
Patricia E. Garrett, Ph.D. .........................    41,250         1,250    334,125        5,625
  Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs &
  Strategic Programs
Mark M. Manak, Ph.D. ...............................    26,250         8,750    170,625       56,875
  Senior Vice President, Research & Development
Richard C. Tilton, Ph.D. ...........................    17,500        17,500    105,000      105,000
  Senior Vice President, Specialty Laboratory
  Services
Barry M. Warren ....................................     7,500         7,500     33,750       33,750
  Senior Vice President, Sales & Marketing
Ronald V. DiPaolo, Ph.D. ...........................    25,000         1,000    183,900        4,500
  Vice President of Operations

- -----------------------
</TABLE>
(1)  There was no public  trading market for the Common Stock as of December 31,
     1995.  Accordingly,  these values have been  calculated on the basis of the
     assumed  initial  public  offering  price  of  $9.00  per  share,  less the
     applicable exercise price.

                                       42



EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

    None of the Company's  employees are subject to employment  agreements  with
the Company.

STOCK PLANS


    1987  Non-Qualified   Stock  Option  Plan:  The  Company  adopted  the  1987
Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "Non-Qualified  Plan") to  provide  an
opportunity to employees,  officers,  directors and  consultants  employed by or
affiliated  with the Company or any of its  subsidiaries to acquire stock in the
Company, to provide increased  incentives to such persons to promote the success
of the  Company's  business and to encourage  such persons to become  affiliated
with the Company  through the granting of options to acquire its capital  stock.
Any  employee  of the  Company  or of a  subsidiary  of the  Company,  including
officers,  as well as directors of the Company and  consultants  or providers of
services to the Company,  are  eligible to receive  nonqualified  stock  options
under the Non-Qualified Plan. A total of 897,600 shares of Common Stock has been
reserved for issuance under the Non-Qualified Plan.

    The  Non-Qualified  Plan  is  required  to be  administered  by a  Committee
consisting of at least one member appointed by the Board of Directors, and after
the completion of this Offering,  consisting of at least two independent members
of  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Committee  currently  consists  of  Richard
Schumacher,  Kevin Quinlan and Henry Malkasian.  The Committee has the authority
and discretion to determine those persons to whom options shall be granted under
the  Non-Qualified  Plan,  to determine  the number of shares to be granted,  to
establish  the terms and  conditions  upon which  options  may be  exercised  or
transferred,  to alter any restrictions or conditions on the options and to make
all other  determinations  necessary or desirable for the  administration of the
Non-Qualified   Plan.  The  exercise   price  for  options   granted  under  the
Non-Qualified Plan is determined by the Committee,  but is in no event less than
the par value of the Common Stock.  Options granted under the Non-Qualified Plan
continue  in  effect  for  such  period  as  the   Committee   determines.   The
Non-Qualified Plan terminates as of December 16, 1997.

    As of October 4, 1996,  options to purchase 749,850 had been issued pursuant
to the  Non-Qualified  Plan at  exercise  prices  ranging  from  $.25 to  $6.00,
including an aggregate of 249,750  shares to the  Company's  directors,  Richard
Schumacher,  Kevin  Quinlan,  Francis  Capitanio,  Henry  Malkasian,  and Calvin
Saravis.

    Employee  Stock Option Plan:  The purpose of the Employee  Stock Option Plan
(the  "Employee  Plan") is to provide  increased  incentives  to  employees,  to
encourage new employees to become  affiliated  with the Company and to associate
more  closely the  interests  of such  persons  with those of the  Company.  The
Employee  Plan permits the issuance of options to purchase up to 750,000  shares
of Common Stock in the form of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  and  non-qualified  stock
options.  The Employee Plan is currently  administered by a Committee consisting
of at least  one  member  appointed  by the  Board of  Directors,  and after the
completion of this Offering,  shall consist of at least two independent  members
of the Board of Directors.  The exercise price of stock options is determined by
the Committee, but is in no event less than par value, and the exercise price of
incentive stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of grant  (or,  in the case of  holders  of 10% or more of the
outstanding  Common  Stock,  110% of the fair market  value on such  date).  The
Committee also determines the vesting schedule, number of shares and other terms
of the options.  As of October 4, 1996,  options to purchase  184,537  shares of
Common  Stock at  exercise  prices  ranging  from  $6.00 to $8.50 per share were
outstanding under the Employee Plan.


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

    The  Compensation  Committee  currently  consists of Messrs.  Schumacher and
Malkasian and Dr. Saravis,  each of whom has received options to purchase shares
of Common Stock. See "-- Director Compensation" and "-- Stock Plans."

LIMITATION OF OFFICERS' AND DIRECTORS' LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS

    The  Company's  Amended and  Restated  Articles of  Organization  eliminate,
subject to certain  exceptions,  the  personal  liability  of  directors  to the
Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for  breaches of  fiduciary
duties as directors. The Restated Articles do not provide for the elimination of
or any limitation on the personal  liability of a director for (i) any breach of
the director's duty of loyalty

                                       43



to the Company or its stockholders,  (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or
which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation  of law,  (iii)
certain unauthorized  dividends,  redemptions or distributions as provided under
Section 61 of the Massachusetts  Business Corporation Law, (iv) certain loans of
assets of the Company to any of its  officers  or  directors  as provided  under
Section 62 of the Massachusetts  Business Corporation Law or (v) any transaction
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  This provision of
the  Amended  and  Restated  Articles of  Organization  will limit the  remedies
available to a stockholder in the event of breaches of any director's  duties to
such stockholder or the Company.

    The Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Organization provide that the
Company  may,   either  in  its  By-laws  or  by   contract,   provide  for  the
indemnification  of  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents,  by whomever
elected or appointed,  to the full extent permitted by law, as it may be amended
from time to time.


    The Company  intends to enter into  indemnification  agreements with each of
the directors and officers. The indemnification agreements will provide that the
Company will pay certain amounts incurred by a director or officer in connection
with any civil or  criminal  action or  proceeding  and  specifically  including
actions  by or  in  the  name  of  the  Company  (derivative  suits)  where  the
individual's  involvement  is by reason of the fact that he is or was a director
or officer.  Such  amounts  include,  to the maximum  extent  permitted  by law,
attorney's  fees,  judgments,  civil or criminal fines,  settlement  amounts and
other expenses customarily incurred in connection with legal proceedings.  Under
the  indemnification   agreements,  a  director  or  officer  will  not  receive
indemnification if he is found not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable
belief that his action was in the best interests of the Company.

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

    Registration  Rights.  The  Company  is a  party  to a  Registration  Rights
Agreement dated June 5, 1990, as amended (the "Registration Agreement"),  with G
& G Diagnostics  Limited Partnership I and G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership
II  (together,  "G & G") pursuant to which G & G has certain  rights to have its
shares of Common Stock  registered  by the Company under the  Securities  Act. A
total of 366,670 shares of Common Stock (the "Registrable Shares") held by G & G
or subject to warrants  held by G & G may be registered  under the  Registration
Agreement.  If the Company  proposes to register any of its securities under the
Securities  Act,  either  for  its  own  account  or for the  account  of  other
securityholders, G & G is entitled to notice of the registration and is entitled
to include, at the Company's expense, the Registrable Shares therein,  provided,
among other conditions, that the underwriters have the right to limit the number
of such shares included in the registration.  In addition, G & G may require the
Company at its  expense on no more than two  occasions,  to file a  registration
statement under the Securities Act with respect to its Registrable  Shares,  and
the  Company  is  required  to use its best  efforts  to effect a  registration,
subject to certain  conditions and limitations.  Further,  G & G may require the
Company at its expense to register the Registrable  Shares on Form S-3 when such
form  becomes  available  to the  Company,  subject  to certain  conditions  and
limitations.  G & G waived its respective registration rights for this Offering.
See "Principal Stockholders."


    Warrant  Exercise.  In May 1995, G & G Diagnostics  Limited  Partnership  II
exercised  warrants to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock for
an exercise price of $2.50 per share or an aggregate amount of $100,000.

    Indemnification Contracts. The Company intends to enter into indemnification
agreements  with  each  of  its  directors  and  officers.  See  "Management  --
Limitation of Officers' and Directors' Liability; Indemnification Agreements."

                                       44



                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS


    The  following  table sets forth certain  information  as of October 4, 1996
concerning  the beneficial  ownership of Common Stock by each director,  certain
executive  officers,  all executive  officers and directors as a group, and each
person  known by the  Company  to be the  beneficial  owner of 5% or more of the
Company's Common Stock. This information is based upon information received from
or on behalf of the named  individuals.  Unless  otherwise noted, the beneficial
owners listed have sole voting and investment power over the shares listed.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PERCENTAGE OF OUTSTANDING SHARES
                                                                                    BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
                                                                                    ---------------------
                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES      BEFORE THE        AFTER THE
         NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER             BENEFICIALLY OWNED      OFFERING          OFFERING
         ------------------------------------             ------------------      --------          --------
<S>                                                       <C>                     <C>               <C>
5% Stockholders
  Irwin J. Gruverman(2)                                         412,920             14.71%             9.37%
   c/o G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership I
   30 Ossipee Road
   Newton, MA 02164
  G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership II(3)                   153,333              5.69              3.57
Directors and Senior Executives
  Richard T. Schumacher(4)(5)                                 1,013,957             35.89             22.91
  Henry A. Malkasian(4)(6)                                      311,510             11.54              7.24
  Kevin W. Quinlan(4)                                            93,100              3.37              2.13
  Patricia E. Garrett(4)                                         55,000              2.01              1.27
  Richard C. Tilton(4)                                           62,500              2.29              1.44
  Mark M. Manak(4)                                               55,500              2.03              1.28
  Barry M. Warren(4)                                             37,500              1.37                 *
  Ronald V. DiPaolo(4)                                           28,000              1.03                 *
  Calvin A. Saravis(4)                                           23,000                 *                 *
  Francis E. Capitanio(4)                                         8,750                 *                 *
  All Executive Officers and Directors as a group
   (10 Persons)(4)(5)(6)(7)                                   1,688,817             54.04             35.74

- -------------------
  *  Less than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock.

(1)  The number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  used in calculating  the
     percentage  for each  listed  person  includes  the shares of Common  Stock
     underlying options or warrants held by such person.

(2)  Includes  283,333  shares  held of  record  by three  limited  partnerships
     (including  G &  G  Diagnostics  Limited  Partnership  II),  of  which  Mr.
     Gruverman is the general partner,  10,000 shares subject to options held by
     Mr.  Gruverman and 106,670  shares subject to warrants held by one of three
     limited partnerships.

(3)  The address for G & G  Diagnostics  Limited  Partnership  II is the same as
     that for Mr. Gruverman. Mr. Gruverman is the beneficial owner of the shares
     of Common Stock held of record by G & G Limited Partnership II.


(4)  Includes the following  shares subject to options:  Mr. Capitanio -- 8,750,
     all of which are  exercisable  within 60 days after  October  4, 1996;  Dr.
     DiPaolo --  28,000,  25,000 of which are  exercisable  within 60 days after
     October 4, 1996;  Dr.  Garrett -- 45,000,  41,250 of which are  exercisable
     within 60 days  after  October 4, 1996;  Mr.  Quinlan -- 73,000,  58,000 of
     which are exercisable  within 60 days after October 4, 1996; Mr.  Malkasian
     -- 10,000,  all of which are  exercisable  within 60 days after  October 4,
     1996; Dr. Manak -- 37,500,  26,250 of which are exercisable  within 60 days
     after October 4, 1996; Dr. Saravis -- 23,000,  all of which are exercisable
     within 60 days after October 4, 1996; Mr. Schumacher --135,000,  127,500 of
     which are  exercisable  within 60 days after October 4, 1996; Dr. Tilton --
     37,500,  26,250 of which are  exercisable  within 60 days after  October 4,
     1996; and Mr. Warren -- 37,500,  7,500 of which are  exercisable  within 60
     days after October 4, 1996.

(5)  Includes 50,000 shares held of record by Mr. Schumacher's spouse and 20,000
     shares held of record by Mr.  Schumacher  as  custodian  for his  daughter.
     Excludes an  aggregate  of 144,067  shares held by other  relatives  of Mr.
     Schumacher as to which Mr. Schumacher disclaims beneficial ownership.


(6)  Includes 12,000 shares held of record by Mr.  Malkasian's son, 5,000 shares
     held by Mr.  Malkasian's  daughter,  53,850 shares held by Mr.  Malkasian's
     spouse and 30,000 shares held by Mr. Malkasian as trustee in trust for each
     of his son and his daughter.

(7)  Includes  4,000  shares held of record by Mr.  Manak as  custodian  for his
     daughter.
</TABLE>
                                       45
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 20,000,000 shares of
Common  Stock,  $0.01 par value  (referred  to herein  as  "Common  Stock")  and
1,000,000  shares of  Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value  (referred  to herein as
"Preferred Stock").

COMMON STOCK


    As of  October  4,  1996,  there  were  2,690,064  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding, held of record by approximately 130 stockholders.


    The  holders  of  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to one vote per share on all
matters  to be  voted  on by  stockholders  and are  entitled  to  receive  such
dividends,  if any,  as may be  declared  from  time to  time  by the  Board  of
Directors from funds legally available therefor.  The holders of Common Stock do
not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Upon liquidation
or  dissolution  of the  Company,  the holders of Common  Stock are  entitled to
receive all assets  available for distribution to the  stockholders.  The Common
Stock  has  no  preemptive  or  other  subscription  rights,  and  there  are no
conversion  rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such
shares. All of the shares of Common Stock are, and the shares to be sold in this
Offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

    The  Company is  authorized  to issue up to  1,000,000  shares of  Preferred
Stock, none of which are outstanding. The Board of Directors may, without future
action of the  stockholders of the Company,  issue the Preferred Stock in one or
more classes or series and fix the rights and preferences thereof, including the
dividend rights,  dividend rates,  conversion  rights,  voting rights,  terms of
redemption  (including  sinking fund  provisions),  redemption  price or prices,
liquidation  preferences  and the  number  of shares  constituting  any class or
series, or the designations of such class or series. The voting and other rights
of the holders of Common Stock may be subject to and adversely  affected by, the
rights of holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future.

MASSACHUSETTS ANTI-TAKEOVER AND RELATED STATUTES

    Control  Share  Acquisition  Law.  Under  Chapter 110D of the  Massachusetts
General Laws governing "control share  acquisitions," any stockholder of certain
publicly-held  Massachusetts  corporations who acquires certain ranges of voting
power  --  one-fifth  or more but  less  than  one-third  of all  voting  power,
one-third or more but less than a majority of all voting power, or a majority or
more of all voting power -- may not (except in certain  transactions)  vote such
stock  unless the  stockholders  (excluding  the shares  held by the  interested
stockholders) of the corporation so authorize. As permitted by Chapter 110D, the
Company's  Amended and Restated  By-laws  include a provision which excludes the
Company from the applicability of that statute upon completion of the Offering.

    Business  Combination  Statute.  Chapter 110F of the  Massachusetts  General
Laws, entitled "Business Combinations with Interested  Shareholders," applies to
publicly-held  Massachusetts  corporations  with  200 or  more  stockholders  of
record. Generally,  this statute prohibits such Massachusetts  corporations from
engaging in a "business  combination"  with an  "interested  stockholder"  for a
period of three years  following the date of the transaction in which the person
becomes an interested  stockholder unless (a) the interested stockholder obtains
the  approval  of the  corporation's  board of  directors  prior to  becoming an
interested stockholder;  (b) the interested stockholder acquires at least 90% of
the voting stock of the corporation (excluding shares held by certain affiliates
of  the   corporation)   outstanding  at  the  time  he  becomes  an  interested
stockholder;  or (c) the business  combination  is both approved by the board of
directors and authorized at an annual or special  meeting of stockholders by the
holders  of  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of  the
corporation   (excluding  shares  held  by  the  interested   stockholder).   An
"interested   stockholder"  is  a  person  who,  together  with 

                                       46



affiliates and associates, owns (or at any time within the prior three years did
own) 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.  A "business
combination" includes,  among other transactions,  a merger, stock or asset sale
and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder.  The
Amended  and  Restated  Articles of  Organization  and  Restated  By-laws of the
Company do not  expressly  provide for opting out of the  provisions  of Chapter
110F.  As a  result,  the  application  of this  statute  to the  Company  after
completion of this Offering  could  discourage or make it more difficult for any
person or group of  persons to attempt  to obtain  control of the  Company.  The
Company may at any time amend its Amended and Restated  Articles of Organization
or Restated  By-laws to elect not to be governed by Chapter  110F,  by a vote of
the holders of a majority of its voting stock,  but such an amendment  would not
be  effective  for twelve  months and would not apply to a business  combination
with any person who became an  interested  stockholder  prior to the date of the
amendment.


CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF
ORGANIZATION AND AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

    The Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Organization  include several
provisions  which may render more  difficult an unfriendly  tender offer,  proxy
contest,  merger or other change in control of the Company. See "Risk Factors --
Possible Adverse Effect of Certain Anti-takeover Provisions."

    Preferred  Stock. The Amended and Restated  Articles of Organization  permit
the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix
the rights,  preferences,  privileges and restrictions thereof,  without further
vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the
effect of delaying,  deferring or  preventing a change in control of the Company
and may  adversely  affect the voting and other  rights of the holders of Common
Stock. The Company currently has no plans to issue any preferred stock.


    Classification  of Board of Directors.  The Amended and Restated Articles of
Organization  provide for the classification of the Company's Board of Directors
into three  classes,  with the classes being  elected for  staggered  three-year
terms.  At each annual  meeting of  stockholders,  directors  will be elected to
succeed  those in the class whose term then expires,  and each elected  director
shall  serve for a term  expiring  at the third  succeeding  annual  meeting  of
stockholders after such director's election,  and until the director's successor
is elected and qualified.  Thus, directors stand for election only once in three
years.  This provision also restricts the ability of stockholders to enlarge the
Board of Directors. Changes in the number of Directors may be effected by a vote
of a  majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  (as  defined in the  Amended  and
Restated  Articles of  Organization)  or by the stockholders by vote of at least
80% of the shares of the Company's voting stock outstanding,  voting as a single
class. Under this provision, Directors may only be removed with or without cause
by the affirmative vote of the holders at least 80% of the combined voting power
of the outstanding  shares of the Company's  voting stock,  voting together as a
single class, or upon the vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors.


    Fair Price  Provision.  The Amended and  Restated  Articles of  Organization
contain a "Fair Price Provision" that is intended to protect stockholders who do
not tender their shares in a takeover bid by  guaranteeing  them a minimum price
for their shares in any subsequent  attempt to purchase such remaining shares at
a price lower than the acquiror's  original  acquisition  price.  The Fair Price
Provision  requires the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the
Company's  outstanding  voting stock for certain  business  combinations  with a
Related Person, unless specified price criteria and procedural  requirements are
met or the  business  combination  is approved  by a majority of the  Continuing
Directors.

    Indemnification Provision. The Amended and Restated Articles of Organization
provide that the Company may, either in its By-laws or by contract,  provide for
the  indemnification of directors,  officers,  employees and agents, by whomever
elected or appointed,  to the full extent permitted by applicable law, as it may
be amended from time to time.  See "--  Limitation of Officers'  and  Directors'
Liability; Indemnification Agreements."

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR


    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is American Securities
Transfer & Trust, Inc.


                                       47



                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock.  Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market
could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.


    Upon completion of this Offering,  the Company will have 4,290,064 shares of
Common Stock outstanding  (4,530,064  shares if the Underwriters'  overallotment
option is exercised in full). Of those shares, the 1,600,000 shares sold in this
Offering  (1,840,000  shares  if  the  Underwriters'   overallotment  option  is
exercised in full) will be freely tradeable  without  restriction  (except as to
affiliates of the Company) or further registration under the Securities Act. The
remaining  2,690,064 shares of Common Stock were sold by the Company in reliance
on exemptions from the  registration  requirements of the Securities Act and are
"restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
All  of the  Company's  directors  and  executive  officers  and  certain  other
stockholders,  holding in the aggregate  2,555,244 shares of Common Stock,  have
agreed not to offer to sell,  sell or otherwise  dispose of any shares of Common
Stock  prior to the  expiration  of 180 days  from the date of this  Prospectus.
Oscar  Gruss & Son  Incorporated  may,  in its sole  discretion  and at any time
without prior  notice,  release all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock
subject to the lockup agreements.

    Beginning 91 days after the date of this Prospectus,  6,475 shares of Common
Stock will be  eligible  for sale in the  public  market  without  registration,
subject to certain  volume and other  limitations,  pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule
701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act") and an
additional  122,571 shares will be eligible for sale without such  restrictions.
Following the expiration of the 180-day lockup period,  an additional  1,643,197
shares of Common  Stock will be eligible for sale in the public  market  without
registration,  subject to certain volume and other limitations, pursuant to Rule
144 or Rule 701 under the Securities  Act and an additional  734,425 shares will
be eligible for sale without such  restrictions.  The remaining shares of Common
Stock held by existing stockholders will become eligible for sale under Rule 144
or otherwise at various times thereafter. All shares of Common Stock outstanding
on the date of this  Prospectus  will be eligible for sale to certain  qualified
institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act.


    In  general,  under Rule 144 as  currently  in effect,  a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate of the Company, may sell in
the open market within any  three-month  period a number of shares that does not
exceed the  greater of (i) 1% of the  then-outstanding  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock or (ii) the average weekly  trading volume in the  over-the-counter
market  during the four  calendar  weeks  preceding  such sale,  provided that a
minimum of two years has elapsed between the later of the date of acquisition of
the securities  from the issuer or from an affiliate of the issuer.  The holding
period of shares of a non-affiliate for this purpose includes the holding period
of all prior non-affiliate holders,  provided that if an affiliate has held such
shares  at any  time,  the  holding  period  shall  commence  upon the sale to a
non-affiliate by the last affiliate to hold the shares. Sales under Rule 144 are
also subject to certain  limitations on the manner of sale,  notice  requirement
and  availability of current public  information  about the Company.  Under Rule
144(k),  a non-affiliate  who holds  restricted  securities and who has not been
affiliated with the Company during the three-month period preceding the proposed
sale thereof may sell such  securities  without regard to conditions  imposed by
Rule 144 if at least three years have elapsed  from the sale of such  securities
by the Company or any  affiliate.  The  Securities  and Exchange  Commission has
proposed  amendments to Rule 144,  including an amendment which would reduce the
waiting period to one year.

    Under Rule 701 of the Securities Act,  persons who purchased shares pursuant
to an employee stock purchase  program or upon exercise of options granted prior
to the  effective  date  of this  Offering  are  entitled,  subject  to  certain
conditions  and  limitations  of Rule 701, to sell such shares 90 days after the
effective date of this Offering in reliance upon Rule 144, without regard to the
holding  period  requirement  of Rule  144 and,  in the case of  non-affiliates,
without  compliance  with the public  information,  volume  limitation or notice
provisions of Rule 144.


    The Company  intends to register  under the Securities Act shortly after the
consummation  of the offering an  aggregate of 1,647,600  shares of Common Stock
issued or issuable  upon exercise of employee  stock  options  granted under the
Non-Qualified Plan and the Employee Plan, including 934,387 shares issuable upon
exercise of such options outstanding on the date of this Prospectus.  Two of the
Company's stockholders and the holder of a warrant to purchase Common Stock have
the right to cause the Company to register their shares under the Securities Act
and to  include  their  shares in certain  future  registrations  of  securities
effected by the Company under the Securities Act. An aggregate of 627,650 shares
of Common Stock, including 226,670 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of  outstanding  warrants  are covered by such  registration  rights.  See "Risk
Factors  --  Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale,"   "Certain   Transactions  --
Registration Rights" and "Principal Stockholders."


                                       48

                                  UNDERWRITING

    The  Underwriters  named below,  for whom Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated and
Kaufman Bros., L.P. are acting as the Representatives  (the  "Representatives"),
have  severally  agreed,  subject to the terms and  conditions  contained in the
Underwriting  Agreement,  to  purchase  from the Company the number of shares of
Common Stock set forth opposite their respective names below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        NUMBER OF
                                NAME                                     SHARES
                                ----                                     ------
<S>                                                                    <C>
Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated
Kaufman Bros., L.P.
                                                                       ---------
  TOTAL                                                                1,600,000
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>

    The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the  several  Underwriters  are
obligated to purchase all of the 1,600,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the
Underwriters  hereby  (other  than  shares  which  may be  purchased  under  the
over-allotment  option) if any are purchased.  The Representatives  have advised
the  Company  that the  Underwriters  propose  to offer the shares to the public
initially  at the  public  offering  price set  forth on the cover  page of this
Prospectus,  that the Underwriters may allow to selected dealers a concession of
$_____ per share and that such  dealers may reallow a  concession  of $_____ per
share to certain other dealers.  After the initial public offering, the offering
price  and  the  concessions  may  be  changed  by  the   Representatives.   The
Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not intend to
confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

    The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, expiring at the close
of business  on the 30th day after the date of the  Underwriting  Agreement,  to
purchase up to 240,000  additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering
price less underwriting discounts and commissions, all as set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus.  The Underwriters may exercise the option only to cover
over-allotments, if any, in the sale of shares of Common Stock in this Offering.
To the extent that the Underwriters  exercise the option,  each Underwriter will
become obligated,  subject to certain conditions,  to purchase approximately the
same  percentage  thereof  that the number of shares to be  purchased by each of
them as shown in the  foregoing  table bears to the  1,600,000  shares of Common
Stock offered hereby.

    The  Company  has  agreed to pay to the  Representatives  a  non-accountable
expense allowance of one percent of the gross proceeds of the Offering ($144,000
if the Underwriters'  over-allotment option is not exercised and $165,600 if the
Underwriters'  overallotment  option is exercised in full, at an assumed  public
offering  price of $9.00 per share),  of which $40,000 has been paid to date. If
the Offering is not consummated,  the Representatives will return to the Company
any unused  portion of the  pre-paid  expense  allowance.  The  Company has also
agreed to pay all expenses in connection  with  registering  or  qualifying  the
Common Stock  offered  hereby for sale under the laws of the states in which the
Common Stock is sold by the Underwriters (including expenses of counsel retained
for such purposes by the  Underwriters) as well as certain  expenses  associated
with information meetings.

   
    The Company has agreed to sell to the  Representatives,  or their designees,
warrants  (the  "Underwriters'  Warrants")  to  purchase  160,000  shares of the
Company's Common Stock at an aggregate  purchase price of $______.  The exercise
price per Underwriters' Warrant, subject to anti-dilution  adjustment,  is equal
to 135% of the public  offering price per share of Common Stock offered  hereby.
The Underwriters' Warrants expire on the fifth anniversary of the effective date
of the Offering.  The Underwriters' Warrants may not be transferred or exercised
for one year from the date of this Prospectus,  except for transfers to officers
of the  Representatives  or members of the  underwriting or selling group and/or
their officers or
    

                                       49



   
partners,  if any. The  Underwriters'  Warrants  become  exercisable  during the
four-year  period  commencing  one year  from the date of this  Prospectus  (the
"Warrant  Exercise Term").  During the Warrant Exercise Term, the holders of the
Underwriters'  Warrants are given,  at nominal cost,  the  opportunity to profit
from an increase in the market price of the Company's  Common Stock. The Company
has granted the  Representatives  certain  demand and  "piggyback"  registration
rights with respect to the Underwriters'  Warrants.  Demand  registration rights
will expire five years from the effective date of the Offering,  and the Company
shall be required to effect such registration on one occasion only.  "Piggyback"
registration  rights will  terminate  seven years from the effective date of the
Offering.
    

    Except as set forth below,  the Company,  its  officers and  directors,  and
certain of its  stockholders,  who will hold an aggregate  of  2,555,244  shares
after this  Offering,  have agreed that they will not,  directly or  indirectly,
offer,  sell,  offer to sell,  contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or
otherwise  sell or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or other  capital stock
of  the  Company  or  any  securities   convertible   into,  or  exercisable  or
exchangeable  for,  any  shares of Common  Stock or other  capital  stock of the
Company for a period of 180 days after the date of this  Prospectus  without the
prior  written  consent  of Oscar  Gruss & Son  Incorporated  on  behalf  of the
Underwriters.  Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated may, in its sole discretion and at
any time  without  prior  notice,  release  all or any  portion of the shares of
Common Stock subject to these "lock-up" agreements.


    Prior to this Offering,  there has not been any public market for the Common
Stock.  Consequently,  the initial  public  offering  price of the Common  Stock
offered hereby will be determined through  negotiations  between the Company and
the  Representatives.  Among  the  factors  to  be  considered  in  making  such
determination will be the prevailing market conditions, the Company's fiscal and
operating  history and condition,  the Company's  prospects and the prospects of
its industry, the management of the Company, the market price for securities for
companies in  businesses  similar to that of the Company and the recent  trading
activity and prices of shares of common stock on the Nasdaq National Market. The
estimated  initial  public  offering  price range set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market  conditions and other
factors. See "Risk Factors -- No Assurance of Public Market; Volatility of Stock
Price."


    Kaufman Bros.,  L.P. became  registered as a broker-dealer  in July 1995 and
has participated in a limited number of public offerings as an underwriter.  See
"Risk Factors -- Lack of Underwriting History."


    The  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

    Certain legal  matters in connection  with this Offering will be passed upon
for the  Company  by  Brown,  Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer,  Boston,  Massachusetts.
Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Stock offered hereby will be
passed upon for the Underwriters by Fulbright & Jaworski  L.L.P.,  New York, New
York. A member of Brown,  Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer,  counsel to the Company,  is
Clerk and is the owner of 12,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.

                                     EXPERTS

    The consolidated  balance sheets of Boston Biomedica,  Inc. and Subsidiaries
as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the consolidated  statements of operations,
stockholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1995, included in this prospectus,  have been included herein
in reliance on the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,  independent accountants,
given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The Company  has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission"), Washington, D.C. 20549, a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the
"Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities Act with respect to the Common
Stock offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus does not contain all of the information
set forth in the Registration  Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.
For


                                       50


further information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock,  reference
is made to the  Registration  Statement and the exhibits and schedules  thereto.
Statements  contained in this  Prospectus  as to the contents of any contract or
other  document are not  necessarily  complete and, in each instance  where such
contract  or  document  is filed as an  exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,
reference is made to the copy of such  contract or document  filed as an exhibit
to the  Registration  Statement,  each such  statement  being  qualified  in all
respects  by  such  reference.  A copy  of  the  Registration  Statement  may be
inspected  without  charge at the offices of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices located
at Seven World Trade Center,  13th Floor,  New York, New York 10048,  and at 500
West Madison Street,  Northwestern Atrium Center, Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois
60661-2511.  Copies of materials can also be obtained at  prescribed  rates from
the  Public  Reference  Section of the  Commission  at 450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549.  The Commission  maintains a World Wide Web site on the
Internet at http://www.sec.gov that contains registration  statements,  reports,
proxy and information  statements and other  information  regarding  registrants
that file electronically with the Commission.

    The  Company  intends  to  distribute  to its  stockholders  annual  reports
containing   consolidated   financial  statements  audited  by  its  independent
accountants  and will make available  copies of quarterly  reports for the first
three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited  consolidated  financial
information.



                                       51







                    BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PAGE
                                                                                             ----
 <S>                                                                                        <C> 
 Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., Independent Accountants                                  F-2

 Consolidated  Balance  Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June
  30, 1996 (unaudited)                                                                        F-3 

 Consolidated  Statements of Operations  for the years ended  December 31, 1993,
  1994, and 1995 and for the six months ended June 30, 1995 (unaudited) and June
  30, 1996 (unaudited)                                                                        F-4

 Consolidated  Statements  of  Stockholders'  Equity for the years ended
   December 31, 1993,  1994,  and 1995 and for the six months ended June
   30, 1996 (unaudited)                                                                       F-5

 Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
   1993,  1994,  and 1995 and for the six  months  ended  June 30,  1995
   (unaudited) and June 30, 1996 (unaudited)                                                  F-6

 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                   F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1






                     REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
 BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.:

    We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Boston
Biomedica,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1994 and 1995 and the
related  consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1995.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Boston
Biomedica,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1994 and 1995 and the
results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period  ended  December  31,  1995 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.



                                            COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.



Boston, Massachusetts
March 12, 1996,  except as to the information
 in the first paragraph of Note 11,
 for which the date is September 10, 1996


                                    F-2





                    BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,               JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                     ------------               -------------
                                                                   1994         1995         ACTUAL      PRO FORMA
                                                                   ----         ----         ------      ---------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
                                                       ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash                                                        $    89,129   $   11,463   $    10,548   $    10,548
   Accounts receivable, less allowances of $94,723 in 1994,
     $142,372 in 1995 and $133,579 in 1996                       2,259,842    3,075,870     2,866,401     2,866,401
   Inventories (Notes 1 & 3)                                     3,609,516    3,676,851     3,865,219     3,865,219
   Prepaid expense and other                                       156,117      254,199       294,646       294,646
   Deferred income taxes (Note 7)                                  101,880      110,766       213,538       213,538
                                                                ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
     Total current assets                                        6,216,484    7,129,149     7,250,352     7,250,352
                                                                ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
Property and equipment, net (Notes 1 & 4)                        1,724,420    2,614,982     2,625,117     2,625,117

OTHER ASSETS:
   Notes receivable and other                                       22,079       83,422        79,037        79,037
   Goodwill and other intangibles, net (Notes 1 & 2)               112,521      100,820        92,777        92,777
                                                                ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
                                                                   134,600      184,242       171,814       171,814
                                                                ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
     TOTAL ASSETS                                              $ 8,075,504   $9,928,373   $10,047,283   $10,047,283
                                                               ===========   ==========   ===========   ===========

                                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Current maturities of long term debt (Note 6)               $   242,006   $  436,509   $   490,126   $   490,126
   Accounts payable                                                787,406      745,216       815,946       815,946
   Accrued compensation                                            361,911      395,755       488,223       488,223
   Other accrued expenses                                          139,052      199,334       127,712       127,712
   Deferred revenue                                                --           523,401       831,244       831,244
                                                                ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
     Total current liabilities                                   1,530,375    2,300,215     2,753,251     2,753,251
                                                                ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
   Long-term debt, less current maturities (Note 6)              3,179,526    4,215,501     2,797,581     2,797,581
   Deferred rent                                                   186,860      141,068       107,832       107,832
   Deferred income taxes (Note 7)                                  137,520       84,641       157,899       157,899

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 8)

REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK (Note 11)
   $.01 par value; 117,647 shares authorized, issued and
     outstanding                                                   --            --           898,503       --

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 10):

    Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 15,000,000 
     shares in 1994, 1995 and 1996;  issued and outstanding
     2,578,865 in 1994; issued 2,640,417 in 1995;
     issued and outstanding 2,572,417 in 1996 actual and
     2,690,064 pro forma                                            25,789       26,404        25,724        26,901
   Additional paid-in capital                                    2,612,500    2,798,620     2,717,700     3,615,026
   Retained earnings                                               402,934      505,924       588,793       588,793
                                                                ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
                                                                 3,041,223    3,330,948     3,332,217     4,230,720
   Less treasury stock, at cost -- 80,000 shares                   --          (144,000)      --            --
                                                                ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
     Total stockholders' equity                                  3,041,223    3,186,948     3,332,217     4,230,720
                                                                ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                $ 8,075,504   $9,928,373   $10,047,283   $10,047,283
                                                               ===========   ==========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


       The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                              financial statements

                                       F-3



                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                         ------------------------           -------------------------
                                                     1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                                     ----          ----          ----          ----          ----
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
REVENUE:
   Product sales                                 $ 3,942,328    $ 5,981,378   $ 6,621,631   $ 3,024,629   $ 3,945,759
   Services                                        5,214,688      4,741,376     5,649,099     2,539,851     2,982,624
                                                  ----------      ---------    ----------    ----------    ----------
     Total revenue                                 9,157,016     10,722,754    12,270,730     5,564,480     6,928,383

COSTS AND EXPENSES:
   Cost of product sales                           2,087,771      3,194,217     3,564,241     1,646,594     2,006,833
   Cost of services                                3,965,154      3,415,777     4,167,625     1,960,315     2,249,610
   Research and development                          278,859        469,358       375,712       159,035       361,619
   Selling and marketing                             894,202      1,191,573     1,339,792       637,567       915,289
   General and administrative                      1,619,331      2,047,256     2,315,814     1,056,590     1,088,448
                                                  ----------      ---------    ----------    ----------    ----------
       Total operating costs and expenses          8,845,317     10,318,181    11,763,184     5,460,101     6,621,799
                                                  ----------      ---------    ----------    ----------    ----------
       Income from operations                        311,699        404,573       507,546       104,379       306,584
Interest expense, net                                178,640        243,694       335,899       164,569       168,469
                                                  ----------      ---------    ----------    ----------    ----------
       Income (loss) before income taxes and
        extraordinary item                           133,059        160,879       171,647       (60,190)      138,115
(Provision) benefit (for) from income taxes
  (Notes 1 & 7)                                      (40,473)       (64,351)      (68,657)       24,034       (55,246)
                                                  ----------      ---------    ----------    ----------    ----------
       Income (loss) before extraordinary item        92,586         96,528       102,990       (36,156)       82,869
                                                  ----------      ---------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Extraordinary item-gain on elimination of debt
  (Notes 6 & 7), net of income taxes of $33,157       49,736        --            --            --            --
                                                  ----------      ---------    ----------    ----------    ----------
       Net income (loss)                         $    142,322   $     96,528  $    102,990  $   (36,156)  $     82,869
                                                 ============   ============  ============  ============   ===========
Income (loss) per share:
       Before extraordinary gain                 $      0.04    $      0.04   $      0.04   $     (0.01)  $      0.03
       Extraordinary gain                               0.02        --            --            --            --
                                                  ----------      ---------    ----------    ----------    ----------
       Net income (loss)                         $      0.06    $      0.04   $      0.04   $     (0.01)  $      0.03
                                                 ============   ===========   ===========   ============   ==========
Weighted average common and common equivalent
  shares outstanding                               2,437,725      2,587,137     3,151,477     2,597,590     3,252,643
                                                 ============   ===========   ===========   ===========    ==========
</TABLE>


       The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                              financial statements

                                       F-4



                    BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    COMMON STOCK
                                                    ------------
                                                                         ADDITIONAL                                  TOTAL
                                                             $.01 PAR      PAID-IN       RETAINED     TREASURY   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                 SHARES       VALUE        CAPITAL       EARNINGS      STOCK         EQUITY
                                                 ------       -----        -------       --------      -----         ------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1992                      2,280,040   $   22,800   $ 1,635,830   $   164,084      --        $ 1,822,714
  Issuance of common stock                        201,298        2,013       711,318       --           --            713,331
  Stock options and warrants exercised             33,000          330        65,420       --           --             65,750
  Conversion of note payable                       10,690          107        17,532       --           --             17,639
  Net income                                       --           --           --            142,322      --            142,322
                                               ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------    --------     ----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1993                      2,525,028       25,250     2,430,100       306,406      --          2,761,756
  Issuance of common stock                         29,862          299       139,403       --           --            139,702
  Stock options and warrants exercised             23,975          240        30,197       --           --             30,437
  Tax benefit of stock options exercised           --           --            12,800       --           --             12,800
  Net income                                       --           --           --             96,528      --             96,528
                                               ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------    --------     ----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1994                      2,578,865       25,789     2,612,500       402,934      --          3,041,223
  Issuance of common stock                          8,535           85        58,160       --           --             58,245
  Stock options and warrants exercised             47,200          472       117,068       --           --            117,540
  Conversion of note payable                        5,817           58         9,542       --           --              9,600
  Treasury stock purchased -- 80,000 shares        --           --           --            --        $ (144,000)     (144,000)
  Tax benefit of stock options exercised           --           --             1,350       --           --              1,350
  Net income                                       --           --           --            102,990      --            102,990
                                               ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------    --------     ----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995                      2,640,417       26,404     2,798,620       505,924    (144,000)     3,186,948
  Stock options and warrants exercised
   (unaudited)                                     12,000          120        62,280       --           --             62,400
  Issuance of treasury stock -- 80,000 shares
   (unaudited)                                    (80,000)        (800)     (143,200)      --          144,000        --
  Net income (unaudited)                           --           --           --             82,869      --             82,869
                                               ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------    --------     ----------
BALANCE, June 30, 1996 (unaudited)              2,572,417   $   25,724   $ 2,717,700   $   588,793      --        $ 3,332,217
                                               ==========   ==========   ===========   ===========    ========    ===========
</TABLE>


       The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                              financial statements

                                       F-5




                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,          SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                           ------------------------          -------------------------
                                                        1993         1994          1995          1995          1996
                                                        ----         ----          ----          ----          ----
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)                                   $   142,322   $   96,528  $    102,990  $    (36,156)  $     82,869
Adjustments  to  reconcile  net income  (loss)
 to net cash (used in) provided by
  operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                        301,004      360,512       441,356       202,693        280,426
   Provision for doubtful accounts                       22,956      102,099       181,084        53,643         77,145
   Deferred rent                                         99,708        5,908       (45,792)      (12,556)       (33,236)
   Deferred income taxes                                 42,323      (42,798)      (61,765)      (74,809)       (29,514)
   Tax benefit of stock options exercised               --            12,800         1,350       --             --
   Extraordinary item-gain on elimination of debt       (49,736)      --           --            --             --

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable                                 (215,270)    (529,157)     (997,112)       11,403        132,324
   Note receivable and other assets                     (17,002)      (3,720)      (61,343)      (12,962)         4,385
   Inventories                                         (950,715)    (567,420)      (67,335)       77,857       (188,368)
   Prepaid expenses                                      25,410       (3,500)      (98,082)      (79,496)       (40,447)
   Accounts payable                                      11,875      (86,130)      (42,190)       35,834         70,730
   Accrued expenses                                     160,021      100,767        94,126       (60,639)        20,846
   Deferred revenue                                     --            --           523,401       --             307,843
                                                     ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------     ----------
       Net cash (used in) provided by operating
        activities                                     (427,104)    (554,111)      (29,312)      104,812        685,003
                                                     ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------     ----------
CASH FLOWS FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Additions to property and equipment                 (460,591)    (404,639)   (1,316,217)     (215,542)      (282,518)
   Purchase of intangible assets                        --            --            (4,000)      --             --
   Net assets of acquisitions (net of cash
     acquired)                                         (389,703)      --           --            --             --
                                                     ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------     ----------
       Net cash used in investing activities           (850,294)    (404,639)   (1,320,217)     (215,542)      (282,518)
                                                     ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------     ----------
CASH FLOWS FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from notes payable                        1,107,392    1,734,425     1,517,867       191,990        226,300
   Proceeds from redeemable common stock, net           --            --           --            --             898,503
   Proceeds of common stock issued, net                 765,081      170,139       175,785       103,126         62,400
   Repayments of long-term debt                        (613,199)    (887,989)     (277,789)      --          (1,590,603)
   Purchase of treasury stock                           --            --          (144,000)     (144,000)       --
                                                     ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------     ----------
       Net cash (used in) provided by financing
        activities                                    1,259,274    1,016,575     1,271,863       151,116       (403,400)
                                                     ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------     ----------
(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH:                            (18,124)      57,825       (77,666)       40,386           (915)
   Cash, beginning of period                             49,428       31,304        89,129        89,129         11,463
                                                     ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------     ----------
   Cash, end of period                              $    31,304  $    89,129  $     11,463  $    129,515   $     10,548
                                                    ===========   ==========   ===========  ============    ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH
  ACTIVITIES:
   Conversion of note payable to common stock       $    17,639      --       $      9,600  $      9,600       --

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
   Income taxes paid                                $    10,689  $    33,718  $    168,994  $    129,100    $     85,000
   Interest paid                                    $   163,831  $   254,133  $    331,495  $    163,735    $   178,328
</TABLE> 

       The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                              financial statements

                                       F-6



                    BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(1) BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Boston Biomedica,  Inc. ("BBI") and Subsidiaries  (together,  the "Company")
provide infectious disease diagnostic products,  contract research and specialty
infectious  disease  testing  services  to  the  in-vitro  diagnostic  industry,
government  agencies,  blood banks,  hospitals  and other health care  providers
worldwide.

    Significant  accounting  policies  followed  in  the  preparation  of  these
consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 (i) Principles of Consolidation

    The consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of BBI and its
wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Biotech Research  Laboratories,  Inc.  ("BTRL") and
BBI-North American Clinical  Laboratories,  Inc.  ("BBI-NACL").  All significant
intercompany   accounts   and   transactions   have  been   eliminated   in  the
consolidation.

 (ii) Reclassification

    Certain amounts included in the prior year's financial  statements have been
reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

 (iii) Use of Significant Estimates

    To prepare the financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles,  management is required to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.  In
particular,   the  Company   records   reserves  for  estimates   regarding  the
collectability  of accounts  receivable.  Actual  results  could differ from the
estimates and assumptions used by management.

 (iv) Revenue Recognition

    Product  revenues are  recognized as sales upon shipment of the products or,
for  specific  orders at the request of the  customer,  on a bill and hold basis
after completion of manufacture.  All bill and hold  transactions meet specified
revenue  recognition  criteria which include normal billing,  credit and payment
terms,  and  transfer to the  customers  of all risks and rewards of  ownership.
Accounts  receivable  as of December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996 include bill and
hold  receivables  of $179,000  and  $85,000,  respectively.  There were no such
receivables as of December 31, 1993 and 1994.

    The Company periodically enters into barter transactions whereby the Company
exchanges  inventory for testing  services.  Revenue on these  transactions  are
recognized  when both the products  have been  shipped and the testing  services
have been  completed and are recorded at the estimated  fair market value of the
inventory based upon standard  Company prices.  The revenue  recognized on these
transactions  for the years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995 and for the
six  months  ended  June 30,  1995 and 1996  was  $30,000,  $192,000,  $213,000,
$126,000 and $191,000, respectively.

    Services are  recognized  as revenue upon  completion of tests for specialty
laboratory services.


    Revenue under long-term contracts, including funded research and development
contracts,  is recorded under the percentage of completion method, wherein costs
plus  profit is recorded  as service  revenue and billed  monthly as the work is
performed.  Certain  customers  make advance  payments  that are deferred  until
revenue  recognition  is  appropriate.  Unbilled  amounts for fee  retainage are
included in accounts receivable at


                                    F-7


                  BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
  (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                       1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(1) BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)


December 31, 1994, 1995, and June 30, 1996, and are immaterial. When the current
contract estimates indicate a loss,  provision is made for the total anticipated
loss. The Company does not believe there are any material  collectability issues
associated with these receivables.

    Total  revenue  related to funded  research and  development  contracts  was
approximately  $1,721,000,  $660,000,  $728,000,  $278,000  and $598,000 for the
years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995 and for the six months ended June
30, 1995 and 1996,  respectively.  Total  contract costs  associated  with these
agreements  were  approximately  $1,392,000,  $511,000,  $575,000,  $219,000 and
$553,000 for the years ended December 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the six months
ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.


 (v) Research and Development Costs

    Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 (vi) Inventories

    Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable  value
and include material, labor and manufacturing overhead.

 (vii) Property and Equipment

    Property and equipment are stated at cost. For financial reporting purposes,
depreciation  is  recognized  using  accelerated  and   straight-line   methods,
allocating the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives ranging from
five years to ten years for certain manufacturing and laboratory equipment,  and
fifteen years for the building.  Upon  retirement or sale,  the cost and related
accumulated  depreciation of the asset are removed from the books. Any resulting
gain or loss is credited or charged to income.

 (viii) Goodwill and Intangibles

    Goodwill  results from excess of the purchase  prices over the net assets of
BTRL and BBI-NACL  acquired  and is amortized on a straight  line basis over ten
years.   Other  intangibles   primarily  consist  of  patents,   licenses,   and
intellectual property rights and are amortized over five to ten years.

 (ix) Income Taxes

    The Company  utilizes the liability  method of accounting  for income taxes.
Under the liability  method,  deferred  taxes arise from  temporary  differences
between the financial  statement and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  using
enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the  differences  are expected
to reverse.  A valuation  allowance  is provided for net deferred tax assets if,
based on the weighted available  evidence,  it is more likely than not that some
or all of the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not be  realized.  Tax  credits  are
recognized when realized using the flow through method of accounting.

 (x) Concentration of Credit Risk

    Financial   instruments   which   potentially   subject   the   Company   to
concentrations of credit risk are principally cash and accounts receivable.  The
Company places its cash in federally  chartered banks,  each of which is insured
up to $100,000 by the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.  Concentration of
credit risk with respect to accounts  receivable is limited to certain customers
to whom the Company

                                    F-8



                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(1) BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

makes  substantial  sales.  The  Company  does not require  collateral  from its
customers. To reduce risk, the Company routinely assesses the financial strength
of its  customers  and,  as a  consequence,  believes  that its  trade  accounts
receivable credit risk exposure is limited.

 (xi) Interim Consolidated Financial Statements


    The  consolidated  financial  statements as of June 30, 1996 and for the six
months  ended  June  30,  1995 and 1996 and  related  footnote  information  are
unaudited and have been prepared on a basis  substantially  consistent  with the
audited consolidated  financial  statements,  and, in the opinion of management,
include  all  adjustments  (consisting  of only  normal  recurring  adjustments)
necessary for fair  presentation  of the results of these interim  periods.  The
results of the six months ended June 30, 1996 are not necessarily  indicative of
the results to be expected for the entire year.


 (xii) Deferred Revenue

    Deferred revenue consists of payments  received from customers in advance of
services performed.

 (xiii) Computation of Income (Loss) Per Share


    Net income  (loss)  per common  share is  computed  based upon the  weighted
average number of common shares and common equivalent shares (using the treasury
stock method)  outstanding  after certain  adjustments  described below.  Common
equivalent shares consist of common stock options and warrants  outstanding.  In
accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
83, all common,  redeemable  common,  and common equivalent shares issued during
the twelve month period prior to the proposed date of the initial  filing of the
Registration  Statement  have been included in the  calculation  as if they were
outstanding  for all periods  using the  treasury  stock  method and assuming an
initial  public  offering  price of $9.00 per share.  Fully  diluted  net income
(loss) per common  share is not  presented  as it does not differ  from  primary
earnings per share.

 (xiv) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    In March 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of" ("SFAS  121").
SFAS 121 requires that an impairment  loss be recognized for  long-lived  assets
and certain identified  intangibles when the carrying amount of these assets may
not be  recoverable.  The Company has adopted SFAS 121 effective in 1996 and the
adoption did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

    In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123 ("SFAS 123")  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,"  which becomes
effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  1995.  SFAS  123
establishes  new financial  accounting and reporting  standards for  stock-based
compensation  plans.  However,  entities are allowed to elect whether to measure
compensation expense for stock-based  compensation under SFAS 123 or APB No. 25,
"Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees." The Company has elected to continue
to account under APB No. 25 and will make the required pro forma  disclosures of
net  income and  earnings  per share as if the  provisions  of SFAS 123 had been
applied in its December 31, 1996 financial  statements.  The potential impact of
adopting this standard on the Company's pro forma  disclosures of net income and
earnings per share has not been quantified at this time.

 (xv) Pro Forma Presentation (Unaudited)

    As  discussed  further  in Note 11,  completion  of a public  offering  will
terminate the redemption  feature of the  Redeemable  Common Stock and cause its
reclassification  into 117,647  shares of common stock.  The unaudited pro forma
balance sheet has been prepared assuming the  reclassification of the Redeemable
Common Stock into common stock as of June 30, 1996.



                                    F-9



                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)


(2) ACQUISITION

    Effective January 1, 1993, North American Laboratory,  Inc., a Massachusetts
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of BBI, acquired the net assets of North
American  Laboratory  Group,  Ltd.,  Inc. from its founder and chief  scientific
officer, who remains in this same capacity. During 1995, the name was changed to
BBI-North  American  Clinical   Laboratories,   Inc.  BBI-NACL  is  a  specialty
infectious  disease testing  laboratory  providing testing services to hospitals
and other  health  care  providers.  The  purchase  price was  $425,000  in cash
representing  $375,038 of net tangible  assets  (including  cash of $35,297) and
$49,962 of goodwill and other intangibles.

(3) INVENTORIES

    The  Company  purchases  human  plasma and serum from  various  private  and
commercial  blood  banks.  Upon  receipt,   such  purchases   generally  undergo
comprehensive  testing,  and  associated  costs are included in the value of raw
materials.  Most plasma is  manufactured  into  Basematrix and other  diagnostic
components  to  customer  specifications.  Plasma  and  serum  with the  desired
antibodies or antigens are sold or  manufactured  into Quality  Control  Panels,
Accurun(tm) run controls,  and reagents ("Finished Goods").  Panels and reagents
are unique to specific donors and/or collection periods, and require substantial
time to characterize and manufacture due to stringent technical  specifications.
Panels play an important role in diagnostic test kit development,  licensure and
quality  control.  Panels are  manufactured  in  quantities  sufficient  to meet
expected user demand which may exceed one year.

Inventories consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                DECEMBER 31,
                                ------------
                             1994          1995       JUNE 30, 1996
                             ----          ----       -------------
                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Raw materials             $ 1,548,560   $ 1,298,131    $ 1,272,687
Work-in-process               551,280       565,667        597,922
Finished goods              1,509,676     1,813,053      1,994,610
                           ----------    ----------     ----------
                          $ 3,609,516   $ 3,676,851    $ 3,865,219
                          ===========   ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

(4) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

    Property  and  equipment  at  December  31,  1994  and 1995  consist  of the
following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1994         1995
                                           ----         ----
<S>                                     <C>          <C>
Laboratory equipment                    $1,442,349   $1,630,872
Management information systems             609,923      834,768
Office equipment                           249,544      332,496
Automobiles                                176,315      178,465
Leasehold improvements                     300,341      108,892
Land, building and improvements             --          941,175
                                         ---------    ---------
                                         2,778,472    4,026,668
Less accumulated depreciation            1,054,052    1,411,686
                                         ---------    ---------

Net book value                          $1,724,420   $2,614,982
                                        ==========   ==========  
</TABLE>

    Depreciation  expense for the years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995
and the six  months  ended  June  30,  1995 and  1996  was  $286,456,  $345,228,
$425,655, $194,236 and $272,383, respectively.

                                      F-10




                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(5) REVENUE FROM SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS AND EXPORT SALES

    The Company performs contract research and certain services under contracts,
subcontracts and grants from United States  Government  Agencies,  primarily the
National Institutes of Health ("NIH"). Revenue from such contracts, subcontracts
and  grants  was  approximately  $2,707,000  in 1993,  $1,677,000  in 1994,  and
$1,628,000 in 1995.

    Export sales accounted for approximately  $1,411,000, or 15% of consolidated
revenue in 1993;  $2,279,000,  or 21% in 1994;  $3,104,000,  or 25% in 1995; and
$1,523,000,  or 27%,  and  $1,877,000,  or 27% for the six months ended June 30,
1995 and 1996, respectively.

(6) LONG TERM DEBT

    In August 1995,  the Company's  revolving  line of credit  ("Revolver")  was
increased to  $3,500,000  and the due date  extended to June 30,  1997.  In July
1996, the due date of the Company's  Revolver was extended to June 30, 1998, and
the interest rate reduced to prime plus 1/2 %. In addition, the Company borrowed
$200,000 under a five-year  term loan approved in 1994 ($170,370  outstanding at
December 31, 1995),  $100,000  under a five-year term loan, and $123,700 under a
$350,000  five year term loan facility for  equipment  acquisitions  approved in
1995 ("New Term"). As of December 31, 1995, the Company had additional borrowing
capacity  available  under the New Term facility equal to $226,300.  The Company
borrowed  this amount prior to the facility  expiration  date of May 2, 1996. In
July 1996,  the Company  received  approval for a $250,000,  five year equipment
facility loan from its bank due July 31, 2001 at a rate of prime plus 1%.

    Borrowings  under the  Revolver  are  limited  to 80% of  eligible  accounts
receivable  plus the lesser of 40% of inventory or  $1,500,000.  The Company had
approximately  $657,000  and  $2,028,000  available  under it's  Revolver  as of
December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996, respectively. Amounts outstanding under the
Revolver  bear interest at the lender's base rate plus 1% (9.75% at December 31,
1995 and 9.25% at June 30, 1996) and are  collateralized by all of the Company's
assets and a $2 million life insurance policy of an officer/stockholder.

    The Revolver contains covenants regarding the Company's debt-to-equity ratio
and certain minimum debt service coverage ratios.  The Revolver further provides
for restrictions on the payment of dividends,  limitations on the acquisition of
property  and  equipment,  limitations  on  additional  borrowings,  and certain
minimum stock ownership levels by the officer/stockholder referred to above.

    In December  1995,  the Company  purchased  its corporate  headquarters  and
manufacturing  facility in West  Bridgewater,  MA from its former  landlord at a
price of $806,800  including  closing costs, and borrowed $750,000 from its bank
to finance the purchase. See also Note 4.

    On  June  30,  1993,  the  Company  exercised  its  option  to  pre-pay  the
acquisition  note in connection  with the 1992 purchase of BTRL at a substantial
discount  from the balance due,  resulting in an  extraordinary  gain of $49,736
($82,893 minus taxes of $33,157).

    During 1993,  convertible  debt in the amount of $17,639 was converted  into
10,690  shares  of  common  stock at a price of $1.65 per  share.  During  1995,
convertible  debt in the amount of $9,600  was  converted  into 5,817  shares of
common stock at a price of $1.65 per share.

                                      F-11



                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(6) LONG TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED)

At December 31, 1994 and 1995,  and June 30, 1996, the Company had the following
debt outstanding:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                             JUNE 30,
                                                                     1994         1995         1996
                                                                     ----         ----         ----
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>
Revolving Line of Credit Agreement due June 30, 1998              $2,533,860   $2,784,307   $1,397,884

Note payable to a bank,  due in monthly  principal 
  payments of $17,687  through October 1998 with
  interest fixed at 9.01%. Collateralized by all of the
  assets of the Company                                             813,625       601,375      495,250

Note payable to a bank, due in monthly principal payments
  of $3,704 through October 1999 with interest at prime
  rate plus 1.0%. Collateralized by all of the assets of
  the Company                                                         --          170,370      148,148

Note payable to a bank, due in monthly principal payments
  of $1,667 through December 2000 with interest at 8.22%.
  Collateralized by all of the assets of the Company                  --          100,000       91,667

Note payable to a bank, with interest only due until May
  2, 1996, and thereafter 54 consecutive equal monthly
  principal payments of $6,863 commencing June 18, 1996.
  Interest is at prime rate plus 1.0%. Collateralized by
  all of the assets of the Company                                    --          123,700      343,137

Note payable to a bank, due in 84 fixed payments of principal
  and interest of $11,729, bearing interest fixed at 8.30%
  for the first five years, and floating at prime plus 1.0%
  for the remaining term. Collateralized by a mortgage and
  all of the assets of the Company                                    --          750,000      705,580

Subordinated convertible note payable, at 12.5% interest
  rate, due December 31, 1996, interest payable monthly.
  Convertible into common stock at $1.50 per share at the
  option of the holder                                               31,100        21,500       21,500

Other installment notes payable with interest rates ranging
  from 7.25% to 10.99% at December 31, 1995, collateralized
  by office equipment and vehicles due at various maturity
  dates from April 1996 to August 2001                               42,947       100,758       84,541
                                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
  Total long term debt                                            3,421,532     4,652,010    3,287,707
Less: current maturities                                           (242,006)     (436,509)    (490,126)
                                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                 $3,179,526    $4,215,501   $2,797,581
                                                                 ==========     =========   ==========
</TABLE> 

                                      F-12




                    BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(6) LONG TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED)

    At December 31, 1995, debt maturities are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 YEAR ENDED                                                             AMOUNT
 ----------                                                             ------
  <S>                                                                 <C>
  1996                                                                $  436,509
  1997                                                                 3,199,875
  1998                                                                   386,723
  1999                                                                   207,300
  2000                                                                   161,382
  Thereafter                                                             260,221
                                                                       ---------
                                                                      $4,652,010
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>

(7) INCOME TAXES

    The  Company's  effective  tax rate does not  significantly  differ from the
federal and state income tax statutory  rates.  The  components of the provision
for income taxes are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1993        1994        1995
                                                    ----        ----        ----
<S>                                              <C>          <C>         <C>
Current expense: federal and state               $  23,700    $  91,242   $ 130,422
Deferred (benefit) expense: federal and state       49,930      (26,891)    (61,765)
                                                  --------     --------    --------
  Total                                          $  73,630    $  64,351   $  68,657
                                                 =========    =========   =========
</TABLE>

    The  provision  for 1993  includes  $33,157 of income taxes which was offset
against the  extraordinary  gain on elimination of debt of $82,893 and presented
net in the Statement of Operations. See also Notes 2 and 6.

    Significant items making up deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets
are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1994        1995
                                                             ----        ----
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
Current deferred taxes:
   Inventory                                              $  47,318        --
   Allowances and other accruals                             54,562    $ 110,766
                                                            -------      -------
     Total deferred tax assets                              101,880      110,766

Long term deferred taxes:
   Accelerated tax depreciation                            (163,139)    (207,361)
   Cash basis benefit of subsidiary                         (47,818)       --
   Goodwill                                                 (26,859)     (22,795)
   Tax credits                                              100,296      106,710
   State net operating loss carryforwards                    --           38,805
                                                            -------      -------
     Total deferred tax liabilities                        (137,520)     (84,641)
                                                            -------      -------
     Total net deferred tax (liabilities) assets          $ (35,640)   $  26,125
                                                          ===========  =========
</TABLE>

    As of December 31, 1995,  the net  operating  loss  carryforwards  expire at
various  dates  beginning in 1998 through  2000.  Tax credits  expire at various
dates beginning in 2006 through 2009.

                                      F-13



                    BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(8) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    The Company leases certain office space, laboratory, and research facilities
under operating leases with various terms through July 2000. All the real estate
leases include renewal options at increasing levels of rent.

    One of the facility leases  includes  scheduled base rent increases over the
term of the lease.  The amount of base rent payments is being charged to expense
on the straight-line method over the term of the lease. As of December 31, 1995,
the Company has recorded a $141,068  noncurrent  liability to reflect the excess
of rent expense over cash payments since  inception of the lease. In addition to
base rent, the Company pays a monthly  allocation of the operating  expenses and
real estate taxes for the above facilities.

    Rent expense for the years ended  December  31, 1993,  1994 and 1995 and six
months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 was $479,697,  $549,713,  $477,580, $225,109
and $181,816,  respectively.  At December 31, 1995,  the  remaining  fixed lease
commitment was as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 YEAR ENDED                                                              AMOUNT
 ----------                                                              ------
<S>                                                                     <C>

1996                                                                    $371,200
1997                                                                     254,600
1998                                                                     117,300
1999                                                                     124,800
2000                                                                      79,700
                                                                         -------
                                                                        $947,600
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>


    Commencing  in  February  1995,  the  Company  committed  under a  sponsored
research  agreement with a university to fund a research  scientist at a cost of
$13,125 per  quarter  for three  years  which costs are charged to research  and
development expense. In return, the Company has exclusive rights to any anti-HIV
compounds or derivatives developed in the course of this research,  provided the
Company obtains certain regulatory approvals from the FDA.


(9) RETIREMENT PLAN

    In January,  1993,  the Company  adopted a  retirement  savings plan for its
employees,  which has been qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code.  Eligible
employees are permitted to  contribute  to the plan through  payroll  deductions
within  statutory  limitations  and subject to any  limitations  included in the
plan. To date, the Company has made no contributions to the plan.

(10) COMMON STOCK

    The Company has two stock option plans which are administered by a committee
of the Board of Directors who determines the employees and affiliated persons to
receive  options and the number and option price of shares  covered by each such
option.

    Options  granted under both plans may be either  incentive  stock options or
non-qualified stock options. In general, for incentive stock options, the option
price  shall not be less than the fair  market  value at the time the  option is
granted. Generally,  options become exercisable at the rate of 25% at the end of
each of the four years  following the  anniversary of the grant.  Options issued
expire ten years from the date of grant, or 30 days from the date of termination
or affiliation.

    At December 31, 1995,  897,600  shares have been reserved for  non-qualified
stock options,  of which 97,125 are available for future grants. At December 31,
1995,  750,000 shares have been reserved for incentive  stock options,  of which
696,812 are available for future grants.

                                      F-14



                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(10) COMMON STOCK -- (CONTINUED)

    The Company has issued  warrants in connection  with certain equity and debt
financings.  As of June 30,  1996,  226,670  shares  of Common  Stock  have been
reserved  for issuance  pursuant to the exercise of such  warrants at a weighted
average exercise price of $2.50 per share.

    The Company has reserved  shares of its authorized but unissued common stock
for the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    STOCK OPTIONS               WARRANTS
                                                    -------------               --------
                                                              PRICE                    PRICE         TOTAL
                                                 SHARES     PER SHARE     SHARES     PER SHARE      SHARES
                                                 ------     ---------     ------     ---------      ------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>            <C>
Balance outstanding, December 31, 1992            747,600   $.25-$4.50    266,670   $2.00-$2.50    1,014,270
   Granted                                        166,250         4.50     59,468     3.75-5.20      225,718
   Exercised                                      (13,000)    .25-1.50    (20,000)         2.50      (33,000)
   Expired                                        (19,000)        2.50      --                       (19,000)
                                                  -------                 -------                   --------
Balance outstanding, December 31, 1993            881,850     .25-4.50    306,138     2.00-5.20    1,187,988
   Granted                                         --           --          --          --            --
   Exercised                                      (19,375)    .25-4.50     (4,600)         3.75      (23,975)
   Expired                                        (81,525)    .25-4.50      --          --           (81,525)
                                                  -------                 -------                   --------
Balance outstanding, December 31, 1994            780,950     .25-4.50    301,538     2.00-5.20    1,082,488
   Granted                                         73,187         6.00      --          --            73,187
   Exercised                                       (6,000)   1.50-2.50    (41,200)    2.50-5.20      (47,200)
   Expired                                        (47,850)   1.50-4.50      --          --           (47,850)
                                                  -------                 -------                   --------
Balance outstanding, December 31, 1995            800,287     .25-6.00    260,338     2.00-5.20    1,060,625
   Granted (unaudited)                            140,600    7.00-8.50      --          --           140,600
   Exercised (unaudited)                           --           --        (12,000)         5.20      (12,000)
   Expired (unaudited)                             (6,500)   6.00-7.00    (21,668)         5.20      (28,168)
                                                  -------                 -------                   --------
Balance outstanding, June 30, 1996
  (unaudited)                                     934,387     .25-8.50    226,670     2.00-5.00    1,161,057
                                                 ========                 =======                 ==========

Exercisable at June 30, 1996 (unaudited)          359,500     .25-1.65      --          --           359,500
                                                  262,200    2.50-4.50    206,670     2.00-2.50      468,870
                                                   31,984         6.00     20,000          5.00       51,984
                                                  -------                 -------                   --------
Total exercisable at June 30, 1996
  (unaudited)                                     653,684   $.25-$6.00    226,670   $2.00-$5.00      880,354
                                                 ========                 =======                 ==========
Proceeds of exercisable at June 30, 1996
  (unaudited)                                  $1,356,655                $566,675                 $1,923,330
                                               ==========                ========                 ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-15



                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)


(11) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


 Stock Split


    On August 8, 1996 the Board of Directors  approved a 1-for-2  reverse  stock
split and an increase in authorized common shares to 20,000,000,  and authorized
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock (par value $.01), which were approved by the
stockholders  on  September  10,  1996.  The stock split has been  retroactively
reflected in the  accompanying  financial  statements  and notes for all periods
presented.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (UNAUDITED)

    On April 26, 1996, the Company  entered into a Stock Purchase  Agreement and
Exclusive  Distributor  Agreement  for five  years  with a foreign  distributor.
Pursuant to the Stock Purchase  Agreement,  the Company issued 117,647 shares of
redeemable common stock at a price per share of $8.50, for which it received net
proceeds of $898,503. Issuance costs were $101,497.  Furthermore,  the agreement
may  require  the  Company  to  repurchase  the  stock  at  the  issuance  price
($1,000,000  in  total)  in  three  equal  installments  in the  event  that the
Distribution Agreement is terminated by the Company prior to the completion of a
public  offering.  Completion of a public offering will terminate the redemption
feature  and cause  the  reclassification  of these  shares  into  stockholders'
equity. In addition, the distributor is restricted from selling these securities
for a one-year period after  completion of such Offering.  The Company  utilized
the 80,000 shares of Treasury Stock in connection with this transaction.

BioSeq, Inc. (Unaudited)

    In October  1996,  the Company  entered into a License  Agreement,  Purchase
Agreement,   Stockholders'  Agreement  and  Warrant  Agreement  with  BioSeq,  a
privately held, technology based development stage company.

    The Company has agreed to purchase convertible preferred stock of BioSeq for
an aggregate of $1,482,500 in three  installments.  Of the $1,482,500,  $210,000
was  invested  at the date of the  agreements  and  $522,500  is  required to be
invested  within ten business days of the closing of the initial public offering
of the Company's  common stock provided the closing  occurs before  December 31,
1996. The Company must make the remaining $750,000 installment if BioSeq attains
certain  technical  milestones  by July 31,  1997.  If such  milestones  are not
attained by BioSeq by July 31,  1997,  the Company will still have the option to
make the  remaining  $750,000  investment  until  December 31,  1997.  Under the
operative documents, the Company has price anti-dilution protection, pre-emptive
rights and the right to board  representation,  the last of which  terminates if
the Company fails to make the second  installment under the Purchase  Agreement.
In addition,  the Company was granted warrants to acquire  additional  shares of
common stock of BioSeq for additional  consideration  under certain  conditions,
provided  that this right is not  exercisable  to the extent it would  cause the
Company's  ownership to equal or exceed 20%. The Company is  accounting  for its
investment in BioSeq on the cost basis in accordance  with the provisions of APB
18 since  the  cumulative  investment  is and must  remain  less than 20% of the
equity  of  BioSeq  and the  Company  does not exert  significant  influence  or
control.   Due  to  the  uncertainty  of  technology  based   development  stage
enterprises  and in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 121, the Company will
perform a periodic  analysis of the investment to determine whether the carrying
value of its  investment  in BioSeq has been  impaired.  If so  determined,  the
Company would adjust the carrying  value of its investment by taking a charge to
earnings.

    Upon the  earlier  of  payment  of the final  installment  of the  Company's
aggregate  $1,482,500  investment  and December  31,  1997,  the Company will be
granted a worldwide  right to use the BioSeq  technology  relating to sequencing
and analysis  services.  The License will be  exclusive  until BioSeq  commences
selling on a  commercial  basis the  equipment  used in the DNA  sequencing  and
analysis  process,  at which time the  License  will become  non-exclusive.  The
License  provides that the Company will pay BioSeq  royalties  ranging from five
percent to ten percent of net revenues arising out of the services  performed by
the Company  with the  licensed  technology.  The Company  will  account for the
royalty as a cost of revenue as the revenues are earned.


                                      F-16



                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)


(11) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Initial Public Offering (Unaudited)

    The Company  has filed a  registration  statement  for the sale of shares of
common  stock.  Accordingly,  the  unaudited  pro forma  balance  sheet has been
prepared  assuming  the  reclassification  of the  redeemable  common stock into
common stock as of June 30, 1996.  There can be no  assurances  that the initial
public offering of common stock will be successfully completed.

(12) SUPPLEMENTARY PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE -- (UNAUDITED)

    If the  Offering  had been  completed  on January 1, 1995,  a portion of the
proceeds  would have been used to retire all debt  outstanding at that time, and
all debt  incurred  in 1995 and 1996  would not have been  needed.  Based on the
foregoing,  supplemental  pro forma net earnings per share of common stock would
have been $.09 and $.06 for the year ended  December 31, 1995 and the six months
ended June 30, 1996,  respectively.  Such net earnings per share of common stock
are based on  3,600,007  and  3,701,173  shares of  common  stock  respectively,
consisting of 3,151,477  and  3,252,643  shares of common stock and common stock
equivalents  plus 448,530  shares  assumed to be issued at $9.00 per share as if
the Offering had occurred on January 1, 1995 to retire indebtedness  outstanding
during 1995.


                                   F-17





                                    GLOSSARY

AIDS                          Acquired  Immune  Deficiency  Syndrome.   AIDS  is
                              caused    by    infection     with    the    Human
                              Immunodeficiency Virus, HIV.

Antibodies                    Binding proteins naturally produced by the body in
                              response to exposure  to  non-self  agents  (e.g.,
                              bacteria,  viruses, cancer cells). Antibodies form
                              part of the immunological defense system.

Antigens                      Foreign  non-self  agents (such as the proteins or
                              the  nucleic  acids  of  infectious  agents)  that
                              stimulate  an  immune   response,   including  the
                              production of antibodies.

Assay                         Synonym  for  test:  qualitative  or  quantitative
                              measurement of some component of a material.

Chlamydia                     A  sexually  transmitted  pathogen  that can cause
                              Trachoma  (an  eye  disease  which  culminates  in
                              blindness),  chronic  infection of genitals (which
                              can  result  in   infertility),   and   pneumonia,
                              especially in the newborn.

CLIA                          The Clinical  Laboratory  Improvement  Amendments,
                              passed by Congress in October 1988, and formulated
                              into  regulations  and  implemented  by the Health
                              Care Financing  Administration  beginning in 1992.
                              CLIA refers to a set of  regulations  which govern
                              the staffing and function of all U.S. laboratories
                              that  perform  in  vitro   diagnostic   tests  for
                              clinical use,  except for blood bank  laboratories
                              and     Veterans'      Administration     hospital
                              laboratories, which are regulated separately using
                              similar rules.

Cytomegalovirus               A virus  responsible for several diseases that are
                              especially prevalent in immunocompromised patients
                              such as those infected with HIV,  receiving  organ
                              transplants or receiving cancer chemotherapy.

Diagnostic Components         The solutions  and  materials  that are  combined,
                              sometimes after further manufacture, to make an in
                              vitro diagnostic test kit.

DNA                           Deoxyribonucleic  Acid, together with RNA, a class
                              of molecules  called "nucleic  acids." DNA carries
                              the genetic  information in most living organisms.
                              The DNA of each cell contains the  information for
                              "building"  a whole  organism  (e.g.,  a virus,  a
                              plant,  or a whole human  being).  DNA testing can
                              identify   microscopic   amounts  of  the  genetic
                              material of a virus or bacterium,  thus indicating
                              its  presence in  quantities  undetectable  in the
                              bloodstream by immunoassay techniques.

ELISA                         Enzyme-Linked  Immunosorbent  Assay, a biochemical
                              procedure in which  interactions among antibodies,
                              antigens  and  enzymes  are  used  to  detect  and
                              quantify  various  diseases and other materials of
                              interest through the measurement of color released
                              at the end of the assay.

End-User                      The   purchaser   and  consumer  of  an  in  vitro
                              diagnostic    test    kit;     usually    clinical
                              laboratories,  but may also be other  health  care
                              providers or members of the general public.


                                      G-1



Hepatitis                     A disease that causes  inflammation  of and damage
                              to the liver, often caused by a virus. In advanced
                              stages,  hepatitis can result in life  threatening
                              liver   dysfunction,   liver  cirrhosis  or  liver
                              cancer.  The most common causes of viral hepatitis
                              are the Hepatitis A, B and C viruses (HAV, HBV and
                              HCV).

HIV                           Human  Immunodeficiency  Virus. HIV, a retrovirus,
                              causes   AIDS.   HIV   infection   leads   to  the
                              destruction of the immune system.

Immunology                    Narrowly  defined  as  the  study  of  the  immune
                              system,  but  often  used to  describe  tests  for
                              infectious diseases which rely on the principle of
                              the binding of antigens and antibodies.

Immunoassay                   A  test  that  relies  on the  specificity  of the
                              reaction between antibodies and antigens to detect
                              and  measure  the   concentration   of  biological
                              molecules.

In Vitro                      Laboratory  procedures  that  occur  "in the  test
                              tube," or outside  the body.  In vitro  diagnostic
                              testing is the process of analyzing blood,  urine,
                              saliva  and other  specimens  outside  the body to
                              screen for, monitor or diagnose diseases and other
                              medical conditions.

Infectious Agent              Any  microorganism,  such  as  bacteria,  viruses,
                              fungi  or other  parasites,  capable  of  invading
                              another  organism,  with or  without  pathological
                              manifestations.

Levey-Jennings Chart          A  chart  on  which  the  test  results  for a Run
                              Control  are  plotted  over  time,   so  that  the
                              reproducibility of a test method can be monitored.
                              The  acceptable  range  for  the Run  Control,  as
                              determined by each  individual  test kit end-user,
                              is also indicated on the chart.

Lyme Disease                  A  bacterial  infection  caused  by  a  spirochete
                              called Borrelia burgdorferi (B. burgdorferi). This
                              spirochete  usually  infects  the deer tick  which
                              then bites a person or animal,  thus  transmitting
                              the infection.

Marker                        A substance which, when detected in blood or other
                              study sample by an in vitro  diagnostic  test,  is
                              indicative  of the  presence  of  disease or other
                              medical condition.

Microbiology                  The  clinical   laboratory  testing  segment  that
                              specializes  in the  detection of  organisms  that
                              cause infectious  disease.  Often used to refer to
                              traditional  tests that use a growth  medium which
                              enables an organism,  if present, to replicate and
                              be detected visually.  Newer methods for detection
                              and  monitoring  of  infectious  diseases  such as
                              immunology  and  molecular   biology  methods  are
                              sometimes  performed in separate  laboratories and
                              sometimes     incorporated    into    microbiology
                              laboratories.

Molecular Biology             The clinical laboratory testing segment which uses
                              newer methods such as PCR to detect  nucleic acids
                              (i.e.,   DNA  and  RNA)  for  infectious   disease
                              diagnosis and other purposes.



                                      G-2


Multi-Marker Run Control      A run  control  designed  to be used with  several
                              tests for  different  analytes or  markers.  These
                              controls  are  designed to cover groups of markers
                              that are  tested in the same  laboratory  section,
                              e.g.,  Accurun 1(R) is a multi-marker  run control
                              for blood bank tests.

Nucleic Acids                 Two families of compounds called  deoxyribonucleic
                              acid (DNA) and  ribonucleic  acid (RNA) that carry
                              the  coded   information  from  which  all  living
                              organisms are made.

Pathogen                      An  organism  that  causes  disease  in the  study
                              subjects  (e.g.,  a virus which causes  disease in
                              humans is human  pathogen;  an insect  that causes
                              disease in a plant is a plant pathogen).

PCR                           Polymerase Chain Reaction,  a sequence of chemical
                              steps using DNA primers  (short  pieces of nucleic
                              acids)  to  locate  and  copy  (amplify)  specific
                              sequences of DNA, if present,  to a  concentration
                              high enough for chemical detection.

Performance Panels            A set of serum and plasma  samples  collected from
                              many different  individuals and  characterized for
                              the  presence or absence of a  particular  disease
                              marker.

Plasma                        The clear liquid  portion of blood which  contains
                              clotting factors, proteins, antibodies,  hormones,
                              electrolytes  and other  components  dissolved  in
                              water.  Plasma  differs  from  serum  only in that
                              plasma  contains  clotting  factors in addition to
                              its other components, and serum does not.

Qualification Panels          Dilutions of human plasma or serum  manifesting  a
                              full  range  of  reactivities  in test  kits for a
                              specific marker.

Qualitative Test              An assay  for  which the  reportable  results  are
                              positive,    negative   or    indeterminate.    An
                              alternative set of terms sometimes used to express
                              qualitative test results is reactive, non-reactive
                              or gray zone.

Quality Control Products      Materials  including   characterized   samples  of
                              various  kinds,  data  sheets  and  software,  all
                              designed for use in the performance  evaluation of
                              in   vitro    diagnostic    tests   during   their
                              development, manufacture or use.

Quantitative Test             An assay  for  which the  reportable  results  are
                              numeric.

Reactivity                    Test result for a qualitative  test;  can take one
                              of   three    forms:    positive,    negative   or
                              indeterminate.

Reagent                       A substance,  usually a chemical solution, used as
                              a component of an in vitro diagnostic test.



                                      G-3



Retrovirus                    A virus with its  genetic  information  encoded in
                              RNA rather than DNA. HIV is a retrovirus.

RNA                           Ribonucleic  acid,  with DNA, a class of molecules
                              called  nucleic  acids.  RNA functions with DNA in
                              most  organisms  to  translate  the coded  genetic
                              information  into  the  organism  itself.  In some
                              viruses,  RNA  substitutes for DNA in carrying the
                              coded information from which the organism is made.
                              HIV and HCV are RNA viruses.

Run Controls                  Well-characterized  samples  designed  to resemble
                              the donor and  patient  samples  routinely  tested
                              with a  given  method,  manufactured  to  specific
                              levels of  reactivity  and provided in  quantities
                              sufficient  to be used  each time the test is run,
                              over a period of time,  so that  test  performance
                              can be continuously monitored.

Sensitivity                   The ability of a test to detect  accurately  small
                              quantities of a substance of interest. The greater
                              the  sensitivity,  the smaller the quantity of the
                              substance the test can detect, and the fewer false
                              negatives  will  be  reported.   Sensitivity   and
                              specificity  are  two  important  measures  of the
                              quality of a test.

Sensitivity Panels            Precise   dilutions   of  human  plasma  or  serum
                              containing a known amount of an infectious disease
                              marker   as   calibrated   against   international
                              standards.

Seroconversion Panels         Plasma samples  collected from a single individual
                              over a specific  time  period  showing  conversion
                              from  negative  to  positive  for  markers  of  an
                              infectious disease.

Serum                         The clear liquid  portion of blood which  contains
                              proteins, antibodies,  hormones,  electrolytes and
                              other components dissolved in water. Serum differs
                              from  plasma  only in that serum does not  contain
                              clotting factors.

Single Analyte Run Control    A run control designed to be used with tests for a
                              single analyte or marker,  e.g.,  Accurun 106 is a
                              positive   control  for  HIV  antigen  tests  from
                              several manufacturers.

Specificity                   The  ability  of a  test  to  distinguish  between
                              similar  materials.  The greater the  specificity,
                              the better a test is at identifying a substance in
                              the presence of substances of similar makeup,  and
                              the  fewer  false   positives  will  be  reported.
                              Sensitivity  and  specificity  are  two  important
                              measures of the quality of a test.

Therapeutic Index             A   mathematical   description  of  the  potential
                              usefulness  of a  candidate  drug,  based  on  its
                              toxicity   to   the   host   system   versus   its
                              effectiveness    against   the    pathogen.    The
                              Therapeutic  Index of a candidate drug is compared
                              to the  Therapeutic  Index in the same test system
                              of a drug  already  in use for the  disease  being
                              studied.


                                      G-4




Titer                         An  approximation of the quantity of a marker in a
                              qualitative  test,  arrived  at  by  diluting  the
                              sample  repeatedly and testing the dilutions until
                              the  marker  is no  longer  detected  by the  test
                              method.

Toxoplasma                    A   protozoan   parasite,    ubiquitous   in   the
                              environment,   and  which  causes   Toxoplasmosis.
                              Toxoplasmosis is commonly  acquired by eating food
                              contaminated  by cysts.  Pregnant  women may be at
                              risk of acquiring  Toxoplasmosis  from cats,  with
                              subsequent infection of the baby.

Virus                         A  microorganism  dependent on host cells in order
                              to grow and reproduce.

Western Blot Method           The standard diagnostic method for confirmation of
                              the presence of an infectious disease marker (e.g.
                              HIV,  Borrelia  burgdorferi),  in which  lysate (a
                              mixture  of  proteins)  is  separated  on a gel by
                              electrochemical  means and then  transferred  to a
                              nitrocellulose  filter.  The filter is then tested
                              against a blood sample to identify  antibodies  to
                              the proteins.



                                      G-5









Photograph  showing  certain of the Company's  Quality  Control Panel  Products,
including Seroconversion and Performance Panels.













================================================================================

NO  DEALER,  SALESMAN  OR ANY  OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION  OR MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER  THAN THOSE  CONTAINED  IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING  DESCRIBED  HEREIN,  AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE,  SUCH OTHER  INFORMATION  OR  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, OR THE UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER THE DELIVERY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,
CREATE ANY IMPLICATION  THAT THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER TO BUY ANY  SECURITIES  OTHER  THAN  THOSE
SPECIFICALLY  OFFERED  HEREBY  OR  OF  ANY  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  TO ANY  PERSON  TO  WHOM  IT IS  UNLAWFUL  TO  MAKE  AN  OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO  SELL  OR  A  SOLICITATION  OF  AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  SUCH  SECURITIES  IN  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL.


                                   ----------


                             TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Prospectus Summary                                                             3
Risk Factors                                                                   6
Use of Proceeds                                                               14
Dividend Policy                                                               14
Capitalization                                                                15
Dilution                                                                      16
Selected Consolidated Financial Data                                          17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations                                                                  19
Business                                                                      25
Management                                                                    40
Certain Transactions                                                          44
Principal Stockholders                                                        45
Description of Capital Stock                                                  46
Shares Eligible for Future Sale                                               48
Underwriting                                                                  49
Legal Matters                                                                 50
Experts                                                                       50
Additional Information                                                        50
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements                                   F-1
Glossary                                                                     G-1


    UNTIL        , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS) ALL  DEALERS
EFFECTING   TRANSACTIONS  IN  THE  SHARES  OF  COMMON  STOCK,   WHETHER  OR  NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATIONS OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD   ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.

================================================================================




                                1,600,000 SHARES



                                     [LOGO]


                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.


                                  COMMON STOCK





                                   ----------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                   ----------





                         OSCAR GRUSS & SON INCORPORATED

                              KAUFMAN BROS., L.P.





                                      , 1996





================================================================================



                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

                                                              TOTAL
                                                             EXPENSES
                                                             --------


SEC Registration Fee                                         $  8,508
NASD Filing Fee                                                 2,708
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee                             30,000*
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses                                     15,000*
Underwriters' Non-Accountable Expense
Allowance                                                     144,000*
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees                               2,500*
Accounting Fees and Expenses                                  150,000*
Legal Fees and Expenses                                       300,000*
Printing and Engraving                                         60,000*
Miscellaneous                                                  79,284*
                                                             ---------
  TOTAL                                                      $792,000*
                                                             =========



- ---------
* Estimate



ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS


    The Company's Amended and Restated By-Laws include  provisions to permit the
indemnification of officers and directors of the Company for damages arising out
of the  performance  of  their  duties  unless  such  damages  arise  out of the
officer's or  director's  failure to exercise  his duties and to  discharge  the
duties of his office in good faith and in the reasonable  belief that his action
was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Company, and with respect to
any criminal action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe that his
conduct  was  unlawful.  The  Company  intends  to  enter  into  indemnification
contracts  with each of its directors and officers.  Reference is hereby made to
the caption  "Management  -- Limitation of Officers' and  Directors'  Liability;
Indemnification Agreements."

    Reference  is hereby made to the caption  "Description  of Capital  Stock --
Limitation of Directors'  Liability" in the Prospectus,  which is a part of this
Registration Statement.


    Reference is hereby made to Section 6 of the Underwriting  Agreement between
the  Company  and the  Underwriter,  filed as Exhibit  1.1 to this  Registration
Statement, for a description of indemnification arrangements between the Company
and the Underwriter.


ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

    The following  information is furnished with regard to all securities issued
by the Registrant  within the past three years which were not  registered  under
the Securities Act.

    In August  1996,  the  stockholders  of the  Registrant  voted to approve an
amendment to the  Registrant's  Articles of Organization to effect a one-for-two
reverse stock split of the Registrant's  Common Stock, $.01 par value per share.
All  references  to number of shares of Common  Stock give  effect to this stock
split.

                                   II-1




    (1) In August 1993, the  Registrant  sold to eight  individual  investors an
aggregate  of 45,000  shares of Common  Stock for total  cash  consideration  of
$202,500, at a price per share of $4.50, and to another investor 1,958 shares of
Common  Stock  in  exchange  for  services  rendered  valued  at  $8,811,  which
securities were not registered under the Securities Act.

    (2) In April 1994,  the  Registrant  sold to eight  individual  investors an
aggregate of 21,200 shares of Common Stock, for total  consideration of $127,200
at a price per share of $6.00,  which  securities were not registered  under the
Securities Act.

    (3) From June through  December 1994,  the Registrant  sold the following at
$6.00  per  share:  to one  investor  5,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for cash
consideration of $30,000,  to a second investor 1,167 shares of Common Stock for
cash  consideration  of $3,501 and in exchange for services  rendered  valued at
$3,501,  and to a third investor 2,494 shares in exchange for services  rendered
valued at $14,964,  which  securities  were not registered  under the Securities
Act.

    (4) In November and December 1995,  the Registrant  sold to two investors an
aggregate  of 7,800  shares of Common  Stock for  total  cash  consideration  of
$54,600 at a price of $7.00,  and to another investor 734 shares of Common Stock
in exchange for services  rendered valued at $5,138,  which  securities were not
registered under the Securities Act.

    (5) On April 26, 1996, the Registrant sold 117,647 shares of Common Stock to
Kyowa  Medex,  Co.,  Ltd.  for total cash  consideration  of  $1,000,000,  which
securities were not registered under the Securities Act.

    (6) For the  period  August  1,  1993 to date,  the  Registrant  granted  to
directors, officers, employees and consultants, 15,000 ($6.00 per share), 63,000
($4.50 to $7.00 per share), 244,037 ($4.50 to $8.50 per share), and 8,000 ($6.00
per share),  respectively,  options to purchase shares of Common Stock under the
Registrant's 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan or Employee Stock Option Plan,
which securities were not registered under the Securities Act.

    (7) During the period  from March 1994  through  June 1996,  the  Registrant
issued an aggregate of 88,993 shares to fifteen persons pursuant to the exercise
of options,  warrants or convertible notes of the Registrant for exercise prices
ranging  from  $0.25  to  $5.20  per  share  (an  aggregate  exercise  price  of
$219,977.50), which securities were not registered under the Securities Act.

    To the extent that the foregoing transactions constituted "sales" within the
meaning of the Securities Act, the securities  issued in such  transactions were
not  registered  under the  Securities  Act,  as amended,  in reliance  upon the
exemptions  from  registration  set  forth  in  Section  3(b)  and  4(2)  of the
Securities  Act,  relating  to sales  by an  issuer  not  involving  any  public
offering,  or in reliance upon  Regulation S of the  Securities  Act relating to
sales  by an  issuer  of  securities  outside  the  United  States.  None of the
foregoing  transactions,  either  individually  or in the aggregate,  involved a
public offering.

ITEM 16. FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE AND EXHIBITS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SCHEDULE
    NO.
    ---
    <S>          <C>
    II           -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  EXHIBIT
    NO.
    ---
  <S>            <C>
   
    1.1          -- Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1          -- Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of the Registrant*
    3.2          -- Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant*
    4.1          -- Description of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant's Common Stock*
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-2




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  EXHIBIT
    NO.
    ---
  <S>            <C>

   
   5.1           -- Legal Opinion of Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer
  10.1           -- Agreement, dated January 17, 1994, between Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. and the
                    Registrant*
  10.2           -- Exclusive License Agreement, dated December 6, 1994, between the University of
                    North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the Registrant**
  10.3           -- Contract, dated September 30, 1995, between the National Institutes of Health
                    and the Registrant (No. 1-AI-55273)
  10.4           -- Contract, dated September 30, 1995, between the National Institutes of Health
                    and the Registrant (No. 1-AI-55277)
  10.5           -- Contract, dated March 1, 1993, between the National Cancer Institute and the
                    Registrant**
  10.6           -- Agreement, dated October 1, 1995, between Ajinomoto Co., Inc. and the Registrant***
  10.7           -- Lease Agreement, dated June 30, 1992, for Rockville, Maryland Facility between
                    Cambridge Biotech Corporation and the Registrant
  10.8           -- Lease Agreement, dated July 28, 1995, for New Britain, Connecticut Facility between
                    MB Associates and the Registrant
  10.9           -- Worcester County Institution for Savings Warrant dated December 1, 1995 (No. 1)*
  10.10          -- Worcester County Institution for Savings Warrant dated July 26, 1993 (No. 2)*
  10.11          -- Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 5, 1990, between G&G Diagnostics Limited
                    Partnership I and the Registrant, as amended*
  10.12          -- Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 11, 1995, for 375 West Street Property
                    between James Leonard, Trustee, C.W.B. Trust and the Registrant*
  10.13          -- Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 20, 1995, for 80 Manley Street Property
                    between the Registrant and Donald M. Leonard, Trustee, Live Oak Realty Trust*
  10.14          -- Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 26, 1996, between Kyowa Medex Co., Ltd.
                    and the Registrant*
  10.15          -- 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan*
  10.16          -- Employee Stock Option Plan*
  10.17          -- Form of  Underwriters  Warrant  (contained in Exhibit 1.1)
  10.18.1        -- Second  Amended and  Restated  Loan and  Security  Agreement,
                    dated August 2, 1995,  between the First National Bank of Boston
                    and the Registrant, as amended*
  10.18.2        -- Note  Payable to The First  National  Bank of  Boston,  dated
                    October 1994, in the amount of $200,000*
  10.18.3        -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston, dated October 1994, in the
                    amount of $849,000*
  10.18.4        -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston, dated August 1995, in the amount
                    of $350,000*
  10.18.5        -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston, dated December 1995, in the
                    amount of $100,000*
  10.18.6        -- Mortgage Note to The First National Bank of Boston, dated December 1995, in the
                    amount of $750,000*
  10.18.7        -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston, dated July 1996, in the amount
                    of $250,000*
  10.19          -- Form of Indemnification Agreement with Officers and Directors*
</TABLE>
    


                                      II-3



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  EXHIBIT
    NO.
    ---
  <S>            <C>
   
  10.20          -- Purchase Agreement, dated October 7, 1996, between BioSeq, Inc. and the Registrant*
  10.21          -- Warrant Agreement, dated October 7, 1996, between BioSeq, Inc. and the Registrant*
  10.22          -- Stockholders' Agreement, dated October 7, 1996, between BioSeq, Inc. and the Registrant*
  10.23          -- License Agreement, dated October 7, 1996, between BioSeq, Inc. and the Registrant*
  11             -- Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings*
  21             -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
  23.1           -- Consent of Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.2           -- Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants
  24             -- Power of Attorney*
  27             -- Financial Data Schedule*
</TABLE>


*   Previously filed.
**  Confidential Treatment requested for certain portions of this document which
    has been previously filed.
*** Confidential Treatment requested for certain portions of this document.
    



ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

    (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

       (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
    post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

       (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
    Securities Act of 1933;

       (ii) To reflect in the  prospectus  any facts or events arising after the
    effective   date  of  the   registration   statement  (or  the  most  recent
    post-effective  amendment thereof) which,  individually or in the aggregate,
    represent  a  fundamental  change  in  the  information  set  forth  in  the
    registration  statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  increase or
    decrease  in volume of  securities  offered  (if the total  dollar  value of
    securities  offered  would not  exceed  that which was  registered)  and any
    deviation from the low or high end of the estimated  maximum  offering range
    may be  reflected  in the  form of  prospectus  filed  with  the  Commission
    pursuant  to Rule  424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the  changes in volume and
    price  represent no more than a 20 percent  change in the maximum  aggregate
    offering price set forth in the  "Calculation of Registration  Fee" table in
    the effective registration statement;

       (iii) To include any  material  information  with  respect to the plan of
    distribution not previously  disclosed in the registration  statement or any
    material change to such information in the registration statement;

       (2)  That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
    Securities Act of 1933, each such  post-effective  amendment shall be deemed
    to be a new  registration  statement  relating  to  the  securities  offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

       (3) To remove from  registration by means of a  post-effective  amendment
    any  of  the  securities   being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
    termination of the Offering.

    (b)  The  undersigned   Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    (c) Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the Registrant's By-Laws, the Underwriting  Agreement
relating to this Offering, or otherwise, the Registrant has been 


                                      II-4






advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

    (d) The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:

       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
    1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
    this  registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or  497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall be  deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus
    shall  be  deemed  to  be a  new  registration  statement  relating  to  the
    securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
    shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.









                                      II-5





                                   SIGNATURES


   
    Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration  Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of West
Bridgewater, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on October 25, 1996.
    

                                            BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

                                            By: /s/ RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER
                                            -----------------------------
                                               RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER
                                                    PRESIDENT

   
    PURSUANT TO THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS AMENDMENT
NO. 2 TO THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN
THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                       DATE
                 ---------                                   -----                       ----

    <S>                                       <C>                                  <C>
       /s/ RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER               Principal Executive Officer          October 25, 1996
           ----------------------               and Director
           RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER       


        /s/ KEVIN W. QUINLAN                  Principal Financial and Accounting    October 25, 1996
           -------------------                 Officer and Director
            KEVIN W. QUINLAN   

                    *                         Director                              October 25, 1996
           -------------------
           HENRY A. MALKASIAN  

                   *                          Director                              October 25, 1996
           -------------------
          FRANCIS E. CAPITANIO


                   *                          Director                              October 25, 1996
          --------------------                
           CALVIN A. SARAVIS

    *By /s/ RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER
           ----------------------
            RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER
              ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
 
    
</TABLE>



                                   II-6




                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.:


    In connection with our audits of the  consolidated  financial  statements of
Boston Biomedica,  Inc. and Subsidiaries,  as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
for each of the  three  years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1995,  which
financial  statements are included in this  Amendment No. 2 to the  Registration
Statement  on  Form  S-1  (File  No.  333-10759),   we  have  also  audited  the
consolidated financial statement schedule listed in Item 16 herein.


    In  our  opinion,  this  consolidated  financial  statement  schedule,  when
considered  in  relation  to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole,
presents  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  information  required to be
included therein.

                                            COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Boston, Massachusetts
March 12, 1996





                                    S-1






                                   SCHEDULE II

                  BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          RECOVERIES
                                            BALANCE AT                   FOR ACCOUNTS   UNCOLLECTIBLE   BALANCE AT
                                             BEGINNING   PROVISION FOR    PREVIOUSLY       ACCOUNTS       END OF
     ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS         OF PERIOD      BAD DEBT      WRITTEN OFF    WRITTEN OFF      PERIOD
     -------------------------------         ---------      --------      -----------    -----------      ------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>

Six months ended June 30, 1996               $142,372       $ 77,145           --         $ (85,938)     $133,579
1995                                           94,723        181,084           --          (133,435)      142,372
1994                                           43,956        102,099           --           (51,332)       94,723
1993                                           21,000         22,956           --            --            43,956
</TABLE>


                                    S-2





                             INDEX TO EXHIBITS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                                                      NUMBERED
  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                        PAGE
  ------                                      -----------                                        ----
  <S>         <C>                                                                                <C>         
   

   1.1        -- Form of Underwriting Agreement
   3.1        -- Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of the Registrant*
   3.2        -- Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant*
   4.1        -- Description of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant's Common Stock*
   5.1        -- Legal Opinion of Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer
  10.1        -- Agreement, dated January 17, 1994, between Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. and
                 the Registrant*
  10.2        -- Exclusive License Agreement, dated December 6, 1994, between the University
                 of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the Registrant**
  10.3        -- Contract, dated September 30, 1995, between the National Institutes of Health
                 and the Registrant (No. 1-AI-55273)
  10.4        -- Contract, dated September 30, 1995, between the National Institutes of Health
                 and the Registrant (No. 1-AI-55277)
  10.5        -- Contract, dated March 1, 1993, between the National Cancer Institute and the
                 Registrant**
  10.6        -- Agreement, dated October 1, 1995, between Ajinomoto Co., Inc. and the Registrant***
  10.7        -- Lease Agreement, dated June 30, 1992, for Rockville, Maryland Facility between
                 Cambridge Biotech Corporation and the Registrant
  10.8        -- Lease Agreement, dated July 28, 1995, for New Britain, Connecticut Facility
                 between MB Associates and the Registrant
  10.9        -- Worcester County Institution for Savings Warrant dated December 1, 1995 (No.1)*
  10.10       -- Worcester County Institution for Savings Warrant dated July 26, 1993 (No. 2)*
  10.11       -- Stock Purchase  Agreement,  dated June 5, 1990,  between G&G
                 Diagnostics  Limited  Partnership  I  and  the  Registrant,  as amended*
  10.12       -- Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 11, 1995, for 375 West Street
                 Property between James Leonard, Trustee, C.W.B. Trust and the Registrant*
  10.13       -- Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 20, 1995, for 80 Manley Street
                 Property between the Registrant and Donald M. Leonard, Trustee, Live Oak Realty
                 Trust*
  10.14       -- Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 26, 1996, between Kyowa Medex Co., Ltd.
                 and the Registrant*
  10.15       -- 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan*
  10.16       -- Employee Stock Option Plan*
  10.17       -- Form of  Underwriters  Warrant  (contained  in Exhibit  1.1)
  10.18.1     -- Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement,  dated
                 August 2, 1995,  between the First National Bank of Boston and the
                 Registrant, as amended*
  10.18.2     -- Note  Payable  to The  First  National  Bank of  Boston,  dated
                 October 1994, in the amount of $200,000*
  10.18.3     -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston, dated October 1994, in
                 the amount of $849,000*
</TABLE>
    






                       INDEX TO EXHIBITS (CONTINUED)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                                                      NUMBERED
  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                        PAGE
  ------                                      -----------                                        ----
<S>           <C>                                                                                <C>         

   
10.18.4       -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston, dated August 1995, in the
                 amount of $350,000*
10.18.5       -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston, dated December 1995, in
                 the amount of $100,000*
10.18.6       -- Mortgage Note to The First National Bank of Boston, dated December 1995, in
                 the amount of $750,000*
10.18.7       -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston, dated July 1996, in the
                 amount of $250,000*
10.19         -- Form of Indemnification Agreement with Officers and Directors*
10.20         -- Purchase Agreement, dated October 7, 1996, between BioSeq, Inc. and the Registrant*
10.21         -- Warrant Agreement, dated October 7, 1996, between BioSeq, Inc. and the Registrant*
10.22         -- Stockholders' Agreement, dated October 7, 1996, between BioSeq, Inc. and the
                 Registrant*
10.23         -- License Agreement, dated October 7, 1996, between BioSeq, Inc. and the Registrant*
11            -- Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings*
21            -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
23.1          -- Consent of Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2          -- Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants
24            -- Power of Attorney*
27            -- Financial Data Schedule*
</TABLE>
    


- -----------
*   Previously filed.

**  Confidential Treatment requested for certain portions of this document which
    has been previously filed.

   
*** Confidential Treatment requested for certain portions of this document.
    


                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1

                                                      

                                1,600,000 Shares*

                             Boston Biomedica, Inc.

                                  Common Stock

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                                                               ___________, 1996
OSCAR GRUSS & SON INCORPORATED
KAUFMAN BROS., L.P.
c/o Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated
74 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Boston  Biomedica,  Inc., a Massachusetts  corporation (the "COMPANY"),
proposes to issue and sell 1,600,000  shares (the "FIRM SHARES") of Common Stock
of the Company, $.01 par value (the "COMMON STOCK"), to you (the "UNDERWRITERS")
as set forth on Schedule I hereto. In addition,  the Company has agreed to grant
to you an option (the  "OPTION") to purchase up to an additional  240,000 shares
of Common  Stock (the  "OPTION  SHARES") on the terms and for the  purposes  set
forth in Section 1(b) below.  The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are referred
to collectively herein as the "SHARES."

         It is understood that,  subject to the conditions  hereinafter  stated,
the Firm Shares will be sold to you. The Company confirms its agreement with the
Underwriters as follows:

- --------
*   Plus an option to purchase up to an additional 240,000 shares to cover over-
    allotments.







                                                      

1.       AGREEMENT TO SELL AND PURCHASE

         a. On the  basis  of the  representations,  warranties  and  agreements
herein  contained and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
(i) the  Company  agrees  to  issue  and sell the  Firm  Shares  to the  several
Underwriters  and (ii)  each of the  Underwriters,  severally  and not  jointly,
agrees to purchase  from the Company  the  respective  number of Firm Shares set
forth  opposite that  Underwriter's  name in Schedule I hereto,  at the purchase
price of $______ for each Firm Share.

         b.  Subject  to all the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the
Company grants the Option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and
not  jointly,  up to the maximum  number of Option  Shares at the same price per
share as the  Underwriters  shall pay for the Firm  Shares.  The  Option  may be
exercised  only to cover  over-allotments  in the sale of the Firm Shares by the
Underwriters  and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time (but not more
than  once) on or  before  the 30th day after  the date of this  Agreement  upon
written or telegraphic  notice (the "OPTION SHARES NOTICE") by the  Underwriters
to the Company no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, at least two and no
more than three  business  days  before the date  specified  for  closing in the
Option Shares Notice (the "OPTION  CLOSING  DATE"),  setting forth the aggregate
number of Option Shares to be purchased and the time and date for such purchase.
On the Option Closing Date, the Company will sell to the Underwriters the number
of Option Shares set forth in the Option  Shares  Notice,  and each  Underwriter
will purchase such percentage of the Option Shares as is equal to the percentage
of the Firm  Shares  that such  Underwriter  is  purchasing,  as adjusted by the
Underwriters in such manner as they deem advisable to avoid fractional shares.

         c. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, on the Closing
Date  (as  defined  below),  the  Company  shall  issue  to  Oscar  Gruss  & Son
Incorporated  ("OSCAR  GRUSS")  and Kaufman  Bros.,  L.P.,  in their  individual
capacity,   warrants   in  the  form   attached   hereto   as   Exhibit  A  (the
"REPRESENTATIVES'  WARRANTS") to purchase  ___________ and __________  shares of
Common  Stock,  respectively  [an aggregate of 160,000  shares],  at an exercise
price equal to 135% of the price per Firm Share.



                                      -2-

                                                      

2.       DELIVERY AND PAYMENT

         Delivery of the Firm Shares shall be made to the  Underwriters  against
payment of the purchase price by certified or official bank check payable in New
York Clearing House  (next-day) funds to the order of the Company at the offices
of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.,  666 Fifth Avenue,  New York, New York 10103, at
10:00 a.m.,  New York Time, on the third (or, if the Firm Shares are priced,  as
contemplated  by Rule 15c6-1(c)  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the  "EXCHANGE  ACT"),  after 4:30 p.m. New York Time, the fourth) full
business day following the  commencement  of the offering  contemplated  by this
Agreement, or at such time on such other date, not later than five business days
after the date of this  Agreement,  as may be agreed upon by the Company and the
Underwriters (such date is hereinafter referred to as the "CLOSING DATE").

         To the extent the Option is  exercised,  delivery of the Option  Shares
against payment by the  Underwriters  (in the manner  specified above) will take
place at the offices  specified  above for the Closing Date at the time and date
(which may be the Closing Date) specified in the Option Shares Notice.

         Certificates  evidencing  the Shares  shall be in  definitive  form and
shall be registered in such names and in such  denominations as the Underwriters
shall request at least two business days prior to the Closing Date or the Option
Closing  Date,  as the case may be, by written  notice to the  Company.  For the
purpose of expediting the checking and packaging of certificates for the Shares,
the Company agrees to make such  certificates  available for inspection at least
24 hours prior to the Closing Date or the Option  Closing  Date, as the case may
be.

         The cost of original issue tax stamps,  if any, in connection  with the
issuance  and  delivery  of  the  Shares  by  the  Company  to  the   respective
Underwriters  shall be borne by the Company.  The Company will pay and save each
Underwriter  and any subsequent  holder of the Shares  harmless from any and all
liabilities  with  respect to or  resulting  from any failure or delay in paying
federal and state stamp and other transfer  taxes,  if any, which may be payable
or determined to be payable in connection with the original issuance or the sale
to such Underwriter of the Shares sold by such entity.



                                      -3-

                                                      


3.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

         The Company  represents,  warrants and  covenants  to each  Underwriter
that:

         a. A registration  statement  (Registration  No. 333-10759) on Form S-1
relating to the Shares,  including a preliminary  prospectus and such amendments
to such  registration  statement  as may have been  required to the date of this
Agreement,  has  been  prepared  by the  Company  under  the  provisions  of the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "ACT"),  and the rules and  regulations
(collectively  referred to as the "RULES AND REGULATIONS") of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION")  thereunder,  and has been filed with the
Commission. The term "preliminary prospectus" as used herein means a preliminary
prospectus as contemplated by Rule 430 or Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations
included  at any  time as part of the  registration  statement.  Copies  of such
registration  statement,  amendments  and  exhibits  thereto and of each related
preliminary  prospectus  have been  delivered  to the  Representatives.  If such
registration  statement has not become  effective,  a further  amendment to such
registration  statement,  including  a form of final  prospectus,  necessary  to
permit such registration statement to become effective will be filed promptly by
the  Company  with the  Commission.  If the  registration  statement  has become
effective,  a final prospectus containing information permitted to be omitted at
the time of  effectiveness  by Rule 430A of the Rules  and  Regulations  will be
filed promptly by the Company with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b)
of the  Rules  and  Regulations.  The term  "REGISTRATION  STATEMENT"  means the
registration  statement  as amended  at the time it becomes or became  effective
(the "EFFECTIVE DATE"),  including financial statements and all exhibits and any
information  deemed to be included by Rule 430A. If an abbreviated  registration
statement  is prepared and filed with the  Commission  in  accordance  with Rule
462(b)  under  the Act  (an  "ABBREVIATED  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT"),  the  term
"Registration  Statement"  as used in this  Agreement  includes the  Abbreviated
Registration Statement. The term "PROSPECTUS" means (i) if the Company relies on
Rule 434 of the  Rules  and  Regulations,  the Term  Sheet  that is first  filed
pursuant  to Rule  424(b)(7)  under  the  Act,  together  with  the  preliminary
prospectus  identified  therein  that such Term Sheet  supplements,  (ii) if the
Company does not rely on Rule 434 of the Rules and  Regulations,  the prospectus
first  filed  with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)  of the  Rules and
Regulations;  or (iii) if the Company does not rely on Rule 434 of the Rules and
Regulations and if no prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)
of the  Rules and  Regulations,  the  prospectus


                                      -4-



included in the  Registration  Statement.  The term "TERM  SHEET" means any term
sheet that satisfies the requirements of Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations.

         b. The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the
use of any Preliminary  Prospectus.  When any  Preliminary  Prospectus was filed
with the  Commission it complied in all material  respects  with the  applicable
requirements  of the Act and the Rules and  Regulations  and did not contain any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated  therein or necessary in order to make the statements  therein,  in
light of the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading.  On the
Effective  Date, the date the Term Sheet,  if utilized,  is first filed with the
Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b), the date the Prospectus is first filed with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (if required), at all times subsequent to
and including the Closing Date and, if later,  the Option  Closing Date and when
any post-effective  amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective or
any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus is filed with the Commission,  the
Registration  Statement and the Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if the
Company  shall  have filed  with the  Commission  any  amendment  or  supplement
thereto), including the financial statements included in the Prospectus, did and
will  comply  with  all  applicable  provisions  of the Act and  the  Rules  and
Regulations  and will contain all  statements  required to be stated  therein in
accordance with the Act and the Rules and Regulations. At the Effective Date and
when  any  post-effective   amendment  to  the  Registration  Statement  becomes
effective,  no part of the  Registration  Statement,  the Prospectus or any such
amendment or  supplement  did or will contain an untrue  statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
in order to make the statements  therein not misleading.  At the Effective Date,
the date the Term Sheet,  the  Prospectus  or any amendment or supplement to the
Prospectus is filed with the  Commission  and at the Closing Date and, if later,
the Option  Closing Date, the Prospectus did not and will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact  necessary to make
the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
made,  not  misleading.  The foregoing  representations  and  warranties in this
Section 3(b) do not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance on and
in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter  furnished in writing
to  the  Company  by  the   Underwriters   specifically  for  inclusion  in  the
Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. The
Company  acknowledges  that the statements set forth in the first two paragraphs
under  the  heading   "Underwriting"  in  the  Prospectus



                                       -5-


                                                      


constitute the only information relating to any Underwriter furnished in writing
to  the  Company  by  the   Underwriters   specifically  for  inclusion  in  the
Registration Statement.

         c. The Company is, and each of BTRL  Contracts and  Services,  Inc. and
BBI   North   American   Clinical   Laboratories,   Inc.   (collectively,    the
"SUBSIDIARIES")  are, and at the Closing Date and, if later,  the Option Closing
Date will be, duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under the
laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts.  The Company and the  Subsidiaries
have, and at the Closing Date and, if later,  the Option Closing Date will have,
full power and authority to conduct all the activities conducted by them, to own
or lease  all the  assets  owned by or  leased  by them,  and to  conduct  their
business as described in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus.  The
Company is, and the Subsidiaries are, and at the Closing Date and, if later, the
Option  Closing Date they will be, duly licensed or qualified to do business and
in good  standing  as foreign  corporations  in all  jurisdictions  in which the
nature of the activities  conducted by them or the character of the assets owned
or leased by them makes such license or qualification  necessary,  except to the
extent  that the failure to be so  qualified  or be in good  standing  would not
materially  and adversely  affect the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  taken as a
whole, their business,  properties,  business prospects, condition (financial or
otherwise) net worth or results of  operations.  The  Subsidiaries  are the only
subsidiaries (as defined in the Act) of the Company.  Except as set forth in the
Prospectus,  the Company and the Subsidiaries (i) do not own, and at the Closing
Date  and,  if  later,  the  Option  Closing  Date  will  not own,  directly  or
indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity or long-term debt securities
of any corporation (except, in the case of the Company, for the Subsidiaries) or
have any equity interest in any corporation,  firm, partnership,  joint venture,
association  or other  entity and (ii) are not,  and at the Closing Date and, if
later,  the Option  Closing Date will not be,  engaged in any  discussions  or a
party  to any  agreement  or  understanding,  written  or  oral,  regarding  the
acquisition of an interest in any corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture,
association or other entity where such discussions, agreements or understandings
would require  amendment to the  Registration  Statement  pursuant to applicable
securities laws.  Complete and correct copies of the articles of  incorporation,
the bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company and the Subsidiaries
and all amendments  thereto have been delivered to the  Representatives,  and no
changes  therein will be made subsequent to the date hereof and prior to Closing
Date or, if later, the Option Closing Date.



                                      -6-


                                                      

         d. The Company has authorized,  issued and outstanding capital stock as
set forth  under the  caption  "Capitalization"  in the  Prospectus.  All of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and
validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, were issued in compliance with
all applicable  state and federal  securities laws, were not issued in violation
of or subject  to any  preemptive  rights or other  rights to  subscribe  for or
purchase  securities,  and conform to the description  thereof  contained in the
Prospectus; the Shares have been duly authorized and when issued and paid for as
contemplated herein will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and the
Shares will conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;  the
shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  by the  Company  upon the  exercise  of the
Representatives'  Warrants have been duly authorized,  and, when issued and paid
for in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Representatives'  Warrants,  will be
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable;  and no preemptive rights or other
rights to subscribe for or purchase  exist with respect to the issuance and sale
of the Shares or with respect to the Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of
the Representatives'  Warrants. The Company has reserved and will keep available
for the exercise of the Representatives'  Warrants such number of authorized but
unissued  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  permit  the  exercise  in  full  of the
Representatives'  Warrants.  The description of the capital stock of the Company
in the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  is, and at the Closing Date
and, if later,  the Option  Closing  Date will be,  complete and accurate in all
respects.  Except  as set forth in the  Prospectus,  the  Company  does not have
outstanding, and at the Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing Date will
not have  outstanding,  any  options to  purchase,  or any rights or warrants to
subscribe  for,  or any  securities  or  obligations  convertible  into,  or any
contracts or commitments  to issue or sell,  any shares of Common Stock,  or any
such warrants,  convertible  securities or  obligations.  The description of the
Company's stock option and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or
other  rights  granted or  exercised  thereunder,  set forth in the  Prospectus,
accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect
to such  plans,  arrangements,  options  and  rights.  No  further  approval  or
authority of the  shareholders  or the Board of Directors of the Company will be
required for the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company as  contemplated
herein. The Company owns of record and beneficially, free and clear of any lien,
adverse claim, security interest, equity or other encumbrance, the capital stock
of the  Subsidiaries and there are no other owners of any securities of any kind
issued by or related to the Subsidiaries.



                                      -7-


         e. The financial  statements and schedules included in the Registration
Statement  or  the  Prospectus   comply  in  all  material   respects  with  the
requirements  of the Act and the Rules and  Regulations,  and present fairly the
financial  condition of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  as of the  respective
dates thereof and the results of operations, changes in shareholders' equity and
cash flows of the Company for the respective  periods  covered  thereby,  all in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent
basis  throughout the entire period involved.  No other financial  statements or
schedules of the Company are required by the Act or the Rules and Regulations to
be included in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus.  Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P.,  who have  reported on such  financial  statements  and  schedules,  are
independent  accountants  with respect to the Company as required by the Act and
the Rules and Regulations.  The summary  financial and statistical data included
in the Registration  Statement  present fairly the information shown therein and
have been compiled on a basis consistent with the financial statements presented
therein.

         f. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information is given
in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and prior to the Closing Date
and, if later,  the Option Closing Date,  except as set forth in or contemplated
by the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus,  (i) there has not been and
will not have been any change in the  capitalization  of the Company (other than
in connection with the exercise of outstanding options to purchase the Company's
Common  Stock  granted  pursuant to the  Company's  stock  option plans from the
reserves as described in the Registration Statement,  which shares received upon
exercise  will be subject to the lock-up  agreements  described  in Section 5(i)
below),  or  any  material  adverse  change,  or  any  development  which  could
reasonably be expected to involve a prospective  material adverse change, in the
business,  properties,  business prospects,  condition (financial or otherwise),
net worth or results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as
a  whole,  arising  for  any  reason  whatsoever,   (ii)  the  Company  and  the
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have not incurred nor will they incur, except in
the ordinary  course of business as described  in the  Prospectus,  any material
liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, nor have they entered into nor
will they enter into,  except in the ordinary course of business as described in
the Prospectus,  any material transactions other than pursuant to this Agreement
and the transactions  referred to herein, and (iii) the Company has not and will
not have paid or declared any  dividends or other  distributions  of any kind on
any class of its capital stock.



                                      -8-

                                                      


         g.  Neither the Company  nor any of the  Subsidiaries  is, and upon the
sale of the Shares to be issued and sold by it hereunder and  application of the
net proceeds  from such sale as described  in the  Prospectus  under the caption
"Use of Proceeds" will be, an "investment company" or an "affiliated person" of,
or "promoter" or "principal  underwriter" for, an "investment  company," as such
terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         h.  There  are no  actions,  suits or  proceedings  pending  or, to the
knowledge of the  Company,  threatened  against or affecting  the Company or any
Subsidiary,  or any of their  officers in their  capacity as such, nor any basis
therefor, before or by any federal or state court, commission,  regulatory body,
administrative  agency or other governmental body, domestic or foreign,  wherein
an unfavorable ruling, decision or finding would materially and adversely affect
the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries,  taken  as a whole,  or  their  respective,
business,  properties,  business prospects,  condition (financial or otherwise),
net  worth  or  results  of  operations.  Neither  the  Company  nor  any of the
Subsidiaries is involved in any strike, job action or labor dispute,  and to the
Company's best knowledge no such action or dispute is threatened.

         i. The Company and the Subsidiaries  have, and at the Closing Date and,
if later,  the Option  Closing Date will have,  performed all their  obligations
required to be  performed  by them as of such date,  and neither the Company nor
any  Subsidiary  is, and at the Closing Date nor, if later,  the Option  Closing
Date will be, nor with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would
be, in  violation  of its  certificate  of  incorporation  or  by-laws  or other
organizational   documents,   or  of  any  law,  ordinance,   administrative  or
governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary,  or
of any judgment,  order or decree of any court or governmental agency or body or
of any arbitrator having  jurisdiction over the Company or the Subsidiaries,  or
in  default in the  performance  or  observance  of any  obligation,  agreement,
covenant or condition  contained in any mortgage,  loan agreement,  note,  bond,
debenture,  credit  agreement or any other evidence of indebtedness to which any
of them a party or by which their property is bound or affected, which violation
or  default  might   materially  and  adversely   affect  the  Company  and  the
Subsidiaries,  taken  as  a  whole,  or  their  business,  properties,  business
prospects,   condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  net  worth  or  results  of
operations.  To the Company's best knowledge,  no other party under any contract
or other  instrument to which the Company or its  Subsidiaries are a party is in
default in any respect thereunder, which default would materially and


                                      -9-

                                                      


adversely  affect the Company and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, or their
business,  properties,  business prospects,  condition (financial or otherwise),
net worth or results of operations.  The Company and the  Subsidiaries  are not,
and at the Closing Date and, if later,  the Option  Closing Date will not be, in
violation of any provision of their respective articles of incorporation, bylaws
or other organizational documents.

         j. No consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of, or any filing or
declaration  with, any court or governmental  agency or body is required for the
issuance  and  sale of the  Shares  and  the  Representatives'  Warrants  by the
Company,  the  execution,  delivery  or  performance  of the  Agreement  and the
Representatives'  Warrants by the Company or the  consummation by the Company of
the  transactions on its part  contemplated  herein and in the  Representatives'
Warrants,  except  such as have  been  obtained  under  the Act or the Rules and
Regulations and such as may be required under state  securities or Blue Sky laws
or the bylaws and rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
(the  "NASD")  in  connection   with  the  purchase  and   distribution  by  the
Underwriters of the Shares.

         k. The Company has full  corporate  power and  authority  to enter into
this Agreement and the Representatives'  Warrants,  to issue and sell the Shares
and the  Representatives'  Warrants  and to perform its  respective  obligations
thereunder.  The execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement and the
Representatives'  Warrants has been duly and validly  authorized by the Company,
and each of this  Agreement  and the  Representatives'  Warrants  has been  duly
executed  and  delivered  by the  Company  and  constitutes  a valid and binding
agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its
terms. The performance of this Agreement and the  Representatives'  Warrants and
the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby will not,
with or without notice, the passage of time or both, result in the imposition of
any lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any of the assets of the  Company or any
Subsidiary  pursuant  to the  terms or  provisions  of, or result in a breach or
violation of any of the terms or provisions  of, or constitute a default  under,
or give any party a right to terminate any of its  obligations  under, or result
in the  acceleration  of any  obligation  under the  articles of  incorporation,
bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company and any Subsidiary,  any
indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  voting trust  agreement,  loan agreement,
bond,  debenture,  note  agreement  or other  evidence of  indebtedness,  lease,
contract or other agreement or instrument to


                                      -10-

                                                      


which the  Company or any  Subsidiary  is a party or by which the Company or any
Subsidiary  or any of their  properties  is bound or  affected,  or  violate  or
conflict with any judgment,  ruling,  decree, order, statute, rule or regulation
of any court or other governmental  agency or body applicable to the business or
properties of the Company and any Subsidiary,  presently in effect,  a breach or
violation  of  which,  a  default  under  which,  a  termination  of  which,  an
acceleration  under  which,  or a  conflict  with  which  would  materially  and
adversely  affect the Company and any  Subsidiary,  taken as a whole,  and their
business,  properties,  business prospects,  condition (financial or otherwise),
net worth or results of operations.

         l. The Company and the  Subsidiaries  have good and marketable title to
all properties and assets described in the Prospectus as owned by them, free and
clear of all liens,  charges,  encumbrances or restrictions,  except such liens,
charges,  encumbrances  or  restrictions  as are described in the Prospectus and
those which,  individually  and in the aggregate,  are not material in amount or
which,  individually and in the aggregate,  do not adversely affect the use made
or  proposed  to be made of such  properties  and assets by the  Company and the
Subsidiaries.  The  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries,  as  lessees,  have  valid,
subsisting and enforceable leases for the properties described in the Prospectus
as leased by them.  The  agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary are a
party  described in the  Prospectus  are valid  agreements,  enforceable  by the
Company or any Subsidiary (as applicable), except as the enforcement thereof may
be limited by  bankruptcy  and laws  relating  to the  rights  and  remedies  of
creditors  generally or by the availability of general equitable  remedies.  The
Company any the  Subsidiaries  own or lease all such properties as are necessary
to their operations as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

         m. There is no  document  or  contract  of a  character  required to be
described in the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as an
exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement  which  is not  described  or  filed as
required.  All such  contracts to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party
have  been  duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by the  Company  or the
Subsidiary,  constitute  valid and  binding  agreements  of the  Company  or the
Subsidiary and are enforceable  against the Company or the Subsidiary and by the
Company or the Subsidiary  against the other parties  thereto in accordance with
the terms  thereof,  except as to (i) bankruptcy and laws relating to the rights
and  remedies of  creditors  generally  and (ii) the  availability  of equitable
remedies.




                                      -11-

                                                      


         n. No  statement,  representation,  warranty  or  covenant  made by the
Company in this  Agreement or made in any  certificate  or document  required by
Section 5 of this Agreement to be delivered to the  Underwriters was or will be,
when made, inaccurate, untrue or incorrect.

         o.  Neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  its  directors,   officers  or
controlling persons has taken,  directly or indirectly,  any action designed, or
which  might  reasonably  be  expected,  to cause or  result,  under  the Act or
otherwise,  in, or which has  constituted,  stabilization or manipulation of the
price of any  security  of the Company to  facilitate  the sale or resale of the
Shares.

         p.  No  holder  of   securities  of  the  Company  has  rights  to  the
registration  of any  securities  of the  Company  because  of the filing of the
Registration Statement or consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement  which rights have not been validly  waived by the holder or otherwise
satisfied as of the date hereof. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus under the
caption  "Shares  Eligible For Future  Sale," no person has the right to require
registration  under  the Act of any  Common  Stock  or other  securities  of the
Company.

         q. The  Common  Stock is listed  and duly  admitted  to  trading on the
Nasdaq  National  Market (the  "NASDAQ  NATIONAL  MARKET"),  and the Company has
received  notification  that the quotation by the Nasdaq  National Market of the
Shares has been approved, subject to official notice of issuance of the Shares.

         r. (i) The Company  and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,  have all
trademarks,  trade names,  patent rights,  copyrights,  licenses,  approvals and
governmental   authorizations   necessary  to  conduct  their  business  as  now
conducted,  except  where the  failure to have any such  right  would not have a
material  and adverse  effect on the Company  and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a
whole, or their respective business,  properties,  business prospects, condition
(financial or otherwise),  net worth or results of operations;  (ii) the Company
and the Subsidiaries  are not infringing any copyrights,  trade secrets or other
similar rights,  trademarks,  trade name rights or patent rights of others where
such  infringement  would have a material and adverse  effect on the Company and
the Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, or their respective  business,  properties,
business prospects,  condition (financial or otherwise), net worth or results of
operations;  and (iii) no claim  has been made  against  the  Company  regarding
trademark,  trade  name,  patent,  copyright,  license,  trade  secret  or other
infringement  which would have a


                                      -12-

                                                      


material  and adverse  effect on the Company  and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a
whole, or their respective business,  properties,  business prospects, condition
(financial or otherwise), net worth or results of operations.

         s. The Company has filed all federal,  state,  local and foreign income
tax returns which have been required to be filed, which returns are complete and
correct  in all  material  respects,  and has paid  all  taxes  and  assessments
received by it to the extent that such taxes or assessments have become due. All
payroll  withholdings  required to be made by the Company or any Subsidiary with
respect to employees have been made.  The charges,  accruals and reserves on the
books of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  in respect of any tax  liability for
any years  not  finally  determined  are  adequate  to meet any  assessments  or
reassessments  for additional taxes. The Company has no tax deficiency which has
been or might be asserted or  threatened  against the Company which could have a
material and adverse effect on the Company or its business, properties, business
prospects,   condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  net  worth  or  results  of
operations.

         t. The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess all  authorizations,
approvals,  orders,  licenses,  registrations,  certificates  and permits of and
from,  and  have  made all  declarations  and  filings  with,  all  governmental
regulatory   officials  and  bodies  necessary  to  conduct  their  business  as
contemplated in the  Prospectus,  except where the failure to own or possess all
such authorizations,  approvals, orders, licenses,  registrations,  certificates
and permits or make such declarations and filings would not,  individually or in
the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the Company and the Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, or their respective business, properties,  business prospects,
condition (financial or otherwise), net worth or results of operations. There is
no proceeding  pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,  threatened,  or any
basis  therefor  known  to the  Company,  which  may  cause  or  allow  any such
authorization,  approval, order, license, registration, certificate or permit to
be  revoked,  withdrawn,  canceled,  suspended  or not  renewed or result in any
material  impairment  of  the  rights  thereunder;   and  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries  are conducting  their business in compliance with all laws,  rules
and  regulations  applicable  thereto,  except  where any such failure to comply
would not have a material  adverse  effect on the Company and the  Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, or their respective business, properties,  business prospects,
condition (financial or otherwise),  net worth or results of operations.  Except
as described in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  none of such
authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  registrations,  certificates or
permits


                                      -13-

                                                      


contains any  restriction  that is materially  burdensome to the Company and the
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

         u. The Company and the Subsidiaries maintain insurance of the types and
in  the  amounts  generally  deemed  adequate  for  their  respective  business,
including,  but not limited to,  insurance  covering real and personal  property
owned or leased by the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  against  theft,  damage,
destruction,  acts of vandalism and all other risks customarily insured against,
all of  which  insurance  is in full  force  and  effect.  The  Company  and the
Subsidiaries  are in compliance  with the terms of such policies in all material
respects.  The Company and the Subsidiaries  have not been refused any insurance
coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it
and the Subsidiaries will not be able to renew their existing insurance coverage
as and when such  coverage  expires or to obtain  similar  coverage from similar
insurers as may be necessary to continue their business at a cost that would not
have a material adverse effect on the Company and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a
whole, or their business,  properties,  business prospects, condition (financial
or otherwise), net worth or results of operations.  There are no material claims
by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries  under any such policy as to which any
insurance  company is denying  liability or  defending  under a  reservation  of
rights clause.

         v. The Company and the  Subsidiaries are (i) in compliance with any and
all applicable foreign,  federal,  state and local laws and regulations relating
to the  protection of human health and safety,  the  environment or hazardous or
toxic substances or wastes,  pollutants or contaminants  ("ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS"),
(ii) have  received all permits,  licenses or other  approvals  required of them
under applicable  Environmental  Laws to conduct their  respective  business and
(iii)  are in  compliance  with all  terms and  conditions  of any such  permit,
license or approval,  except where such noncompliance  with Environmental  Laws,
failure to receive required  permits,  licenses or other approvals or failure to
comply with the terms and  conditions  of such  permits,  licenses or  approvals
would not,  singly or in the  aggregate,  have a material  adverse effect on the
Company and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, or their respective  business,
properties, business prospects, condition (financial or otherwise), net worth or
results of operations.

         w. In the  ordinary  course of its  business,  the  Company  conducts a
periodic review of the effect of Environmental Laws on the business,  operations
and  properties  of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  in the course of which it



                                      -14-

                                                      


identifies and evaluates  associated costs and liabilities  (including,  without
limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure
of properties or compliance with  Environmental  Laws or any permit,  license or
approval,  any related  constraints  on operating  activities  and any potential
liabilities  to third  parties).  On the basis of such  review,  the Company has
reasonably  concluded  that such  associated  costs and  liabilities  would not,
singly or in the  aggregate,  have a material  adverse effect on the Company and
the Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, or their respective  business,  properties,
business prospects,  condition (financial or otherwise), net worth or results of
operations.

         x.  Neither  the  Company  nor any  Subsidiary  nor,  to the  Company's
knowledge,  any employee or agent of the Company or any  Subsidiary,  has at any
time  during  the last five  years  (i) made any  unlawful  contribution  to any
candidate for foreign  office,  or failed to disclose fully any  contribution in
violation of law, or (ii) made any payment to any federal or state  governmental
officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public
duties,  other than  payments  required or  permitted  by the laws of the United
States or any jurisdiction thereof.

         y. The Company has not distributed  and, prior to the later to occur of
(i) the Closing Date or (ii) completion of the distribution of the Shares,  will
not  distribute  without  the prior  written  consent  of the  Underwriters  any
offering  material in connection  with the offering and sale of the Shares other
than the Registration Statement,  any Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus or
other materials, if any, permitted by the Act and the Rules and Regulations. The
Company is not  involved  in any labor  dispute  and,  to the  knowledge  of the
Company, no such dispute is threatened.

         z. Neither the Company nor its officers, directors, employees or agents
have taken or will take,  directly  or  indirectly,  (i) any action  designed to
cause or to result in, or that has  constituted  or which  might  reasonably  be
expected to constitute,  the  stabilization  or manipulation of the price of any
security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares,  or (ii)
since the filing of the  Registration  Statement,  except in connection with the
sale of the Shares, (A) sold, bid for, purchased, attempted to induce any person
to purchase, or paid anyone any compensation for soliciting the purchase of, the
Shares or (B) paid or agreed to pay any person any  compensation  for soliciting
another to purchase any other securities of the Company.



                                      -15-

                                                      


         aa.  The Company has obtained from each of its  directors, officers and
the other  shareholders  specified by the  Representatives  a written  agreement
that,  for a period of 180 days from the date of the  Prospectus,  he, she or it
will not,  without  the prior  written  consent  of Oscar  Gruss,  offer,  sell,
contract  to sell,  grant any option for the sale of, or  otherwise  dispose of,
directly or indirectly,  any shares of Common Stock or any security  convertible
into,  or  exchangeable  or  exercisable  for,  shares of Common  Stock or other
securities of the Company.

         bb. The Company has complied with all  provisions of Florida  Statutes,
ss. 517.075, relating to issuers doing business with Cuba.

         cc. The Company has no liability or obligation of any nature (absolute,
accrued,  contingent  or otherwise)  which is not fully  reflected or adequately
reserved  against in the balance sheet at June 30, 1996,  except for liabilities
(i) incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under generally
accepted  accounting  procedures  to be  reflected  on the balance  sheet,  (ii)
incurred  since June 30, 1996 in the ordinary  course of business and consistent
with past practice, or (iii) described in the Prospectus.  The Company maintains
a system of  internal  accounting  controls  sufficient  to  provide  reasonable
assurance that (A)  transactions  are executed in accordance  with  management's
general or specific  authorizations;  (B) transactions are recorded as necessary
to permit  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles and to maintain accounting for assets; (C) access
to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's  general or specific
authorization;  (D) the recorded  accountability for assets is compared with the
existing  assets at reasonable  intervals and  appropriate  action is taken with
respect to any  differences and (E) reserves for obsolete  inventory,  bad debts
and sales returns and allowances are adequate.

         Any  certificate  signed by an officer of the Company and  delivered to
the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters at a closing hereunder shall be
deemed a  representation  and warranty of the Company to each  Underwriter as to
the matters covered thereby as of the date thereof.

4.       AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY

         The Company agrees with the several Underwriters as follows:


                                      -16-


                                                      


         a.  The  Company  will  not,  either  prior  to the  Effective  Date or
thereafter  during  such  period  as the  Prospectus  is  required  by law to be
delivered in connection  with sales of the Shares by an  Underwriter  or dealer,
file  any  amendment  or  supplement  to  the  Registration   Statement  or  the
Prospectus,  unless a copy  thereof  shall  first  have  been  submitted  to the
Underwriters  within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing thereof and
the Underwriters shall not have objected thereto in good faith.

         b. The  Company  will use its best  efforts  to cause the  Registration
Statement to become effective, and will notify the Underwriters and will confirm
such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective
and when any  post-effective  amendment thereto becomes  effective,  (ii) of any
request by the Commission  for  amendments or  supplements  to the  Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance
by  the  Commission  of any  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of the
Registration  Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose or
the  threat  thereof,  (iv) of the  happening  of any event  during  the  period
mentioned in the third sentence of Section 4(e) that makes any statement made in
the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making
of any changes in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus in order to make
the statements therein not misleading,  and (v) of receipt by the Company or any
representative  or attorney of the Company of any other  communication  from the
Commission relating to the Company, the Registration Statement,  any preliminary
prospectus,  the Term  Sheet or the  Prospectus.  If at any time the  Commission
shall  issue  any  order  suspending  the   effectiveness  of  the  Registration
Statement,  the  Company  will  make  every  reasonable  effort  to  obtain  the
withdrawal  of such order at the earliest  possible  moment.  If the Company has
omitted any information from the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A of
the Rules and Regulations,  the Company will use its best efforts to comply with
the provisions of, and make all requisite  filings with the Commission  pursuant
to,  said Rule 430A and,  if a Term  Sheet is used,  Rule 434 and to notify  the
Underwriters promptly of all such filings.

         c. The Company will furnish to the  Underwriters  without  charge three
signed copies of the Registration Statement and of any post-effective  amendment
thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and all exhibits thereto,
and will furnish to the Underwriters, without charge, for transmittal to each of
the other  Underwriters,  such number of  conformed  copies of the  Registration
Statement and


                                      -17-

                                                      


any  post-effective  amendment  thereto,   including  financial  statements  and
schedules, but without exhibits, as you may reasonably request.

         d. The Company will comply with all the provisions of any  undertakings
contained in the Registration Statement.

         e. On the Effective Date, and thereafter from time to time, the Company
will deliver to each of the Underwriters,  without charge, as many copies of the
Prospectus  or any amendment or supplement  thereto as the  Representatives  may
reasonably  request.  The Company  consents,  subject to the  provisions  of the
following sentence,  to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto by the several Underwriters and by all dealers to whom the Shares may be
sold,  both in  connection  with the  offering or sale of the Shares and for any
period of time  thereafter  during which the Prospectus is required by law to be
delivered in connection  therewith.  If during the nine-month period referred to
in Section  10(a)(3) of the Act any event  shall occur which in the  judgment of
the Company or counsel to the Underwriters should be set forth in the Prospectus
in order to make any  statement  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under
which it was made, not misleading,  or if it is necessary to supplement or amend
the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will  forthwith  prepare and duly
file with the Commission an  appropriate  supplement or amendment  thereto,  and
will deliver to each of the Underwriters,  without charge, such number of copies
of such  supplement or amendment to the  Prospectus as the  Representatives  may
reasonably  request  and,  in case any  Underwriter  is  required  to  deliver a
prospectus  after such nine month period,  the Company upon request,  but at the
expense of such Underwriter,  will promptly prepare such amendment or amendments
to the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  as may be  necessary to permit
compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act.

         f.  Prior to any  public  offering  of the  Shares,  the  Company  will
cooperate with the  Underwriters  and counsel to the  Underwriters in connection
with the  registration or  qualification  of the Shares for offer and sale under
the securities or Blue Sky laws of such  jurisdictions  as the  Underwriters may
request;  provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to
do business in any jurisdiction  where it is not now so qualified or to take any
action which would subject it to general service of process in any  jurisdiction
where it is not now so subject.



                                      -18-

                                                      


         g. During the period of five years  commencing on the  Effective  Date,
the Company will furnish to the Representatives,  and each other Underwriter who
may so request,  copies of such  financial  statements  and other  periodic  and
special reports as the Company may from time to time distribute generally to the
holders  of  any  class  of  its  capital   stock,   and  will  furnish  to  the
Representatives,  and each other Underwriter who may so request,  a copy of each
annual or other report it shall be required to file with the Commission.

         h.  The  Company  will  make  generally  available  to  holders  of its
securities as soon as may be practicable but in no event later than the last day
of the fifteenth full calendar month following the calendar quarter in which the
Effective Date falls, an earnings statement (which need not be audited but shall
be in reasonable detail) for the applicable  12-month period after the Effective
Date,  satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act (including Rule 158
of the Rules and Regulations).

         i. Whether or not the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement are
consummated or this Agreement is terminated,  the Company will pay, or reimburse
if paid by the Underwriters  all costs and expenses  incident to the performance
of the  obligations  of the  Company  under this  Agreement,  including  but not
limited to costs and  expenses of or relating to (i) the  preparation,  printing
and filing of the  Registration  Statement and exhibits to it, each  preliminary
prospectus,  Term Sheet,  Prospectus  and any  amendment  or  supplement  to the
Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus,  (ii) the  preparation  and delivery of
certificates  representing the Shares, (iii) the printing of this Agreement, the
Agreement  among  Underwriters,  any  Dealer  Agreements  and any  Underwriters'
Questionnaires,  (iv) furnishing  (including costs of shipping and mailing) such
copies of the  Registration  Statement,  the Prospectus,  the Term Sheet and any
preliminary  prospectus,  and all amendments and supplements  thereto, as may be
requested for use in connection  with the offering and sale of the Shares by the
Underwriters  or by dealers to whom  Shares may be sold,  (v) the listing of the
Shares on the Nasdaq National  Market,  (vi) any filings  required to be made by
the  Underwriters  with the NASD,  including the fees,  disbursements  and other
charges of counsel  for the  Underwriters  in  connection  therewith,  (vii) the
registration  or  qualification  of the  Shares  for  offer  and sale  under the
securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions designated pursuant to Section
4(f),  including  the fees,  disbursements  and other  charges of counsel to the
Underwriters  in  connection  therewith,  and the  preparation  and  printing of
preliminary,   supplemental   and  final  Blue  Sky   memoranda,   (viii)  fees,
disbursements



                                      -19-

                                                      


and other charges to the Company (but not those of counsel for the Underwriters,
except as otherwise  provided  herein),  (ix) the transfer agent for the Shares,
(x) informational  meetings and (xi) the "tombstone"  advertisement with respect
to the Shares.  In addition to the Company's  responsibility  for payment of the
foregoing expenses,  the Company shall pay to the Underwriters a non-accountable
expense  allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds from the sale
of the Shares (including in such amount the proceeds from any sale of the Option
Shares),  of  which  $40,000  has  been  paid to date.  If the  offering  is not
consummated,  the  Underwriters  will be  entitled to  reimbursement  for actual
out-of-pocket expenses, and will return to the Company any unused portion of the
$40,000. If the Offering is not consummated, the Underwriters will return to the
Company any unused portion of the pre-paid expense allowance.

         j. If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Company pursuant to any
of the provisions hereof (otherwise than pursuant to Section 8 hereof) or if for
any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations hereunder, the
Company will reimburse the several Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses (including the fees,  disbursements and other charges of counsel to the
Underwriters)  reasonably incurred by them in connection  herewith.  The Company
shall reimburse Oscar Gruss within five days of termination of this Agreement.

         k. The Company will not at any time,  directly or indirectly,  take any
action designed,  or which might reasonably be expected,  to cause or result in,
or which  will  constitute,  stabilization  of the price of the shares of Common
Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Shares.

         l. The Company will apply the net  proceeds  from the offering and sale
of the Shares in the manner set forth in the Prospectus under "Use of Proceeds,"
and shall file such reports with the Commission  with respect to the sale of the
Company Shares and the application of the proceeds  therefrom as may be required
in accordance with Rule 463 under the Act.

         m.  During  the  period of 180 days  commencing  at the  Closing  Date,
without the prior written consent of Oscar Gruss,  which consent may be withheld
in the sole discretion of Oscar Gruss and other than pursuant to the exercise of
outstanding  warrants and stock  options or otherwise  pursuant to the Company's
stock  option plan  disclosed  in the  Prospectus,  the Company  will not issue,
offer,  sell,  grant  options to  purchase  or  otherwise  dispose of any of the
Company's  equity



                                      -20-


                                                      


securities or any other  securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  with its
Common  Stock or other  equity  security.  During a period of 180 days after the
Closing Date, the Company will not file a registration statement for the purpose
of registering  any securities of the Company  without the prior written consent
of Oscar  Gruss,  which  consent  may be withheld  in its sole  discretion.  The
Company will not,  for a period of two years from the date  hereof,  without the
prior written approval of Oscar Gruss, propose or enter into any arrangement not
existing on the date hereof, for the granting or awarding of the stock options.

         n.  The  Company  will  cause  each  of its  officers,  directors,  and
shareholders  holding in the aggregate at least ______ shares of Common Stock to
enter into lock-up agreements with the Underwriters to the effect that they will
not, without the prior written consent of Oscar Gruss, sell, contract to sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or rights to acquire such shares
according to the terms set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

5.       CONDITIONS OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS

         The  obligations  of each  Underwriter  hereunder  are  subject  to the
following conditions:

         a.  Notification  that the Registration  Statement has become effective
shall be received by the  Underwriters  not later than 5:00 p.m.,  New York City
time,  on the date of this  Agreement or at such later date and time as shall be
consented  to in writing by the  Underwriters  and all filings  required by Rule
424, Rule 430A and Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations shall have been made.

         b. (i) No stop order  suspending the  effectiveness of the Registration
Statement  shall have been issued and no  proceedings  for the purpose  shall be
pending  or  threatened  by  the  Commission,   (ii)  no  order  suspending  the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the qualification or registration
of the Shares under the securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction shall be
in  effect  and no  proceeding  for such  purpose  shall be  pending  before  or
threatened or  contemplated  by the  Commission or the  authorities  of any such
jurisdiction,  (iii) any request for  additional  information on the part of the
staff of the Commission or any such authorities shall have been complied with to
the  satisfaction of the staff of the Commission or such  authorities,  and (iv)
after the date hereof no amendment or supplement to the  Registration  Statement
or the  Prospectus  shall  have  been  filed



                                      -21-

                                                      


unless  a  copy  thereof  was  first  submitted  to  the  Underwriters  and  the
Underwriters  do not object thereto in good faith,  and the  Underwriters  shall
have received  certificates,  dated the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date
and signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the
Company  (who may,  as to  proceedings  threatened,  rely upon the best of their
knowledge), to the effect of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 5(b).

         c. Since the respective  dates as of which  information is given in the
Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  (i)  there  shall not have been a
material  adverse change,  or any development  involving a prospective  material
adverse  change,  in  the  general  affairs,   business,   business   prospects,
properties, management, condition (financial or otherwise), net worth or results
of  operations  of the Company or any  Subsidiary,  whether or not arising  from
transactions  in the  ordinary  course of  business,  in each case other than as
described in or contemplated by the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,
and (ii)  neither  the  Company  nor any  Subsidiary  shall have  sustained  any
material  loss or  interference  with its  business  or  properties  from  fire,
explosion,  flood,  earthquake  or other  casualty,  whether  or not  covered by
insurance,  or from any  labor  dispute  or any  court of  legislative  or other
governmental action, order or decree, which is not described in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus,  if in the judgment of the  Underwriters  any such
development  makes it  impracticable  or  inadvisable to consummate the sale and
delivery of the Shares by the Underwriters at the public offering price.

         d. Since the respective  dates as of which  information is given in the
Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  there shall have been no litigation
or  other  proceeding  instituted  or  threatened  against  the  Company  or any
Subsidiary or any of their respective  officers or directors in their capacities
as such, before or by any federal, state or local court, commission,  regulatory
body,  administrative agency or other governmental body, domestic or foreign, in
which litigation or proceeding an unfavorable ruling,  decision or finding would
materially and adversely affect the business,  properties,  business  prospects,
condition  (financial or  otherwise),  net worth or results of operations of the
Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

         e. Each of the  representations and warranties of the Company contained
herein  shall be true and correct in all  material  respects at the Closing Date
and, with respect to the Option  Shares,  at the Option  Closing  Date,  and all



                                      -22-

                                                      


covenants  and  agreements  contained  herein to be performed on the part of the
Company and all conditions  contained herein to be fulfilled or complied with by
the  Company at or prior to the  Closing  Date and,  with  respect to the Option
Shares,  at or prior to the Option Closing Date, shall have been duly performed,
fulfilled or complied with.

         f. The Underwriters  shall have received an opinion,  dated the Closing
Date  and,  with  respect  to  the  Option  Shares,  the  Option  Closing  Date,
satisfactory  in form and  substance  to the  Underwriters  and  counsel for the
Underwriters, from Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer, P.C., counsel to the Company,
covering the following matters:

                  (i)  the  Company  has  been  duly  organized  and is  validly
existing  as a  corporation  in good  standing  under  the laws of the  State of
Massachusetts,  has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to
conduct its  business as described in the  Prospectus  and is duly  qualified to
transact  business  and is in good  standing in each  jurisdiction  in which the
conduct of its business or its  ownership or leasing of property  requires  such
qualification  except  where the failure so to qualify  does not have a material
adverse  effect  on the  business,  properties,  business  prospects,  condition
(financial or otherwise), net worth or results of operations of the Company;

                  (ii) each of the  Subsidiaries  has been duly organized and is
validly  existing as a corporation  in good standing under its  jurisdiction  of
organization  and is qualified to transact  business and is in good  standing in
each  jurisdiction  in which the  conduct of its  business or its  ownership  or
leasing of property requires such  qualification  except where the failure so to
qualify does not have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,  properties,
business prospects,  condition (financial or otherwise), net worth or results of
operations of such Subsidiary. Except for the Subsidiaries, the Company does not
have  any  active   subsidiaries  or  own  or  control  any  other  corporation,
association, or other business entity;

                  (iii) the authorized  capital stock of the Company conforms to
the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;

                  (iv) the authorized,  issued and outstanding  capital stock of
the Company is as set forth under the caption "Capitalization" in the Prospectus
as of the date  therein;  the shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  prior to the
issuance



                                      -23-

                                                      


of the Firm  Shares (or,  with  respect to the  opinion to be  delivered  on the
Option  Closing Date,  prior to the issuance of the Company  Option Shares) have
been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,  have
been issued  pursuant to  exemptions  from the  registration  and  qualification
requirements of federal and applicable state securities laws, were not issued in
violation  of or  subject  to any  preemptive  rights  or,  to the  best of such
counsel's  knowledge,  other rights to subscribe for or purchase any securities,
and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;

                  (v) the specimen  certificate  evidencing the Company's Common
Stock  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  is in due and proper
form under Massachusetts law; the Shares have been duly authorized and, when the
certificates  evidencing the Shares have been issued and delivered in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement,  the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable;  the issuance of such Shares is not subject to any preemptive
rights or, to the best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  other rights to subscribe
for or  purchase  securities;  and the Common  Stock  conforms  in all  material
respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;

                  (vi) the Representatives'  Warrants have been duly authorized,
executed  and  delivered  by the  Company  and the  Company  has  all  requisite
corporate  power and  authority to execute the  Representatives'  Warrants;  the
Representatives' Warrants are enforceable against the Company in accordance with
their  terms;  the shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the
Representatives'  Warrants have been reserved for such issuance and, when issued
in  accordance  with the terms of the  Representatives'  Warrants,  will be duly
authorized,  validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive
rights and, to the best of such counsel's  knowledge,  other rights to subscribe
for or purchase  securities;  and the  Representatives'  Warrants conform in all
material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;

                  (vii) the  Registration  Statement has become  effective under
the Act, and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge,  no stop order suspending
the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement or preventing the use of the
Prospectus  has been  issued  and no  proceedings  for that  purpose  have  been
instituted  or are  pending  or,  to  the  best  of  such  counsel's  knowledge,
threatened by the  Commission;  any required  filing of the Prospectus or of the
Term Sheet and any supplement thereto pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 434 of the
Rules and



                                      -24-

                                                      


Regulations  has been made in the manner and within the time period  required by
such Rule 424(b) and Rule 434;

                  (viii) the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and any
supplements or amendments  thereto (except for financial  statements,  schedules
and financial  information  included therein,  as to which such counsel need not
express any opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the Act and
the Rules and Regulations.

                  (ix) this  Agreement  has been duly  authorized,  executed and
delivered by the Company,  and the Company has all requisite corporate power and
authority  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and  consummate  the   transactions
contemplated hereby;

                  (x) this  Agreement  is a valid and binding  agreement  of the
Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as
to (A) rights to indemnity and  contribution  thereunder which may be limited by
applicable  law, (B)  bankruptcy and laws relating to the rights and remedies of
creditors  generally,  and (C)  the  availability  of  equitable  remedies;  the
execution and delivery by the Company of, and the  performance by the Company of
its obligations under, this Agreement and the  Representatives'  Warrants do not
contravene any provision of applicable law,  statute,  rule or regulation or the
articles  of  incorporation,  bylaws or other  organizational  documents  of the
Company and the Subsidiaries or any agreement or other  instrument  binding upon
the Company or any  Subsidiary  that is filed as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement or is known to such  counsel,  or any judgment or decree known to such
counsel of any governmental  body, agency or court having  jurisdiction over the
Company or any  Subsidiary,  presently  in effect and a breach or  violation  of
which,  a default under which,  a termination of which,  an  acceleration  under
which,  or a conflict  with which  would  materially  and  adversely  affect the
Company and the Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, or their business,  properties,
business  prospects,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations,  and no
consent,  approval or  authorization  or order of, or  qualification  with,  any
governmental  body or agency is required for the  performance  by the Company of
its obligations under this Agreement and the Representatives'  Warrants,  except
such as may have been  obtained  under the Act and the  Exchange Act and such as
required by the  securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection
with the offer and sale of the Shares by the Underwriters;



                                      -25-


                                                      


                  (xi)  the  statements  in  the  Prospectus   insofar  as  such
statements  constitute a summary of documents  referred to therein or matters of
law, fairly summarize in all material  respects the information  called for with
respect to such documents and matters of law;

                  (xii)  each  of  the  Company  and  each  Subsidiary  has  all
necessary approvals, orders, licenses,  registrations,  certificates and permits
of and from and have made all  declarations  and filings  with all  governmental
regulatory officials and bodies necessary to conduct their business as described
in the  Prospectus,  except  where the failure to have all such  authorizations,
approvals,  orders,  licenses,  registrations,  certificates and permits or make
such declarations or filings would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  business,  properties,  business  prospects,
condition  (financial or  otherwise),  net worth or results of operations of the
Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                  (xiii) neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  is an
"investment  company" or a person "controlled" by an "investment company" within
the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

                  (xiv)  to such  counsel's  knowledge,  there  are no  legal or
governmental  proceedings  pending  or  threatened  to which the  Company or any
Subsidiary  are a party or to which  any of the  properties  of the  Company  is
subject that are required to be described in the  Registration  Statement or the
Prospectus and are not so described;

                  (xv) to such counsel's  knowledge,  no holder of securities of
the  Company  has rights  which have not been  waived to require  the Company to
register with the Commission  shares of Common Stock or other securities as part
of the offering contemplated hereby;

                  (xvi) such counsel does not know of any contracts or documents
required to be filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement or described in
the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  or any  supplements  or  amendments
thereto  which are  required to be filed and are not so filed as  required,  and
each  description  of  such  contracts  and  documents  as is  contained  in the
Registration  Statement and Prospectus  fairly presents in all material respects
the information required under the Act and the Rules and Regulations;


                                      -26-



                                                      

                  (xvii)  as  of  the  Effective  Date,  the  Shares  were  duly
authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq  National  Market upon official notice of
issuance.

         Such  counsel  shall also state that such counsel has  participated  in
conferences   with   representatives   of   the   Underwriters,   officers   and
representatives of the Company and representatives of the independent  certified
public  accountants  of the Company,  at which  conferences  the contents of the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed and
that,  although  such  counsel  is not  passing  upon and does  not  assume  any
responsibility  for the  accuracy,  completeness  or fairness of the  statements
contained in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus (except as set forth
in Section  5(f)(xi)),  on the basis of the  foregoing,  nothing has come to the
attention of such counsel that leads them to believe that (except for  financial
statements,  schedules and financial information,  as to which such counsel need
not express any belief),  the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  as
amended,  included  therein  at  the  time  the  Registration  Statement  became
effective  contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state
a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to make  the
statements   therein  not   misleading  and  the   Prospectus,   as  amended  or
supplemented,  if applicable,  as of the date it was filed pursuant to the Rules
and  Regulations  and as of the Closing Date or the Option  Closing Date, as the
case may be,  contained  any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omitted to
state a material  fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  therein,  in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

         In rendering  the foregoing  opinions,  counsel may rely, to the extent
they  deem  such  reliance  proper,  on the  opinions  (in  form  and  substance
reasonably  satisfactory to Underwriters'  counsel) of other counsel  reasonably
acceptable  to  Underwriters'  counsel  as to  matters  governed  by the laws of
jurisdictions   other  than  the  United   States   and  the   Commonwealth   of
Massachusetts,  and as to matters of fact, upon  certificates of officers of the
Company and of government officials; provided that such counsel shall state that
the opinion of any other counsel is in form satisfactory to such counsel and, in
such  counsel's  opinion,  such counsel and the  Underwriters  are  justified in
relying on such  opinions  of other  counsel.  Copies of all such  opinions  and
certificates  shall be furnished to counsel to the  Underwriters  on the Closing
Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.



                                      -27-


                                                      


         g. The  Underwriter  shall have received an opinion,  dated the Closing
Date  and,  with  respect  to  the  Option  Shares,  the  Option  Closing  Date,
satisfactory  in form and  substance  to the  Underwriters  and  counsel for the
Underwriters,  from  Buc and  Beardsley,  regulatory  counsel  for the  Company,
covering the following matters:

                  (i) Any statements set forth in the Registration Statement and
the  Prospectus  under  the  captions  "Risk  Factors  --  Stringent  Government
Regulation"  and "Business --  Government  Regulation"  (collectively,  the "FDA
PORTION")   constitute  an  accurate   summary  in  all  material   respects  of
restrictions applicable to the business of the Company arising under the Federal
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the "FFDCA") or the regulations  thereunder or the
FDA  regulation of the business or  operations  of the Company,  or of any legal
matters,  documents or proceedings referred to therein and relating to the FFDCA
or the FDA's  regulation  of the  business or  operations  of the Company or the
Company's compliance therewith.

                  (ii) To  counsel's  knowledge,  the Company has filed with the
FDA for and received approval of all applications,  licenses, registrations, and
permits ("REGULATORY  AUTHORIZATIONS")  necessary to conduct the business of the
Company described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                  (iii) Based upon a review of the FDA  Portion,  counsel has no
reason to  believe  that the  information  contained  in the FDA  Portion of the
Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  at the  time it  became  effective
contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein
not  misleading  or that on the Closing Date or the Option  Closing Date, as the
case may be, the  information  contained in the FDA Portion of the Prospectus or
any amendments or supplements to the FDA Portion of the Prospectus  contains any
untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or  omits  to state  any  material  fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.

         h. The  Underwriters  shall have  received  from the  Company  the duly
executed Representatives' Warrants.

         i. The Underwriters  shall have received an opinion,  dated the Closing
Date and,  with respect to the Option  Shares,  the Option  Closing  Date,  from
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.,  counsel to the  Underwriters,  with respect to the



                                      -28-

                                                      


Registration Statement,  the Prospectus and this Agreement,  which opinion shall
be satisfactory in all respects to the Underwriters.

         j.  The  Underwriters  shall  have  received,  on or  prior to the date
hereof, agreements from all directors,  officers and certain shareholders of the
Company in the form  attached as Exhibit B hereto  holding in the  aggregate  at
least ____ shares of Common Stock,  stating that each of such  persons,  without
the prior written  consent of Oscar Gruss,  will not offer to sell,  contract to
sell, sell,  distribute,  grant any option to purchase,  pledge,  hypothecate or
otherwise  dispose  of,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  Common  Stock,  or  any
securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for Common  Stock of the Company
(including,  without limitation,  Common Stock of the Company that may be deemed
to be  beneficially  owned by the  undersigned in accordance  with the rules and
regulations  of the Commission and Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise
of a stock option or warrant),  or rights to acquire  such Common  Stock,  for a
period of 180 days from the date hereof.

         k. At the  Effective  Date  and  concurrently  with the  execution  and
delivery of this Agreement, Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. shall have furnished to the
Underwriters  a  letter,  dated  the  date  of its  delivery,  addressed  to the
Underwriters  and  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the  Underwriters
confirming that they are independent  accountants with respect to the Company as
required by the Act and the Rules and  Regulations  and with  respect to certain
financial  and other  statistical  and  numerical  information  contained in the
Registration  Statement.  At the Closing Date, and, as to the Option Shares, the
Option  Closing  Date,  Coopers & Lybrand  L.L.P.  shall have  furnished  to the
Underwriters a letter,  dated the date of its delivery,  which shall confirm, on
the basis of a review in accordance  with the procedures set forth in the letter
from each accountant, that nothing has come to their attention during the period
from  the  date of each  letter  referred  to in the  prior  sentence  to a date
(specified in each letter) not more than five days prior to the Closing Date and
the Option  Closing  Date, as the case may be, which would require any change in
their letter dated the date hereof if it were required to be dated and delivered
at the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date.

         l.  Concurrently  with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
at the Closing Date and, with respect to the Option  Shares,  the Option Closing
Date, there shall be furnished to the Underwriters a certificate, dated the date
of its delivery,  signed by the Chief Executive  Officer and the Chief Financial
Officer of


                                      -29-


                                                      


the Company,  in form and substance  satisfactory  to the  Underwriters,  to the
effect that:

                  (i) Each signer of such certificate has carefully examined the
Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus  and  (A) as of the  date  of such
certificate,  the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus do not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be stated  therein or  necessary  in order to make the  statements  therein  not
misleading and (B) in the case of the certificate  delivered at the Closing Date
and the Option Closing Date, since the Effective Date no event has occurred as a
result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement  the  Prospectus in order
to make the statements therein not untrue or misleading in any material respect.

                  (ii) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company
contained in this Agreement  were,  when  originally  made, and are, at the time
such certificate is delivered, true and correct.

                  (iii) Each of the  covenants  required to be  performed by the
Company herein on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely
and fully  performed  and each  condition  herein  required to be  satisfied  or
fulfilled on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly,  timely and
fully satisfied or fulfilled.

         m. The Shares shall be qualified for sale in such  jurisdictions as the
Underwriters  may,  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  Section  4(f),  reasonably
request,  and each such qualification  shall be in effect and not subject to any
stop order or other proceeding on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date.

         n.  Prior  to the  Closing  Date,  the  Shares  shall  have  been  duly
authorized  for listing on the Nasdaq  National  Market upon official  notice of
issuance.

         o.  The  Company  shall  have  furnished  to  the   Underwriters   such
certificates,  in  addition  to  those  specifically  mentioned  herein,  as the
Underwriters  may have reasonably  requested as to the accuracy and completeness
at the  Closing  Date  and  the  Option  Closing  Date of any  statement  in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as to the accuracy at the Closing Date
and the Option Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the Company
herein, as to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, or as
to the fulfillment


                                      -30-

                                                      


of the conditions  concurrent and precedent to the obligations  hereunder of the
Underwriters.

6.       INDEMNIFICATION

         a. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each  Underwriter,  the
directors,  officers,  employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person,
if any, who controls,  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20
of the  Exchange  Act,  each  Underwriter,  from and against any and all losses,
claims, liabilities,  expenses and damages (including any and all investigative,
legal and other expenses  reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount
paid in settlement of, any action,  suit or proceeding or any claim asserted) to
which they, or any of them,  may become  subject under the Act, the Exchange Act
or  other  Federal  or state  statutory  law or  regulation,  at  common  law or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities,  expenses or damages (i)
arise out of or are based on any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material  fact  contained  in any  preliminary  prospectus,  the  Registration
Statement or the  Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the  Registration
Statement or the  Prospectus,  or the  omission or alleged  omission to state in
such  document a material  fact required to be stated in it or necessary to make
the statements in it not misleading,  (ii) arise out of or are based in whole or
in part on any inaccuracy in the  representations  and warranties of the Company
contained  herein,  or (iii)  arise out of or are based upon any  failure of the
Company to perform its obligations hereunder or under law in connection with the
transactions  contemplated hereby;  provided that the Company will not be liable
to the extent that such loss,  claim,  liability,  expense or damage arises from
the sale of the Shares in the public  offering  to any person by an  Underwriter
and is based on an untrue  statement or omission or alleged untrue  statement or
omission made in reliance on and in conformity with information  relating to any
Underwriter  furnished in writing to the Company  expressly for inclusion in the
Registration  Statement,  the preliminary  prospectus or the Prospectus,  or any
amendment or supplement  thereto.  The Company  acknowledges that the statements
set forth in the first two paragraphs  under the heading  "Underwriting"  in the
preliminary  prospectus  and the  Prospectus  constitute  the  only  information
relating to any  Underwriter  furnished in writing to the Company  expressly for
inclusion in the  Registration  Statement,  the  preliminary  prospectus  or the
Prospectus. This indemnity will be in addition to any liability that the Company
might otherwise have.


                                      -31-

                                                      


         b. Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company,  each
director  of  the  Company  and  each  officer  of the  Company  who  signs  the
Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls, within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, the Company,  to the
same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Underwriter,  as
set forth in Section  6(a),  but only  insofar as losses,  claims,  liabilities,
expenses  or  damages  arise  out of or are  based on any  untrue  statement  or
omission or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  made in reliance on and in
conformity with information relating to any Underwriter  furnished in writing to
the Company  expressly for use in the  Registration  Statement,  the preliminary
prospectus  or the  Prospectus,  or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto.  The
Company  acknowledges  that the statements set forth in the first two paragraphs
under  the  heading   "Underwriting"  in  the  preliminary  prospectus  and  the
Prospectus constitute the only information relating to any Underwriter furnished
in writing to the Company by the  Underwriters  expressly  for  inclusion in the
Registration  Statement,  the  preliminary  prospectus or the  Prospectus.  This
indemnity  will be in  addition to any  liability  that each  Underwriter  might
otherwise have.

         c. Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified  under
this Section 6 shall,  promptly after receipt of notice of  commencement  of any
action  against  such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an
indemnifying   party  or  parties   under  this  Section  6,  notify  each  such
indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action, enclosing with
such  notice a copy of all papers  served,  but the  omission  so to notify such
indemnifying  party will not relieve it from any  liability  that it may have to
any indemnified  party under the foregoing  provisions of this Section 6 unless,
and only to the extent that,  such omission  results in the loss of  substantive
rights or  defenses  by the  indemnifying  party.  If any such action is brought
against any  indemnified  party and it notifies  the  indemnifying  party of its
commencement,  the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to
the extent that it elects by delivering  written notice to the indemnified party
promptly  after  receiving  notice of the  commencement  of the action  from the
indemnified party, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified,
to assume the defense of the action, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified  party.  After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified
party of its election to assume the defense,  the indemnifying party will not be
liable  to the  indemnified  party  for any  legal or other  expenses  except as
provided below and except for the reasonable costs of investigation subsequently
incurred  by  the  indemnified  party  in  connection  with  the  defense.   The
indemnified


                                      -32-

                                                      


party will have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action,  but the
fees,  expenses and other charges of such counsel will be at the expense of such
indemnified  party unless (i) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party
has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying  party,  (ii) there are legal
defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or
in addition to those available to the indemnifying  party, (iii) the indemnified
party has  reasonably  concluded  that a conflict or potential  conflict  exists
(based on advice of counsel to the  indemnified  party) between the  indemnified
party and the indemnifying  party (in which case the indemnifying party will not
have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified
party),  or (iv) the  indemnifying  party has not in fact  employed  counsel  to
assume the  defense of such  action  within a  reasonable  time after  receiving
notice of the commencement of the action,  in each of which cases the reasonable
fees,  disbursements  and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the
indemnifying  party or parties.  It is understood that the indemnifying party or
parties shall not, in connection  with any proceeding or related  proceedings in
the same  jurisdiction,  be liable for the reasonable  fees,  disbursements  and
other  charges of more than one  separate  firm  admitted  to  practice  in such
jurisdiction at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. All such
fees,  disbursements  and other charges will be  reimbursed by the  indemnifying
party promptly as they are incurred.  Any indemnifying  party will not be liable
for any settlement of any action or claim effected  without its written  consent
(which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

         d.  In  order  to  provide  for  just  and  equitable  contribution  in
circumstances  in  which  the  indemnification  provided  for in  the  foregoing
paragraphs of this Section 6 is applicable in accordance with its terms, but for
any reason is held to be unavailable from the Company or the  Underwriters,  the
indemnifying  party will  contribute to the total losses,  claims,  liabilities,
expenses and damages  (including  any  investigative,  legal and other  expenses
reasonably  incurred in connection  with,  and any amount paid in settlement of,
any action,  suit or proceeding or any claim  asserted,  but after deducting any
contribution  received by the Company from persons other than the  Underwriters,
such as persons who control the Company within the meaning of the Act,  officers
of the  Company  who signed the  Registration  Statement  and  directors  of the
Company,  who also may be liable for  contribution) to which the Company and any
one or more of the  Underwriters  may be subject in such  proportion as shall be
appropriate  to reflect the  relative  benefits  received by the Company and the
Underwriters. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Underwriters
shall be deemed to be in the same  proportion


                                      -33-


                                                      


as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received
by the  Company  bears  to the  total  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions
received  by the  Underwriters,  in each  case as set  forth in the table on the
cover page of the  Prospectus.  If, but only if, the allocation  provided by the
foregoing  sentence is not  permitted  by  applicable  law,  the  allocation  of
contribution  shall be made in such  proportion as is appropriate to reflect not
only the relative benefits referred to in the foregoing  sentence,  but also the
relative  fault  of  the  Company  and  the  Underwriters  with  respect  to the
statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim,  liability,  expense
or damage, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations  with  respect to such  offering.  Such  relative  fault shall be
determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged  untrue  statement of a
material  fact or omission or alleged  omission to state a material fact relates
to information  supplied by the Company or the  Underwriters,  the intent of the
parties and their relative  knowledge,  access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters
agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions  pursuant to this
Section  6(d)  were  to be  determined  by  pro  rata  allocation  (even  if the
Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method
of  allocation  which does not take into  account the  equitable  considerations
referred  to herein.  The amount  paid or payable by an  indemnified  party as a
result of the loss,  claim,  liability,  expense or damage, or action in respect
thereof,  referred to above in this Section 6(d) shall be deemed to include, for
purpose of this Section 6(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
such  indemnified  party in connection with  investigating or defending any such
action or  claim.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this  Section  6(d),  no
Underwriter  shall be  required  to  contribute  any  amount  in  excess  of the
underwriting  discounts  received by it and no person found guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation  (within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f) of the Act) will be
entitled to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.  The  Underwriters'  obligations to contribute as provided in
this Section 6(d) are several in  proportion  to their  respective  underwriting
obligations  and not joint.  For purposes of this Section  6(d),  any person who
controls a party to this  Agreement  within the meaning of the Act will have the
same rights to contribution  as that party,  and each officer of the Company who
signed the  Registration  Statement will have the same rights to contribution as
the Company,  subject in each case to the provisions  hereof. Any party entitled
to contribution,  promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action
against any such party in respect of which a claim for  contribution may be made
under this  Section  6(d),  will  notify  any such  party or


                                      -34-


                                                      


parties from whom  contribution  may be sought from any other  obligation  it or
they may have under this Section 6(d). No party will be liable for  contribution
with respect to any action or claim settled  without its written  consent (which
consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

         e. The indemnity and contribution  agreements contained in this Section
6 and the  representations  and  warranties  of the  Company  contained  in this
Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect  regardless of (i)
any investigation  made by or on behalf of the Underwriters,  (ii) acceptance of
any of the  Shares  and  payment  therefor,  or (iii)  any  termination  of this
Agreement

7.       REIMBURSEMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES

         In  addition  to its  other  obligations  under  Section  6(a)  of this
Agreement,  the  Company  hereby  agrees  to  reimburse  the  Underwriters  on a
quarterly  basis  for all  reasonable  legal  and  other  expenses  incurred  in
connection with  investigating  or defending any claim,  action,  investigation,
inquiry or other  proceeding  arising out of or based upon in whole or part, (i)
as described in Section 6(a), any untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement
of a material fact contained in any  preliminary  prospectus,  the  Registration
Statement or the  Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the  Registration
Statement or the  Prospectus,  or the  omission or alleged  omission to state in
such  document a material  fact required to be stated in it or necessary to make
the statements in it not misleading,  (ii) any inaccuracy in the representations
and  warranties  of the Company  contained  herein,  or (iii) any failure of the
Company to perform its obligations hereunder or under law in connection with the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  notwithstanding  the  absence of a judicial
determination as to the propriety and  enforceability  of the obligations  under
this Section 7 and the  possibility  that such payment might later be held to be
improper;  provided, however, that, to the extent any such payment is ultimately
held to be improper,  the persons  receiving such payments shall promptly refund
them.

8.       TERMINATION

         The obligations of the several Underwriters under this Agreement may be
terminated  at any time on or prior to the Closing Date (or, with respect to the
Option Shares, on or prior to the Option Closing Date), by notice to the Company
from the  Underwriters,  without liability on the part of any Underwriter to the


                                      -35-


                                                      


Company if, prior to delivery and payment for the Firm Shares or Option  Shares,
as the case may be, in the sole judgment of the Underwriters, (a) trading in any
of the  equity  securities  of the  Company  shall  have been  suspended  by the
Commission or by the Nasdaq National Market, (b) trading in securities generally
on the New York Stock  Exchange or the Nasdaq  National  Market  shall have been
suspended  or limited or minimum  or maximum  prices  shall have been  generally
established on such exchange, or additional material governmental  restrictions,
not in force on the date of this Agreement, shall have been imposed upon trading
in securities  generally by such  exchange or by order of the  Commission or any
court or other  governmental  authority,  (c) a general banking moratorium shall
have been  declared  by either  Federal or New York State  authorities,  (d) any
material  adverse  change in the financial or  securities  markets in the United
States, or in political,  financial or economic  conditions in the United States
or any  outbreak or material  escalation  of  hostilities  or other  calamity or
crises,  shall have occurred,  the effect of which is such as to make it, in the
sole judgment of the Underwriters, impracticable to market the Shares, (e) there
has been a  material  adverse  change  since  the  respective  dates as of which
information  is given in the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus in the
general affairs, business, business prospects, properties, management, condition
(financial or  otherwise),  net worth or results of operations of the Company or
any Subsidiary,  whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course
of  business,  in each case other than as described  in or  contemplated  by the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus,  or (f) the Company or any Subsidiary
has sustained any material loss or interference  with its business or properties
from  fire,  explosion,  flood,  earthquake  or other  casualty,  whether or not
covered by insurance,  or from any labor dispute or any court or  legislative or
other  government  action,  order  or  decree,  which  is not  described  in the
Registration   Statement  and  the  Prospectus,   if  in  the  judgment  of  the
Underwriters  any such  development  makes it  impracticable  or  inadvisable to
consummate the sale and delivery of the Shares by the Underwriters at the public
offering price.

9.       SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS

         If any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase
the Shares which it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder, and the aggregate
number of Shares which such defaulting  Underwriter or  Underwriters  agreed but
failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number
of Shares, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally, to purchase the


                                      -36-


                                                      

Shares which such defaulting  Underwriter or  Underwriters  agreed but failed or
refused to purchase,  in the  proportions  which the number of Shares which they
have  respectively  agreed  to  purchase  pursuant  to  Section  1 bears  to the
aggregate  number of Shares which all such  nondefaulting  Underwriters  have so
agreed  to  purchase,  or in such  other  proportions  as the  Underwriters  may
specify,  provided that in no event shall the maximum number of Shares which any
Underwriter has become obligated to purchase  pursuant to Section 1 be increased
pursuant  to this  Section 9 by more  than  one-ninth  of such  number of Shares
without the prior written  consent of such  Underwriter.  If any  Underwriter or
Underwriters  shall fail or refuse to  purchase  any  Shares  and the  aggregate
number of Shares which such defaulting  Underwriter or  Underwriters  agreed but
failed or refused to purchase  exceeds  one-tenth of the aggregate number of the
Shares and arrangements satisfactory to the Underwriters and the Company for the
purchase of such Shares are not made  within 48 hours after such  default,  this
Agreement  will  terminate  without  liability on the part of any  nondefaulting
Underwriter  or the  Company for the  purchase or sale of any Shares  under this
Agreement.  In any such  case  which  does not  result  in  termination  of this
Agreement,  either  the  Underwriters  or the  Company  shall  have the right to
postpone the Closing Date,  but in no event for longer than seven days, in order
that  the  required  changes,  if any,  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Any action
taken  pursuant to this Section 9 shall not relieve any  defaulting  Underwriter
from  liability  in  respect  of any  default  of such  Underwriter  under  this
Agreement.

10.      MISCELLANEOUS

         Notice given pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement  shall
be in writing and, unless otherwise specified,  shall be mailed or delivered (a)
if to the  Company,  at the  offices  of the  Company,  375  West  Street,  West
Bridgewater,  Massachusetts 02379,, Attention:  President, with a copy to Steven
R. London, Esq., Brown, Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer, One Financial Center,  Boston,
Massachusetts  02111,  and (b) if to the  Underwriters,  c/o  Oscar  Gruss & Son
Incorporated,  74 Broad Street,  New York,  New York 10004,  Attention:  Stephen
McGrath,  Managing  Director,  with a copy to Paul  Jacobs,  Esq.,  Fulbright  &
Jaworski  L.L.P.,  666 Fifth Avenue,  New York, New York 10103.  Any such notice
shall  be  effective  only  upon  receipt.  Any  notice  may be made by telex or
telephone, but if so made shall be subsequently confirmed in writing.


                                      -37-



                                                      


         This  Agreement  has been and is made  solely  for the  benefit  of the
several  Underwriters,  the Company and the controlling  persons,  directors and
officers referred to in Section 6, and their respective  successors and assigns,
and no other person  shall  acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement. The term "SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS" as used in this Agreement shall not
include a purchaser, as such, of Shares from any of the several Underwriters.

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the  laws of the  State  of New  York  applicable  to  contracts  made and to be
performed entirely within such State.

         This  Agreement  may not be  amended  or  modified  except in a writing
signed by both parties.

         This Agreement may be signed in two or more  counterparts with the same
effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

         In case any provision in this  Agreement  shall be invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality  and  enforceability  of the  remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

         Please  confirm that the foregoing  correctly  sets forth the Agreement
among the Company and the several Underwriters.




                                      -38-


                                                      

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.




                                       By: ____________________________________
                                          
                                       Title: _________________________________




The foregoing  Agreement is hereby confirmed
and  accepted  as of the  date  first  above
written  on  behalf  of  themselves  and the
other several Underwriters named in Schedule
I hereto.

KAUFMAN BROS., L.P.
As Representatives of the several Underwriters

By:  OSCAR GRUSS & SON INCORPORATED



By: _______________________________

Title: _______________________________




                                      -39-


                                                      

                                   SCHEDULE I
                            SCHEDULE OF UNDERWRITERS


                                                                   NUMBER OF
                                                                     FIRM
                                                                    SHARES
UNDERWRITERS                                                    TO BE PURCHASED
- ------------                                                    ---------------


Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated...............................
Kaufman Bros., L.P...........................................












                                                                    ---------
                  Total......................................       1,600,000
                                                                    =========   




                                      -40-



                                                      

                                    EXHIBIT A

                           [REPRESENTATIVES' WARRANT]






                                                      

                                     WARRANT


     THIS WARRANT AND ANY SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT
     HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
     AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT  PURSUANT TO AN
     EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT FILED UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO
     AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT.

     VOID  AFTER  5:00  P.M.,  NEW  YORK  TIME,  ON  [insert  date of fifth
     anniversary  of closing]  _______________,  2001, OR IF NOT A BUSINESS
     DAY,  AS  DEFINED  HEREIN,  AT 5:00 P.M.,  NEW YORK TIME,  ON THE NEXT
     FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY.

                               WARRANT TO PURCHASE


                               [-----------------]

                             SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

                                       OF

                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.



No. W-___

         This certifies that, for and in consideration of services  rendered and
in connection  with the initial  public  offering of Common Stock of the Company
named below (the "OFFERING") and other good and valuable  consideration,  [Oscar
Gruss & Son  Incorporated/Kaufman  Bros.,  L.P.] and its  registered,  permitted
assigns (collectively, the "WARRANTHOLDER"), is entitled to purchase from Boston
Biomedica,  Inc., a corporation  incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts (the "COMPANY"), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at
any time on or after 9:00  a.m.,  New York time,  on  [insert  date of  closing]
_____________,




                                      A-1


                                                      


1997 and before 5:00 p.m., New York time on [insert date of fifth anniversary at
closing]  ______________,  2001 (or,  if such day is not a Business  Day,  at or
before 5:00 p.m.,  New York time,  on the next  following  Business  Day), up to
160,000  fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of Common Stock of the Company at
the Exercise  Price (as defined  herein).  The Exercise  Price and the number of
shares  purchasable  hereunder  are subject to  adjustment  from time to time as
provided in Article 3 hereof.

                                    ARTICLE 1

                               DEFINITION OF TERMS

         As used in this Warrant, the following capitalized terms shall have the
following respective meanings:

         (a) Business  Day: A day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or other day on
which banks in the State of New York are authorized by law to remain closed.

         (b)  Common  Stock:  Common  Stock,  $.01 par value per  share,  of the
Company.

         (c) Common Stock  Equivalents:  Securities that are convertible into or
exercisable for shares of Common Stock.

         (d) Demand Registration: See Section 6.2.

         (e) Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         (f)  Exercise  Price:  $___  per  Warrant  Share,  equal to 135% of the
initial  price to public in the  offering  as set forth on the cover page of the
prospectus,  dated _____,  1996,  with respect to the initial public offering of
the  Company's  Common  Stock,  as such price may be adjusted  from time to time
pursuant to Article 3 hereof.

         (g) Expiration Date: 5:00 p.m., New York time, on [fifth anniversary of
closing]  _____________,  2001,  or if such day is not a Business  Day, the next
succeeding day which is a Business Day.

         (h) Holder: A Holder of Registrable Securities.



                                      A-2


                                                      
 

         (i) NASD: National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

         (j) Net Issuance Exercise Date: See Section 2.3.

         (k) Net Issuance Right: See Section 2.3.

         (l) Net Issuance Warrant Shares: See Section 2.3.

         (m) Person:  An individual,  partnership,  joint venture,  corporation,
trust,  unincorporated  organization  or government or any  department or agency
thereof.

         (n) Piggyback Registration: See Section 6.1.

         (o) Prospectus:  Any prospectus included in any Registration Statement,
as amended or  supplemented  by any  prospectus  supplement,  or to which a Term
Sheet (as defined in Rule 434 under the Securities Act) relates, with respect to
the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable  Securities  covered
by such  Registration  Statement and all other amendments and supplements to the
Prospectus,  including post-effective  amendments and all materials incorporated
by reference in such Prospectus.

         (p) Public  Offering:  A public offering of any of the Company's equity
or debt securities pursuant to Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

         (q)  Registrable  Securities:  Any Warrant  Shares issued to __________
[Oscar Gruss & Son  Incorporated/Kaufman  Bros.,  L.P.] and/or its  designees or
transferees  and/or  other  securities  that may be or are issued by the Company
upon exercise of the Warrants, including those which may thereafter be issued by
the  Company  in respect of any such  securities  by means of any stock  splits,
stock  dividends,  recapitalizations,  reclassifications  or  the  like,  and as
adjusted  pursuant  to  Article  3  hereof;  provided,  however,  that as to any
particular security contained in Registrable  Securities,  such securities shall
cease to be  Registrable  Securities  when  (i) a  Registration  Statement  with
respect to the sale of such  securities  shall have become  effective  under the
Securities  Act and such  securities  shall have been  disposed of in accordance
with  such  Registration  Statement;  or (ii) they  shall  have been sold to the
public  pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor  provision)  under the Securities
Act.


                                      A-3


                                                      


         (r) Registration  Expenses: Any and all expenses incurred in connection
with any  registration or action incident to performance of or compliance by the
Company with Article 6, including,  without  limitation,  (i) all SEC,  national
securities  exchange and NASD registration and filing fees; all listing fees and
all transfer  agent fees;  (ii) all fees and  expenses of  complying  with state
securities or blue sky laws (including the fees and  disbursements of counsel of
the underwriters in connection with blue sky  qualifications  of the Registrable
Securities);  (iii) all printing, mailing, messenger and delivery expenses; (iv)
all fees and  disbursements  of counsel for the Company and of its  accountants,
including  the  expenses of any special  audits  and/or "cold  comfort"  letters
required  by or  incident  to  such  performance  and  compliance;  and  (v) any
disbursements  of  underwriters  customarily  paid  by  issuers  or  sellers  of
securities  including the  reasonable  fees and expenses of any special  experts
retained by the underwriters in connection with the requested registration,  but
excluding  underwriting  discounts and commissions,  brokerage fees and transfer
taxes,  if any,  and fees of counsel or  accountants  retained by the holders of
Registrable   Securities  to  advise  them  in  their  capacity  as  Holders  of
Registrable Securities.

         (s) Registration  Statement:  Any registration statement of the Company
filed or to be filed with the SEC which covers any of the Registrable Securities
pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement,   including  all  amendments
(including  post-effective  amendments)  and supplements  thereto,  all exhibits
thereto and all material incorporated therein by reference.

         (t) SEC: The  Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any other federal
agency at the time administering the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

         (u) Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         (v) 25%  Holders:  At any  time as to which a  Demand  Registration  is
requested,  the Holder  and/or  the  holders  of any other  Warrants  and/or the
holders of Warrant Shares who have the right to acquire or hold, as the case may
be, not less than 25% of the  combined  total of  Warrant  Shares  issuable  and
Warrant  Shares  outstanding  (other  than  Warrant  Shares  which are no longer
Registrable  Securities  by reason of the proviso to the  definition of the term
"Registrable Securities") at the time such Demand Registration is requested.


                                      A-4



                                                      


         (w) Warrant Shares:  Common Stock,  Common Stock  Equivalents and other
securities purchased or purchasable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrants.

         (x) Warrantholder: The person(s) or entity(ies) to whom this Warrant is
originally  issued,  or any  successor in interest  thereto,  or any assignee or
transferee  thereof,  in whose name this Warrant is registered upon the books to
be maintained by the Company for that purpose.

         (y)  Warrants:  This  Warrant,  all other  warrants  issued on the date
hereof and all other warrants that may be issued in its or their place (together
evidencing  the right to purchase an aggregate of up to 160,000 shares of Common
Stock),  originally  issued  as set  forth  in  the  definition  of  Registrable
Securities.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                        DURATION AND EXERCISE OF WARRANT

2.1      DURATION OF WARRANT

         The  Warrantholder  may exercise this Warrant at any time and from time
to time after 9:00 a.m.,  New York time, on  ____________,  1997 [one year after
the date of closing]  and before  5:00 p.m.,  New York time,  on the  Expiration
Date. If this Warrant is not exercised on the  Expiration  Date, it shall become
void, and all rights hereunder shall thereupon cease.

2.2      METHOD OF EXERCISE

                  (a) The Warrantholder  may exercise this Warrant,  in whole or
in part,  by  presentation  and  surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its
corporate office at 375 West Street, West Bridgewater,  Massachusetts  62379, or
at the  office of its stock  transfer  agent,  if any,  with the  Exercise  Form
annexed  hereto duly executed and, in the event of an exercise for cash pursuant
to Section  2.3(a),  accompanied  by payment of the full Exercise Price for each
Warrant Share to be purchased.

                  (b) Upon receipt of this Warrant with the Exercise  Form fully
executed and, in the event of an exercise for cash  pursuant to Section  2.3(a),


                                      A-5


                                                      


accompanied  by payment of the aggregate  Exercise  Price for the Warrant Shares
for which this Warrant is then being  exercised,  the Company  shall cause to be
issued  certificates  for the total  number of whole  shares of Common Stock for
which this  Warrant is being  exercised  (adjusted  to reflect the effect of the
anti-dilution  provisions contained in Article 3 hereof, if any, and as provided
in Section 2.4 hereof) in such  denominations  as are  requested for delivery to
the Warrantholder,  and the Company shall thereupon deliver such certificates to
the  Warrantholder.  A net issuance exercise pursuant to Section 2.3(b) shall be
effective  upon  receipt  by the  Company  of this  Warrant  together  with  the
aforesaid written statement,  or on such later date as is specified therein (the
"NET ISSUANCE EXERCISE DATE"), and, at the election of the Holder hereof, may be
made  contingent  upon the closing of the sale of the Warrant Shares in a Public
Offering.  The  Warrantholder  shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the
shares of Common Stock  issuable upon such exercise as of the time of receipt of
the Exercise Form and payment in accordance with the preceding sentence,  in the
case of an  exercise  for cash  pursuant  to  Section  2.3(a),  or as of the Net
Issuance  Exercise  Date,  in the case of a net  issuance  exercise  pursuant to
Section  2.3(b),  notwithstanding  that the stock  transfer books of the Company
shall then be closed or that  certificates  representing  such  shares of Common
Stock shall not then be actually delivered to the Warrantholder.  If at the time
this Warrant is exercised, a Registration Statement is not in effect to register
under the  Securities  Act the Warrant  Shares  issuable  upon  exercise of this
Warrant,  the  Company  may,  in the case of an  exercise  for cash  pursuant to
Section  2.3(a)  or in  the  case  of a  net  issuance  exercise  prior  to  the
satisfaction of any holding period  required by Rule 144  promulgated  under the
Securities Act, require the Warrantholder to make such representations,  and may
place the legends on certificates  representing  the Warrant  Shares,  as may be
reasonably  required  in the  opinion of  counsel  to the  Company to permit the
Warrant Shares to be issued without such registration.

                  (c) In case the Warrantholder shall exercise this Warrant with
respect to less than all of the Warrant Shares that may be purchased  under this
Warrant,  the Company shall  execute as of the exercise date (or, if later,  the
Net  Issuance  Exercise  Date) a new warrant in the form of this Warrant for the
balance of such Warrant Shares and deliver such new warrant to the Warrantholder
within 10 days  following  the  exercise  date (or, if later,  the Net  Issuance
Exercise Date).

                  (d) The  Company  shall  pay any and all  stock  transfer  and
similar  taxes  which may be payable in respect of the  issuance  of any Warrant
Shares.


                                      A-6


                                                      


2.3      EXERCISE OF WARRANT

                  (a) Right to Exercise for Cash.  This Warrant may be exercised
by the Holder by  delivery  of payment to the  Company,  for the  account of the
Company,  by cash, by certified or bank cashier's check or by wire transfer,  of
the Exercise  Price for the number of Warrant  Shares  specified in the Exercise
Form in lawful money of the United States of America.

                  (b) Right to  Exercise  on a Net  Issuance  Basis.  In lieu of
exercising  this Warrant for cash pursuant to Section  2.3(a),  the Holder shall
have the  right to  exercise  this  Warrant  or any  portion  thereof  (the "NET
ISSUANCE  RIGHT") into shares of Common Stock as provided in this Section 2.3(b)
at any time or from time to time  during the  period  specified  in Section  2.1
hereof by the  surrender of this Warrant to the Company with a duly executed and
completed Exercise Form marked to reflect net issuance  exercise.  Upon exercise
of the Net Issuance Right with respect to a particular  number of shares subject
to this  Warrant  and noted on the  Exercise  Form (the  "NET  ISSUANCE  WARRANT
SHARES"), the Company shall deliver to the Holder (without payment by the Holder
of any  Exercise  Price or any cash or other  consideration)  (X) that number of
shares  of fully  paid and  nonassessable  Common  Stock  equal to the  quotient
obtained by dividing the value of this Warrant (or the specified portion hereof)
on  the  Net  Issuance  Exercise  Date,  which  value  shall  be  determined  by
subtracting (A) the aggregate  Exercise Price of the Net Issuance Warrant Shares
immediately  prior  to the  exercise  of the Net  Issuance  Right  from  (B) the
aggregate  fair market value of the Net Issuance  Warrant  Shares  issuable upon
exercise of this Warrant (or the specified  portion  hereof) on the Net Issuance
Exercise  Date (as herein  defined) by (Y) the fair market value of one share of
Common Stock on the Net Issuance Exercise Date (as herein defined).

         Expressed as a formula, such net issuance exercise shall be computed as
follows:


         X =      B-A
                   Y


 Where:           X =      the  number  of  shares  of  Common Stock that may be
                           issued to the Holder


                                      A-7



                                                      


                  Y =      the fair market value  ("FMV") of one share of Common
                           Stock as of the Net Issuance Exercise Date

                  A =      the  aggregate  Exercise  Price  (i.e.,  the  product
                           determined by  multiplying  the Net Issuance  Warrant
                           Shares by the Exercise Price)

                  B =      the  aggregate  FMV  (i.e., the product determined by
                           multiplying  the  FMV  by  the  Net  Issuance Warrant
                           Shares)


                  (c)  Determination  of Fair Market Value. For purposes of this
Section  2.3,  "FAIR  MARKET  VALUE"  of a share of  Common  Stock as of the Net
Issuance Exercise Date shall mean:

                           (i)  if  the  Net  Issuance  Right  is  exercised  in
connection  with and  contingent  upon a Public  Offering,  and if the Company's
Registration  Statement  relating  to such  Public  Offering  has been  declared
effective by the SEC, then the initial "Price to Public"  specified in the final
Prospectus with respect to such offering.

                           (ii) if the Net  Issuance  Right is not  exercised in
connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

                           (A) If  traded  on a  securities  exchange,  the fair
         market  value of the Common  Stock shall be deemed to be the average of
         the closing prices of the Common Stock on such exchange over the 30-day
         period  ending five  business  days prior to the Net Issuance  Exercise
         Date;

                           (B) If traded on the  Nasdaq  National  Market or the
         Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall
         be deemed to be the average of the last  reported  sales  prices of the
         Common Stock on such Market over the 30-day period ending five business
         days prior to the Net Issuance Exercise Date;

                           (C) If  traded  over-the-counter  other  than  on the
         Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market,  the fair market
         value of the  Common  Stock  shall be deemed to be the  average  of the
         closing bid 


                                      A-8


                                                      

         prices of the Common Stock over the 30-day  period ending five business
         days prior to the Net Issuance Exercise Date; and

                           (D) If  there  is no  public  market  for the  Common
         Stock,  then fair market value shall be determined by mutual  agreement
         of the Warrantholder and the Company,  and if the Warrantholder and the
         Company are unable to so agree,  at the Company's  sole expense,  by an
         investment  banker of national  reputation  selected by the Company and
         reasonably acceptable to the Warrantholder.

2.4      RESERVATION OF SHARES

         The Company hereby agrees that at all times there shall be reserved for
issuance  and  delivery  upon  exercise of this Warrant such number of shares of
Common Stock or other  shares of capital  stock of the Company from time to time
issuable  upon  exercise  of  this  Warrant.  All  such  shares  shall  be  duly
authorized,  and when issued upon such exercise,  shall be validly issued, fully
paid and  non-assessable,  free  and  clear of all  liens,  security  interests,
charges and other  encumbrances  or restrictions on sale (except as contemplated
by  Sections  2.2(b)  and 5.2) and free and  clear of all  preemptive  and other
similar rights.

2.5      FRACTIONAL SHARES

         The Company  shall not be required to issue any  fraction of a share of
its capital  stock in connection  with the exercise of this Warrant,  and in any
case where the  Warrantholder  would,  except for the provisions of this Section
2.5,  be  entitled  under the terms of this  Warrant to receive a fraction  of a
share upon the exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall, upon the exercise of
this  Warrant,  pay to the  Warrantholder  an amount  in cash  equal to the fair
market value of such fractional share as of the exercise date (or, if applicable
and a later date, the Net Issuance Exercise Date).

2.6      LISTING

         Prior to the  issuance of any shares of Common  Stock upon  exercise of
this  Warrant,  the  Company  shall  secure the listing of such shares of Common
Stock upon each national  securities  exchange or automated quotation system, if
any,  upon which  shares of Common  Stock are then  listed  (subject to official
notice of

                                      A-9


                                                      

issuance upon exercise of this Warrant) and shall maintain, so long as any other
shares of Common Stock shall be so listed,  such listing of all shares of Common
Stock from time to time  issuable  upon the  exercise of this  Warrant;  and the
Company  shall  so  list on  each  national  securities  exchange  or  automated
quotation  system,  and shall  maintain  such  listing  of, any other  shares of
capital  stock of the Company  issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant if and
so long as any  shares  of the same  class  shall  be  listed  on such  national
securities exchange or automated quotation system.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                      ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                        PURCHASABLE AND OF EXERCISE PRICE

         The Exercise  Price and the number and kind of Warrant  Shares shall be
subject to adjustment  from time to time upon the happening of certain events as
provided in this Article 3.

3.1      MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS

                  (a) If at any time prior to the  exercise  of this  Warrant in
full,  the Company  shall (i) declare a dividend or make a  distribution  on the
Common Stock  payable in shares of its capital stock  (whether  shares of Common
Stock or of capital stock of any other  class);  (ii)  subdivide,  reclassify or
recapitalize its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares; (iii)
combine,  reclassify or recapitalize its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller
number  of  shares;   or  (iv)  issue  any  shares  of  its  capital   stock  by
reclassification  of its Common Stock  (including any such  reclassification  in
connection  with a  consolidation  or a  merger  in  which  the  Company  is the
continuing corporation),  the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of
the Warrant  and/or the Exercise  Price in effect at the time of the record date
of such dividend, distribution,  subdivision,  combination,  reclassification or
recapitalization  shall be adjusted so that the Warrantholder  shall be entitled
to receive the aggregate  number and kind of shares  which,  if this Warrant had
been exercised in full immediately prior to such event, the Warrantholder  would
have owned upon such  exercise  and been  entitled  to receive by virtue of such
dividend,   distribution,   subdivision,   combination,    reclassification   or
recapitalization.  Any adjustment  required by this Section 3.1(a) shall be made
successively  immediately  after the record  date,  in the case of a


                                      A-10


                                                      


dividend or  distribution,  or the effective date, in the case of a subdivision,
combination, reclassification or recapitalization, to allow the purchase of such
aggregate number and kind of shares.

                  (b) If any time prior to the exercise of this Warrant in full,
the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance or making of a distribution
to all holders of the Common Stock  (including any such  distribution to be made
in connection with a  consolidation  or merger in which the Company is to be the
continuing  corporation) of evidences of its indebtedness,  any other securities
of the Company or any cash,  property or other assets  (excluding a combination,
reclassification or recapitalization referred to in Section 3.1(a), regular cash
dividends  or cash  distributions  paid  out of net  profits  legally  available
therefor  and in the  ordinary  course of business  if the full amount  thereof,
together with the value of other dividends and distributions  made substantially
concurrently  therewith or pursuant to a plan which includes payment thereof, is
equivalent  to not more than 5% of the  Company's  net  worth,  or  subscription
rights,  options  or  warrants  for  Common  Stock or Common  Stock  Equivalents
(excluding  those  referred to in Section  3.1(b)) (any such  nonexcluded  event
being  herein  called  a  "SPECIAL  DIVIDEND")),  the  Exercise  Price  shall be
decreased immediately after the record date for such Special Dividend to a price
determined by multiplying  the Exercise Price then in effect by a fraction,  the
numerator  of which shall be the then  current  market price of the Common Stock
(as defined in Section  3.1(e)) on such  record date less the fair market  value
(as  determined  in good faith by the Board of  Directors of the Company) of the
evidences of  indebtedness,  securities  or property,  or other assets issued or
distributed in such Special Dividend  applicable to one share of Common Stock or
of such subscription  rights or warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock
and the denominator of which shall be the then current market price per share of
Common Stock (as so determined). Any adjustments required by this Section 3.1(b)
shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed and in the event
that  such  distribution  is not so made,  the  Exercise  Price  shall  again be
adjusted to be the Exercise Price that was in effect  immediately  prior to such
record date.

                  (c) If at any time prior to the  exercise  of this  Warrant in
full, the Company shall make a  distribution  to all holders of the Common Stock
of stock of a subsidiary or securities  convertible into or exercisable for such
stock,  then in lieu of an  adjustment  in the  Exercise  Price or the number of
Warrant   Shares   purchasable   upon  the  exercise  of  this   Warrant,   each
Warrantholder,  upon the  exercise  hereof


                                      A-11


                                                      


at any time after  such  distribution,  shall be  entitled  to receive  from the
Company,  such subsidiary or both, as the Company shall determine,  the stock or
other  securities to which such  Warrantholder  would have been entitled if such
Warrantholder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto,  all subject
to further  adjustment  as  provided in this  Article 3, and the  Company  shall
reserve,  for the life of the Warrant,  such  securities  of such  subsidiary or
other corporation; provided, however, that no adjustment in respect of dividends
or interest on such stock or other  securities  shall be made during the term of
this Warrant or upon its exercise.

                  (d) Whenever the Exercise  Price payable upon exercise of each
Warrant is adjusted  pursuant to one or more of  paragraphs  (a) and (b) of this
Section 3.1, the Warrant Shares shall  simultaneously be adjusted by multiplying
the number of Warrant Shares initially issuable upon exercise of each Warrant by
the  Exercise  Price in effect on the date  thereof and  dividing the product so
obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

                  (e) For the purpose of any computation under this Section 3.1,
the current  market  price per share of Common Stock at any date shall be deemed
to be the average of the daily closing  prices for 20  consecutive  trading days
commencing  30 trading  days  before such date.  The closing  price for each day
shall be the last sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sales take
place on such day, the average of the last reported bid and asked prices regular
way, in either case on the principal national  securities  exchange on which the
Common  Stock is admitted to trading or listed,  or if not listed or admitted to
trading on such exchange,  the  representative  closing bid price as reported by
Nasdaq,  or other similar  organization  if Nasdaq is no longer  reporting  such
information, or if not so available, the fair market price as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  (f) No  adjustment  in the  Exercise  Price  shall be required
unless such  adjustment  would  require an increase or decrease of at least five
cents ($.05) in such price;  provided,  however,  that any adjustments  which by
reason  of this  paragraph  (f) are not  required  to be made  shall be  carried
forward and taken into account in any subsequent  adjustment.  All  calculations
under  this  Section  3.1 shall be made to the  nearest  cent or to the  nearest
one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding  anything in this
Section 3.1 to the  contrary,  the


                                      A-12


                                                      


Exercise  Price shall not be reduced to less than the then existing par value of
the Common Stock as a result of any adjustment made hereunder.

                  (g)  In the  event  that  at  any  time,  as a  result  of any
adjustment made pursuant to Section 3.1(a),  the Warrantholder  thereafter shall
become  entitled to receive any shares of the Company  other than Common  Stock,
thereafter  the number of such other shares so  receivable  upon exercise of any
Warrant  shall be  subject  to  adjustment  from time to time in a manner and on
terms as nearly  equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the
Common Stock contained in this Section 3.1.

                  (h) In case  any  event  shall  occur as to  which  the  other
provisions  of this  Article 3 are not strictly  applicable  but as to which the
failure to make any  adjustment  would not fairly  protect the  purchase  rights
represented  by this  Warrant  in  accordance  with  the  essential  intent  and
principles hereof then, in each such case, the  Warrantholders  representing the
right to purchase a majority of the Warrant  Shares  subject to all  outstanding
Warrants may appoint a firm of  independent  public  accountants  of  recognized
national standing reasonably  acceptable to the Company,  which shall give their
opinion as to the adjustment,  if any, on a basis  consistent with the essential
intent and  principles  established  herein,  necessary to preserve the purchase
rights  represented by the Warrants.  Upon receipt of such opinion,  the Company
will  promptly  mail a copy  thereof  to the  Warrantholder  and shall  make the
adjustments  described therein. The fees and expenses of such independent public
accountants shall be borne by the Company.

                  (i) If, as a result of an  adjustment  made  pursuant  to this
Article 3, the Holder of any Warrant  thereafter  surrendered for exercise shall
become  entitled to receive  shares of two or more  classes of capital  stock or
shares of Common  Stock and other  capital  stock of the  Company,  the Board of
Directors (whose  determination  shall be conclusive and shall be described in a
written  notice to the Holder of any  Warrant  promptly  after such  adjustment)
shall  determine the allocation of the adjusted  Exercise Price between or among
shares or such  classes  of  capital  stock or shares of Common  Stock and other
capital stock.

3.2      NOTICES OF ADJUSTMENT



                                      A-13


                                                      


         Whenever the number of Warrant Shares or the Exercise Price is adjusted
as herein  provided,  the Company  shall  prepare and deliver  forthwith  to the
Warrantholder a certificate signed by its President,  and by any Vice President,
Treasurer or Secretary,  setting forth the adjusted number of shares purchasable
upon the exercise of this  Warrant and the  Exercise  Price of such shares after
such  adjustment,  setting forth a brief  statement of the facts  requiring such
adjustment and setting forth the computation by which adjustment was made.

3.3      NO ADJUSTMENT FOR DIVIDENDS

         Except as provided in Section 3.1 of this  Agreement,  no adjustment in
respect of any cash  dividends  shall be made during the term of this Warrant or
upon the exercise of this Warrant.

3.4      PRESERVATION OF PURCHASE RIGHTS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

         In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change
of  outstanding  shares of Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination
of the outstanding  Common Stock and other than a change in the par value of the
Common Stock) or in case of any  consolidation  or merger of the Company with or
into  another  corporation  (other than merger  with a  subsidiary  in which the
Company  is  the  continuing  corporation  and  that  does  not  result  in  any
reclassification,  capital  reorganization or other change of outstanding shares
of Common Stock of the class  issuable  upon exercise of this Warrant) or in the
case of any sale,  lease,  transfer or conveyance to another  corporation of the
property  and  assets of the  Company  as an  entirety  or  substantially  as an
entirety,  the Holder of this Warrant shall have the right thereafter to receive
on the exercise of this Warrant the kind and amount of securities, cash or other
property  which the Holder  would have  owned or have been  entitled  to receive
immediately after such reorganization, reclassification,  consolidation, merger,
statutory  exchange,   sale  or  conveyance  had  this  Warrant  been  exercised
immediately   prior   to   the   effective   date   of   such    reorganization,
reclassification,  consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance
and in any such case, if necessary,  appropriate adjustment shall be made in the
application  of the  provisions  set forth in this Article 3 with respect to the
rights and  interests  thereafter  of the Holder of this Warrant to the end that
the provisions set forth in this Article 3 shall thereafter  correspondingly  be
made  applicable,  as nearly as may  reasonably be, in relation to any shares of
stock or other securities or property thereafter  deliverable on the exercise of
this

                                      A-14


                                                      


Warrant.  The provisions of this Section 3.4 shall similarly apply to successive
reorganizations,    reclassifications,    consolidations,   mergers,   statutory
exchanges,  sales or  conveyances.  The  issuer of any  shares of stock or other
securities or property  thereafter  deliverable  on the exercise of this Warrant
shall be responsible  for all of the  agreements and  obligations of the Company
hereunder. Notice of any such reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger,  statutory  exchange,  sale  or  conveyance  and of said  provisions  so
proposed  to be made,  shall be mailed to the Holders of the  Warrants  not less
than 30 days  prior to such  event.  A sale of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company for a  consideration  consisting  primarily of  securities
shall be deemed a consolidation or merger for the foregoing purposes.

3.5      FORM OF WARRANT AFTER ADJUSTMENTS

         The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustments
in the Exercise Price or the number or kind of the Warrant Shares,  and Warrants
theretofore  or  thereafter  issued may  continue  to express the same price and
number and kind of shares as are stated in this Warrant, as initially issued.

3.6      TREATMENT OF WARRANTHOLDER

         Prior to due presentment for  registration of transfer of this Warrant,
the Company may deem and treat the  Warrantholder  as the absolute owner of this
Warrant  (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon) for
all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

                                    ARTICLE 4

              OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO RIGHTS OF WARRANTHOLDER

4.1      NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDERS; NOTICE TO WARRANTHOLDERS

         Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon
the Warrantholder or his, her or its transferees the right to vote or to receive
dividends or to consent or to receive  notice as a shareholder in respect of any
meeting of  shareholders  for the election of directors of the Company or of any
other matter,  or any rights  whatsoever  as  shareholders  of the Company.  The
Company shall give


                                      A-15

                                                      


notice  to the  Warrantholder  by  registered  mail if at any time  prior to the
expiration  or exercise in full of the  Warrants,  any of the  following  events
shall occur:

                  (a) the Company  shall  authorize  the payment of any dividend
         payable in any securities  upon shares of Common Stock or authorize the
         making of any  distribution  (other than a cash dividend subject to the
         parenthetical  set forth in Section  3.1(b))  to all  holders of Common
         Stock;

                  (b) the Company shall authorize the issuance to all holders of
         Common Stock of any  additional  shares of Common Stock or Common Stock
         Equivalents  or of rights,  options or  warrants  to  subscribe  for or
         purchase  Common  Stock or  Common  Stock  Equivalents  or of any other
         subscription rights, options or warrants;

                  (c) a  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up of the Company
         shall be proposed; or

                  (d) a capital reorganization or reclassification of the Common
         Stock  (other than a  subdivision  or  combination  of the  outstanding
         Common  Stock  and other  than a change in the par value of the  Common
         Stock)  or any  consolidation  or merger  of the  Company  with or into
         another  corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the
         Company is the continuing  corporation  and that does not result in any
         reclassification  or change of Common Stock outstanding) or in the case
         of any sale or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the
         Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety.

         Such notice  shall be given (i) at least 10 Business  Days prior to the
date  fixed as a record  date or  effective  date or the date of  closing of the
Company's  stock  transfer  books  for  the  determination  of the  shareholders
entitled to such  dividend,  distribution  or  subscription  rights,  or for the
determination  of the  shareholders  entitled to vote on such  proposed  merger,
consolidation,  sale, conveyance,  dissolution,  liquidation or winding up. Such
notice shall specify such record date or the date of closing the stock  transfer
books,  as the case may be.  Failure to provide such notice shall not affect the
validity of any action taken in connection  with such dividend,  distribution or
subscription  rights,  or  proposed  merger,  consolidation,  sale,  conveyance,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up.


                                      A-16



                                                      


4.2      LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR DESTROYED WARRANTS

         If this Warrant is lost,  stolen,  mutilated or destroyed,  the Company
may, on such terms as to  indemnity  or  otherwise  as it may in its  reasonable
judgment  impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated  Warrant,  include the
surrender  thereof),  issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as, and
in substitution for, this Warrant.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                       SPLIT-UP, COMBINATION, EXCHANGE AND
                     TRANSFER OF WARRANTS AND WARRANT SHARES

5.1      SPLIT-UP, COMBINATION AND EXCHANGE OF WARRANTS

         This Warrant may be split up, combined or exchanged for another Warrant
or Warrants  containing  the same terms to purchase a like  aggregate  number of
Warrant Shares.  If the  Warrantholder  desires to split up, combine or exchange
this Warrant,  he, she or it shall make such request in writing delivered to the
Company and shall  surrender to the Company this Warrant and any other  Warrants
to be so  split  up,  combined  or  exchanged.  Upon any  such  surrender  for a
split-up,  combination or exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver to the
person  entitled  thereto  a  Warrant  or  Warrants,  as the case may be,  as so
requested. The Company shall not be required to effect any split-up, combination
or  exchange  which  will  result in the  issuance  of a Warrant  entitling  the
Warrantholder to purchase upon exercise a fraction of a share of Common Stock or
a fractional  Warrant.  The Company may require such  Warrantholder to pay a sum
sufficient  to cover  any tax or  governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in
connection with any split-up, combination or exchange of Warrants.

5.2      RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS

         Except as otherwise  permitted by this Section 5.2,  each Warrant shall
(and each Warrant issued upon direct or indirect transfer or in substitution for
any  Warrant  issued  pursuant  to Section  5.1  shall) be stamped or  otherwise
imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:


                                      A-17



                                                      

          "THIS  WARRANT AND ANY SHARES  ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS
     WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
     AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT
     TO AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  FILED  UNDER  SUCH  ACT  OR
     PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT."

         Except  as  otherwise   permitted  by  this  Section  5.2,  each  stock
certificate  for Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of any Warrant and each
stock  certificate  issued  upon the  direct or  indirect  transfer  of any such
Warrant  Shares  shall be  stamped  or  otherwise  imprinted  with a  legend  in
substantially the following form:

          "THE  SHARES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  NOT  BEEN
     REGISTERED  UwNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,  AND MAY NOT
     BE SOLD OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT  PURSUANT  TO AN  EFFECTIVE
     REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  FILED  UNDER  SUCH  ACT  OR  PURSUANT  TO  AN
     EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT."

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Warrantholder  may  require  the
Company to issue a Warrant or a stock  certificate for Warrant  Shares,  in each
case  without a legend,  if (i) the  issuance  of such  Warrant  Shares has been
registered  under the Securities  Act, (ii) such Warrant or such Warrant Shares,
as the case may be, have been  registered for resale under the Securities Act or
sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities  Act (or a successor  thereto) or
(iii) the  Warrantholder  has  received an opinion of counsel  (who may be house
counsel for such Warrantholder) reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such
registration  is not  required  with  respect to such  Warrant  or such  Warrant
Shares, as the case may be.

                                 ARTICLE 6

               REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

6.1      PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION

                  (a) Right to Include Registrable Securities. If at any time or
from time to time prior to the second  anniversary of the  Expiration  Date, the
Company  proposes to register any of its securities  under the Securities Act on
any form for the  registration of securities  under such Act, whether or not for
its own account  (other


                                   A-18


                                                      


than by a  registration  statement  on Form S-8 or  other  form  which  does not
include  substantially  the same  information as would be required in a form for
the  general  registration  of  securities  or would  not be  available  for the
Registrable Securities) (a "PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION"),  it shall as expeditiously
as possible give written  notice to all Holders of its intention to do so and of
such  Holders'  rights  under this  Section  6.1.  Such  rights are  referred to
hereinafter as "PIGGYBACK  REGISTRATION RIGHTS." Upon the written request of any
such Holder made within 20 days after receipt of any such notice (which  request
shall  specify  the  Registrable  Securities  intended to be disposed of by such
Holder), the Company shall include in the Registration Statement the Registrable
Securities  which the Company has been so  requested  to register by the Holders
thereof and the Company  shall keep such  registration  statement  in effect and
maintain compliance with each federal and state law or regulation for the period
necessary for such Holder to effect the proposed sale or other  disposition (but
in no event for a period greater than 90 days).

                  (b) Withdrawal of Piggyback  Registration  by Company.  If, at
any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities
in a  Piggyback  Registration  but prior to the  effective  date of the  related
Registration  Statement,  the  Company  shall  determine  for any  reason not to
register such securities, the Company shall give notice of such determination to
each Holder and, thereupon,  shall be relieved of its obligation to register any
Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggyback Registration.  All best
efforts  obligations  of the Company  pursuant to Section 6.4 shall cease if the
Company  determines to terminate  prior to such effective date any  registration
where Registrable Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 6.1.

                  (c) Piggyback Registration of Underwritten Public Offering. If
a Piggyback  Registration involves an offering by or through underwriters,  then
(i) all Holders requesting to have their Registrable  Securities included in the
Company's  Registration  Statement must sell their Registrable Securities to the
underwriters  selected by the Company on the same terms and  conditions as apply
to other selling shareholders and (ii) any Holder requesting to have his, her or
its Registrable  Securities included in such Registration Statement may elect in
writing,  not later than three Business Days prior to the  effectiveness  of the
Registration  Statement filed in connection with such registration,  not to have
his  or  its  Registrable   Securities  so  included  in  connection  with  such
registration.

                                      A-19


                                                      


                  (d)   Payment   of   Registration   Expenses   for   Piggyback
Registration. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with
each registration of Registrable  Securities  requested  pursuant to a Piggyback
Registration Right contained in this Section 6.1.

                  (e)  Priority  in  Piggyback  Registration.   If  a  Piggyback
Registration  involves  an  offering by or through  underwriters,  the  Company,
except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,   shall  not  be  required  to  include
Registrable  Shares  therein if and to the extent the  underwriter  managing the
offering reasonably believes in good faith and advises each Holder requesting to
have Registrable  Securities  included in the Company's  Registration  Statement
that such inclusion would materially  adversely affect such offering;  provided,
that (i) if other selling shareholders  without contractual  registration rights
have requested  registration of securities in the proposed offering, the Company
will reduce or eliminate such  securities held by selling  shareholders  without
registration   rights  before  any  reduction  or   elimination  of  Registrable
Securities;  and (ii) any such  reduction  or  elimination  (after  taking  into
account  the  effect  of  clause  (i))  shall be pro rata to all  other  selling
shareholders with contractual registration rights.

6.2      DEMAND REGISTRATION

                  (a)  Request  for  Registration.  If, at any time prior to the
Expiration  Date,  any 25% Holders  request that the Company file a registration
statement  under the  Securities  Act,  as soon as  practicable  thereafter  the
Company shall use its best efforts to file a registration statement with respect
to all Warrant  Shares that it has been so  requested  to include and obtain the
effectiveness  thereof,  and to take all other action necessary under federal or
state law or regulation  to permit the Warrant  Shares that are held and/or that
may be acquired  upon the exercise of the  Warrants  specified in the notices of
the  Holders  or holders  hereof to be sold or  otherwise  disposed  of, and the
Company shall maintain such  compliance with each such federal and state law and
regulation  for the period  necessary  for such Holders or holders to effect the
proposed  sale or other  disposition;  provided,  however,  the Company shall be
entitled to defer such  registration for a period of up to 60 days if and to the
extent  that its Board of  Directors  shall  determine  in good  faith that such
registration would require disclosure of information not then otherwise required
to be disclosed and that such  disclosure  would  adversely  affect any material
business  situation,  transaction or negotiation then proposed,  contemplated or
being  engaged in by the Company.  The Company  shall also


                                      A-20


                                                      


promptly  give  written  notice  to the  Holders  and the  holders  of any other
Warrants  and/or the holders of any  Warrant  Shares who or that have not made a
request to the Company  pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.2(a) of its
intention to effect any required  registration or  qualification,  and shall use
its best efforts to effect as  expeditiously  as possible such  registration  or
qualification  of all such other  Warrant  Shares that are then held and/or that
may be acquired  upon the  exercise of the  Warrants,  the Holders or holders of
which have requested such  registration or  qualification,  within 15 days after
such  notice  has been  given  by the  Company,  as  provided  in the  preceding
sentence.   The  Company  shall  be  required  to  effect  a   registration   or
qualification pursuant to this Section 6.2(a) on one occasion only.

                  (b) Payment of Registration  Expenses for Demand Registration.
The Company shall pay all  Registration  Expenses in connection  with the Demand
Registration.

                  (c) Selection of Underwriters.  If any Demand  Registration is
requested  to  be  in  the  form  of  an  underwritten  offering,  the  managing
underwriter  shall be Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated and the co-manager (if any)
and the independent price required under the rules of the NASD (if any) shall be
selected and  obtained by the Holders of a majority of the Warrant  Shares to be
registered.  Such  selection  shall be subject to the Company's  consent,  which
consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  All fees and expenses (other than
Registration   Expenses   otherwise   required  to  be  paid)  of  any  managing
underwriter,  any co-manager or any independent underwriter or other independent
price  required  under  the  rules  of the  NASD  shall  be  paid  for  by  such
underwriters or by the Holders or holders whose shares are being registered.  If
Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated should decline to serve as managing  underwriter,
the Holders of a majority of the Warrant  Shares to be registered may select and
obtain one or more managing underwriters. Such selection shall be subject to the
Company's consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  (d) Procedure for Requesting Demand Registration.  Any request
for a Demand  Registration shall specify the aggregate number of the Registrable
Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method of disposition. Within 10
days after  receipt of such a request the Company  will give  written  notice of
such  registration  request to all Holders,  and,  subject to the limitations of
Section 6.2(b),  the Company will include in such  registration  all Registrable
Securities with respect to which the Company has received  written  requests for
inclusion therein within 15

                                      A-21



                                                      


Business  Days after the date on which such notice is given.  Each such  request
shall  also  specify  the  aggregate  number  of  Registrable  Securities  to be
registered and the intended method of disposition thereof.

6.3      BUY-OUTS OF REGISTRATION DEMAND

         In  lieu  of  carrying  out  its  obligations  to  effect  a  Piggyback
Registration or Demand  Registration of any Registrable  Securities  pursuant to
this  Article  6, the  Company  may carry out such  obligation  by  offering  to
purchase and purchasing such Registrable  Securities  requested to be registered
in an amount in cash equal to the  difference  between  (a) 95% of the last sale
price of the Common  Stock on the day the request for  registration  is made and
(b) the Exercise Price in effect on such day; provided, however, that the Holder
or Holders may withdraw  such request for  registration  rather than accept such
offer by the Company.

6.4      REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

         If and whenever the Company is required to use its best efforts to take
action  pursuant to any Federal or state law or regulation to permit the sale or
other  disposition of any Registrable  Securities that are then held or that may
be  acquired  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants  in order to  effect or cause the
registration of any Registrable  Securities under the Securities Act as provided
in this Article 6, the Company shall, as expeditiously as practicable:

                  (a)  prepare  and file  with the SEC,  as soon as  practicable
within  60  days  after  the  end  of  the  period  within  which  requests  for
registration  may be given to the  Company  (but  subject to the  provision  for
deferral  contained  in  Section  6.2(a)  hereof) a  Registration  Statement  or
Registration  Statements  relating to the  registration on any appropriate  form
under the  Securities  Act,  which form shall be  available  for the sale of the
Registrable  Securities  in  accordance  with the intended  method or methods of
distribution  thereof,  and use its  best  efforts  to cause  such  Registration
Statements to become  effective;  provided,  that before  filing a  Registration
Statement or  Prospectus  or any  amendment or  supplements  thereto,  including
documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of any Registration
Statement, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Registrable Securities
covered by such Registration  Statement and the underwriters,  if any, copies of
all such documents  proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the
review of such Holders and underwriters;


                                      A-22



                                                      


                  (b)  prepare  and  file  with  the  SEC  such  amendments  and
post-effective  amendments  to a  Registration  Statement as may be necessary to
keep such Registration  Statement  effective for 180 days if the offering is not
underwritten, provided, that such 180 day period shall be extended by the number
of days a Prospectus is not available  pursuant to Section 6.4(k) because of the
occurrence  of an event  set forth in  Section  6.4(c)(vi);  cause  the  related
Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus  supplement,  and as so
supplemented  to be filed  pursuant to Rule 424 under the  Securities  Act;  and
comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition
of all securities  covered by such Registration  Statement during such period in
accordance  with the intended  methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set
forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to such Prospectus;

                  (c) notify the selling  Holders of Registrable  Securities and
the  managing  underwriters,  if any,  promptly,  and (if  requested by any such
Person) confirm such advice in writing,  (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus
supplement or  post-effective  amendment has been filed,  and, with respect to a
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become
effective;  (ii) of any request by the SEC for  amendments or  supplements  to a
Registration  Statement or related  Prospectus  or for  additional  information;
(iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the  effectiveness
of a  Registration  Statement  or the  initiation  of any  proceedings  for that
purpose;  (iv) if at any time the  representations and warranties of the Company
contemplated  by  paragraph  (m)  below  ceases  to be true and  correct  in all
material  respects;  (v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification  with
respect  to the  suspension  of  the  qualification  of  any of the  Registrable
Securities for sale in any  jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any
proceeding for such purposes;  and (vi) of the happening of any event that makes
any  statement  of a  material  fact  made in the  Registration  Statement,  the
Prospectus  or any document  incorporated  therein by reference  untrue or which
requires the making of any changes in the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus
so that they will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading:

                  (d) make every  reasonable  effort to obtain the withdrawal of
any order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of a  Registration  Statement  at the
earliest possible moment;

                                      A-23



                                                      


                  (e) if  reasonably  requested  by the  managing  underwriters,
immediately  incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective  amendment
such  information  as the managing  underwriters  believe (on advice of counsel)
should be included  therein as required by applicable  law relating to such sale
of Registrable  Securities,  including,  without  limitation,  information  with
respect to the purchase price being paid for the Registrable  Securities by such
underwriters  and  with  respect  to any  other  terms of the  underwritten  (or
"best-efforts"  underwritten)  offering;  and make all required  filings of such
Prospectus  supplement  or  post-effective  amendment as soon as notified of the
matters to be  incorporated  in such  Prospectus  supplement  or  post-effective
amendment;

                  (f) furnish to each selling Holder of  Registrable  Securities
and each managing  underwriter,  without charge, at least one signed copy of the
Registration  Statement  and any  post-effective  amendment  thereto,  including
financial  statements  and  schedules,  all  documents  incorporated  therein by
reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

                  (g) deliver to each selling Holder of  Registrable  Securities
and the  underwriters,  if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus
or  Prospectuses  (including  each  preliminary  prospectus)  any  amendment  or
supplement thereto as such Persons may reasonably request;  the Company consents
to the use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto by each of
the selling Holders of Registrable  Securities and the underwriters,  if any, in
connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable  Securities  covered by
such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

                  (h) prior to any public  offering of  Registrable  Securities,
cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities,  the underwriters,
if any, and their  respective  counsel in connection  with the  registration  or
qualification  of such  Registrable  Securities  for  offer  and sale  under the
securities  or Blue Sky laws of such  jurisdictions  within the United States as
any selling Holder or underwriter reasonably requests in writing, keep each such
registration  or  qualification  effective  during the period such  Registration
Statement  is  required  to be kept  effective  and do any and all other acts or
things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of
the Registrable  Securities  covered by the applicable  Registration  Statement;
provided  that the Company will not be required to qualify to do business in any
jurisdiction  where it not then so  qualified  or to take any action which would
subject the Company to general service of process in any  jurisdiction  where it
is not at the time so subject;


                                      A-24



                                                      


                  (i)  cooperate   with  the  selling   Holders  of  Registrable
Securities  and the  managing  underwriters,  if any, to  facilitate  the timely
preparation and delivery of certificates  representing Registrable Securities to
be sold and not bearing any  restrictive  legends;  and enable such  Registrable
Securities  to be in such  denominations  and  registered  in such  names as the
managing  underwriters  may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale
of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

                  (j) use its best efforts to cause the  Registrable  Securities
covered  by the  applicable  Registration  Statement  to be  registered  with or
approved by such other  governmental  agencies or authorities  within the United
States as may be  necessary  to enable  the  seller or  sellers  thereof  or the
underwriters,  if  any,  to  consummate  the  disposition  of  such  Registrable
Securities;

                  (k) upon the occurrence of any event  contemplated  by Section
6.4(c)(vi)  above,  prepare a  supplement  or  post-effective  amendment  to the
applicable   Registration  Statement  or  related  Prospectus  or  any  document
incorporated  therein by reference or file any other required  document so that,
as thereafter  delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable  Securities  being
sold  thereunder,  such  Prospectus  will not contain an untrue  statement  of a
material  fact or  omit  to  state  any  material  fact  necessary  to make  the
statements therein not misleading;

                  (l)  with  respect  to each  issue  or  class  of  Registrable
Securities,  use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by
the  Registration  Statements  to be  listed  on  each  securities  exchange  or
automated  quotation system,  if any, on which similar  securities issued by the
Company are then listed if  requested by the Holders of a majority of such issue
or class of Registrable Securities;

                  (m) enter  into such  agreements  (including  an  underwriting
agreement)  and take all such other  action  reasonably  required in  connection
therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable
Securities and in such connection,  if the registration is in connection with an
underwritten  offering  (i) make  such  representations  and  warranties  to the
underwriters  (or the Holders of the Registrable  Securities if such offering is
not underwritten),  in such form, substance and scope as are customarily made by
issuers to underwriters  in  underwritten  offerings and confirm the same if and
when  requested;  (ii)  obtain  opinions  of counsel to the  Company and updates
thereof


                                      A-25



                                                      


(which  counsel and opinions in form,  scope and  substance  shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the underwriters)  addressed to the underwriters (or the Holders
of the Registrable Securities if such offering is not underwritten) covering the
matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten  offerings and
such other matters as may be reasonably  requested by such  underwriters (or the
Holders of the  Registrable  Securities if such  offering is not  underwritten);
(iii)  obtain "cold  comfort"  letters and updates  thereof  from the  Company's
accountants  addressed to the  underwriters  (or the Holders of the  Registrable
Securities  if  such  offering  is  not  underwritten),  such  letters  to be in
customary  form and covering  matters of the type  customarily  covered in "cold
comfort" letters by underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings; (iv)
set forth in full in any underwriting agreement entered into the indemnification
provisions  and  procedures of Section 6.5 hereof with respect to all parties to
be  indemnified  pursuant to said  Section;  and (v) deliver such  documents and
certificates  as may be  reasonably  requested by the  underwriters  to evidence
compliance with clause (i) above and with any customary  conditions contained in
the underwriting  agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company;  the
above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement
or as and to the extent required hereunder;

                  (n)   make   available   for   inspection   by  one  or   more
representatives  of the  Holders  of  Registrable  Securities  being  sold,  any
underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration,  and
any  attorney  or  accountant  retained  by such  Holders  or  underwriter,  all
financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the
Company, and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all
information reasonably requested by any such representatives, in connection with
such; and

                  (o)  otherwise  use  its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  all
applicable Federal and state  regulations;  and take such other action as may be
reasonably  necessary  to or  advisable to enable each such Holder and each such
underwriter  to  consummate  the sale or  disposition  in such  jurisdiction  or
jurisdiction  in which any such Holder or underwriter  shall have requested that
the Registrable Securities be sold.

         Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,  the Company shall have
sole control in connection with the preparation,  filing, withdrawal,  amendment
or supplementing of each Registration Statement,  the selection of underwriters,
and

                                      A-26



                                                      


the  distribution of any  preliminary  prospectus  included in the  Registration
Statement,  and may include  within the coverage  thereof  additional  shares of
Common Stock or other  securities  for its own account or for the account of one
or more of its other security holders.

         The Company may require  each Seller of  Registrable  Securities  as to
which  any  registration  is being  effected  to  furnish  to the  Company  such
information  regarding  the  distribution  of such  securities  and  such  other
information as may otherwise be required by the Securities Act to be included in
such Registration Statement.

6.5      INDEMNIFICATION

                  (a)  Indemnification  by  Company.  In  connection  with  each
Registration  Statement relating to disposition of Registrable  Securities,  the
Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder,  its officers,  directors
and agents and each  underwriter of Registrable  Securities and each Person,  if
any, who controls such Holder or  underwriter  (within the meaning of Section 15
of the  Securities  Act or Section 20 of the  Exchange  Act) against any and all
losses,  claims,  damages  and  liabilities,  joint or  several  (including  any
reasonable investigation,  legal and other expenses incurred in connection with,
and any amount paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding or any claim
asserted),  to  which  they,  or any of  them,  may  become  subject  under  the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law or regulation, at
common law or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material  fact  contained  in any  Registration  Statement,  Prospectus  or
preliminary  prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise
out of or are based upon any  omission or alleged  omission  to state  therein a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading;  provided,  however, that such indemnity shall not inure
to the  benefit of any Holder or  underwriter  (or any Person  controlling  such
Holder or underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the  Exchange  Act) on account of any losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities  arising from the sale of the Registrable  Securities if such untrue
statement or omission or alleged  untrue  statement or omission was made in such
Registration Statement,  Prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or such amendment
or supplement,  in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing  to the  Company  by such  Holder or  underwriter  specifically  for

                                      A-27


                                                      


use therein.  The Company shall also indemnify selling brokers,  dealer managers
and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution,
their  officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons  (within
the meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities  Act or Section 20 of the  Exchange
Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of
the Holders of Registrable  Securities,  if requested.  This indemnity agreement
shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

                  (b)   Indemnification  by  Holder.  In  connection  with  each
Registration  Statement,  each Holder shall indemnify, to the same extent as the
indemnification  provided by the Company in Section  6.5(a),  the  Company,  its
directors and each officer who signs the Registration  Statement and each Person
who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act
and Section 20 of the Exchange  Act) but only  insofar as such  losses,  claims,
damages and liabilities  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or
omission  or  alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  which  was  made  in the
Registration  Statement,   the  Prospectus  or  preliminary  prospectus  or  any
amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with
information  furnished in writing by such Holder to the Company specifically for
use  therein.  In no  event  shall  the  liability  of  any  selling  Holder  of
Registrable  Securities hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of
the net  proceeds  received  by such  Holder  upon the  sale of the  Registrable
Securities giving rise to such indemnification  obligation. The Company shall be
entitled to receive  indemnities  from  underwriters,  selling  brokers,  dealer
managers and similar  securities  industry  professionals  participating  in the
distribution,  to the same extent as provided above, with respect to information
so  furnished  in writing by such  Persons  specifically  for  inclusion  in any
Prospectus,  Registration  Statement or preliminary  prospectus or any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto.

                  (c)  Conduct  of  Indemnification  Procedure.  Any party  that
proposes to assert the right to be indemnified  hereunder  will,  promptly after
receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such
party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or
parties  under  this  Section,  notify  each  such  indemnifying  party  of  the
commencement of such action, suit or proceeding,  enclosing a copy of all papers
served.  No  indemnification  provided for in Section  6.5(a) or 6.5(b) shall be
available to any party who shall fail to give notice as provided in this Section
6.5(c) if the party to whom notice was not given was  unaware of the  proceeding
to which such notice

                                      A-28



                                                      


would have related and was  prejudiced  by the failure to give such notice,  but
the omission so to notify such  indemnifying  party of any such action,  suit or
proceeding  shall  not  relieve  it from any  liability  that it may have to any
indemnified  party for contribution  otherwise than under this Section.  In case
any such action,  suit or proceeding  shall be brought  against any  indemnified
party and it shall notify the indemnifying  party of the  commencement  thereof,
the  indemnifying  party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent
that it  shall  wish,  jointly  with  any  other  indemnifying  party  similarly
notified,  to assume the defense  thereof,  with  counsel  satisfactory  to such
indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to such
indemnified  party of its  election  so to assume the  defense  thereof  and the
approval by the indemnified party of such counsel,  the indemnifying party shall
not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses,  except
as  provided  below  and  except  for  the  reasonable  costs  of  investigation
subsequently  incurred by such indemnified  party in connection with the defense
thereof. The indemnified party shall have the right to employ its counsel in any
such action,  but the fees and expenses of such counsel  shall be at the expense
of  such  indemnified  party  unless  (i)  the  employment  of  counsel  by such
indemnified  party has been authorized in writing by the  indemnifying  parties,
(ii) the indemnified  party shall have reasonably  concluded that there may be a
conflict of interest between the indemnifying  parties and the indemnified party
in the  conduct of the  defense of such  action (in which case the  indemnifying
parties  shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf
of the  indemnified  party) or (iii)  the  indemnifying  parties  shall not have
employed  counsel to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable  time
after notice of the  commencement  thereof,  in each of which cases the fees and
expenses of counsel  shall be at the  expense of the  indemnifying  parties.  An
indemnified  party shall not be liable for any  settlement of any action,  suit,
proceeding or claim effected without its written consent.

                  (d)   Contribution.   In  connection  with  each  Registration
Statement  relating  to  the  disposition  of  Registrable  Securities,  if  the
indemnification  provided  for in  subsection  (a) hereof is  unavailable  to an
indemnified  party  thereunder  in respect  to any  losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities referred to therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to
the amount paid or payable by such indemnified  party as a result of the losses,
claims,  damages or  liabilities  referred  to in  paragraph  (a) or (b) of this
Section 6.5 in such  proportion as is  appropriate to reflect the relative fault
of the  indemnifying  party on the one hand and of the indemnified  party on the
other in  connection  with the  statements  or omissions  that

                                      A-29



                                                      


resulted in such losses, claims,  damages or liabilities,  or actions in respect
thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Relative fault
shall be determined  by reference to, among other things,  whether the untrue or
alleged untrue  statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission
to state a material  fact relates to  information  supplied by the  indemnifying
party or the  indemnified  party and the parties'  relative  intent,  knowledge,
access to  information  and  opportunity  to  correct  or  prevent  such  untrue
statement or omission.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section
6.5(d),  no  selling  Holder of  Registrable  Securities  shall be  required  to
contribute  any amount in excess of the net  proceeds it received in  connection
with its sale of Registrable Securities.

                  (e)  Underwriting  Agreement to Control.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing  provisions of this Section 6.5, to the extent that the  provisions on
indemnification and contribution contained in any underwriting agreement entered
into in connection  with the  underwritten  public  offering of the  Registrable
Securities are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in such
underwriting agreement shall control.

                  (f)   Specific   Performance.   The  Company  and  the  Holder
acknowledge  that remedies at law for the enforcement of this Section 6.5 may be
inadequate and intend that this Section 6.5 shall be specifically enforceable.

                  (g) Survival of  Obligations.  The  obligations of the Company
and the Holder  under this  Section  6.5 shall  survive  the  completion  of any
offering of Registrable  Securities  pursuant to a Registration  Statement under
this Article 6, and otherwise.

6.6      REPORTS UNDER SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC
that may at any time  permit a Holder to sell  securities  of the Company to the
public  without  registration  or pursuant to a  registration  on Form S-3,  the
Company agrees to:

                  (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms
are understood and defined us SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the

                                      A-30



                                                      


effective date of the first registration  statement filed by the Company for the
offering of its securities to the general public;

                  (b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other
documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act;
and

                  (c)  furnish to any  Holder,  so long as the  Holder  owns any
Registrable  Securities,  forthwith upon request (i) a written  statement by the
Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at
any time  after 90 days  after  the  effective  date of the  first  registration
statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any
time after it has become  subject to such  reporting  requirements),  or that it
qualifies as a registrant  whose  securities may be resold  pursuant to Form S-3
(at any time after it so  qualifies),  (ii) a copy of the most recent  annual or
quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by
the Company,  and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in
availing  any  Holder of any rule or  regulation  of the SEC which  permits  the
selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                  OTHER MATTERS

7.1      BINDING EFFECTS; BENEFITS

         This  Warrant  shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding  upon
the  Company  and  the   Warrantholder   and  their  respective   heirs,   legal
representatives,  successors and assigns. Nothing in this Warrant,  expressed or
implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person other than the Company and
the Warrantholder, or their respective heirs, legal representatives,  successors
or assigns, any rights, remedies,  obligations or liabilities under or by reason
of this Warrant.

                                      A-31

                                                      

7.2      NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS

         The Company  will not on or after the date of this  Warrant  enter into
any agreement  with respect to its  securities  which is  inconsistent  with the
rights  granted to the Holders in this Warrant or otherwise  conflicts  with the
provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way
conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to holders of the
Company's securities under any other agreements.

7.3      ADJUSTMENTS AFFECTING REGISTRABLE SECURITIES

         The Company  will not take any action  outside the  ordinary  course of
business,  or permit any change within its control to occur outside the ordinary
course of business,  with respect to the Registrable Securities which is without
a bona fide  business  purpose,  and which is  intended  to  interfere  with the
ability of the Holders of  Registrable  Securities  to include such  Registrable
Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

7.4      INTEGRATION/ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         This Warrant is intended by the parties as a final  expression of their
agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement
and  understanding  of the  parties  hereto in  respect  of the  subject  matter
contained   herein.   There  are  no  restrictions,   promises,   warranties  or
undertakings,  other than those set forth or referred to herein with  respect to
the  registration  rights  granted by the Company with respect to the  Warrants.
This Warrant  supersedes  all prior  agreements and  understandings  between the
parties with  respect to such subject  matter  (other than  warrants  previously
issued by the Company to the Warrantholder).

7.5      AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

         The  provisions  of this  Warrant,  including  the  provisions  of this
sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented,  and waivers or consents
to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has
obtained  the  written  consent  of  holders  of at  least  a  majority  of  the
outstanding  Registrable  Securities.  Holders  shall be  bound  by any  consent
authorized  by  this

                                      A-32



                                                      


Section whether or not certificates  representing  such  Registrable  Securities
have been marked to indicate such consent.

7.6      COUNTERPARTS

         This Warrant may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by the
parties  hereto in separate  counterparts,  each of which so  executed  shall be
deemed to be an original and all of which taken  together  shall  constitute one
and the same agreement.

7.7      GOVERNING LAW

         This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with the
laws of the State of New York.

7.8      SEVERABILITY

         In the event that any one or more of the provisions  contained  herein,
or the application  thereof in any  circumstances,  is held invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable,  the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provisions
in every other respect and of the remaining  provisions  contained  herein shall
not be affected or impaired thereby.

7.9      ATTORNEYS' FEES

         In any action or proceeding  brought to enforce any  provisions of this
Warrant,  or where any provision  hereof is validly  asserted as a defense,  the
successful  party shall be entitled to recover  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and
disbursements  in addition  to its costs and  expenses  and any other  available
remedy.

7.10     COMPUTATIONS OF CONSENT

         Whenever  the consent or approval of Holders of a specified  percentage
of Registrable Securities is required hereunder,  Registrable Securities held by
the  Company or its  affiliates  (other  than the  Warrantholder  or  subsequent
Holders  if they are  deemed  to be such  affiliates  solely  by reason of their
holdings of such  Registrable  Securities)  shall not be counted in  determining
whether  such  consent or  approval  was given by the  Holders of such  required
percentage.


                                      A-33



                                                      


7.11     NOTICE

         Any  notices or  certificates  by the  Company to the Holder and by the
Holder to the Company  shall be deemed  delivered if in writing and delivered in
person or by registered mail (return receipt  requested) to the Holder addressed
to him in care of [Oscar Gruss & Son  Incorporated,  74 Broad Street,  New York,
New York 10004]  [Kaufman  Bros.,  L.P.,  800 Third Avenue,  New York,  New York
10022],  or, if the Holder has designated,  by notice in writing to the Company,
any other address, to such other address, and if to the Company, addressed to it
at:  375  West  Street,  West  Bridgewater,   massachusetts  02379,   Attention:
Secretary,  with a copy to Brown,  Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer, P.C., One Financial
Center, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, Attention: Steven R. London, Esq. or if the
Company has designated,  by notice in writing to the Holder,  any other address,
to such other address.

7.12  TRANSFER

         Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary   contained  herein,  the
Warrantholder will not sell, assign, pledge, or transfer this Warrant, except to
its officers or partners,  or to the officers or partners of an  underwriter  of
the Offering for a period of one year from the date hereof.

         The Company may change its address by written  notice to the Holder and
the Holder may change its address by written notice to the Company.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Warrant has been duly executed by the Company
under its corporate seal as of the ____ day of _______________, 1996.


                                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.


                                             By: ______________________________

                                             Title: ___________________________



Attest: _______________________
           
                                      A-34

                                                      
Clerk
                                      A-35

                                                      

                                  EXERCISE FORM

                    (To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)



Boston Biomedica, Inc.
375 West Street
West Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02379


         The  undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to  exercise  the  right,
represented by this Warrant, to purchase Warrant Shares and (check one):
          _
         |_|      herewith  tenders  payment for  ______________  of the Warrant
                  Shares to the order of Boston Biomedica, Inc. in the amount of
                  $______ in accordance with the terms of this Warrant; or
          _
         |_|      herewith  tenders  this  Warrant  for  ______________  Warrant
                  Shares  pursuant to the net issuance  exercise  provisions  of
                  Section 2.3(b) of this Warrant.

         Please issue a certificate or  certificates  for such Warrant Shares in
the name of, and pay any cash for any fractional share to:

                                     Name ______________________________________
                                          ______________________________________
                                          ______________________________________
                                          ______________________________________
                                          (Please print Name, Address and Social
                                           Security No.)
                                           Signature____________________________

                                            Note: The  above  signature   should
                                                  correspond  exactly  with  the
                                                  name on the first page of this
                                                  Warrant  Certificate  or  with
                                                  the   name  of  the



                                      A-36

                                                      


                                                  assignee   appearing   in  the
                                                  assignment form below.


         If said number of shares shall not be all the shares  purchasable under
the within Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate is to be issued in the
name of said  undersigned  for the balance  remaining of the shares  purchasable
thereunder.

                                      A-37


                                                      

                                   ASSIGNMENT

                (To be executed only upon assignment of Warrant)


         For value  received,  ___________________  hereby  sells,  assigns  and
transfers unto  __________________ the within Warrant,  together with all right,
title and interest therein,  and does hereby irrevocably  constitute and appoint
______________________  attorney,  to transfer  said Warrant on the books of the
within-named  Company  with  respect to the  number of Warrant  Shares set forth
below, with full power of substitution in the premises:


Name(s) of                                                             No. of
Assignee(s)                        Address                        Warrant Shares
- -----------                        -------                        --------------







And if said  number  of  Warrant  Shares  shall  not be all the  Warrant  Shares
represented  by the  Warrant,  a new Warrant is to be issued in the name of said
undersigned for the balance  remaining of the Warrant Shares  registered by said
Warrant.


Dated: ________________                Signature ______________________________
                                           
                                            Note: The  above  signature   should
                                                  correspond  exactly  with  the
                                                  name  on  the   face  of  this
                                                  Warrant

                                      A-38


                                                      


                                    EXHIBIT B
                            FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT




                                                        __________________, 1996



Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated
Kaufman Bros., L.P.
As Representative of the several Underwriters
c/o Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated
74 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         The  undersigned   understands  that  you  propose  to  enter  into  an
Underwriting  Agreement (the  "Underwriting  Agreement") with Boston  Biomedica,
Inc. (the  "Company")  providing for the purchase by you and certain other firms
(the  "Underwriters")  of shares (the "Shares") of Common Stock, par value $0.01
per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company and that the Underwriters propose
to offer the Shares to the public. The undersigned  further understands that the
proposed sale of such Shares is the subject of a Registration  Statement on Form
S-1 which will be filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission and which
will include a form of preliminary prospectus to be used in offering such Shares
to the public.

         In consideration of the execution of the Underwriting  Agreement by the
Underwriters,  and for other good and valuable  consideration,  the  undersigned
hereby  irrevocably agrees that without the prior written consent of Oscar Gruss
& Son  Incorporated,  which  consent may be withheld in the sole  discretion  of
Oscar  Gruss & Son  Incorporated,  the  undersigned  will not (i) offer to sell,
contract  to sell,  sell,  distribute,  grant any  option to  purchase,  pledge,
hypothecate,  or otherwise  dispose of,  directly or  indirectly,  any shares of
Common Stock, or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable
for, shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of the final
prospectus  relating  to  the  offering


                                      B-1



                                                      


of the Shares to the public by the  Underwriter  except for the  exercise by the
undersigned  of  outstanding  options  granted by the Company or pursuant to any
options  granted or to be granted  pursuant to employee  stock option plans (but
not the sale, distribution, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of Common
Stock  received upon such  exercise) or (ii) in connection  with the offering of
the Shares to the public by the  Underwriter  and for 365 days after the date of
the final prospectus relating thereto exercise any registration rights,  whether
held by the undersigned on the date hereof or hereafter  acquired,  with respect
to  any  shares  of  Common  Stock,  or  any  securities  convertible  into,  or
exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock. Prior to the expiration
of such periods,  the undersigned will not announce or disclose any intention to
do anything  after the  expiration  of such  periods  which the  undersigned  is
prohibited,  as  provided  in the  preceding  sentence,  from doing  during such
periods. After such periods, all shares of Common Stock owned by the undersigned
may be sold or registered,  as the case may be, without  restriction  hereunder,
subject to applicable securities laws and regulations.

         The  undersigned  agrees that the provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon the successors,  assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the
undersigned.

         In  furtherance  of the  foregoing,  the  undersigned  agrees  that the
Company  and its  transfer  agent are hereby  authorized  to decline to make any
transfer of securities if such transfer  would  constitute a violation or breach
of this Agreement.

         It is understood  that, if the  Underwriting  Agreement does not become
effective prior to  ________________,  or if the  Underwriting  Agreement (other
than the provisions  thereof which survive  termination)  shall  terminate or be
terminated  prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares,  the  undersigned's
obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.

                                                Very truly yours,



                                                By:____________________________


                                      B-2


                                                     


                                                -------------------------------
                                                      Print name and title
                                                         (if applicable)


                                       B-3


                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1

                                                     October 25, 1996


Boston Biomedica, Inc.
375 West Street
West Bridgewater, MA 02379

        Re:     Registration Statement on Form S-1
                File No. 333-10759
                ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have acted as  counsel to Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts
corporation (the "Company"),  in connection with the preparation and filing with
the Securities and Exchange  Commission of a Registration  Statement on Form S-1
(the  "Registration  Statement")  pursuant to which the  Company is  registering
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  1,840,000 shares (the
"Shares") of common stock,  $.01 par value (the "Common  Stock"),  warrants (the
"Underwriters'  Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of 160,000  shares of Common
Stock and 160,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Warrant  Shares")  underlying the
Underwriters'   Warrants.   Pursuant  to  the  Registration   Statement  and  an
underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") by and between the Company
and Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated and Kaufman Bros., L.P. ( the "Underwriters")
in substantially  the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the  Registration  Statement,
the  Company  proposes to sell to the  Underwriters  up to  1,840,000  shares of
Common Stock (the  "Shares")  and will issue the  Underwriters'  Warrants to the
Underwriters.  This opinion is being  rendered in connection  with the filing of
the Registration Statement.  Unless otherwise indicated,  capitalized terms used
herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Underwriting Agreement.

        For   purposes  of  this   opinion,   we  have   assumed,   without  any
investigation,  (i) the legal  capacity of each  natural  person,  (ii) the full
power and authority of each entity and person other than the Company to execute,
deliver and perform each document heretofore executed and delivered or hereafter
to be  executed  and  delivered  and to do each  other  act  heretofore  done or
hereafter to be done by such entity or person,  (iii) the due  authorization  by
each  entity  or person  other  than the  Company  of each  document  heretofore
executed and  delivered or hereafter to be executed and delivered and to do each
other act heretofore  done or to be done by such entity or person,  (iv) the due
execution  and  delivery by each entity or person other than the Company of each
document  heretofore  executed  and  delivered  or  hereafter to be executed and
delivered by such entity or person, (v) the legality,  validity,  binding effect
and  enforceability  as to each entity or person  other than the Company of each
document  heretofore  executed  and  delivered  or  hereafter to be executed and
delivered and of each other act heretofore  done or hereafter to be done by such
entity  or  person,   (vi)  the  genuineness  of  each  signature  on,  and  the
completeness  of  each  document  submitted  to  us as an  original,  (vii)  the
conformity  to the original of each document  submitted to us as a copy,  (viii)
the authenticity of the original of each document


Boston Biomedica, Inc.
Page 2
October 25, 1996

submitted to us as a copy, (ix) the  completeness,  accuracy and proper indexing
of all governmental and judicial records searched and (x) no modification of any
provision of any  document,  no waiver of any right or remedy and no exercise of
any right or remedy other than in a  commercially  reasonable  and  conscionable
manner and in good faith.

        In  connection  with  this  opinion,  we  have  examined  the  following
(collectively, the "Documents"):

         (i)      the  Amended and  Restated  Articles  of  Organization  of the
                  Company  which were filed with the  Secretary  of State of the
                  Commonwealth of Massachusetts on September 26, 1996;

         (ii)     the Restated Bylaws of the Company,  as certified by the Clerk
                  of the Company on September 5, 1996;

         (iii)    the  corporate  minute  books or other  records of the Company
                  pertaining  to  the  proceedings  of  the   stockholders   and
                  directors of the Company;

         (iv)     a certificate dated October 25, 1996 of the Secretary of State
                  of the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts as to the good standing
                  of the Company; and

         (v)      the  form of  Underwriting  Agreement,  including  the form of
                  Underwriters' Warrants attached thereto.

        The  opinions  expressed  herein are based solely upon (i) our review of
the Documents,  (ii)  discussions  with Richard T.  Schumacher,  Chief Executive
Officer and President of the Company and Kevin W. Quinlan,  the Company's Senior
Vice  President - Finance,  Chief  Financial  Officer and  Treasurer,  (iii) the
representations  and  warranties  of the Company  contained in the  Underwriting
Agreement,  (iv)  discussions  with  those of our  attorneys  who  have  devoted
substantive  attention to the matters contained  herein,  and (v) such review of
published sources of law as we have deemed necessary.

        Our  opinions   contained   herein  are  limited  to  the  laws  of  the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  and the  Federal  law of the  United  States of
America.

        Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

        1. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated,  validly existing and
in good standing in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

        2.  The  Shares  to be  sold  by the  Company  under  the  circumstances
contemplated  in the  Registration  Statement  are  duly  authorized  and,  when
delivered pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement,  will be validly issued, fully
paid and non-assessable.


Boston Biomedica, Inc.
Page 3
October 25, 1996


        3. The  Underwriters'  Warrants,  upon issuance under the  circumstances
contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Underwriting Agreement,  will
be duly authorized, executed and delivered. The Warrant Shares, upon issuance in
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Underwriters'   Warrants,  will  be  duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

        We  understand  that this opinion is to be used in  connection  with the
Registration  Statement.  We consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit
to said  Registration  Statement  and to the  reference to our firm  wherever it
appears in the Registration  Statement,  including the prospectus constituting a
part thereof and any amendments thereto.  This opinion may be used in connection
with the offering of the Shares only while the Registration Statement, as it may
be amended from time to time, remains in effect.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        BROWN, RUDNICK, FREED & GESMER

                                        By: BROWN, RUDNICK, FREED &
                                              GESMER, P.C.
                                             
                                                  /s/ Steve R. London
                                        By:  ________________________________
                                               Steven R. London, A Member Duly
                                               Authorized



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3
STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-85)
NSN 7540-01-152-8069
OMB No. 0990-0115
RFP 95-32
AWARD/CONTRACT
1. THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350)
RATING
PAGE 1 OF PAGES 20
2. CONTRACT (Proc. inst. ident.) No. ND1-AI-55273
3. EFFECTIVE DATE September 30, 1995
4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST/PROJECT N-933
5. ISSUED BY CODE 2668-55273
National Institutes of Health
Contract Management Branch, NIAID
Solar Building, Room 3007
6003 Executive Boulevard MSC 7610
Bethesda, Maryland 20892-7610
6. ADMINISTERED BY (if other than item 5) CODE
7. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No.,  street,  city,  country,  State and Zip
Code)
BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc., dba/
Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc. 
3 Taft Court
Rockville, Maryland 20850
8. DELIVERY
FOB ORIGIN
OTHER (See below Destination)
9. DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT N/A
10. SUBMIT INVOICES
(4 copies unless otherwise specified) TO THE ADDRESS SHOWN IN ITEM G.3
CODE
FACILITY CODE
11. SHIP TO/MARK FOR
See Article F.1.
12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY
See Article G.3.
CODE
13. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION N/A
10 U.S.C. 2304 (c)( )
41 U.S.C. 253 (c)( )
14. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA CAN#5-8425674 DOC#300N1A155273 TIN#1-
043152484-A1
SOC#25.55
FY 95 $343,987
15A. ITEM NO.
15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES
15C. QUANTITY
15D. UNIT
15E. UNIT PRICE
15F. AMOUNT
Research & Development Contract
Title: MAO/Detection of Antibodies & Proteins; Isolation of Virus (E)
Period: September 30, 1995 through September 29, 1997
Amount allotted: $343,987 Awarded under MA N01-AI-42602
Contract Type: Cost Reimbursement/Completion
FY 95 343,987
FY 96 778,668
15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT $1,122,655
16. TABLE OF CONTENTS
( ) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S) ( ) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S)
PART I - THE SCHEDULE PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES
X A SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM 1 X 1 CONTRACT CLAUSES 13
X B  SUPPLIES  OR  SERVICES  AND  PRICES/COSTS  4 PART III - LIST OF  DOCUMENTS,
EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.
X C DESCRIPTION/SPECS./WORK STATEMENT 8 X J LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 13
X D PACKAGING AND MARKING 8 PART IV- REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
X E INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE 9 X K  REPRESENTATIONS,  CERTIFICATIONS  AND OTHER
STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS 13
X F DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE 10
X G CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA 11 L INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS
X H SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 12 M EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD
CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE
17. X  CONTRACTOR'S  NEGOTIATED  AGREEMENT  (Contractor is required to sign this
document and return 3 copies to issuing  office.)  Contractor  agrees to furnish
and  deliver  all items or  perform  all the  services  set  forth or  otherwise
identified above and on any  continuation  sheets for the  consideration  stated
herein.  The rights and  obligations  of the parties to this  contract  shall be
subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this award/contract, (b)
the   solicitation,   if  any,   and  (c)  such   provisions,   representations,
certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference
herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)
18.  AWARD  (Contractor  is not required to sign this  document.)  Your offer on
Solicitation  Number  including the full  additions or changes made by you which
additions or changes are set forth in full above,  is hereby  accepted as to the
items listed above and on any continuation  sheets.  This award  consummates the
contract  which  consists  of the  following  documents:  (a)  the  Government's
solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract. No further contractual
document is necessary.
19A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)
Mark Manak, Senior Vice President
20A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER
Nancy Hershey, Contracting Officer
CMB, NIAID, HIH
19B. NAME OF CONTRACTOR
BY Mark Manak
(Signature of person authorized to sign)
19C. DATE SIGNED
9/21/95
20B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
BY Lawrence M. Butler
(Signature of Contracting Officer)
20C. DATE SIGNED
9/22/95

 




             DETAILED TABLE OF MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER (MAO) CONTENTS
             -------------------------------------------------------
PART I - THE SCHEDULE
SECTION A - SOLICITATION/MAO FORM............................................. 1
- ---------------------------------

SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS............................. 4
- -------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES........................ 4
ARTICLE B.2. ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE..................................... 4
ARTICLE B.3. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS............................ 5
ARTICLE B.4. ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS........................................... 6

SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT......................... 8
- -----------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE C.1. STATEMENT OF WORK................................................ 8
ARTICLE C.2. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS........................................... 8

SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING................................... 8
- -------------------------------------------

SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE......................................... 9
- -------------------------------------

SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE........................................ 10
- -------------------------------------
ARTICLE F.1. DELIVERIES...................................................... 10
ARTICLE F.2. STOP WORK ORDER................................................. 10

SECTION G - MAO ADMINISTRATION DATA.......................................... 11
- -----------------------------------
ARTICLE G.1. PROJECT OFFICER................................................. 11
ARTICLE G.2. KEY PERSONNEL................................................... 11
ARTICLE G.3. INVOICE SUBMISSION . . . . . . . . . . ..........................11
ARTICLE G.4. GOVERNMENT PROPERTY............................................. 12
ARTICLE G.5. GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES........................................12

SECTION H - SPECIAL MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS.......................12
- -------------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE H.1. HUMAN SUBJECTS . . . . ......................................... 12
ARTICLE H.2. SALARY RATE LIMITATION LEGISLATION PROVISIONS................... 12


PART II...................................................................... 13

SECTION I - MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER CLAUSES................................... 13
- ------------------------------------------
ARTICLE I.1. GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A NEGOTIATED COST-PLUS-A-FIXED FEE
MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER ...................................................... 13
ARTICLE I.2. AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSES............................. 13
ARTICLE I.3. ADDITIONAL MAO CLAUSES.......................................... 13
ARTICLE I.4. ADDITIONAL FAR CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT.................... 13








                                        2




PART III..................................................................... 13

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS.............................................. 13
Statement of Work.............................................................13

PART IV...................................................................... 13

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS............................... 13
Representations and Certifications........................................... 13



                                        3





SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS
- -------------------------------------------------

[THIS MAO IS AWARDED  UNDER MASTER AGREEMENT NO1-AI-42602 FOR HIV PRECLINICAL
VACCINE DEVELOPMENT].

ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES

The  purpose of this  master  agreement  order  (MAO) is for the  "Detection  of
Antibodies and Proteins;  Isolation of Virus;  Section A:  Immunization with HIV
Vaccines and Challenge with SHIV.

ARTICLE B.2.  ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE

a.       The estimated cost of this MAO is $1,057,412.

b.       The  fixed  fee for  this  MAO is  $65,243.  The fee  shall  be paid in
         installments  based  on  the  percentage  of  completion  of  work,  as
         determined by the Contracting  Officer,  and subject to the withholding
         provisions  of the  clauses  ALLOWABLE  COST AND  PAYMENT and FIXED FEE
         referenced  in the General  Clause  Listing in Part II,  ARTICLE I.1 of
         this MAO.  Payment of fixed fee shall not be made in less than  monthly
         increments.

c.       The  Government's  obligation,  represented by the sum of the estimated
         cost plus the fixed fee, is $1,122,655.

d.       Total funds  currently  available  for payment and allotted to this MAO
         are $343,987,  of which $323,996 represents the estimated costs, and of
         which  $19,991  represents  the fixed fee.  For further  provisions  on
         funding, see the LIMITATION OF FUNDS referenced in Part II, ARTICLE I.2
         Authorized Substitutions of Clauses of the MA.

e.       It  is  estimated  that  the  amount  currently   allotted  will  cover
         performance of the MAO through September 29, 1996.

f.       Increments to be allotted to this contract are estimated as follows:

                                            Estimated     Fixed  Total Estimated
       FY           Period                    Cost         Fee           Cost
       --           ------                    ----         ---           ----

       95       9/30/95  -  9/29/96       $  323,996    $  19,991   $  343,987
       96       9/30/96  -  9/29/97       $  733,416    $  45,252   $  778,668

                       Total              $1,057,412    $  65,243   $1,122,655


g.       The Contracting  Officer may allot  additional funds to the MAO without
         the concurrence of the MA Holder.




                                        4




ARTICLE B.3.  PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS
- ---------------------------------------------------


a.       Items Unallowable Unless Otherwise Provided

         Notwithstanding the clause, ALLOWABLE COST AND PAYMENT, [and FIXED FEE]
         incorporated  into  this  MAO,  unless  authorized  in  writing  by the
         Contracting  Officer,  the costs of the  following  items or activities
         shall be unallowable as direct costs:

         (1)      Acquisition,  by  purchase or lease,  of any  interest in real
                  property;

         (2)      Special rearrangement or alteration of facilities;

         (3)      Purchase  or  lease  of any  item of  general  purpose  office
                  furniture  or office  equipment  regardless  of dollar  value.
                  (General purpose equipment is defined as any items of personal
                  property  which are usable for purposes  other than  research,
                  such as office equipment and furnishings,  pocket calculators,
                  etc.);

         (4)      Travel  to  attend  general  scientific  meetings  (a  general
                  scientific   meeting   is   defined   as  an   assemblage   of
                  scientific/technical  personnel  held to exchange  information
                  and  ideas  through  a  scheduled  program  of  presentations;
                  includes  conferences,   congresses,  seminars,  symposia  and
                  workshops; usually sponsored by a national organization);

         (5)      Foreign travel - See Paragraph b. below;

         (6)      Overtime premium;

         (7)      Consultant fees;

         (8)      Subcontracts;

         (9)      Accountable  Government  property  (defined  as both  real and
                  personal  property with an acquisition  cost of $1,000 or more
                  and a life  expectancy of more than two years) and  "sensitive
                  items"  (defined  and  listed  in the  Contractor's  Guide for
                  Control  of   Government   Property,   1990,   regardless   of
                  acquisition value.

b.       Travel Costs

(1)      Foreign Travel

         Requests  for foreign  travel must be  submitted  at least six weeks in
         advance and shall contain the following: (a) meeting(s) and place(s) to
         be visited,  with costs and dates;  (b)  name(s) and  title(s) of MAO's
         personnel  to travel and their  functions  in the specific MAO project;
         (c) the MAO purposes to be served by the travel;  (d) how travel of MAO
         personnel will benefit and contribute to accomplishing the specific MAO
         project,  or will otherwise  justify the  expenditure of NIH MAO funds;
         (e) how such  advantages  justify the costs for travel and absence from
         the project of more than one person if such are suggested; and (f) what
         additional  functions  may be performed by the  travelers to accomplish
         other  purposes  of the  specific  MAO and  thus  further  benefit  the
         project.




                                        5






ARTICLE B.4.  ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS
- ------------------------------------

a.       The estimated  level of effort set forth below is for guidance to serve
         not as a  measure  of the  MAO  Holder's  obligation  but as a  further
         description  of the  required  tasks.  It will  represent  the basis of
         direct  labor  agreed to in the MAO  negotiations  for the period  from
         September 30, 1995 through September 29, 1997, and will be used by both
         the  Government  and  the  MAO  Holder  to  monitor   progress   toward
         achievement of the MAO objectives.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Total Estimated    Total Estimated    Total Estimated
         Labor Category                Year 1 Hours        Year 2 Hours     Number of Hours
         --------------                ------------        ------------     ---------------
        <S>                           <C>                 <C>               <C> 
         Principal Investigator          400                 600               1,000                    
         Co-PI                           520                 935               1,455
         Technicians                   3,472               7,415              10,887
         

         TOTAL                         4,392               8,950              13,342                                             
</TABLE>

b.       The  MAO  Holder  agrees  to  abide  by the  terms  of  FAR  52.247-63,
         Preference for U.S.-Flag Air Carriers.  This  provision  states in part
         that, in  performing  work under this MAO, the MAO Holder shall utilize
         U.S.  flag  air  carriers  unless  service  by  those  carriers  is not
         available.  If U.S.  flag air carriers are not available the MAO Holder
         shall    so     certify     in     writing     and     include     that
         certification/justification  in the  request  for  advance  approval of
         foreign  travel.  (Cost/lower  fares  are not  acceptable  reasons  for
         proposing to utilize foreign air carriers.)

c.       The MAO  Holder  agrees to submit an annual  and a final  inventory  of
         Government  property as required  by the DHHS  "Contractor's  Guide for
         Control of Government Property."  Inventories shall be submitted to the
         Contract  Property  Administrator  identified  in Article  G.4. of this
         contract,  with a copy to the Contracting  Officer.  Annual inventories
         shall be submitted by October 31 each year.

d.       The MAO Holder agrees to immediately notify the Contracting  Officer in
         writing if there is a projected  overrun (in any amount) or  unexpended
         balance  (greater  than  10%) in the  overall  budget at the end of any
         funding  period,  and  the  reasons  for the  variance  (see  also  the
         requirements of the Limitation of Funds clause in the MAO).

e.       If the MAO  contains any specific  limitations/ceilings  on  particular
         costs, these shall always prevail until modified in the MAO.

f.       The MAO Holder agrees that  samples/products  received from/through the
         Government  for  utilization  under  this MAO  shall  be used  only for
         purposes required by this MAO.

g.       Publication of Manuscripts or Abstracts

         Because  there is a likelihood  that the MAO Holder will be  evaluating
         proprietary  compounds  provided to the Government by a third party, it
         is essential to include  provisions that will protect the rights of the
         third party suppliers as follows:

                  The MAO  Holder  agrees  that  manuscripts/abstracts  based on
                  data/information   generated   under  this  MAO  will  not  be
                  submitted  for  publication   until  written  Project  Officer
                  clearance has been received. MAO support shall be acknowledged
                  in all such  publications.  A  "publication"  is defined as an
                  issue of printed  material  offered  for  distribution  or any
                  communication or oral presentation of information.





                                        6





                  The Project Officer will review all manuscripts/documents in a
                  period of time not to exceed 30  calendar  days from  receipt,
                  and will either grant  clearance  for  publication/disclosure,
                  recommend changes or, as applicable, refer the document to the
                  Supplier of the compound for their review.

                  NIAID will use its best  efforts to assist  and  expedite  the
                  review process by the Supplier wherever possible.

h.       Correspondence Procedures

         To promote timely and effective administration,  correspondence (except
         for  invoices/financial   reports,   technical  progress  reports/other
         deliverables)  submitted  under  this  MAO  shall  be  subject  to  the
         following procedures:

         1.       Technical  correspondence  shall be  addressed  to the Project
                  Officer with an information  copy of the basic  correspondence
                  to  the  Contracting  Officer.  (As  used  herein,   technical
                  correspondence    excludes   correspondence   which   proposes
                  deviations from or modifications of MAO requirements, terms or
                  conditions.)

         2.       Other  correspondence  shall be addressed  to the  Contracting
                  Officer,  with an information copy of the basic correspondence
                  to the Project Officer.

         3.       Subject Line(s).  All  correspondence  shall contain a subject
                  line commencing with the MAO number as illustrated below:

                           SUBJECT:  MAO No. NO1-AI-55273
                                     Request for Approval of



                                        7




SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------

ARTICLE C.1.  STATEMENT OF WORK
- -------------------------------

a.       Independently  and not as an agent of the  Government,  the MAO  Holder
         shall  furnish  all  the  necessary  services,   qualified   personnel,
         material,  equipment,  and  facilities,  not otherwise  provided by the
         Government  as needed to  perform  the  Statement  of Work,  SECTION J,
         ATTACHMENT 1, dated September 30, 1995 attached hereto and incorporated
         herein.

b.       If  there  is any  inconsistency  between  the MAO  Holder's  technical
         proposals  dated March 7, 1995,  June 20, 1995 and August 7, 1995,  and
         the work  described in this Article  C.1.,  Paragraph a., the terms and
         conditions of this Article C.1., Paragraph a, shall control.


ARTICLE C.2.  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
- ------------------------------------

a.       Technical Reports

         In addition to those  reports  required by the other terms of this MAO,
         the MAO Holder shall  prepare and submit the  following  reports in the
         manner stated below and in accordance  with ARTICLE F.1.  DELIVERIES of
         this MAO:


         (1)      Quarterly Progress Report

                  By the fifteenth  calendar day of the month  following the end
                  of each  quarter,  the MA Holder  shall submit (5) copies of a
                  quarterly technical report. Four (4) copies shall be submitted
                  to the Project  Officer and one (1) copy shall be submitted to
                  the   Contracting   Officer.   This  report  shall  include  a
                  (description  of the activities  during the reporting  period,
                  and the activities  planned for the ensuing  reporting period.
                  The first  reporting  period  consists of the first full three
                  months of  performance  including any  fractional  part of the
                  initial month. Thereafter,  the reporting period shall consist
                  of three full calendar months. A quarterly report shall not be
                  submitted when a final report is due.


         (2)      Final Report

                  The MAO  Holder  shall  submit  five (5)  copies  of the final
                  report  documents.  Four (4) copies  shall be submitted to the
                  Project  Officer  and  (1)  copy  shall  be  submitted  to the
                  Contracting Officer.  This report is to include a summation of
                  the work  performed  and results  obtained  for the entire MAO
                  period of  performance.  This  report  shall be in  sufficient
                  detail to describe  comprehensively the results achieved.  The
                  Final Report  shall be submitted no later than the  completion
                  date of this MAO.


SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING
- -------------------------------------------

All deliverables  required under this MAO shall be packaged,  marked and shipped
in accordance  with  Government  specifications.  The MAO Holder shall guarantee
that  all  required  materials  shall  be  delivered  in  immediate  usable  and
acceptable condition.



                                        8




SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
- -------------------------------------

a.       For the purpose of this ARTICLE,  the designated Project Officer is the
         authorized representative of the Contracting Officer, who shall perform
         inspection and acceptance of materials and services to be provided.

b.       Inspection  and acceptance  will be performed at the Project  Officer's
         address listed in the clause entitled "Deliveries" in Section F.

         Acceptance may be presumed unless otherwise indicated in writing by the
         Contracting  Officer or the duly  authorized  representative  within 30
         days of receipt.

c.       This MAO incorporates the following clause by reference,  with the same
         force and effect as if it were given in full text.  Upon  request,  the
         Contracting Officer will make its full text available.

         FAR Clause  52.246-9,  INSPECTION OF RESEARCH AND  DEVELOPMENT - (SHORT
         FORM)(APRIL 1984).



                                        9





SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
- -------------------------------------

ARTICLE F.1.  DELIVERIES
- ------------------------

Satisfactory  performance of this MAO shall be deemed to occur upon delivery and
acceptance by the Contracting Officer, or the duly authorized representative, of
the following items in accordance with the stated delivery schedule:

The items  specified  below as described  in (SECTION C,  ARTICLE C.2.  shall be
delivered f.o.b. destination as set forth in FAR 52.247-35,  F.O.B. DESTINATION,
WITHIN  CONSIGNEES  PREMISES  (APRIL 1984),  and in  accordance  with and by the
date(s) specified below [and any specifications  stated in SECTION D, PACKAGING,
MARKING AND SHIPPING, of this MAO]:


         Item     Description       QuantityDelivery Schedule
         ----     -----------       -------------------------

          1.      Quarterly             5         1/15/96, 97
                                                  4/15/96, 97
                                                  7/15/96, 97
                                                  10/15/96
          2.      Final                 5         By completion date of this MAO

         The above items shall be addressed and delivered to:

         Addressee                  Deliverable Item No.      Quantity
         ---------                  --------------------      --------

         Project Officer                    1.                   4
         PRB, DAIDS                         2.                   4

         Solar Bldg., Rm. 2A31
         6003 Executive Blvd.
         Bethesda, MD. 20892

         Contracting Officer                1.                   1
         CMB, DEA, NIAID, NIH               2.                   1
         Solar Bldg., Rm. 3C07
         6003 Executive Blvd.
         Bethesda, MD. 20892


ARTICLE F.2.  STOP WORK ORDER
- -----------------------------

This MAO incorporates the following clause by reference, with the same force and
effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request,  the Contracting  Officer
will make its full text available.

         FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSE:
         52.212-13, STOP WORK ORDER (AUGUST 1989) with ALTERNATE I (APRIL 1984).




                                       10




SECTION G - MAO ADMINISTRATION DATA
- -----------------------------------

ARTICLE G.1.  PROJECT OFFICER
- -----------------------------

Pursuant to the Project  Officer  Article  incorporated in the MA, the following
Project Officer will represent the Government for the purpose of this MAO:

                  MAO Project Officer:              Marta J. Glass, M.S.

The  Project  Officer  is  responsible  for:  (1)  monitoring  the MAO  Holder's
technical progress, including the surveillance and assessment of performance and
recommending  to  the  Contracting   Officer   changes  in   requirements;   (2)
interpreting  the  Statement  of  Work  and  any  other  technical   performance
requirements;  (3) performing technical  evaluation as required;  (4) performing
technical inspections and acceptances required by this MAO; and (5) assisting in
the resolution of technical problems encountered during performance.

The Contracting Officer is the only person with authority to act as agent of the
Government  under this MAO. Only the  Contracting  Officer has authority to: (1)
direct or negotiate any changes in the  Statement of Work;  (2) modify or extend
the period of  performance;  (3) change the  delivery  schedule;  (4)  authorize
reimbursement  to the MAO Holder any costs  incurred  during the  performance of
this MAO; or (5) otherwise change any terms and conditions of this MAO.

The Government may unilaterally change its Project Officer designation.


ARTICLE G.2.  KEY PERSONNEL
- ---------------------------

Pursuant to the Key  Personnel  clause  incorporated  in the MAO, the  following
individuals  are  considered  to be  essential  for  the  work  being  performed
hereunder:

                  NAME                        TITLE
                  ----                        -----

               Chang Chih-Tai, Ph.D.      Principal Investigator
               Hanna Weissberger, Ph.D.   Co-Principal Investigator


ARTICLE G.3. INVOICE SUBMISSION
- -------------------------------

The  Invoice/Financing  Request  Instructions  for NIH  Cost-Reimbursement  Type
Contracts, NIH(RC)-1, set forth in your Master Agreement are incoporated herein.

The invoice  instructions and directions for the submission of invoice/financing
requests  contained  in the MA must be  followed to meet the  requirements  of a
"proper" invoice, pursuant to FAR 32.9.



                                       11





ARTICLE G.4.  GOVERNMENT PROPERTY
- ---------------------------------

a.       In addition to the  requirements  of the clause,  GOVERNMENT  PROPERTY,
         incorporated in this Section I of this MAO, the MAO Holder shall comply
         with the provisions of DHHS Publication, Contractor's Guide for Control
         of Government Property,  (1990), which is incorporated into this MAO by
         reference.  Among other issues, this publication  provides a summary of
         the MAO Holder's  responsibilities  regarding purchasing authorizations
         and inventory and reporting  requirements under the MAO. A copy of this
         publication  is  available  upon  request  to  the  Contract   Property
         Administrator at the following address:


                  Contracts Property Administrator
                  Research Contracts Property Administration, NIH
                  Building 13, Room 2E-65
                  9000 Rockville Pike
                  Bethesda, Maryland  20892
                  (301) 496-6466


ARTICLE G.5.  GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES, is hereby incorporated into this MAO by
reference pursuant to the Master Agreement.


SECTION H - SPECIAL MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------

The following  Articles are incorporated into this MAO by reference  pursuant to
the Master  Agreement.  [(Any MAO Articles which are not contained in the MA are
set forth below in full text)]:

a.       ARTICLE H.1.  HUMAN SUBJECTS
         ----------------------------

b.       ARTICLE H.2.  SALARY RATE LIMITATION LEGISLATION PROVISIONS
         -----------------------------------------------------------

         Paragraph b. of this ARTICLE is revised as follows:

         b.       Public Law No.    Fiscal Year      Salary Limitation
                  --------------    -----------      -----------------


                    103-333            1995               $125,000






                                       12





PART II
- -------


SECTION I - MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER CLAUSES
- ------------------------------------------

The following  Articles are incorporated into this MAO by reference  pursuant to
the Master  Agreement.  [(Any MAO Articles which are not contained in the MA are
set forth below in full text)]:

a.       ARTICLE I.1.  GENERAL  CLAUSES FOR A  NEGOTIATED  COST PLUS A FIXED FEE
         MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER

b.       ARTICLE I.2. AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSES, [Cost-Reimbursement]

c.       ARTICLE I.3. ADDITIONAL MASTER AGREEMENT CLAUSES, [Cost-Reimbursement]


d.       ARTICLE I.4. ADDITIONAL FAR CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT


PART III
- --------

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
- -------------------------------

Unless  otherwise  indicated  below,  the  following  documents are attached and
incorporated in this MAO:


1.       Statement of Work, September 30, 1995,  7 pages.

2.       Invoice/Financing  Request Instructions for NIH Cost-Reimbursement Type
         Contracts,  NIH(RC)-1 6/18/92, 4 pages. [This attachment is part of the
         Master  Agreement  document  and  is  incorporated  into  this  MAO  by
         reference].

3.       Safety and Health,  PHSAR clause  352.223-70,  (4/84),  2 pages.  [This
         attachment is part of the Master Agreement document and is incorporated
         into this MAO by reference.

4.       Procurement of Certain Equipment,  NIH(RC)-7,  (4/1/84),  1 page. [This
         attachment is part of the Master Agreement document and is incorporated
         into this MAO by reference.


SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS
- ----------------------------------------------

The following documents are incorporated by reference in this MAO:

1.       Representations and Certifications, dated August 7, 1995.



END of the SCHEDULE
(MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER)

                                       13





                                STATEMENT OF WORK
                                -----------------


SECTION A:  IMMUNIZATION WITH HIV VACCINES AND CHALLENGE WITH SHIV
- ----------  ------------------------------------------------------



Independently, and not as an agent of the Government, the Master Agreement Order
holder shall  provide the necessary  services,  qualified  personnel,  material,
equipment, and facilities,  not otherwise provided by the Government,  as needed
to perform the tasks of the Statement of Work below:


The MAO Holder shall:



1. Perform assays to assess the humoral  immune  responses of macaques that have
been  immunized  with HIVenv (or with a  combination  of HIVenv and SIV non-env)
vaccines. Specifically the MAO Holder shall:


         a.       Conduct  assays  (such as ELISA and  western  blots) to detect
                  antibodies  to  the  envelope  of  HIV  (and  to  non-envelope
                  proteins  of  SIV  that  are  included  in  the   immunization
                  protocol)  in  the  sera  or  other  fluids  of  immunized  or
                  virus-infected monkeys for all vaccine studies assigned.


         b.       Develop  assays to detect  antibodies to the above proteins or
                  antigens  if an assay  system is not  currently  available  to
                  detect  those  antibodies  or if  existing  assays  are not of
                  sufficient   sensitivity   or   specificity   to  provide  the
                  information required by NIAID.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 1







2. Conduct assays to determine whether monkeys become infected after exposure to
   SHIV:

         a.       Determine whether SHIV can be isolated from PBMC, lymph nodes,
                  or  other   tissue  of  monkeys   after  virus   challenge  by
                  co-cultivating  the cells or tissue with primary simian and/or
                  human peripheral blood cells, other primary cells, and/or cell
                  lines. Evaluate the virus load in the PBMC of infected monkeys
                  by conducting limitingdilution virus isolations.

                  Confirm   virus   transmission   to  the   target   cells   by
                  demonstration  of the presence of virus or viral protein(s) in
                  the culture  supernatant  and/or the presence of viral protein
                  or nucleic acid in the cultured cells.

         b.       Conduct assays to detect HIV proteins and/or SIV proteins,  or
                  SHIV  nucleic  acids  (using HIV or SIV primers or probes,  as
                  appropriate) in peripheral blood  lymphocytes or other tissues
                  of animals after challenge with virus.


         c.       Conduct  assays  (such as  antigen  capture  assays) to detect
                  viral antigens or conduct assays to detect viral nucleic acids
                  in the plasma of animals after challenge with virus.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 2





3.       Receive,  catalog,  track,  and maintain an inventory of the  specimens
         that arrive for evaluation:

         a) Advise sample  suppliers  (Category B MAO  contractors)  of the most
         suitable  manner for  shipment  of sera,  whole  blood,  cells or other
         specimens  for  evaluation  and  arrange  for  the  transfer  of  these
         specimens from primate  laboratories  to the MAO Holder.  All shipments
         must be coordinated so that activity/viability of specimens will not be
         adversely affected.

         b) When necessary,  pick up or arrange for pick up of incoming specimen
         shipments  from a specified  airport or other  contact site in a timely
         manner and assure  maintenance  of  activity  and/or  viability  of the
         specimens by providing the appropriate  temperature in transit from the
         airport or other contact site to the MAO Holder's laboratory.

         c) Receive and  catalog  specimens  arriving  for  evaluation  from the
         primate laboratories.  Maintain  documentation on file for all incoming
         specimens,  including but not limited to:primate subject identification
         number, trial site, protocol identification number, specimen collection
         date and condition of sample upon arrival.

         d) Store cataloged,  aliquotted specimens under appropriate  conditions
         to retain maximum immunological activity.

         e) Maintain  specimen tracking and inventory system such that specimens
         can be traced and located from  receipt  through  processing  and assay
         analysis.


4.       Maintain test result database and transfer data electronically:

         a) Compile and maintain a computerized  database of all assay and virus
         isolation results, using a format compatible with the FOX-PRO data base
         that NIAID  plans to use to compile  records  and data from the vaccine
         studies. Results are to be recorded with designations of study protocol
         number, animal number,  specimen collection date, and other information
         requested by the Project Officer.

         b)  Transfer   specified  data   electronically  to  the  AIDS  Vaccine
         Evaluation Group (AVEG)  Statistical and Coordinating  Center (SCC) and
         to the  Project  Officer  at regular  intervals  as  instructed  by the
         Project  Officer  (Format to be agreed  upon  betwen  NIAID and the MAO
         Holder).




MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 3






         c) Ensure  protection  against the loss of data by the  duplication  of
         data base files and programs for storage;  provide for the security and
         safety of data on the specimen inventory and the test results database.

5.       Provide facilities and resources:

         a)  Provide  facilities  and  equipment  for the work to be  conducted,
         including a biosafety  level 2 or 3 laboratory for conducting work with
         live HIV and SHIV as well as samples from infected monkeys.

         b) Provide,  maintain, and operate facilities for controlled storage of
         sera,  virus  stocks,  cell  stocks,  and other  samples and  reagents,
         including  storage  at -10 to -20  degrees C, at -70 to - 90 degrees C,
         and in liquid  nitrogen  conditions,  with  appropriate  monitoring  of
         storage  conditions  to  guarantee   continuous  proper  storage.   The
         reliability of supply  systems,  electrical  power,  and backup support
         systems shall be ensured by the MAO Holder.

         c) Provide protective garments,  equipment and sufficient monitoring to
         assure safe  handling of  potentially  hazardous  materials,  including
         radioactive materials.  Specifically,  the MAO Holder shall comply with
         all applicable health and safety  regulations while conducting the work
         set forth herein.

         d)  Conduct  work  under  this MAO in  accordance  with all  applicable
         Federal, state, and local laws, codes, ordinances and regulations,  and
         with the following basic references and other related  modifications by
         the Public Health Service:

                  (1)      Biosafety   in    Microbiological    and   Biomedical
                           Laboratories,  U.S.  Department  of Health  and Human
                           Services,  Centers for Disease  Control and  National
                           Institutes  of Health,  HHS Pub.  No.  (NIH)  93-8395
                           published  by the U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,
                           third  edition,   May  1993,   stock  number  17-040-
                           00523-7.

                  (2)      Recommendations for Prevention of HIV Transmission in
                           Health Care Settings,  Morbidity and Mortality Weekly
                           Report, Vol. 36, No. 2-S.

                  (3)      Agent Summary  Statement  for Human  Immunodeficiency
                           Virus  and  Report on  Laboratory-Acquired  Infection
                           with  Human  Immunodeficiency  Virus,  Morbidity  and
                           Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 37, No.S-4, pp.1-22.

                  (4)      "Guidelines to Prevent Simian  Immunodeficiency Virus
                           Infection in Laboratory Workers and Animal Handlers,"
                           Morbidity and Mortality  Weekly Report,  Vol. 37, No.
                           45, pp. 693-704.

MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 4





6.  Designate  a project  coordinator  to manage the  day-to-day  conduct of the
study, to interact with the Category B MAO laboratory or laboratories  providing
non-human  primate  samples  from the vaccine  study or studies,  and to provide
information on the status of the assay results to the Project Officer.

7.  Report  data  and  results  to NIAID or to a  designated  NIAID  contractor.
Printouts  of data and  verbal  reports  of the  status  of the  study are to be
provided  on an ongoing  basis  during the course of the study at the request of
the Project Officer,  in addition to the required periodic (quarterly and final)
written  reports  describing  the progress of the study,  and in addition to the
periodic electronic transfer of data described in item (6) above.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 5




          SUMMARY OF VACCINE STUDIES FOR WHICH ASSAYS WILL BE REQUIRED
          ------------------------------------------------------------

             (SECTION A:  IMMUNIZATION WITH HIV VACCINES AND CHALLENGE
              WITH SHIV)


VACCINE STUDY 4
- ---------------

Title:   Testing  of   Recombinant   Poxvirus/HIV   Together  with   Recombinant
Poxvirus/SIV Vaccines in the SHIV Model

Description:   Rhesus  monkeys  will  be  immunized  with  recombinant   vaccina
expressing HIV-1 env,  recombinant  vaccina expressing SIV non-envelope genes or
with both;  monkeys will be immunized with recombinant  fowlpox expressing HIV-1
env,  recombinant  fowlpox  expressing  SIV  non-envelope  genes,  or with both.
Immunized  monkeys will be boosted with purified  HIV-1 env protein  and/or with
SIV proteins. Monkeys will be challenged with a SHIV. The experiment is designed
to evaluate the contribution of env versus non-env immune responses in providing
protection from infection and to compare the efficacy of  vaccinia-based  versus
fowlpox-based vaccines when followed by a protein boost.

Number of monkeys:  48     (8 groups of 6)

Length of study:   18 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge

Number of bleeds per animal:  approximately 40


VACCINE STUDY 13
- ----------------

Title: Immunogenicity of a Soluble Oligomeric Form of the HIV-1 Envelope Protein

Description: Rhesus monkeys will be immunized with a purified oligomeric form of
the HIV-1  envelope  protein to determine if monkeys  will  generate  antibodies
(presumably to conformational epitopes of the oligomeric envelope) that are able
to  neutralize  genetically  divergent  strains  of HIV- 1.  Vaccines  based  on
monomeric  forms of the  HIV-1  envelope  generate  predominantly  type-specific
antibodies that  neutralize a limited range of HIV-1  isolates,  but preliminary
studies with the oligomeric form of the envelope  indicate that antibodies to it
may be more  broadly  reactive.  Animals  will be  challenged  with  SHIV  after
immunization  to determine the ability of the immune  response to the oligomeric
envelope to protect monkeys from infection.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 6






Number of monkeys:  36     (6 groups of 6)

Length of study:   24 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


VACCINE STUDY 16
- ----------------

Title:  Evaluation of a Recombinant Semliki Forest Virus/HIV Vaccine

Description:  Rhesus  monkeys  will be immunized  with an avirulent  recombinant
Semliki Forest virus expressing HIV-1 envelope and SIV gag proteins. The monkeys
will be infected  with the virus,  which has a broad tissue  tropism,  by either
intramuscular,   intravenous,  subcutaneous,  or  mucosal  site  administration.
Animals will be  challenged  with SHIV to determine the efficacy of this vaccine
in protecting from virus infection.

Number of monkeys:  10  (5 groups of 2)

Length of study:  18 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  8 immunizations plus l virus challenge

MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 7


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4
STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-85)
NSN 7540-01-152-8069
OMB No. 0990-0115
RFP 95-3 
AWARD/CONTRACT
1. THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350)
RATING
PAGE 1 OF PAGES 21
2. CONTRACT (Proc. inst. ident.) No. NO1-AI-55277
3. EFFECTIVE DATE September 30, 1995
4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST/PROJECT N0. 000948
5. ISSUED BY CODE 2668-55277
National Institutes of Health
Contract Management Branch, NIAID
Solar Building, Room 3007
6003 Executive Boulevard MSC 7610
Bethesda, Maryland 20892-7610
6. ADMINISTERED BY (If other than item 5) CODE
7. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No.,  street,  city,  country,  State and Zip
Code)
BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc., dba/
Biotech Research Laboratories 
3 Taft Court
Rockville, Maryland 20850
8. DELIVERY
FOB ORIGIN
OTHER (See below) DESTINATION
9. DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT N/A
10. SUBMIT INVOICES
(4 copies unless otherwise specified) TO THE ADDRESS SHOWN IN
ITEM G.3
CODE
FACILITY CODE
11. SHIP TO/MARK FOR
See Article F.1.
12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY
See Article G.3.
CODE
13. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION N/A
10 U.S.C. 2304 (c)( )41 U.S.C. 253(c)( )
14. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA
CAN#58425674 (Amount Obligated - $387,353)

DOC#300N1A155277
EIN#1-043152484-A1
SOC#25.55
15A. ITEM NO.
15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES
15C. QUANTITY
15D. UNIT
15E. UNIT PRICE
15F. AMOUNT
Research & Development Contract
Title: MAO/Assessment of Humoral Immune Responses (G)
Period: September 30, 1995 through September 29, 1997
Amount allotted: $387,353 Awarded under MA N01-AI-42602
Contract Type: Cost Reimbursement/Completion
FY 95 387,353
FY 96 226,739
15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT $614,092
16. TABLE OF CONTENTS
( ) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S) ( ) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S)
PART I - THE SCHEDULE PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES
X A SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM 1 X 1 CONTRACT CLAUSES 11
X B  SUPPLIES  OR  SERVICES  AND  PRICES/COSTS  3 PART III - LIST OF  DOCUMENTS,
EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.
X C DESCRIPTION/SPECS./WORK STATEMENT 7 X J LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 12
X D PACKAGING AND MARKING 7 PART IV- REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
X E INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE 7 X K  REPRESENTATIONS,  CERTIFICATIONS  AND OTHER
STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS 13
X G CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA 9
11 L INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS
X H SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 10 M EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD
CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE
17. X  CONTRACTOR'S  NEGOTIATED  AGREEMENT  (Contractor is required to sign this
document and return 3 copies to issuing  office.)  Contractor  agrees to furnish
and  deliver  all items or  perform  all the  services  set  forth or  otherwise
identified above and on any  continuation  sheets for the  consideration  stated
herein.  The rights and  obligations  of the parties to this  contract  shall be
subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this award/contract, (b)
the   solicitation,   if  any,   and  (c)  such   provisions,   representations,
certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference
herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)
18.  AWARD  (Contractor  is not required to sign this  document.)  Your offer on
Solicitation  Number  including the full  additions or changes made by you which
additions or changes are set forth in full above,  is hereby  accepted as to the
items listed above and on any continuation  sheets.  This award  consummates the
contract  which  consists  of the  following  documents:  (a)  the  Government's
solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract. No further contractual
document is necessary.
19A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)
Mark Manak, Senior Vice President
20A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER
Jacqueline C. Holden, Contracting Officer
AIDS Preclinical Research Contract Section, CMB, NIAID, HIH
19B. NAME OF CONTRACTOR
BY Mark Manak
(Signature of person authorized to sign)
19C. DATE SIGNED
9/25/95
20B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
BY Jacqueline C. Holden
(Signature of Contracting Officer)
20C. DATE SIGNED
9/27/95

 



             DETAILED TABLE OF MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER (MAO) CONTENTS
             -------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                      <C>
PART I - THE SCHEDULE
      SECTION A - SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM...........................................................................   1
      --------------------------------------
      SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS.................................................................  3
      -------------------------------------------------
            ARTICLE B.1.  BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES.....................................................  3
            ARTICLE B.2.  ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE..................................................................  3
            ARTICLE B.3.  PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS.........................................................  3
            ARTICLE B.4.  ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS........................................................................  5
      SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT.............................................................  7
      -----------------------------------------------------
            ARTICLE C.1.  STATEMENT OF WORK.............................................................................  7
            ARTICLE C.2.  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS........................................................................  7
      SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING.......................................................................  7
      -------------------------------------------
      SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE.............................................................................  7
      -------------------------------------
      SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE.............................................................................  8
      -------------------------------------
            ARTICLE F.1.  DELIVERIES....................................................................................  8
            ARTICLE F.2.  STOP WORK ORDER...............................................................................  8
      SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA..........................................................................  9
      ----------------------------------------
            ARTICLE G.1.  PROJECT OFFICER...............................................................................  9
            ARTICLE G.2.  KEY PERSONNEL.................................................................................  9
            ARTICLE G.3.  INVOICE SUBMISSION............................................................................  9
            ARTICLE G.4.  GOVERNMENT PROPERTY..........................................................................   9
            ARTICLE G.5.  GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES.......................................................................9
      SECTION H - SPECIAL MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS..........................................................  10
      -------------------------------------------------------
            ARTICLE H.1.  HUMAN SUBJECTS...............................................................................  10
            ARTICLE H.2.  SALARY RATE LIMITATION LEGISLATION PROVISIONS................................................  10
PART II................................................................................................................. 11
      SECTION I - MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER CLAUSES........................................................................ 11
      ------------------------------------------
            ARTICLE I.1.  GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A COST-REIMBURSEMENT RESEARCH AND
                  DEVELOPMENT MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER.................................................................... 11
            ARTICLE I.2.  AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSES........................................................... 11
            ARTICLE I.3.  ADDITIONAL MAO CLAUSES........................................................................ 11
            ARTICLE I.4.  ADDITIONAL FAR CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT.................................................. 11
PART III................................................................................................................ 12
      SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS................................................................................... 12
      -------------------------------
      Statement of Work................................................................................................. 12
PART IV................................................................................................................. 13
      SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS.................................................................... 13
      ----------------------------------------------
            Representations and Certifications.......................................................................... 13

</TABLE>

                                        2






SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS
- -------------------------------------------------

[THIS MAO IS AWARDED UNDER MASTER  AGREEMENT  NO1-AI-42602  FOR HIV  PRECLINICAL
VACCINE DEVELOPMENT]

ARTICLE B.1.  BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES
- -------------------------------------------------------

The  purpose of this  master  agreement  order  (MAO) is for the  Assessment  of
Humoral Immune Response.

ARTICLE B.2.  ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE
- ------------------------------------------

a.    The estimated cost of this MAO is $573,918

b.    The  fixed  fee for this MAO is  $40,174.  The  fixed fee shall be paid in
      installments  based on the percentage of completion of work, as determined
      by the Contracting Officer,  and subject to withholding  provisions of the
      clauses ALLOWABLE COST AND PAYMENT AND FIXED FEE referenced in the General
      Clause Listing in PART II, ARTICLE I.1. of this MAO.
      Payment of fixed fee shall not be made in less than monthly installments.

c.    The Government's obligation,  represented by the sum of the estimated cost
      plus fixed fee, is $614,092.

d.    Total funds  currently  available for payment and allotted to this MAO are
      $387,353 of which $362,012  represents the estimated  costs,  and of which
      $25,341  represents  the fixed fee. For further  provisions on funding see
      the  LIMITATION  OF  FUNDS  clause  referenced  in Part II,  ARTICLE  I.2.
      Authorized Substitutions of Clauses of the Master Agreement (MA).

e.    It is estimated that the amount currently  allotted will cover performance
      of the MAO through September 29, 1996.

f.    Increments to be allotted to this contract are estimated as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Estimated          Fixed        Total Estimated
      FY           Period                    Cost             Fee          Cost Plus Fee
    -----     ---------------------       ----------       --------       --------------
   <S>        <C>                        <C>              <C>              <C>

      95       09/30/95 - 09/29/96        $362,012         $25,341          $387,353
      96       09/30/96 - 09/29/97        $211,906         $14,833          $226,739
 
     Totals                               $573,918         $40,174          $614,092

</TABLE>

g.    The Contracting  Officer may allot additional funds to the MAO without the
      concurrence of the MAO Holder.

ARTICLE B.3.  PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS
- ---------------------------------------------------

a.    Items Unallowable Unless Otherwise Provided

      Notwithstanding  the  clause(s),  ALLOWABLE  COST AND PAYMENT,  [and FIXED
      FEE,]  incorporated  in this MAO,  unless  authorized  in  writing  by the
      Contracting  Officer, the costs of the following items or activities shall
      be unallowable as direct costs:

      (1)   Acquisition, by purchase or lease, of any interest in real property;

      (2)   Special rearrangement or alteration of facilities;

      (3)   Purchase or lease of any item of general purpose office furniture or
            office  equipment  regardless  of  dollar  value.  (General  purpose
            equipment  is defined as any items of  personal  property  which are
            usable for purposes  other than research,  such as office  equipment
            and furnishings, pocket calculators, etc.);


                                        3





      (4)   Travel to attend general  scientific  meetings (a general scientific
            meeting  is  defined  as  an  assemblage   of   scientific/technical
            personnel held to exchange information and ideas through a scheduled
            program  of   presentations;   includes   conferences,   congresses,
            seminars,  symposia and workshops;  usually  sponsored by a national
            organization);

      (5)   Foreign travel - See Paragraph b. below;

      (6)   Overtime premium;

      (7)   Consultant fees;

      (8)   Subcontracts;

      (9)   Accountable  Government  property (defined as both real and personal
            property  with an  acquisition  cost of  $1,000  or more  and a life
            expectancy of more than two years) and  "sensitive  items"  (defined
            and  listed in the  Contractor's  Guide for  Control  of  Government
            Property, 1990, regardless of acquisition value.

b.    Travel Costs

(1)         Domestic Travel

      (a)   Total  expenditures  for domestic travel  (transportation,  lodging,
            subsistence, and incidental expenses) incurred in direct performance
            of this MAO shall not exceed $-0- without the prior written approval
            of the Contracting Officer.

            (Domestic travel is defined as MA Holder travel directly  applicable
            to performance  under this MAO;  includes travel to discuss progress
            under this MAO with the Project Officer or Contracting Officer or to
            attend  meetings,  called by the  NIAID,  of  collaborating  program
            investigators  to discuss program  progress and plans.  The domestic
            travel amount above does not include scientific meeting travel which
            is defined in Article B.3.a.  above and which shall be  specifically
            approved in writing by the Contracting Officer.)

      (b)   The cost of travel by privately-owned automobile shall be reimbursed
            at the  mileage  rate  prescribed  by the MA  Holder's  established,
            generally   applicable  travel  policy  in  lieu  of  actual  costs,
            provided,  however,  that such  reimbursement  shall not  exceed the
            otherwise allowable comparative cost of travel by common carrier.

      (c)   Reasonable  actual costs of lodging and subsistence,  or per diem in
            lieu of actual  costs,  shall be  allowable  to the extent that such
            actual  costs or per diem  amounts do not exceed the  amounts or per
            diem rates  prescribed  by the MA  Holder's  established,  generally
            applicable travel policy.

      (d)   Any revision to the MA Holder's  established,  generally  applicable
            travel  policy  submitted to the  cognizant  audit agency during the
            period of performance of this MAO shall be effective, without formal
            modification to this MAO, upon delivery to the  Contracting  Officer
            of notice  describing  such revised policy together with evidence of
            submission thereof to the cognizant audit agency.

(2)   Foreign Travel

      Requests  for  foreign  travel  must be  submitted  at least  six weeks in
      advance and shall contain the following: (a) meeting(s) and place(s) to be
      visited,  with  costs  and  dates;  (b)  name(s)  and  title(s)  of Master
      Agreement Holder's personnel to travel and their functions in the specific
      Master Agreement Order project; (c) the Master Agreement Order purposes to
      be  served  by the  travel;  (d) how  travel  of  Master  Agreement  Order
      personnel will benefit and contribute to accomplishing the specific Master
      Agreement Order project,  or will otherwise justify the expenditure of NIH
      Master  Agreement Order funds;  (e) how such advantages  justify the costs
      for travel and  absence  from the  project of more than one person if such
      are suggested;  and (f) what additional  functions may be performed by the
      travelers to accomplish  other purposes of the specific  Master  Agreement
      Order and thus further benefit the project.




                                        4





ARTICLE B.4.  ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS
- ------------------------------------

a.    The estimated level of effort set forth below is for guidance to serve not
      as a measure of the MAO Holder's  obligation but as a further  description
      of the required  tasks. It will represent the basis of direct labor agreed
      to in the MAO  negotiations for the period from September 30, 1995 through
      September 29, 1997,  and will be used by both the  Government  and the MAO
      Holder to monitor progress toward achievement of the MAO objectives.

                            Total Estimated   Total Estimated    Total Estimated
  Labor Category             Year 1 Hours      Year 2 Hours      Number of Hours
  --------------             ------------      ------------      ---------------
Principal Investigator           375               375                 750
Co-Investigator                1,404               749               2,153
Technician                     1,872             1,872               3,744      
Technician                     1,872               936               2,808
Technician                     1,872                 0               1,872

  TOTAL                        7,395             3,932              11,327      

b.    The total  costs  negotiated  for this MAO only cover  Vaccine  Studies in
      support of Section B of the Statement of Work.  Section A of the Statement
      of Work is also  attached  to this  contract  should  it be  necessary  to
      perform  assays in  support  of Vaccine  Studies  for  Section A. If it is
      necessary to perform Section A assays, the costs for those assays shall be
      offset against the cost negotiated for performance of Section B assays.

c.    The MAO Holder agrees to abide by the terms of FAR  52.247-63,  Preference
      for  U.S.-Flag  Air  Carriers.  This  provision  states in part  that,  in
      performing work under this MAO, the MAO Holder shall utilize U.S. flag air
      carriers  unless service by those carriers is not available.  If U.S. flag
      air carriers are not  available the MAO Holder shall so certify in writing
      and include  that  certification/justification  in the request for advance
      approval of foreign travel.  (Cost/lower fares are not acceptable  reasons
      for proposing to utilize foreign air carriers.)

d.    The MAO  Holder  agrees  to  submit an  annual  and a final  inventory  of
      Government  property  as  required  by the DHHS  "Contractor's  Guide  for
      Control of  Government  Property."  Inventories  shall be submitted to the
      Contract  Property  Administrator  identified  in  Article  G.4.  of  this
      contract, with a copy to the Contracting Officer. Annual inventories shall
      be submitted by October 31 each year.

e.    The MAO Holder agrees to  immediately  notify the  Contracting  Officer in
      writing if there is a  projected  overrun  (in any  amount) or  unexpended
      balance (greater than 10%) in the overall budget at the end of any funding
      period, and the reasons for the variance (see also the requirements of the
      Limitation of Funds clause in the MAO).

f.    If the MAO contains any specific limitations/ceilings on particular costs,
      these shall always prevail until modified in the MAO.

g.    The MAO Holder  agrees that  samples/products  received  from/through  the
      Government  for  utilization  under this  contract  shall be used only for
      purposes required by this MAO.

h.    Publication of Manuscripts or Abstracts

      Because  there is a  possibility  that the MAO Holder  will be  evaluating
      proprietary  compounds  provided to the Government by a third party, it is
      essential to include  provisions that will protect the rights of the third
      party suppliers as follows:

            The  MAO  Holder   agrees   that   manuscripts/abstracts   based  on
            data/information  generated under this MAO will not be submitted for
            publication   until  written  Project  Officer  clearance  has  been
            received.   MAO   support   shall  be   acknowledged   in  all  such
            publications.  A  "publication"  is  defined  as an issue of printed
            material  offered  for  distribution  or any  communication  or oral
            presentation of information.


                                        5



            The  Project  Officer  will  review all  manuscripts/documents  in a
            period of time not to exceed 30 calendar days from receipt, and will
            either grant clearance for publication/disclosure, recommend changes
            or,  as  applicable,  refer  the  document  to the  Supplier  of the
            compound for their review. NIAID will use its best efforts to assist
            and expedite the review process by the Supplier wherever possible.

i.    Correspondence Procedures

      To promote timely and effective administration, correspondence (except for
      invoices/financial reports, technical progress reports/other deliverables)
      submitted under this MAO shall be subject to the following procedures:

      1.    Technical  correspondence  shall be addressed to the Project Officer
            with  an  information  copy  of  the  basic  correspondence  to  the
            Contracting  Officer.  (As  used  herein,  technical  correspondence
            excludes   correspondence   which   proposes   deviations   from  or
            modifications of MAO requirements, terms or conditions.)

      2.    Other  correspondence shall be addressed to the Contracting Officer,
            with an information copy of the basic  correspondence to the Project
            Officer.

      3.    Subject  Line(s).  All  correspondence  shall contain a subject line
            commencing with the contract number as illustrated below:

                  SUBJECT:  Contract No. NO1-AI-55277
                            Request for Approval of


                                        6



SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------

ARTICLE C.1.  STATEMENT OF WORK
- -------------------------------

a.    Independently and not as an agent of the Government,  the MAO Holder shall
      furnish  all  the  necessary  services,  qualified  personnel,   material,
      equipment,  and  facilities,  not otherwise  provided by the Government as
      needed to perform the  Statement of Work,  SECTION J,  ATTACHMENT 1, dated
      September 30, 1995, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

b.    If there is any inconsistency  between the MAO Holder's technical proposal
      and the work  described in this Article C.1.,  Paragraph a., the terms and
      conditions of this Article C.1., Paragraph a, shall control.


ARTICLE C.2.  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
- ------------------------------------

a.    Technical Reports

      In addition to those reports  required by the other terms of this MAO, the
      MAO Holder shall  prepare and submit the  following  reports in the manner
      stated below and in accordance with ARTICLE F.1. DELIVERIES of this MAO:

      (1)   Quarterly Progress Report

            By the fifteenth calendar day of the month following the end of each
            quarter,  the MAO Holder  shall  submit  (5)  copies of a  quarterly
            technical report.  Four (4) copies shall be submitted to the Project
            Officer  and one (1) copy  shall  be  submitted  to the  Contracting
            Officer.  This report shall include a description  of the activities
            during the  reporting  period,  and the  activities  planned for the
            ensuing reporting period. The first reporting period consists of the
            first full three months of performance including any fractional part
            of the initial month. Thereafter, the reporting period shall consist
            of three full  calendar  months.  A  quarterly  report  shall not be
            submitted when a final report is due.

      (2)   Final Report

            The MAO Holder  shall  submit  five (5)  copies of the final  report
            documents. Four (4) copies shall be submitted to the Project Officer
            and (1) copy shall be submitted  to the  Contracting  Officer.  This
            report is to include a summation of the work  performed  and results
            obtained for the entire MAO period of performance. This report shall
            be in  sufficient  detail to  describe  comprehensively  the results
            achieved.  The Final  Report  shall be  submitted  no later than the
            completion date of this MAO.

SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING
- -------------------------------------------

All deliverables  required under this MAO shall be packaged,  marked and shipped
in accordance  with  Government  specifications.  The MAO Holder shall guarantee
that  all  required  materials  shall  be  delivered  in  immediate  usable  and
acceptable condition.

SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
- -------------------------------------

a.    For the purpose of this ARTICLE,  the  designated  Project  Officer is the
      authorized  representative of the Contracting  Officer,  who shall perform
      inspection and acceptance of materials and services to be provided.

b.    Inspection  and  acceptance  will be  performed  at the Project  Officer's
      address listed in the clause entitled "Deliveries" in Section F.

      Acceptance may be presumed  unless  otherwise  indicated in writing by the
      Contracting Officer or the duly authorized  representative  within 30 days
      of receipt.

c.    This MAO  incorporates  the following  clause by reference,  with the same
      force and  effect as if it were  given in full  text.  Upon  request,  the
      Contracting Officer will make its full text available.
      FAR Clause  52.246-9,  INSPECTION  OF RESEARCH  AND  DEVELOPMENT  - (SHORT
      FORM)(APRIL 1984).

                                        7






SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
- -------------------------------------

ARTICLE F.1.  DELIVERIES
- ------------------------

a.    Satisfactory  performance  of this MAO  shall  be  deemed  to  occur  upon
      delivery and acceptance by the Contracting Officer, or the duly authorized
      representative,  of the  following  items in  accordance  with the  stated
      delivery schedule:

      The items  specified  below as described in (SECTION C, ARTICLE C.2. shall
      be delivered  f.o.b.  destination  as set forth in FAR  52.247-35,  F.O.B.
      DESTINATION,  WITHIN  CONSIGNEES  PREMISES (APRIL 1984), and in accordance
      with and by the date(s) specified below [and any specifications  stated in
      SECTION D, PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING, of this MAO]:


      Item        Description   Quantity   Delivery Schedule
      ----        -----------   --------   -----------------

       1.         Quarterly         5         01/15/96, 97,
                                              04/15/96, 97,
                                              07/15/96, 97,
                                              10/15/96

       2.         Final             5         By completion date of this
                                              contract


      The above items shall be addressed and delivered to:

      Addressee                     Deliverable Item No.         Quantity
      ---------                     --------------------         --------

      Project Officer                       a.1.                     4
      PRB, DAIDS                            a.2.                     4
      Solar Bldg., Rm. 2A38
      6003 Executive Blvd.
      Bethesda, MD. 20892

      Contracting Officer                   a.1.                      1
      CMB, DEA, NIAID, NIH                  a.2.                      1
      Solar Bldg., Rm. 3C07
      6003 Executive Blvd.
      Bethesda, MD. 20892



ARTICLE F.2.  STOP WORK ORDER
- -----------------------------

This MAO incorporates the following clause by reference, with the same force and
effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request,  the Contracting  Officer
will make its full text available.

      FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSE:
      52.212-13, STOP WORK ORDER (AUGUST 1989) with ALTERNATE I (APRIL 1984).


                                        8




SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA
- ----------------------------------------


ARTICLE G.1.  PROJECT OFFICER
- -----------------------------

Pursuant to the Project  Officer  Article  incorporated in the MA, the following
Project Officers will represent the Government for the purpose of this MAO:

            MAO Project Officer:              Nancy Miller, Ph.D.


ARTICLE G.2.  KEY PERSONNEL
- ---------------------------

Pursuant  to the Key  Personnel  clause  incorporated  in the MA, the  following
individuals  are  considered  to  be  essential  to  the  work  being  performed
hereunder:

            NAME                         TITLE
            ----                         -----

      Mark Cosentino, Ph.D.         Principal Investigator
      Hanna Weissberger, Ph.D.      Co-Investigator


ARTICLE G.3.  INVOICE SUBMISSION
- --------------------------------


a.    INVOICE SUBMISSION - COST-REIMBURSEMENT MAOs

      The Invoice/Financing Request Instructions for NIH Cost-Reimbursement Type
      Contracts,  NIH(RC)-1, set forth in your Master Agreement are incorporated
      herein.

      The  invoice   instructions   and   directions   for  the   submission  of
      invoice/financing  requests  contained  in the MA must be followed to meet
      the requirements of a "proper" invoice, pursuant to FAR 32.9.

ARTICLE G.4.  GOVERNMENT PROPERTY
- ---------------------------------

a.    In  addition  to the  requirements  of the  clause,  GOVERNMENT  PROPERTY,
      incorporated  in this  Section I of this MAO,  the MAO Holder shall comply
      with the provisions of DHHS Publication, Contractor's Guide for Control of
      Government  Property,  (1990),  which  is  incorporated  into  this MAO by
      reference.  Among other issues, this publication provides a summary of the
      MAO Holder's  responsibilities  regarding  purchasing  authorizations  and
      inventory  and  reporting  requirements  under  the  MAO.  A copy  of this
      publication   is  available   upon   request  to  the  Contract   Property
      Administrator at the following address:

            Contracts Property Administrator
            Research Contracts Property Administration, NIH
            Building 13, Room 2E-65
            9000 Rockville Pike
            Bethesda, Maryland  20892
            (301) 496-6466

ARTICLE G.5.  GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES, is hereby incorporated into this MAO by
reference pursuant to the Master Agreement.




                                        9




SECTION H - SPECIAL MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------

The following  Articles are incorporated into this MAO by reference  pursuant to
the Master  Agreement.  [(Any MAO Articles which are not contained in the MA are
set forth below in full text)]:

a.    ARTICLE H.1.  HUMAN SUBJECTS
      ----------------------------

b.    ARTICLE H.2.  SALARY RATE LIMITATION LEGISLATION PROVISIONS
      -----------------------------------------------------------

      Paragraph b. of this ARTICLE is revised as follows:


      b.    Public Law No.               Fiscal Year       Salary Limitation
            --------------               -----------       -----------------

              103-333                       1995                $125,000




                                       10





PART II
- -------


SECTION I - MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER CLAUSES
- ------------------------------------------

The following  Articles are incorporated into this MAO by reference  pursuant to
the Master  Agreement.  [(Any MAO Articles which are not contained in the MA are
set forth below in full text)]:

a.    ARTICLE I.1.  GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A NEGOTIATED  COST-REIMBURSEMENT  MASTER
      AGREEMENT ORDER

b.    ARTICLE I.2.  AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSES]

      For this Master  Agreement  Order  (N01-AI-55277),  FAR Clause  52.232-22,
      LIMITATION  OF FUNDS,  (APRIL  1984) as contained  in MA  N01-AI-42602  is
      deleted  in its  entirety  and is  replaced  with  FAR  Clause  52.232-20,
      LIMITATION OF COSTS.

c.    ARTICLE I.3.  ADDITIONAL MASTER AGREEMENT CLAUSES

d.    ARTICLE I.4.  ADDITIONAL FAR CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT




                                       11




PART III
- --------

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
- -------------------------------

Unless  otherwise  indicated  below,  the  following  documents are attached and
incorporated in this MAO:



1.    Statement of Work, September 30, 1995; 8 pages.


2.    Invoice/Financing  Request  Instructions for NIH  Cost-Reimbursement  Type
      Contracts,  NIH(RC)-1 (6/18/92),  4 pages. [This attachment is part of the
      Master Agreement document and is incorporated into this MAO by reference.]

3.    Safety  and  Health,  PHSAR  Clause  352.223-70,  (4/84),  2 pages.  [This
      attachment is part of the Master  Agreement  document and is  incorporated
      into this MAO by reference.]

4.    Procurement  of Certain  Equipment,  NIH(RC)-7,  (4/1/84),  1 page.  [This
      attachment is part of the Master  Agreement  document and is  incorporated
      into this MAO by reference.]



                                       12





PART IV
- -------

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS
- ----------------------------------------------


The following documents are incorporated by reference in this MAO:

1.    Representations and Certifications, dated September 15, 1995.




                               END of the SCHEDULE
                            (MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER)




                                       13






                      MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER FOR CATEGORY G

                                STATEMENT OF WORK

                     ASSESSMENT OF HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES


SECTION A:  HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES TO HIV VACCINES


Independently, and not as an agent of the Government, the Master Agreement Order
holder shall  provide the necessary  services,  qualified  personnel,  material,
equipment, and facilities,  not otherwise provided by the Government,  as needed
to perform the tasks of the Statement of Work below:

The MAO Contractor  shall perform assays to assess and  characterize the humoral
immune  responses  of macaques  that have been  immunized  with HIVenv or with a
combination of HIVenv and SIV non-env vaccines.  Specifically the MAO Contractor
shall:

1.    Conduct assays to determine the ability of sera or mucosal secretions from
      monkeys  immunized  with HIV  vaccines (or of sera from  infected  monkeys
      after SHIV challenge) to neutralize infection of cell lines and/or primary
      cells (PBMC) by the HIV strain used for the vaccine.  Further characterize
      the antibodies, including determining the neutralization titer against the
      vaccine  (homologous)  HIV strain.  If the appropriate SHIV virus stock is
      available,  determine the ability of the sera to neutralize  the SHIV made
      with the envelope gene of the homologous (vaccine) HIV.

2.    For  sera  (or  mucosal   secretions)  that  were  determined  (above)  to
      neutralize  the  homologous  strain of HIV,  determine the  neutralization
      titer  against  infection  of T cell  lines  and/or  PBMC by  heterologous
      laboratory strains of HIV.

3.    For sera (or  mucosal  secretions)  that show the  ability  to  neutralize
      heterologous  HIV isolates  (above),  determine  the ability to neutralize
      infection of T cell lines and/or primary PBMC and/or  primary  macrophages
      by primary, "field" isolates of HIV grown only in primary cells.

4.    Prior to  conducting  neutralization  assays with the monkey sera from the
      vaccine   studies,   grow  appropriate  HIV  and  SHIV  virus  stocks  and
      demonstrate  that the  viruses  are able to be  neutralized  by sera  from
      HIV-infected people or SHIV-infected monkeys.

5.    Receive,  catalog,  track, and maintain an inventory of the specimens that
      arrive for evaluation:

      a)    Advise  sample  suppliers  (Category  B  contractors)  of  the  most
            suitable  manner for shipment of sera,  whole blood,  cells or other
            specimens  for  evaluation  and  arrange  for the  transfer of these
            specimens from primate laboratories to the Contractor. All shipments
            must be coordinated so that activity/viability of specimens will not
            be adversely affected.

      b)    When necessary,  pick up or arrange for pick up of incoming specimen
            shipments from a specified airport or other contact site in a timely
            manner and assure  maintenance of activity  and/or  viability of the
            specimens by providing the  appropriate  temperature in transit from
            the airport or other contact site to the Contractor's laboratory.

      c)    Receive and  catalog  specimens  arriving  for  evaluation  from the
            primate  laboratories.   Maintain  documentation  on  file  for  all
            incoming  specimens,  including but not limited  to:primate  subject
            identification  number, trial site, protocol  identification number,
            specimen collection date and condition of sample upon arrival.

      d)    Store cataloged,  aliquotted specimens under appropriate  conditions
            to retain maximum immunological activity.

      e)    Maintain  specimen tracking and inventory system such that specimens
            can be traced and located from receipt through  processing and assay
            analysis.

MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95            
                                       14




6.    Maintain test result database and transfer data electronically:

      a)    Compile and maintain a computerized  database of all  neutralization
            assays results, using a format compatible with the FOX-PRO data base
            that NIAID plans to use to compile records and data from the vaccine
            studies. Assay results are to be recorded with designations of study
            protocol number, animal number,  specimen collection date, and other
            information requested by the Project Officer.

      b)    Transfer   specified  data   electronically   to  the  AIDS  Vaccine
            Evaluation Group (AVEG)  Statistical and  Coordinating  Center (SCC)
            and to the Project Officer at regular intervals as instructed by the
            Project  Officer  (format to be agreed  upon  between  NIAID and the
            Contractor).

      c)    Ensure  protection  against the loss of data by the  duplication  of
            data base files and programs for storage;  provide for the security,
            safety,  and accuracy of data on the specimen inventory and the test
            results database.

7.    Provide facilities and resources

      a)    Provide  facilities  and  equipment  for the  work to be  conducted,
            including a biosafety  level 2 or 3 laboratory for  conducting  work
            with live HIV and SHIV as well as samples from infected monkeys.

      b)    Provide,  maintain, and operate facilities for controlled storage of
            sera,  virus  stocks,  cell stocks,  and other samples and reagents,
            including  storage at -10 to -20 degrees C, at -70 to -90 degrees C,
            and in liquid nitrogen  conditions,  with appropriate  monitoring of
            storage  conditions  to guarantee  continuous  proper  storage.  The
            reliability of supply systems,  electrical power, and backup support
            systems shall be ensured by the contractor.

      c)    Provide protective garments,  equipment and sufficient monitoring to
            assure safe handling of potentially  hazardous materials,  including
            radioactive  materials.  Specifically,  the contractor  shall comply
            with all applicable  health and safety  regulations while conducting
            the work set forth herein.

      d)    Conduct work under this contract in accordance  with all  applicable
            Federal,  state, and local laws, codes,  ordinances and regulations,
            and  with  the  following   basic   references   and  other  related
            modifications by the Public Health Service:

            (1)   Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, U.S.
                  Department of Health and Human  Services,  Centers for Disease
                  Control and National  Institutes of Health, HHS Pub. No. (NIH)
                  93-8395  published  by the U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,
                  third edition, May 1993, stock number 17-040-00523-7.

            (2)   Recommendations  for Prevention of HIV  Transmission in Health
                  Care Settings, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 36,
                  No. 2-S.

            (3)   Agent Summary Statement for Human  Immunodeficiency  Virus and
                  Report   on    Laboratory-Acquired    Infection   with   Human
                  Immunodeficiency Virus, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report,
                  Vol. 37, No.S-4, pp.1-22.

            (4)   "Guidelines to Prevent Simian Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
                  in  Laboratory  Workers and Animal  Handlers",  Morbidity  and
                  Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 37, No. 45, pp. 693-704.

8.    Designate a project  coordinator to manage the  day-to-day  conduct of the
      study,  to interact  with the Category B MAO  laboratory  or  laboratories
      providing non-human primate samples from the vaccine study or studies, and
      to provide  information  on the status of the assay results to the Project
      Officer.

9.    Report  data and  results to NIAID or to a  designated  NIAID  contractor.
      Printouts of data and verbal  reports of the status of the study are to be
      provided on an ongoing basis during the course of the study at the request
      of the Project Officer,  in addition to the required  periodic  (quarterly
      and final) written  reports  describing the progress of the study,  and in
      addition to the periodic electronic transfer of data described in item (6)
      above.



MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95

                                       15





           SUMMARY OF VACCINE STUDIES FOR WHICH ASSAYS MAY BE REQUIRED
           -----------------------------------------------------------

              (SECTION A: HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES TO HIV VACCINES)


VACCINE STUDY 7
- ---------------

Title:  Evaluation of HIV DNA Vaccines in Monkeys Using the SHIV Model

Description:  To  compare  routes  of  administration,  rhesus  monkeys  will be
immunized by either  intramuscular  injection or by "gene gun"  inoculation with
DNA  constructs  which express HIV-1 env proteins,  together with DNA constructs
expressing SIV proteins.  The animals will be challenged  with SHIV to determine
if a  protective  response is induced and, if so, how soon it is induced and how
long it persists.


Number of monkeys:  24     (6 groups of 3; 3 groups of 2)

Length of study:  30 months

Number of inoculations per animal: 4 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge



VACCINE STUDY 8
- ---------------

Title: Evaluation of the Contribution of SIV Regulatory Genes to the Efficacy of
an HIV/SIV DNA Vaccine.

Description:   Rhesus  monkeys  will  be  immunized   intramuscularly  with  DNA
constructs encoding HIV envelope,  DNA constructs  expressing SIV proteins,  and
DNA  constructs   expressing  SIV  regulatory  gene  products  to  determine  if
theregulatory proteins elicit immune responses (particularly CTL responses) that
enhance the ability of the monkeys to resist infection with SHIV.

Number of monkeys:  20   (5 groups of 4)

Length of study:  24 months

Number of inoculations per animal: 4 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


VACCINE STUDY 13
- ----------------

Title: Immunogenicity of a Soluble Oligomeric Form of the HIV-1 Envelope Protein

Description: Rhesus monkeys will be immunized with a purified oligomeric form of
the HIV-1  envelope  protein to determine if monkeys  will  generate  antibodies
(presumably to conformational epitopes of the oligomeric envelope) that are able
to  neutralize  genetically  divergent  strains  of  HIV-1.  Vaccines  based  on
monomeric  forms of the HIV-1  envelope  generate  predominantly  type- specific
antibodies that  neutralize a limited range of HIV-1  isolates,  but preliminary
studies with the oligomeric form of the envelope  indicate that antibodies to it
may be more  broadly  reactive.  Animals  will be  challenged  with  SHIV  after
immunization  to determine the ability of the immune  response to the oligomeric
envelope to protect monkeys from infection.

Number of monkeys:  18     (6 groups of 3)

Length of study:   24 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       16




VACCINE STUDY 16
- ----------------

Title:  Evaluation of a Recombinant Semliki Forest Virus/HIV Vaccine

Description:  Rhesus  monkeys  will be immunized  with an avirulent  recombinant
Semliki Forest virus expressing HIV-1 envelope and SIV gag proteins. The monkeys
will be infected  with the virus,  which has a broad tissue  tropism,  by either
intramuscular,   intravenous,  subcutaneous,  or  mucosal  site  administration.
Animals will be  challenged  with SHIV to determine the efficacy of this vaccine
in protecting from virus infection.

Number of monkeys:  10     (5 groups of 2)

Length of study:  18 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  8 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge



MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       17






SECTION B:  HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES TO SIV VACCINES
- ----------------------------------------------------


Independently, and not as an agent of the Government, the Master Agreement Order
holder shall  provide the necessary  services,  qualified  personnel,  material,
equipment, and facilities,  not otherwise provided by the Government,  as needed
to perform the tasks of the Statement of Work below.

The MAO Contractor  shall perform assays to assess the humoral immune  responses
of macaques that have been immunized with an SIV vaccine.  Specifically  the MAO
Contractor shall:


1.    Determine  the  capability  of sera or  mucosal  secretions  from  monkeys
      immunized  with SIV vaccines to neutralize  infection of cell lines and/or
      primary  cells  (PBMC) by the SIV  strain  used for the  vaccine.  Further
      characterize  these antibodies,  including  determining the neutralization
      titer against the vaccine (homologous) SIV strain.

2.    For  sera  (or  mucosal   secretions)  that  were  determined  (above)  to
      neutralize  the  homologous  strain of SIV,  determine the  neutralization
      titer  against  infection  of T cell lines  and/or PBMC by a  heterologous
      strain or strains of SIV.

3.    Prior to conducting neutralization assays with the monkey sera (or mucosla
      secretions)  from the vaccine  studies,  grow appropriate SIV virus stocks
      and  demonstrate  that the viruses are able to be neutralized by sera from
      SIV-infected monkeys.

4.    Receive,  catalog,  track, and maintain an inventory of the specimens that
      arrive for evaluation:

      a)    Advise  sample  suppliers  (Category  B  contractors)  of  the  most
            suitable  manner for shipment of sera,  whole blood,  cells or other
            specimens  for  evaluation  and  arrange  for the  transfer of these
            specimens from primate laboratories to the Contractor. All shipments
            must be coordinated so that activity/viability of specimens will not
            be adversely affected.

      b)    When necessary,  pick up or arrange for pick up of incoming specimen
            shipments from a specified airport or other contact site in a timely
            manner and assure  maintenance of activity  and/or  viability of the
            specimens by providing the  appropriate  temperature in transit from
            the airport or other contact site to the Contractor's laboratory.

      c)    Receive and  catalog  specimens  arriving  for  evaluation  from the
            primate  laboratories.   Maintain  documentation  on  file  for  all
            incoming  specimens,  including but not limited to: primate  subject
            identification  number, trial site, protocol  identification number,
            specimen collection date and condition of sample upon arrival.

      d)    Store cataloged,  aliquotted specimens under appropriate  conditions
            to retain maximum immunological activity.

      e)    Maintain  specimen tracking and inventory system such that specimens
            can be traced and located from receipt through  processing and assay
            analysis.

5.    Maintain test result database and transfer data electronically:

      a)    Compile and maintain a computerized  database of all  neutralization
            assays results, using a format compatible with the FOX-PRO data base
            that NIAID plans to use to compile records and data from the vaccine
            studies. Assay results are to be recorded with designations of study
            protocol number, animal number,  specimen collection date, and other
            information requested by the Project Officer.

      b)    Transfer   specified  data   electronically   to  the  AIDS  Vaccine
            Evaluation Group (AVEG)  Statistical and  Coordinating  Center (SCC)
            and to the Project Officer at regular intervals as instructed by the
            Project  Officer  (format to be agreed  upon  between  NIAID and the
            Contractor).


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       18






      c)    Ensure  protection  against the loss of data by the  duplication  of
            data base files and programs  for storage;  provide for the security
            and safety of data on the  specimen  inventory  and the test results
            database.

6.    Provide facilities and resources:

      a)    Provide  facilities  and  equipment  for the  work to be  conducted,
            including a biosafety  level 2 or 3 laboratory for  conducting  work
            with live HIV and SHIV as well as samples from infected monkeys.

      b)    Provide,  maintain, and operate facilities for controlled storage of
            sera,  virus  stocks,  cell stocks,  and other samples and reagents,
            including  storage at -10 to -20 degrees C, at -70 to -90 degrees C,
            and in liquid nitrogen  conditions,  with appropriate  monitoring of
            storage  conditions  to guarantee  continuous  proper  storage.  The
            reliability of supply systems,  electrical power, and backup support
            systems shall be ensured by the contractor.

      c)    Provide protective garments,  equipment and sufficient monitoring to
            assure safe handling of potentially  hazardous materials,  including
            radioactive  materials.  Specifically,  the contractor  shall comply
            with all applicable  health and safety  regulations while conducting
            the work set forth herein.

      d)    The Contractor  shall conduct work under this contract in accordance
            with  all  applicable   Federal,   state,  and  local  laws,  codes,
            ordinances and regulations,  and with the following basic references
            and other related modifications by the Public Health Service:

            (1)   Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, U.S.
                  Department of Health and Human  Services,  Centers for Disease
                  Control and National  Institutes of Health, HHS Pub. No. (NIH)
                  93-8395  published  by the U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,
                  third edition, May 1993, stock number 17-040-00523-7.

            (2)   Recommendations  for Prevention of HIV  Transmission in Health
                  Care Settings, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 36,
                  No. 2-S.

            (3)   Agent Summary Statement for Human  Immunodeficiency  Virus and
                  Report   on    Laboratory-Acquired    Infection   with   Human
                  Immunodeficiency Virus, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report,
                  Vol. 37, No.S-4, pp.1-22.

            (4)   "Guidelines to Prevent Simian Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
                  in  Laboratory  Workers and Animal  Handlers,"  Morbidity  and
                  Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 37, No. 45, pp. 693-704.


7.    Designate a project  coordinator to manage the  day-to-day  conduct of the
      study,  to interact  with the Category B MAO  laboratory  or  laboratories
      providing non-human primate samples from the vaccine study or studies, and
      to provide  information  on the status of the assay results to the Project
      Officer.

8.    Report  data and  results to NIAID or to a  designated  NIAID  contractor.
      Printouts of data and verbal  reports of the status of the study are to be
      provided on an ongoing basis during the course of the study at the request
      of the Project Officer,  in addition to the required  periodic  (quarterly
      and final) written  reports  describing the progress of the study,  and in
      addition to the periodic electronic transfer of data described in item (6)
      above.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       19





SUMMARY OF VACCINE STUDIES FOR WHICH ASSAYS MAY BE REQUIRED:
- ------------------------------------------------------------


(SECTION B:  HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES TO SIV VACCINES)

VACCINE STUDY 1
- ---------------

Title:  Comparison of Different Routes of Immunization with ALVAC/SIV

Description:  Rhesus  monkeys will be immunized by three  different  routes with
recombinant avipox (ALVAC)  expressing SIV genes.  Intramuscular and two mucosal
routes  are  planned.   Animals  will  be  challenged   with  SIV   administered
intravenously  or at a mucosal  surface to determine if there is a difference in
efficacy of the vaccine when  administered by different  routes and to determine
if mucosal routes of  immunization  are more effective at blocking  infection at
mucosal  surfaces  than  intramuscular  immunizations.  Monkeys will be followed
after  challenge  to  determine  whether  infection  has  occurred  and  whether
immunization affects disease progression in any infected animals.

Number of monkeys:  48    (8 groups of 6)

Length of study:  32 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


VACCINE STUDY 2
- ---------------

Title:  Comparison of Different Routes of Immunization with NYVAC/SIV

Description:  Rhesus  monkeys will be immunized by three  different  routes with
recombinant   attenuated   vaccinia  virus  (NYVAC)   expressing  SIV  proteins.
Intramuscular  and two  different  mucosal  routes are planned.  Animals will be
challenged  with SIV  administered  intravenously  or at a  mucosal  surface  to
determine if there is a difference in efficacy of the vaccine when  administered
by different  routes and to determine if mucosal routes of immunization are more
effective  at  blocking   infection  at  mucosal  surfaces  than   intramuscular
immunizations.  Monkeys will be followed  after  challenge to determine  whether
infection has occurred and whether  immunization  affects disease progression in
infected animals.

Number of monkeys:  48     (8 groups of 6)

Length of study:  32 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


VACCINE STUDY 5
- ---------------

Title: Evaluation of Immunization with Recombinant Vaccinia/SIV Vaccine Followed
by Immunization with SIV Proteins

Description:   Rhesus  monkeys  will  be  immunized  with  recombinant  vaccinia
expressing SIV genes by intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular or oral routes,
followed by immunizations with SIV proteins. Animals will be challenged WITH SIV
to  determine  whether  the  efficacy of the vaccine is affected by the route of
administration.

Number of monkeys:  24     (4 groups of 6)

Length of study:  24 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  6 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       20





VACCINE STUDY 14
- ----------------

Title:  Evaluation of recombinant BCG/SIV vaccines

Description: Rhesus monkeys will be immunized orally with a live recombinant BCG
expressing  SIV  proteins,  followed  by  immunization  with  a  mixture  of SIV
peptides. The monkeys will be challenged with SIV administered  intravenously or
at a mucosal site  different from the site of  immunization  to determine if the
live recombinant BCG vaccine  administered by a mucosal route confers protection
from infection.

Number of monkeys:  16     (4 groups of 4)

Length of study:  30 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  4 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge



VACCINE STUDY 15
- ----------------

Title:  Evaluation of a Recombinant Polio/SIV Vaccine

Description:  Pig-tailed  macaques  will be immunized at two mucosal  sites with
live  recombinant  poliovirus  replicons  expressing SIV proteins.  This will be
followed by  immunization  with  purified  SIV  proteins.  The  animals  will be
challenged  with  SIV  either  intravenously  or  at a  mucosal  site  used  for
immunization or at a mucosal site different from the one used for immunization.

Number  of  monkeys:  30 (for  immunizations:  6 groups of 4; for  titration  of
                      challenge virus stock: 6)

Length of study:    24 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  3 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge

MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       21


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6



                                    AGREEMENT


       WHEREAS,  Ajinomoto Co., Inc.  ("Ajinomoto")  of Tokyo,  Japan desires to
sponsor  and fund a research  and  development  program and BTRL  Contracts  and
Services,  Inc., doing business as Biotech Research Laboratories (BTRL) a wholly
owned  subsidiary  company of Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.,  desires to provide  the
necessary  services  to perform  such  research  (The  Project),  this  Contract
Agreement  is made  this 1st day of  October  1995 by  Ajinomoto  and  BTRL.  In
consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein,  the parties hereto state
and agree as follows:

1.     BTRL agrees,  that in return for the payments to be made  thereunder,  it
       shall  provide  services   including   labor,   materials  and  supplies,
       facilities and administrative support necessary to perform the Project as
       described in Attachment I, using its best efforts therein. This work will
       be performed under the direction of the Project  Officer  (Ajinomoto) and
       facilitated by a Principal Investigator (BTRL).

2.     In  consideration  of the  services  to be  performed  by BTRL during the
       Project,  Ajinomoto will pay BTRL in accordance with the budget specified
       in Attachment II.

       a.     The Labor,  Materials  and Supplies and Other Direct  Charges will
              reflect  the actual  usage on the  Contract,  and will be burdened
              with a [Language Deleted Due To Confidential  Treatment  Request.]
              Fringe  Benefit  Rate,  an [Language  Deleted Due To  Confidential
              Treatment  Request.]  G&A  Rate  and a  [Language  Deleted  Due To
              Confidential Treatment Request.] Fee as indicated. Fringe benefits
              will include: long-term disability,  life insurance,  earned time,
              tuition  reimbursement,  usually ten paid holidays,  401K plan and
              short  term  disability.  No  health  insurance  coverage  will be
              offered to this class of employee ( "Project At-Will").

       b.     The Rental and Other Fixed Overhead Costs will remain fixed in the
              course of the Project as indicated.

       c.     Any required equipment  purchases which are not billed directly to
              this contract,  but which come from a Supplementary  Budget,  will
              not be burdened with G&A or Fee.

       The  payments  on each  year's  budget  shall  be  payable  in two  equal
       semi-annual  installments,  the  first  of  which  shall be due as of the
       effective  date of this Agreement and the remaining  installments  due at
       six month intervals thereafter.  BTRL will provide Ajinomoto with monthly
       statements indicating the actual expenditures incurred on this Project.

       In the  event  that  substantial  changes  in  the  proposed  budget  are
       requested by Ajinomoto, (such as hiring additional personnel or requiring
       substantial  increases in the cost of Materials  or  Services),  and such
       changes will exceed the proposed 

                                    -Page 1-


       budget for the year, BTRL will request a  Supplementary  Budget and await
       Ajinomoto's  approval prior to incurring these costs.  Approved  payments
       relating to the Supplementary  Budget will be made in accordance with the
       manner detailed in a., b., c., above.

3.     BTRL agrees that in the performance of the Project,  it shall provide the
       personnel identified and required by Ajinomoto. Initially, this personnel
       shall consist of a Principal  Investigator  (10%  effort),  two full-time
       Technicians and one full-time  Administrative  Assistant. If requested by
       Ajinomoto,  a full-time  Senior Scientist or other personnel may be added
       at a subsequent time. Personnel hired by BTRL for the Project, other than
       the P.I., will be "Project At-Will" employees directly  reimbursed by the
       Project.  The scientific  personnel working on the Project shall have the
       necessary scientific training and experience to perform the Project.

4.     In further consideration of the payments to be made in Paragraph 2 above,
       BTRL shall provide two carpeted  offices  (designated as Room I and Ia on
       BTRL's floor plan), one for Dr Aoki, the on-site Project Officer employed
       by Ajinomoto, and another for the Administrative Assistant and scientific
       personnel.  The offices  will come  equipped  with a telephone  extension
       connecting  to the Company  switchboard  for internal and local use and a
       computer network  connection.  Private telephone line(s) will be provided
       by the  Project as will any  additional  office  improvements.  BTRL also
       agrees  to  provide  to  the  Project,  laboratory  space  designated  as
       Laboratory X and Xa on BTRL's floor plan.  Laboratory  Xa comes  equipped
       with  laboratory  casework  and  cabinets.  Laboratory  X does  not  come
       equipped with laboratory casework or cabinets.  Any additional casework ,
       cabinets or laboratory renovations will be provided by the Project.

5.     Ajinomoto  agrees and shall  require  the  Project  Officer and any other
       Ajinomoto  representative  entering  BTRL's  premises  to  agree  to  the
       following:

       a.     The  presence  of such  person(s)  in BTRL's  premises  is for the
              benefit of Ajinomoto and though BTRL will use  reasonable  efforts
              to maintain  its premises in a safe  condition,  BTRL shall not be
              liable for any illness or injury  suffered by such person(s) while
              in, on or around BTRL's premises, including its laboratories where
              infectious biological materials are or may be used.

       b.     In the event of any illness or injury to such person(s)  occurring
              on, in or around BTRL's premises,  BTRL shall be released from any
              and all  responsibility  or  liability  for such illness or injury
              except to the extent such  illness or injury  occurred as a result
              of any intentional misconduct by BTRL. Ajinomoto shall defend BTRL
              against any such claims by such  persons and  indemnify  BTRL from
              any liability arising from such claims.


                                    -Page 2-


       c.     Ajinomoto  shall have the  responsibility  of providing  statutory
              workers  compensation  insurance and any other insurance  coverage
              that may apply to such person(s).

       d.     BTRL shall have no obligation  to provide any  insurance  coverage
              whatsoever for the benefit of Ajinomoto or such person(s).

       e.     Such  person(s)  shall abide by all BTRL policies and  procedures,
              including those concerning  health,  security and safety,  and any
              violation of such  policies and  procedures  shall entitle BTRL to
              refuse to allow such  person(s) on its premises  and/or to require
              Ajinomoto  to  substitute  other  representatives  for  those  who
              violate such policies and procedures.

       f.     Any  non-public  information  learned  about  any  aspect  of  the
              business  of BTRL  and/or its  affiliated  companies  (other  than
              information  concerning  the  Project)  shall  be held in full and
              complete  confidence  and shall not be used,  or  disclosed to any
              person or entity whatsoever,  without the prior written consent of
              BTRL.   The  foregoing   restriction   shall  apply  to  technical
              information, and financial and non-financial information including
              but  not  limited  to  know-how,   formulae,  patents,  processes,
              procedures,  sales  information,  manufacturing  data and names of
              customers or vendors.

6.     This  Agreement and the Project shall extend for an initial term of three
       (3) years, which may be extended by mutual agreement for additional terms
       of one year each.

       Ajinomoto  shall  have the right to  terminate  this  Agreement  prior to
       September  30, 1998 by giving  three (3) months prior  written  notice to
       BTRL. If however,  Ajinomoto  terminates this Agreement without cause for
       its own convenience BTRL shall be due the balance of all Fee as specified
       in the Project Budget (Attachment II). Except as otherwise provided above
       or unless explicitly agreed otherwise between the parties,  neither party
       shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on or before October 30,
       1998, except that either party may terminate this Agreement forthwith:

       a.     in the event the other party shall  breach any of its  obligations
              under this  Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within sixty
              (60) days from  receipt of notice of such  breach by the party not
              in default:

       b.     in case of the other party's  liquidation,  bankruptcy or state of
              insolvency; or

       c.     in the event the other party  assigns this  Agreement  without the
              written consent of the terminating party.

       Upon   expiration  or  termination  of  this  agreement  for  any  reason
       whatsoever,  all claims each party may have against the other party shall
       become  due.  The  parties  

                                    -Page 3-


       shall  make up a list of such  claims of each  against  the  other.  Such
       claims  shall be offset  and the net  amount  arrived at shall be settled
       within sixty (60) days from the termination of this agreement.


7.     In order to  protect  the  confidentiality  of all  confidential  subject
       matter,  the parties  agree not to disclose or release such  confidential
       subject  matter to any person,  laboratory,  institution,  corporation or
       other entity that is not directly  participating in this Project; and, to
       not use or permit  the use of said  confidential  subject  matter for any
       purpose other than for the Project  without  first  obtaining the express
       written  permission  of the  other  party,  except  under  the  following
       circumstances:

       a.     Subject  matter that, as of the signing of this  agreement,  is in
              the public domain;

       b.     Subject  matter  that,  as of the  date  of the  signing  of  this
              agreement,  can be shown by written evidence to have been known to
              either party;

       c.     Subject  matter  that,  at any time is  received  in good faith by
              either party from a third party who was lawfully in  possession of
              the same and had the right to disclose the same; and

       d.     Subject  matter  that the  parties  mutually  agree in  writing to
              release from the terms of this agreement.

8.     Any and all discoveries and/or inventions arising from performance of the
       Project shall belong to Ajinomoto.  BTRL shall, however, be entitled to a
       royalty of [Language Deleted Due To Confidential  Treatment  Request.] of
       the net sales of those  products  which are  covered by a product  patent
       arising  out of the  Project;  and BTRL shall be entitled to a royalty of
       [Language  Deleted Due To  Confidential  Treatment  Request.]  of the net
       sales of  products  covered  by only a process  patent  arising  from the
       Project. In the event a product is covered by both a product patent and a
       process patent,  BTRL shall receive a royalty of [Language Deleted Due To
       Confidential Treatment Request.]. Royalty payments on products covered by
       patents shall continue for the life of the applicable patent.  BTRL shall
       be  entitled  to  a  [Language  Deleted  Due  To  Confidential  Treatment
       Request.] royalty on net sales of products utilizing technology developed
       under the  Project  if there is no patent on either  the  product  or the
       process  utilized  therein.  Royalty  payments  applicable  to unpatented
       products or processes  shall  continue for a period of ten years from the
       date of the first  commercial sale of a product  utilizing the unpatented
       technology.

9.     BTRL  shall  have  a  right  of  first   refusal  on  an   exclusive   or
       semi-exclusive  (with Ajinomoto) basis in the event Ajinomoto  decides to
       license any patented technology arising from the Project. BTRL shall have
       the right to use  unpatented  technology in exchange for payment of a sum
       to be agreed upon by both  parties  during the term of its use;  however,
       after ten years of royalty  payments  BTRL shall be deemed to have a paid
       up license to use such technology.

                                    -Page 4-


10.    In the event that  either of the parties  hereto,  at any time during the
       term of this Agreement, commits a breach of any provision thereunder, and
       fails to rectify  such breach  within sixty (60) days from the receipt of
       written  notice  thereof  from the other  party,  such other party may be
       entailed to terminate this Agreement.

11.    In the event of any dispute,  the parties shall use their best efforts to
       resolve such dispute.  If such dispute is not resolved  within sixty (60)
       days of the first  written  notice  thereof,  either  party  may  request
       arbitration, with such arbitration to take place in Rockville,  Maryland,
       in  accordance  with  the  Commercial  Mediation  rules  of the  American
       Arbitration Association.  The parties agree that they will be represented
       at the  oral  proceedings  of such  mediation  by at  least  one of their
       authorized officers who may be assisted by one or more advisors. The cost
       of such mediation shall be shared equally by the parties,  and each party
       shall  bear its own  expenses  in  connection  with such  mediation.  The
       parties  shall  endeavor  and shall  instruct  the  mediator  to have the
       mediation  proceedings completed and a final resolution reached within 60
       days of the date the mediator is appointed.

       This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
       laws of the State of Maryland.  In the event of an unsettled dispute, the
       parties  mutually  agree to the use of any  federal or state court in the
       State of Maryland  having  jurisdiction  over the subject matter thereof,
       and the parties  hereby  waive any and all rights to object to the laying
       of venue in any such  court and to the right to claim that any such court
       may be an inconvenient forum. The parties hereby submit themselves to the
       jurisdiction of each such court and agree that service of process on them
       in any such action may be effected by notice in writing to the  officials
       or their replacements who have signed this Agreement.

12.    In the event of termination  of or at the end of the Agreement  Ajinomoto
       agrees to reimburse BTRL for those expenses incurred by the Project after
       the  winding  down of the  Project.  Sixty  days  prior to the end of the
       agreement  BTRL will  submit  to the  on-site  Project  Officer a list of
       expenses to be  approved  that will be incurred as a result of the end of
       the project

13.    Attachment I is a description of the Project.

14.    Attachment II is the Project Budget.

15.    Attachment III is the List of Equipment.

16.    Attachment IV is a Building Floor Plan designating  office and laboratory
       space to be assigned to the Project.

                                    -Page 5-


       IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
       executed  as of the  date  set  forth  above  by  their  duly  authorized
       representatives.


AJINOMOTO CO., INC.                 BTRL CONTRACTS  AND SERVICES, INC.


BY                                  BY
  ----------------------------        ------------------------------------------
Masakatsu Nakamura                  Richard T. Schumacher

TITLE                               TITLE
     -------------------------           ---------------------------------------
Managing Director                   President



                                    -Page 6-


                                  ATTACHMENT 1

Research Objectives

       a.     Relationship   between   immunodeficiency  and  plasma  levels  of
              L-cystine

              There  is  evidence  to  support  the  idea  that   persons   with
              immunodeficiencies,  such as Low Natural Killer  Syndrome  (LNKS),
              advanced and terminal stage cancers, HIV-1 infections,  etc., have
              significantly  lower  plasma  levels of  certain  essential  amino
              acids,  i.e.,  L-cystine  and  L-glutamine  compared  to  those of
              healthy individuals.  Since current assays for immunodeficiencies,
              specifically NK activity assays,  require the use of radioisotopes
              and viable biological  samples,  a chemical assay to measure amino
              acids would be both simpler and easier.  Our group is developing a
              colorimetric  assay to determine plasma levels of L-cystine.  This
              assay can be used in place of the more  time-consuming NK activity
              assay to determine a person's  immune status.  The results we have
              obtained  thus far using  this  colorimetric  assay  lend  further
              support to the above hypothesis.

              The ultimate  goal of this project is to develop a diagnostic  kit
              that  makes use of  plasma  levels of  L-cystine  as a marker  for
              immunodeficiency.

       b.     Support  of  clinical  trials  of  Low  NK  Syndrome  patients  by
              treatment with Lentinan.

              The  University of Pittsburgh  School of Medicine,  in cooperation
              with Ajinomoto  Company,  is planning  clinical trials to gain FDA
              approval to administer Lentinan,  a polysaccharide  extracted from
              an edible  Japanese  mushroom,  to patients  with Chronic  Fatigue
              Syndrome  (CFS) with or without LNKS. Use of Lentinan in Japan has
              proven to be an effective  immunopotentiator  for the treatment of
              CFS and LNKS.

       c.     Examination of etiology of Low NK Syndrome

              Our  group  will  also be  collaborating  with the  University  of
              Pittsburgh  School of Medicine to determine  the etiology of LNKS.
              As of now, there are three hypotheses as to the cause of LNKS: (1)
              an undetermined  virus, (2) a defective  metabolic  pathway and/or
              (3) a genetic factor. Once the mechanism(s) that leads to LNKS has
              been defined,  a  quantitative  assay,  e.g., PCR in the case of a
              viral  infection,  can be  utilized  to further  characterize  the
              etiologic agent(s).


ATTACHMENT II
YEARLY COST BREAKDOWN

                            SUMMARY OF ANNUAL COSTS
                               AJINOMOTO CONTRACT

                                                                       3 YEAR
                                           YEAR 1   YEAR 2    YEAR 3    TOTAL
DIRECT LABOR
Technician B. Thompson [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]
Technician H. Tissue
Admin Asst. R.L. East  [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]
P.I. Manak                        

TOTAL DIRECT
LABOR                  [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

FRINGE BENEFITS                    

FACILITIES                    
OFFICE 272 SQUARE FT.  [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]
LABS 892 SQUARE FT.

OTHER FIXED OVERHEAD COSTS               

MATERIALS             [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

OTHER DIRECT                             
(HEALTH INSURANCE, POSTAGE, TRAVEL, PRIVATE TELEPHONE)

SUBTOTAL                                

G & A               [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

TOTAL COSTS                             
                     [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]
FEE                               

TOTAL COSTS PLUS
FIXED FEE            [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

EQUIPMENT

DIRECT LABOR BASED ON 1856 PERON HOURS PER YEAR



                                 ATTACHMENT III

FURNITURE/COMPUTER EQUIPMENT:

Ajinomoto  owns desks,  chairs,  and file cabinets for Dr. Aoki and his staff; 2
IBM compatible computers, 1 laser printer, and 1 laserjet fax.

EQUIPMENT:

Ajinomoto owns the following equipment:

Miscellaneous equipment, supplies, disposable labware, chemicals, etc.
Locker
Scotsman Ice Maker
LKB Ultraspec Plus (Spectrophotometer) 
Perkin Elmer Thermal Cycler (Gene Amp PCR System 9600) 
Sorvall RT6000B Refrigerated Centrifuge 
Ohaus balance 
3x Forma Scientific Water-Jacketed Incubator 
2x Olympus CK2 Microscopes 
Olympus CK2 Microscope with Camera 
Zeiss Axiophot Fluorescence Microscope 
Skatron A/S Plate Washer 
HPLC equipment 
Branson 8200 Sonifier 
Orion Research pH meter 
Sartorius Balance 
Ohaus GT480 Balance 
2x Refrigerator/Freezers 
Beckman 18-70M Ultracentrifuge 
Revco (-70%C) freezer (Deep Freezer) 
Napco 201 and 202 water baths 
Beckman Microfuge 12 
Power Supply 
Fischer Biotech UV Box 
HP Quiet Jet Printer 
Titertek Multiskan Mcc/340 Plate Reader 
Mistral 3000E Centrifuge 
Beckman J2-M1 Centrifuge 
Fire Safety Cabinet
Hoeffer Transfor 
Packard Liquid Scintillation Analyzer 
Branson Sonifier 250 
LKB-HPLC Variable Monitor 
LKB-HPLC Superac 
LKB-HPLC LC Controller 
LKB-HPLC HPLC Pump



                                 Attachment IV

                          [FLOOR PLAN -- UPPER LEVEL]



                                 Attachment IV

                          [FLOOR PLAN -- LOWER LEVEL]


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7
                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

      THIS LEASE is made as of this 30th day of June,  1992,  by and between (i)
Cambridge Biotech Corporation,  a Delaware corporation  qualified to do business
in the State of Maryland (the  "Landlord"),  with a business and mailing address
of 1500 East  Gude  Drive,  Rockville,  MD 20850,  and (ii) BTRL  Contracts  and
Services Inc., a Massachusetts corporation qualified to do business in the State
of Maryland (the  "Tenant"),  with a business and mailing  address of c/o Boston
Biomedica, Inc., 375 West Street, West Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02379.

                                   WITNESSETH:

      For and in  consideration  of the covenants  herein contained and upon the
terms and conditions herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

        1.       Introductory Provisions.

                (a) Fundamental  Lease  Provisions.  Certain  Fundamental  Lease
provisions  are  presented in this Section in summary form solely to  facilitate
convenient reference by the parties hereto:

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                             <C>                    <C>                   <C> 
                 (1)  Leased Premises             3 Taft Court                                 [See Section 2(a)
                                                  Rockville,  MD  20850                        and Exhibit A]
                 (2)  Floor Space of Leased       20,680 square  feet                          [See Section 2(a)]
                      Premises                    (more or less)

                 (3)  Gross Leasable Area of      22,680 square  feet                          [See Section 2(b))
                      Property
 
                 (4)  A. Proportionate Share      91%                                          [See Section 2(c)]
                      B. R.E. Proportionate       67%
                         Share
                      C. Insurance  Propor-       67%
                         tionate Share

                 (5)  Rent Commencement Date      July 1, 1992                                 [See Section 3(a)]

                 (6)  Expiration Data             June 30, 1997                                [See Section 3(a)]

                 (7)  Minimum Annual Rent         Lease Year           Minimum  Annual Rent    [See Section 4(a)]
                                                   1                   $19,200.00
                                                   2                   $144,760.00
                                                   3                   $206,800.00
                                                   4                   $248,160.00
                                                   5                   $289,520.00

                 (8)  Basic Monthly Rent          Lease Year           Basic Monthly Rent      [See Section 4(a)]
                                                   1                   $1,600.00
                                                   2                   $12,063.33
                                                   3                   $17,233.33
                                                   4                   $20,680.00
                                                   5                   $24,126.66

                 (9)  Tenant's  Use Clause         General  office,
                                                   research/development,                       [See Section 6]
                                                   and   manufacturing   
                                                   (as  allowed  by
                                                   zoning  code)  in  
                                                   biotechnology   and
                                                   biomedical fields

                 (10) Security Deposit             $12,063.00                                  [See Section 5]

                 (11) Leasing Broker               None                                        [See Section 35]

</TABLE>

                (b) References and  Conflicts.  References  appearing in Section
1(a) are  intended  to  designate  some of the other  places in the Lease  where
additional provisions applicable to the particular  fundamental Lease provisions
appear.  These  references are for convenience  only and shall not be deemed all
inclusive.  Each  reference  in  this  Lease  to any of  the  fundamental  Lease
provisions  contained in Section 1(a) shall be construed to  incorporate  all of
the terms provided for under such provisions,  and such provisions shall be read
in conjunction with all other provisions of this Lease  applicable  thereto.  If
there is any conflict between any of the fundamental  Lease provisions set forth
in Section 1(a) and any other provisions of the Lease, the latter shall control.






                                       -2-





              (c) Exhibits.  The following  drawings and special  provisions are
attached hereto as exhibits and hereby made a part of this Lease:

Exhibit A.    Site Plan of Property including the Leased Premises and Adjacent 
              Laboratory Building
Exhibit B.    List of  Landlord  Repairs  After  Rent  Commencement Date
Exhibit C.    Rules and Regulations

        2.   Premises.

              (a) Leased Premises.  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant
hereby rents from Landlord,  that certain building (the "Leased Premises") which
is located  at 3 Taft  Court,  Rockville,  MD 20850 and is  outlined  in blue on
Exhibit A, together with the non-exclusive  right to use the common areas of the
Property as more fully described in Section 7 hereof.  The Leased Premises shall
consist of the agreed  square  footage of floor  space as  specified  in Section
l(a)(2).

              (b) The  Property.  The Leased  Premises  is a part of a parcel of
improved real property owned by Landlord  which is more fully  described as "Lot
5,  Block  A, in the  Redgate  Industrial  Park  Subdivision  as shown on a plat
thereof  recorded  in Plat Book  102,  Plat  11503  among  the Land  Records  of
Montgomery County, Maryland" (the "Property").  Landlord represents and warrants
to Tenant that it is the owner in fee simple of the Property, subject to certain
encumbrances,  rights of way, easements, and other matters of record. Located on
the Property is the Leased Premises,  a laboratory  building known as 3 1/2 Taft
Court,  Rockville,  Maryland 20850 (the  "Adjacent  Laboratory  Building"),  and
certain  common areas as  hereinafter  defined in Section 7. Landlord and Tenant
acknowledge  that the gross  leasable  area of both the Leased  Premises and the
Adjacent  Laboratory  Building is specified in Section l(a)(3) ("Gross  Leasable
Area" or "GLA"),  and shall hereafter be referred to as the GLA of the Property.
The GLA of the  Property  shall be used  hereinafter  for  purposes of computing
Tenant's  "Proportionate  Share" (as  hereinafter  defined) of certain  expenses
payable to Landlord as  "Additional  Rent" (as  hereinafter  defined).  Landlord
reserves the right to modify the GLA of the  Property,  and shall modify the GLA
of the  Property,  from  time to time  during  the  Lease  Term as a  result  of
construction of new leasable improvements or the demolition of existing leasable
improvements on the Property. Landlord's right to modify the GLA of the Property
shall not be construed to provide  Landlord  with any right to modify the GLA of
the Leased  Premises,  or to deprive Tenant of the reasonable use of any portion
of the parking areas allocated to it.

              (c) Tenant's  Proportionate Share. Tenant's Proportionate Share of
certain  expenses  hereinafter  made payable to Landlord as  Additional  Rent is
specified in Section  l(a)(4).  Said  computation is based upon the ratio of the
total area of floor space in the Leased Premises to the GLA of the Property. The
Proportionate  Share shall be  modified  during the Lease Term in the event that
the GLA of the Property is modified as described in Section 2(b) above.

        3.    Term and Acceptance by Tenant.

              (a) Lease Term.  The term of this Lease  (sometimes  herein called
the "Lease  Term")  shall  begin as of the date  specified  in Section  1(a) (5)
("Rent  Commencement  Date") and, unless sooner  terminated as herein  provided,
continue  thereafter through the date specified in Section l(a)(6)  ("Expiration
Date").  The period commencing with the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the
last day of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month  thereafter  shall constitute
the first "Lease Year" as such






                                       -3-





term is used herein.  Each  successive  full twelve (12) month period during the
Lease Term shall constitute a "Lease Year".

              (b) Acceptance of Leased  Premises.  Tenant accepts  possession of
the  Leased  Premises  in "as is"  condition,  except  that  Landlord  shall  be
obligated to complete, or cause to be completed,  repairs to the Leased Premises
which are identified in Exhibit B, in a good and workmanlike  manner using first
quality  materials,  on or before the ninetieth (90th) day following the date of
execution  of  this  Lease  by  both  parties  hereto.  Landlord  shall  use all
reasonable efforts to cause said repair work to be completed by such independent
contractors in a diligent manner. Tenant expressly  acknowledges and agrees that
Landlord has made no  representations  or warranties  with respect to the Leased
Premises,  and that no promises to alter,  repair or improve the Leased Premises
or the Property  have been made by Landlord or its agents or  employees,  unless
specifically set forth herein.

              (c)  Permits.  Tenant  shall  be  responsible  for  obtaining  the
occupancy permit (if and to the extent required by law) and all other permits or
licenses  necessary  for its  lawful  occupancy  of the  Leased  Premises.  This
requirement shall not relieve Tenant of its liability for the payment of Minimum
Annual Rent and Additional  Rent, and the  performance of all other  obligations
contained herein,  from and after the Rent Commencement  Date, in the event that
all of said  approvals,  permits  and  licenses  have  not been  acquired  prior
thereto.

        4.  Rent.

              (a)  Minimum   Annual  Rent.  The  Minimum  Annual  Rent  reserved
hereunder in Section  1(a)(7) shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord during each
Lease Year of the Lease Term in equal monthly installments of Basic Monthly Rent
in the amounts set forth in Section 1(a)(8),  due in advance,  without notice or
demand, and without set-off, deduction,  recoupment or abatement of any kind, on
the Rent  Commencement  Date and the first (1st) day of each and every  calendar
month thereafter  during the Lease Term. In the event that the Rent Commencement
Date  occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar  month or the Lease
Term ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar  month,  then the Basic
Monthly Rent or Additional Rent for such partial month(s) shall be computed on a
per diem basis by dividing the Basic Monthly Rent or  Additional  Rent by thirty
(30) and  multiplying  it by the number of days in the partial  calendar  month.
Rent shall be paid to  Landlord,  or to such other  person(s),  or at such other
address as Landlord may designate to Tenant from time to time.

              (b) Additional Rent.

                    (i)  General.  Whenever  it is provided by the terms of this
Lease that  Tenant is  required  to make any  payment to  Landlord  other than a
payment of Minimum Annual Rent,  such payment shall be deemed to be a payment of
additional  rent  ("Additional  Rent").  Unless  otherwise  expressly  specified
herein,  Additional  Rent shall be paid by Tenant with the next  installment  of
Basic Monthly Rent thereafter  falling due.  Additional Rent shall include,  but
not be limited to:

                    (ii) Real  Estate  Taxes.  On or before  September  1, 1992,
Tenant  shall pay to Landlord  its R.E.  Proportionate  Share of the Real Estate
Taxes to be incurred by Landlord on the Property  during the 1992-1993 tax year,
based upon a copy of the 1992-1993 tax bill for the Property delivered to Tenant
by Landlord  prior  thereto (or if a copy of said tax bill is not  delivered  to
Tenant until after  September 1, 1992, then within five (5) business days of the
receipt thereof).  Commencing upon the 1st day of October,  1992, and thereafter
on the first day of each calendar month throughout the Lease Term,  Tenant shall
pay to Landlord, without





                                      -4-






notice or demand therefor  (other than the annual notice of Landlord's  estimate
of Tenant's R.E.  Proportionate Share of the Real Estate Taxes and a copy of the
tax bill as described in the following  paragraph of this Section),  and without
any deduction whatsoever,  one-twelfth (1/12) of its R.E. Proportionate Share of
Landlord's  good faith  estimate  of the Real  Estate  Taxes to be  incurred  by
Landlord on the Property during the following tax year (prorated,  if necessary,
if the  remainder  of the Lease Term  constitutes  less than the full tax year).
Tenant's obligation to pay its R.E. Proportionate Share of the Real Estate Taxes
incurred during the Lease Term shall survive the expiration or other termination
of the Lease.

              The term "Real Estate Taxes" shall mean all taxes and assessments,
general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, now or
hereafter assessed, levied or imposed upon the Property, including both the land
and the improvements  which are built thereon,  including,  without  limitation,
front foot benefit charges and adequate  public facility costs and  assessments,
together with (i) any tax,  assessment,  or other  imposition in the nature of a
real estate tax, (ii) any ad valorem tax on rent or any tax on income if imposed
in lieu of or in addition to real estate  taxes and  assessments,  and (iii) any
taxes and assessments  which may hereafter be substituted for real estate taxes,
including by way of illustration  only, any tax,  assessment or other imposition
(whether a business  rental or other tax) now or hereafter  levied upon Landlord
for a tenant's use or occupancy of or conduct of business on the Property,  or a
tenant's  improvements  to or furniture,  fixtures or equipment on the Property.
Real Estate Taxes shall also include all  reasonable  costs incurred by Landlord
in contesting the validity or amount of any such taxes.  Real Estate Taxes shall
not  include  transfer,  inheritance,  capital  stock or  income  taxes or other
similar personal tax of Landlord,  nor any late charges,  penalties or interest,
incurred due to untimely payments by Landlord in connection with said tax.

              Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's  receipt from the taxing
authority  of the Real  Estate Tax bill for the  1993-1994 tax year and for each
tax year  thereafter  during the Lease Term,  Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a
copy  of  such  tax  bill,  together  with a  statement  showing  Tenant's  R.E.
Proportionate  Share of the actual Real  Estate  Taxes due for said tax year and
the amount of payments  made by Tenant based upon the estimate  thereof.  Tenant
shall  pay  Landlord,  within  thirty  (30)  days of  Tenant's  receipt  of such
statement,  Tenant's R.E. Proportionate Share of the excess, if any, of the Real
Estate Taxes for such tax year over the estimated  costs thereof.  If the amount
paid by Tenant as Tenant's R.E. Proportionate Share of the estimated Real Estate
Taxes for such tax year  exceeded  Tenant's R.E.  Proportionate  Share of actual
Real Estate Taxes for such tax year, the excess shall be credited toward payment
of the next  installment of Basic Monthly Rent to be paid by Tenant after Tenant
receives said statement from Landlord. If the amount paid by Tenant for the last
tax year of the Lease Term exceeds Tenant's R.E.  Proportionate  Share of actual
Real Estate Taxes for such tax year, Landlord shall pay Tenant the excess amount
within thirty (30) days after  Landlord's  submission to Tenant of the aforesaid
statement for such tax year.

             In the event that the Adjacent  Laboratory  Building is  demolished
during  the  Lease  Term,  then,  commencing  upon  the  effective  date  of the
reassessment of the Property and the modification of Real Estate Taxes resulting
from such  demolition,  and for so long as the Leased  Premises  constitutes one
hundred  percent  (100%) of the leasable  improvements  located on the Property,
Tenant shall be obligated to pay Tenant's R.E.  Proportionate  Share of the Real
Estate Taxes assessed  against the Property land and one hundred  percent (100%)
of the Real Estate Taxes assessed against the Property improvements.





                                       -5-





         Upon Tenant's  written  request,  Landlord  will  contest,  at Tenant's
expense,  the  validity or amount of any such Real Estate Tax.  Tenant  shall be
entitled to its R.E. Proportionate Share of any refund.

         Landlord   shall  deposit  and   thereafter   hold  in  escrow,   until
disbursement,  the funds  received  from Tenant  pursuant to this  section in an
interest bearing, federally insured account. All interest earned on said account
shall be  credited  to Tenant and shall be used in the  adjustments  to Tenant's
payments made hereunder from time to time during the Lease Term so that Landlord
collects only such monies as are  necessary to pay Tenant's  R.E.  Proportionate
Share of said Real Estate Taxes.

         In  addition  to  Tenant's  obligation  for  the  payment  of its  R.E.
Proportionate  Share of the Real Estate  Taxes,  Tenant shall be liable for, and
shall pay before delinquency,  all taxes levied against any personal property or
trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Leased Premises.

         (iii)  Insurance.  Commencing  upon  the  Rent  Commencement  Date  and
thereafter  throughout  the Lease Term,  Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  without
notice or demand  therefor and without any deduction  whatsoever,  its Insurance
Proportionate  Share of the premium  cost of the casualty  insurance,  liability
insurance,  rent loss  insurance,  and other  reasonable  and necessary  form of
insurance  carried by Landlord with respect to the Property  ("Insurance  Cost")
during any policy  year;  provided,  however,  that if the  Adjacent  Laboratory
Building  is  demolished  during  the  Lease  Term,  then  commencing  upon such
demolition  and for so long  as the  Leased  Premises  constitutes  one  hundred
percent  (100%) of the leasable  improvements  on the Property,  Tenant shall be
obligated to pay one hundred percent (100%) of the Insurance Cost.

        Not less than ten (10) days before the Rent Commencement Date,  Landlord
shall deliver to Tenant a written statement of Landlord's estimate of the amount
of the Insurance Cost for the then-current  policy year, and Tenant's  Insurance
Proportionate  Share of such Insurance Cost. On the Rent Commencement  Date, and
on the first day of each month  thereafter  throughout  the Lease  Term,  Tenant
shall  pay  one-twelfth  (1/12) of  Tenant's  Insurance  Proportionate  Share of
Landlord's  estimate of the Insurance Cost for the then-current  policy year, as
shown  on  Landlord's  estimate.  Landlord  shall  submit  its  estimate  of the
Insurance  Cost  for  the  forthcoming   policy  year  and  Tenant's   Insurance
Proportionate  Share thereof at the  commencement  of each such policy year, and
Tenant's  monthly  payments made after its receipt of such estimate  shall be in
the  amount  of  one-twelfth   (1/12)  of  the  amount  of  Tenant's   Insurance
Proportionate  Share of Insurance Cost as shown on such  estimate.  Landlord may
revise its  estimate of the  Insurance  Cost at any time during a policy year by
notice to Tenant,  setting  forth such revised  estimate and Tenant's  Insurance
Proportionate  Share thereof. In such event, all monthly payments made by Tenant
after such notice shall be in an amount  calculated on the basis of such revised
estimate.  Tenant  shall,  in all cases,  continue to make  monthly  payments of
Insurance  Cost  based on the last  estimate  received  from  Landlord  until it
receives a revised or updated estimate.

        After the end of each policy year,  Landlord will as soon as practicable
submit to Tenant a statement of the actual  Insurance  Cost for such policy year
and Tenant's  Insurance  Proportionate  Share thereof.  Landlord shall cause its
insurance carrier,  whenever practical,  to issue policies of insurance covering
the Leased  Premises  which are separate and apart from the Adjacent  Laboratory
Building and all other  properties  owned by Landlord,  in which event  Tenant's
Proportionate Share of Insurance Cost shall be the full cost payable pursuant to
said





                                       -6-




separate  policy.  Where such separate  policies  cannot be issued  practically,
Landlord  shall  cause its  insurance  carrier  to  provide a written  statement
identifying  the manner in which all premiums  paid by Landlord are allocated to
reflect the portion thereof  attributable to the insurance carried on the Leased
Premises and the portion thereof  attributable  to the insurance  carried on the
Adjacent  Laboratory  Building and other  properties  owned by Landlord.  Tenant
shall  pay  Landlord,  within  thirty  (30)  days of  Tenant's  receipt  of such
statement,  Tenant's  Insurance  Proportionate  Share of the excess,  if any, of
Insurance  Cost for such policy year over the projected  Insurance  Cost. If the
amount paid by Tenant as Tenant's Insurance Proportionate Share of the estimated
Insurance Cost for such policy year exceeded  Tenant's  Insurance  Proportionate
Share of  actual  Insurance  Cost for such  policy  year,  the  excess  shall be
credited toward payment of the next installment of Basic Monthly Rent to be paid
by Tenant after Tenant receives said statement from Landlord. If the amount paid
by Tenant for the last policy year of the Lease Term exceeds Tenant's  Insurance
Proportionate  Share of actual Insurance Cost for such year,  Landlord shall pay
Tenant the excess amount within thirty (30) days after Landlord's  submission to
Tenant of the aforesaid Insurance Cost statement for such policy year.

        Landlord   shall   deposit  and   thereafter   hold  in  escrow,   until
disbursement,  the funds  received  from Tenant  pursuant to this  section in an
interest bearing, federally insured account. All interest earned on said account
shall be  credited  to Tenant and shall be used in the  adjustments  to Tenant's
payments made hereunder from time to time during the Lease Term so that Landlord
collects  only  such  monies  as  are   necessary  to  pay  Tenant's   Insurance
Proportionate Share of said Insurance Cost.

        Landlord agrees that, at all times during the Lease Term, it shall carry
casualty  insurance  and  liability  insurance  in such form and in such amounts
which are consistent  with and comparable to the coverage of casualty  insurance
policies  and  liability   insurance   policies  carried  by  landlord's  owning
commercial buildings located in Montgomery County,  Maryland that are similar to
the Leased Premises.

                   (iv) Utility Expenses Not Separately Metered.

                         (aa) Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant agrees to pay to
Landlord,  as Additional Rent,  Tenant's  Proportionate Share of all water usage
charges,  exterior  electric  lighting  charges,  and any other utility  charges
("Shared  Charges") not separately  metered (and only for so long as each is not
separately  metered) for each of the Leased  Premises,  the Adjacent  Laboratory
Building, and the common areas of the Property.

                         (bb) Upon receipt of each  billing for Shared  Charges,
Landlord  will as soon as  practicable  submit to Tenant a  statement  of Shared
Charges  incurred for the preceding  billing period.  Tenant shall pay Landlord,
within  thirty  (30)  days  of  Tenant's  receipt  of such  statement,  Tenant's
Proportionate Share of Shared Charges.

                   (v)  Landlord's  Enforcement  Costs.  Additional  Rent  shall
include  any  and  all  expenses  incurred  by  Landlord,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  for  the  collection  of  monies  due  from  Tenant  and  the
enforcement of Tenant's  obligations  under the provisions of this Lease. In the
event  Minimum  Annual Rent or Additional  Rent is not paid within  fifteen (15)
business days of its due date,  Landlord,  at its sole option, may assess a late
charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of the delinquent  Basic Monthly
Rent and Additional Rent as compensation for the additional administrative costs
incurred by Landlord as a result of such late payment.






                                       -7-




                         (c)  Payment  of  Rent.  Any  Minimum  Annual  Rent  or
Additional  Rent which is not paid within five (5) business  days after the same
is due shall bear interest  ("Penalty  Rate") at one percentage (1%) point above
the prime rate of interest by  NationsBank/Maryland  existing  from time to time
and adjusted  each day the prime rate is  redetermined  to reflect the change in
said  prime  rate of  interest,  from the due date  until the date  received  by
Landlord.  Any payments of Minimum  Annual Rent or Additional  Rent by Tenant or
acceptance  by  Landlord  of a lesser  amount  than shall be due from  Tenant to
Landlord shall be treated as a payment on account. The acceptance by Landlord of
a check for a lesser amount with an  endorsement or statement  thereon,  or upon
any letter  accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is payment in full,
shall be given no effect,  and Landlord may accept such check without  prejudice
to any other  rights or remedies  which  Landlord may have  against  Tenant.  If
Landlord  receives  from Tenant two (2) returned or "bounced"  checks in any one
Lease Year,  Landlord  may require all future  Rent by  cashier's  or  certified
check.

             5.      Security Deposit.

                         (a) Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease,
Tenant has deposited with Landlord the sum specified in Section  1(a)(10) as the
security  deposit  ("Security   Deposit"),   the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged.  Said  Security  Deposit  shall serve as security for the faithful
performance  by Tenant of all the terms,  covenants and conditions of this Lease
to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Lease Term. If, at any time during
the Lease Term,  any payment of Minimum  Annual Rent or  Additional  Rent herein
reserved  shall be  overdue  and  unpaid,  then  Landlord  may,  at its  option,
appropriate and apply any portion of said Security Deposit to the payment of any
such overdue rent or other sum.

                         (b) In the event of the  failure  of Tenant to keep and
perform any of the terms,  covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and
performed by Tenant, then Landlord, at its option, may appropriate and apply the
entire Security Deposit,  or so much thereof as may be necessary,  to compensate
Landlord for loss or damage sustained or suffered by Landlord due to such breach
on the part of Tenant.  Should  the  entire  Security  Deposit,  or any  portion
thereof, be appropriated and applied by Landlord for the payment of overdue rent
or other sums due and  payable to  Landlord  by Tenant  hereunder,  then  Tenant
shall,  upon the  written  demand of  Landlord,  forthwith  remit to  Landlord a
sufficient  amount in cash to restore the Security  Deposit to the original sum.
Tenant's  failure  to do so within  five (5) days after  receipt of such  demand
shall  constitute a breach of this Lease.  Should Tenant comply with all of said
terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease and  promptly  pay all Minimum
Annual  Rent and  Additional  Rent  herein  provided  as it falls due,  then the
Security Deposit (and all accrued  interest) shall be returned in full to Tenant
within forty-five (45) days of the Expiration Date or earlier termination of the
Lease Term.

                         (c)  Landlord   shall   deliver  the  funds   deposited
hereunder  by  Tenant as a  Security  Deposit  to the  purchaser  of  Landlord's
interest  in the  Property  and/or  the Leased  Premises  in the event that such
interest is sold, and thereupon  Landlord  shall be discharged  from any further
liability with respect to such Security Deposit.

                         (d) If the  Tenant  fails  to  take  possession  of the
Leased  Premises as required by this Lease,  the Security  Deposit  shall not be
deemed liquidated  damages,  and Landlord's use of the Security Deposit pursuant
to this Section 5 shall not preclude  Landlord from  recovering  from Tenant all
additional damages incurred by Landlord.





                                       -8-





                         (e)  Landlord  shall  deposit  the funds  delivered  by
Tenant as a Security Deposit in an interest bearing,  federally insured account,
and shall  hold the  Security  Deposit in such an  account(s)  during the entire
Lease  Term.  For so long as Signet  Bank/Maryland  holds a first lien  security
interest in the  Property,  the Security  Deposit shall be held in an account at
Signet  Bank/Maryland which identifies Landlord as the escrow agent or custodian
of the proceeds constituting the Security Deposit for the benefit of Tenant. All
interest  earned on said  account  shall be credited to Tenant,  and, so long as
Tenant is not in default of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall pay
to Tenant  all  accrued  interest  (and shall  deliver to Tenant an  appropriate
statement showing the accrual of such interest on said account) on or before the
31st day of  January  of each  calendar  year  during  the  Lease  Term.  Tenant
acknowledges that its tax  identification  number is #04-3152484 for purposes of
reporting to the Internal Revenue Service interest earned on said account.

             6.       Use.

                         (a) Use.  Tenant shall use the Leased  Premises for the
purposes specified in Section 1(a)(9), and for no other purpose.

                         (b) Compliance With Laws, Fire Insurance,  Condition of
Leased  Premises.  Tenant  shall not do, or  permit  anything  to be done in the
Leased  Premises or on the Property,  or bring or keep anything  therein,  which
will in any way  invalidate  or  conflict  with fire  insurance  policies on the
Property,  including,  but  not  limited  to all  improvements,  the  Property's
fixtures and personal  property kept therein,  or obstruct or interfere with the
rights of the Landlord or of other tenants of the Property,  or in any other way
injure or annoy  Landlord  or such other  tenants,  or subject  Landlord  to any
liability  for injury to persons or damage to property,  or  interfere  with the
good order of the Property,  as  determined  by Landlord in its sole  reasonable
discretion.  Tenant  shall  refrain or  discontinue  said use  immediately  upon
receipt of written notice from Landlord  requiring such action.  Tenant,  at its
expense,  shall comply with all present and future laws, rules or regulations of
any federal,  state or municipal  authority,  or the Maryland Fire  Underwriters
Rating  Bureau,  or with any notice  from any  public  officer  pursuant  to law
pertaining  to Tenant's  occupancy or use of the Leased  Premises,  whether such
notice shall be served on Landlord or Tenant  (including,  where necessary,  the
construction of capital  improvements to the Leased Premises).  Tenant agrees to
indemnify,  defend, and hold Landlord harmless from all liability, damage, cost,
and expense (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys
fees) resulting from any injury to persons or damage to property occurring in or
around the Leased Premises, whether occasioned by any act or omission of Tenant,
Tenant's agents, contractors, servants, employees, invitees or licensees. Tenant
agrees that any increases of fire insurance  premiums on the Leased  Premises or
contents caused by the occupancy of Tenant and any expenses or costs incurred in
consequence  of  negligence  or  carelessness  or the willful  action of Tenant,
Tenant's employees, agents, contractors,  servants, invitees, or licensees shall
be deemed Additional Rent and paid by Tenant to Landlord as they accrue.

            7.   Common Areas.

                    (a) Common  Areas  Defined.  In this Lease,  "common  areas"
means all areas, facilities and improvements provided, from time to time, on the
Property for the mutual convenience and use of all tenants or other occupants of
the Leased  Premises  and the Adjacent  Laboratory  Building,  their  respective
agents,  employees,  and invitees,  and shall include, if provided,  but are not
limited to, parking areas and facilities, access roads,




                                       -9-




driveways,  retaining walls, sidewalks, walkways, landscaped areas, and exterior
lighting facilities.

              (b) Landlord's  Control.  Landlord shall, as between  Landlord and
Tenant, at all times during the Lease Term have the sole and exclusive  control,
management and direction of the common areas, and may, at any time and from time
to time  during the Lease  Term,  exclude  and  restrain  any person from use or
occupancy thereof, excepting,  however, Tenant and other tenants of Landlord and
bona fide invitees of either who make use of said areas in  accordance  with the
rules and  regulations  established  by Landlord  from time to time with respect
thereto.  The rights of Tenant in and to the common  areas shall at all times be
subject to the rights of others to use the same in common  with  Tenant,  and it
shall be the duty of  Tenant  to keep all of said  areas  free and  clear of any
obstructions   created  or  permitted  by  Tenant  or  resulting  from  Tenant's
operation.  Landlord  may at any time and from time to time (i) close all or any
portion of the common  areas to make  repairs or changes,  (ii) close all or any
portion of the common  areas to such extent as may, in the opinion of  Landlord,
be necessary to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any rights to any
person or to the public therein, and (iii) do and perform such other acts in and
to said areas as, in the  exercise of good  business  judgment,  Landlord  shall
determine to be advisable with a view to the  improvement of the convenience and
use thereof by tenants, their employees, agents, and invitees. Landlord shall at
all times have the right and privilege of  determining  the nature and extent of
the common  areas,  and of making such  changes,  rearrangements,  additions  or
reductions therein and thereto from time to time which in its opinion are deemed
to be desirable  and for the best interest of all persons using the common areas
or which are as a result of any federal, state or local environmental protection
or other law, rule, regulation, guideline or order. The purpose of the site plan
attached hereto as Exhibit A is to show the approximate locational  relationship
of the Leased  Premises to the  Adjacent  Laboratory  Building and to the common
areas as of the Rent  Commencement  Date.  Nothing  described in Exhibit A shall
limit or  prevent  Landlord  from  effecting  any  change or  alteration  to the
Property as described in this paragraph. Nothing contained in this Section shall
give Landlord the right to impose  restrictions  on the use and enjoyment of the
common areas by Tenant,  or to make  modifications to the common areas, in a way
to cause Tenant to be unable to use the Leased  Premises and the common areas in
a reasonable manner for the purposes originally contemplated by this Lease.

                         (c) Parking Spaces. During the Lease Term, Tenant shall
have the exclusive right to the use of all parking spaces in the common areas of
the Property,  except for the six (6) parking  spaces which are marked in red on
Exhibit A and are reserved by Landlord for its use.

        8. Rules and  Regulations.  Tenant agrees to comply with and observe any
reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord as set forth in Exhibit
C, which may be supplemented or amended from time to time by Landlord.  Tenant's
failure to keep and observe said rules and regulations shall constitute a breach
of the terms of this  Lease in the same  manner  as if the same  were  contained
herein as covenants.

        9. Utilities.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall promptly
pay any and all utility charges including but not limited to electricity,  fuel,
gas, and  telephone  (including  equipment  and  installation  charges) used in,
consumed  at, or  supplied  to the Leased  Premises.  Tenant  shall  immediately
transfer all separately  metered  utility  accounts for the Leased Premises into
its own name on the Rent  Commencement  Date.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  as
Additional  Rent,  its  Proportionate  Share of any and all  bills  for  utility
charges which are not




                                      -10-




separately metered in the manner described in Section 4(b)(iv) hereof.

        10. Landlord's Right of Entry.  Landlord, and its agents, shall have the
right, upon prior notice to Tenant and during  reasonable  business hours during
the Lease Term (except in the case of an emergency involving damage to person or
property),  to enter upon the Leased  Premises to examine  the same,  or to make
such repairs,  alterations  or  improvements,  as Landlord may deem necessary or
proper,  or to remove any alteration or improvement which is in violation of the
provisions  of this  Lease,  provided,  however,  Landlord  shall not  adversely
interfere  with  Tenant's  business  operations in a material  manner.  Landlord
reserves the right to show the Leased Premises to prospective tenants or brokers
during  the last  ninety  (90) days of the Lease  Term,  and to show the  Leased
Premises to prospective  purchasers at all reasonable times, provided that prior
verbal  notice  is given to  Tenant  in each  case  and  that  Tenant's  use and
occupancy of the Leased Premises shall not be materially  inconvenienced  by any
such action of Landlord.

        11.   Condition - Maintenance and Repair.

                         (a) Tenant's Responsibility.  Tenant shall maintain the
Leased Premises in  substantially  the same good order and condition as it is on
the  commencement  of the Lease Term and shall  return the  Leased  Premises  to
Landlord in such condition at the Expiration Date or at the earlier  termination
of this Lease, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  Except as obligations to repair
are expressly  delegated to Landlord as described in Section 11(b) below, Tenant
shall be responsible  for the full cost of all maintenance and repair of (i) the
Leased Premises,  including but not limited to the doors,  door jambs,  windows,
window  casings and sills,  screens,  floor  coverings,  walls  (excluding  load
bearing structures), and ceilings located in the Leased Premises, and all pipes,
gutters, downspouts, wires, conduits and other equipment and fixtures located in
the Leased  Premises,  and (ii) the common areas of the Property  (including all
landscaping  thereon,  except for the  landscaping  immediately  surrounding the
Adjacent  Laboratory  Building).  Tenant, at its expense,  shall perform routine
maintenance,  repair,  and  replacement  of the plumbing,  electrical,  heating,
ventilating and  air-conditioning  systems, and all other systems and equipment,
serving the Leased  Premises.  Tenant will  throughout the Lease Term obtain and
keep in  force a  maintenance  contract  with a  qualified  service  company  to
regularly inspect and perform maintenance  services to the heating,  ventilating
and air-conditioning system serving the Leased Premises. Tenant, at its expense,
shall furnish Landlord with a copy of said maintenance contract, and of renewals
or replacements thereof,  promptly after the effective date thereof. All repairs
and maintenance  required to be performed by Tenant at the Leased Premises shall
be made or performed  within a reasonable  period of time upon the occurrence of
the necessity therefor,  and shall be made or performed in a workmanlike manner,
using first  class  materials,  by a  contractor  duly  licensed in the State of
Maryland,  and shall be made or performed in accordance  with (i) all applicable
federal, state and county governmental codes and regulations, and (ii) insurance
requirements.  Tenant shall also be  responsible  for keeping all  sidewalks and
parking areas on the Property free and clear of dirt, trash,  debris, ice, snow,
and any other obstructions;  provided, however, that Landlord shall upon request
promptly  reimburse  Tenant  for  nine  percent  (9%) of the  cost  of any  such
services.  Tenant shall keep its trash and garbage in enclosed  containers  in a
trash holding area within the Leased  Premises,  and shall perform regular trash
removal from such trash holding area.  Tenant shall also be responsible  for the
performance of regular,  periodic pest control  services at the Leased Premises.
All  glass,  both  exterior  and  interior,  shall be  maintained  in the Leased
Premises at the sole





                                      -11-




risk of Tenant,  and Tenant  agrees to replace  any glass  promptly  at its sole
expense in the event of breakage.

                         (b)   Landlord's   Responsibility.   Except   for   any
structural  alterations or improvements made by Tenant,  Landlord shall maintain
in good order and repair the roof and the structural portions of the foundation,
floors,  stairwells,  exterior walls, columns and other load bearing elements of
the Leased Premises, and shall perform all non-routine repair and replacement of
the heating,  ventilating and  air-conditioning  system at the Leased  Premises,
provided,  in each case, that Tenant shall give Landlord notice of the necessity
therefor, whereupon Landlord shall have a reasonable period of time within which
to make such repairs, and provided,  further, that any such repairs necessitated
by the acts or  omissions  of Tenant,  its  agents,  employees,  contractors  or
invitees,  shall be performed at Tenant's expense, and the cost thereof shall be
paid by Tenant to Landlord,  as Additional  Rent,  within twenty (20) days after
Landlord's submission of a bill therefor.

        12.  Alterations  or  Improvements  by  Tenant.  Except  for  incidental
painting and  decoration of the interior of the Leased  Premises and other minor
alterations  and  improvements  which do not  affect  the  structure  or utility
systems  of  the  Leased  Premises,  Tenant  shall  not  make  any  alterations,
additions,   or   improvements,    structural   or   otherwise    (collectively,
"Alterations")  in, on or to the  Leased  Premises,  without  the prior  written
consent  of  Landlord,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld  or
delayed.  In connection with Landlord's  review of such proposed  alterations or
improvements prior to giving its consent thereto,  Landlord shall have the right
to require  that Tenant  supply  plans,  specifications,  working  drawings  and
similar  documents  in  reasonable  detail  which  show the  scope of work to be
performed  within  the  Leased  Premises.  Landlord's  approval  of  the  plans,
specifications  and working  drawings for Tenant's  alterations and improvements
shall create no liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design
sufficiency,  or compliance  with all laws,  rules,  regulations of governmental
agencies or authorities. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant desires to build a P3
laboratory in the Leased Premises during the Lease Term, and that Landlord shall
not unreasonably  withhold or delay its consent to the construction thereof. Any
contractors  employed by Tenant to perform  Tenant's work (i) shall be qualified
to  perform  such work and  licensed  in the State of  Maryland  and (ii)  shall
maintain any insurance which may be reasonably  required by Landlord,  and (iii)
shall be bonded or otherwise  reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord.  Tenant will
defend,  indemnify  and hold  Landlord  harmless  from and  against  any and all
expenses,  liens,  claims or damages,  including  attorneys' fees, for injury to
person or property which may or might arise,  directly or indirectly,  by reason
of the making of any  Alterations.  If any Alterations are effected  without the
prior written  consent of Landlord,  Landlord may remove or correct the same and
Tenant shall be liable for any and all  expenses of this work.  All rights given
to Landlord herein shall be in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord
contained  in  this  Lease.  Tenant  shall  be  obligated  to  make  any and all
Alterations and other improvements to the Leased Premises required by applicable
federal, state, and local law, in connection with the use of the Leased Premises
by Tenant during the Leased Term. Tenant hereby agrees that all Alterations made
in, to, or on the Leased Premises shall,  unless  otherwise  provided by written
agreement or by the provisions of Section 13 below,  be the property of Landlord
and  shall  remain  upon and be  surrendered  with the  Leased  Premises  on the
Expiration Date or other termination of this Lease.

         13.  Surrender.  Upon the Expiration  Date or other  termination of the
Lease Term,  Tenant shall quit and surrender the Leased Premises to the Landlord
in good order and condition,




                                      -12-




ordinary  wear and tear  excepted,  and Tenant  shall remove all of its personal
property  from the Leased  Premises  on or before the  Expiration  Date or other
termination  of this  Lease.  Tenant's  obligation  to observe  or  perform  the
covenants  described in this Section 13 shall  survive the  expiration  or other
termination of this Lease. If Tenant does not remove Tenant's  furniture,  trade
fixtures and all other items of personal  property of every kind and description
from the Leased Premises as specified  herein,  then Landlord shall be permitted
to remove, dispose or otherwise discard such property without further payment or
credit by Landlord to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Lease,  Tenant  shall have the right and the  obligation , at the end of
the Lease  Term,  to remove all  built-in  desks,  cabinets,  basins,  emergency
showers and other pieces of equipment  which are affixed to the Leased  Premises
by Tenant.  In connection  with the removal of said  equipment,  Tenant shall be
obligated to stub pipes;  bundle and cap wires; close ducts;  repair and replace
(as appropriate)  flooring coverings;  repair,  replace,  finish and repaint (as
appropriate)  walls,  and  perform  all other acts which are  necessary  for the
Leased  Premises to be returned to Landlord in same good order and  condition as
exists of the Rent Commencement Date.

        14.  Tenant  Holding  Over.  If Tenant  holds  possession  of the Leased
Premises after the Expiration Date or other termination of this Lease,  Landlord
shall have the option,  exercisable in writing within thirty (30) days after the
date of  termination  as  aforesaid,  to treat Tenant as a  trespasser,  or as a
tenant by the month. If the Landlord fails to make such election then the Tenant
shall be deemed a tenant by the month,  commencing  with the first day after the
termination  of the  Lease at one  hundred  fifty  percent  (150%)  of the Basic
Monthly  Rent paid  during  the last month of the Lease  Term,  and upon all the
other  terms of this Lease,  including  the  provisions  of this  Section.  Said
holdover term shall terminate upon thirty (30) days notice from one party to the
other.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed within said thirty (30) days
after the date of Lease termination as aforesaid as a consent by Landlord to the
occupancy or possession of the Leased  Premises by Tenant after the  termination
of the Lease, and Landlord,  upon said termination,  if Landlord elects to treat
Tenant as a  trespasser,  shall be  entitled  to the  benefit of all  general or
public  laws  relating  to the speedy  recovery  of the  possession  of land and
tenements held over by Tenant,  whether now or hereafter in force and effect. If
Tenant fails to  surrender  the Leased  Premises  upon the  expiration  or other
termination  of this Lease  despite  demand to do so by  Landlord,  Tenant shall
indemnify,  defend,  and hold Landlord harmless from all injury,  loss,  claims,
expenses and  liability,  including  without  limitation,  any claim made by any
succeeding  tenant and any  attorneys'  fees,  founded on or resulting from such
failure to surrender.

         15.  Assignment and Subletting.

                         (a)  Assignment  by Tenant.  Tenant  shall not  assign,
mortgage or encumber this Lease, or any right  hereunder,  nor sublet the Leased
Premises  or any part  thereof,  nor permit the  Leased  Premises  to be used by
others without the prior written consent of Landlord,  which consent shall be at
Landlord's  sole  discretion.   If  Tenant  is  a  corporation,   unincorporated
association or partnership,  then the transfer,  assignment or  hypothecation of
any stock or interest in such  corporation,  association or partnership so as to
result in a change of fifty percent  (50%) or more in the  ownership  thereof by
the person, persons or entities owning said entity as of the date of this Lease,
without  the prior  written  consent of  Landlord  (which  consent  shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed),  shall be deemed an assignment made in breach
of this covenant. Landlord's consent in any specific instance to any assignment,
mortgage, encumbrance, subletting or use of the Leased Premises and its





                                      -13-




collection and acceptance of rent from any such approved assignee,  subtenant or
other  occupant  shall  neither  constitute a waiver of the  provisions  of this
paragraph,  nor  be  construed  as  permission  of  any  subsequent  assignment,
mortgage, encumbrance, subletting or use without compliance with this paragraph.
Without the prior  written  consent of Landlord,  this Lease and the interest of
Tenant, or any assignee of Tenant, shall not pass by operation of law, nor shall
it be subject to garnishment  or sale under  execution in any suit or proceeding
which may be brought  against  or by  Tenant,  or any  assignee  of  Tenant.  No
assignment of this Lease, sublease of all or any portion of the Leased Premises,
or collection of rent from an assignee or subtenant (whether or not permitted by
Landlord) shall relieve Tenant of its obligations  hereunder.  In the event that
Landlord gives Tenant its written consent to assign,  transfer, or sublet all or
a portion of the Leased  Premises to a third party which is unrelated to Tenant,
any monthly rent or other  payment  accruing to Tenant as the result of any such
assignment,  transfer or sublease, including any lump sum or periodic payment in
any manner relating to such assignment, transfer or sublease, which is in excess
of the Minimum Annual Rent and Additional  Rent then payable by Tenant under the
Lease shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly as Additional Rent,  excluding
any reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or
subletting,  e.g.  legal fees and brokers'  commissions.  Landlord may require a
certificate  from  Tenant  specifying  the full  amount of any such  payment  of
whatsoever  nature.  Any  reasonable  costs and expenses,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees  incurred  by  Landlord  in  connection  with any  proposed  or
purported assignment, transfer or sublease shall be borne by Tenant and shall be
payable to Landlord as Additional Rent within five (5) days of demand therefor.

           Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary,  Tenant shall have
the right,  without  Landlord's prior written  consent,  to assign this Lease or
sublet  the  Leased  Premises  to any parent  corporation  of Tenant,  or to any
subsidiary of any parent corporation of Tenant, subject to the following express
conditions:

               (i) No such  assignment  or  sublease  shall be deemed to release
                   Tenant  from   continuing   liability  for  all  of  Tenant's
                   covenants  and  obligations   under  this  Lease,  or  Boston
                   Biomedica,  Inc. ("Tenant's  Guarantor") from its obligations
                   under its Guaranty; and

               (ii)Any assignee or subtenant  must  expressly  assume in writing
                   all of the  covenants  and  obligations  of Tenant under this
                   Lease, joint and severally with Tenant.

              Further,  Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent
to an  assignment  of this Lease (or to a sale or transfer  of  Tenant's  stock)
resulting from a merger,  consolidation,  corporate  reorganization  (other than
pursuant to the bankruptcy  laws), sale of the assets or other transfer of stock
of Tenant, subject to the following conditions:

               (i) Such assignee or transferee, as the case may be, shall have a
                   net worth at least  equal to that of  Tenant,  as of the date
                   hereof,  or the  date  of  such  request  for  consent  to an
                   assignment or transfer, whichever is greater;

              (ii) No such  assignment  shall  be  deemed  to  release  Tenant's
                   Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty; and

              (iii)Such  assignee  or  transferee,  as the  case  may  be,  must
                   expressly assume in writing all of the





                                      -14-





                   covenants and obligations of Tenant under this Lease, jointly
                   and severally with Tenant.

           Further,  any  issuance  by Tenant of its  capital  stock in a public
offering which is effected in compliance with the  registration  requirements of
the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  and  the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder,  shall not be deemed to be a change in control or an  assignment  of
this Lease requiring Landlord's consent.

                  (b)  Assignment by Landlord.  It is expressly  understood  and
agreed that this Lease and all rights of Landlord  hereunder  shall be fully and
freely  assignable by Landlord without notice to, or consent of, Tenant.  In the
event of the transfer and  assignment by Landlord of its interest in this Lease,
Landlord shall thereby be released from any  responsibility  for the performance
of obligations  thereafter accruing hereunder,  and Tenant agrees to look solely
to  such  successor  in  interest  of  the  Landlord  for  performance  of  such
obligations.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall  prevent  Tenant from looking to
Landlord  for the  performance  of  obligations  of which  Landlord  has  actual
knowledge and which predate the effective date of the transfer and assignment by
Landlord  of its  interest in this Lease.  The term  "Landlord"  as used in this
Lease shall mean the owner of the Leased Premises,  at the time in question.  In
the event of a transfer (whether  voluntary or involuntary) by such owner of its
interest in the Leased  Premises,  such owner shall  thereupon  be released  and
discharged from all covenants and obligations of the Lease thereafter  accruing,
but such covenants and  obligations  shall be binding during the Lease Term upon
each new owner for the duration of such owner's ownership.

            16. Bankruptcy.

                   (a) The following  shall be Events of  Bankruptcy  under this
Lease:  (1) Tenant or any  guarantor  of Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease
("Tenant's  Guarantor") becoming insolvent,  as that term is defined in Title 11
of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy  Code"), or under the insolvency laws
of any state,  district,  commonwealth  or territory  of the United  States (the
"Insolvency  Laws");  (2) the  appointment of a receiver or custodian for any or
all of Tenant's or Tenant's  Guarantor's  property or assets, or the institution
of a  foreclosure  action upon any of Tenant's or Tenant's  Guarantor's  real or
personal  property;  (3) the filing of a voluntary petition under the provisions
of the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws by Tenant or Tenant's  Guarantor;  (4)
the filing of an involuntary  petition  against Tenant or Tenant's  Guarantor as
the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy  Code or Insolvency  Laws,  which either
(A) is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date of filing,
or (B) results in the issuance of an order for relief against the debtor; or (5)
Tenant's or Tenant's  Guarantor's  making or consenting to an assignment for the
benefit of creditors or a common law composition of creditors.

                   (b) Upon occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy, Landlord shall
have all rights and  remedies  available  to  Landlord  pursuant  to Section 18;
provided, however, that while a case in which Tenant is the subject debtor under
the  Bankruptcy  Code is pending,  Landlord  shall not  exercise  its rights and
remedies pursuant to Section 20 so long as (1) the Bankruptcy Code prohibits the
exercise  of  such  rights  and  remedies,  and (2)  Tenant  or its  Trustee  in
Bankruptcy  (hereinafter  referred to as "Trustee") (i) cures all defaults under
this Lease, (ii) compensates  Landlord for monetary damages incurred as a result
of such defaults, (iii) provides adequate assurance of future performance on the
part of Tenant as debtor in  possession  or on the part of the assignee  tenant,
and (iv) complies with all other  requirements  of the Bankruptcy  Code and this
Lease.




                                      -15-


          17. Default. Each of the following shall be deemed a default by Tenant
 and a material breach of this Lease:

                      (a)   An Event of Bankruptcy as defined in Section 16;

                      (b)   An assignment or encumbrance of Tenant's interest
                            in  this  Lease  or  the  Leased  Premises  or  a
                            subletting of any part of the Leased  Premises in
                            violation of Section 15;

                      (c)   A  failure  by  Tenant  to make  any  payment  of
                            Minimum  Annual  Rent or  Additional  Rent within
                            five (5) days of receipt of written  notice  that
                            such  payment  was not  received  on its due date
                            (provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to
                            provide Tenant with such written notice more than
                            twice during any twelve  month period  during the
                            Lease  Term,  and after  receipt  of such  second
                            notice,   Tenant  shall  be  deemed  in  default,
                            without  further  notice,  if any such payment is
                            not received by Landlord on its due date);

                      (d)   Abandonment of the Leased Premises; and

                      (e)   A failure  by Tenant  in the  performance  of any
                            other term,  covenant,  agreement or condition of
                            this Lease on the part of Tenant to be  performed
                            after  fifteen  (15)  days  notice,  or  if  such
                            default  cannot  reasonably  be cured within said
                            fifteen  (15)  day  period  and  Tenant  does not
                            commence  to  diligently  pursue the same  within
                            said  fifteen  (15) day period and to continue to
                            diligently pursue the same until remedied.

Landlord  agrees that it shall not exercise  any rights or  remedies,  which are
available  to it pursuant to the terms of Section 18, as a result of an event of
default described in Section 17 (b) or (d) above,  unless and until Landlord has
provided  Tenant  with a period of fifteen  (15) days  after  receipt of written
notice thereof within which to cure such default.

          18. Landlord's Rights Upon Tenant's Default. Upon default by Tenant of
any of the terms or  covenants  of this  Lease,  Landlord  shall be  entitled to
remedy such default as follows:

                 (a) Landlord  shall have the right,  immediately or at any time
                     after  said  default,  without  further  notice  to  Tenant
                     (unless  otherwise  provided  herein),  to enter the Leased
                     Premises, without terminating this Lease or being guilty of
                     trespass,  and do any and all  acts as  Landlord  may  deem
                     necessary,  proper or convenient to cure such default,  for
                     the account and at the expense of Tenant, and Tenant agrees
                     to pay to Landlord  as  Additional  Rent all damage  and/or
                     expense  incurred  by  Landlord  in  so  doing,   including
                     interest  at the  Penalty  Rate from the due date until the
                     date  payment is received by  Landlord.  The making of such
                     payment or the taking of such action by Landlord  shall not
                     be deemed to cure the default or to stop  Landlord from the
                     pursuit of any remedy to which Landlord would  otherwise be
                     entitled.

                 (b) Landlord shall,  following said default,  have the right to
                     terminate this Lease and/or Tenant's right to possession of
                     the Leased  Premises and,  with or without  legal  process,
                     take  possession of the Leased  Premises and remove Tenant,
                     any  occupant  and any property  therefrom,  without  being
                     guilty of trespass and without  relinquishing any rights of
                     Landlord  against  Tenant.  Landlord  shall be  entitled to
                     recover




                                      -16-




damages from Tenant in an amount  equal to the amount  herein  covenanted  to be
paid as Minimum Annual Rent during the remainder of the Lease Term, said Minimum
Annual Rent for the full term then  remaining  having been fully  accelerated at
the  option  of  Landlord,  together  with (i) all  reasonable  expenses  of any
proceedings (including,  but not limited to, legal expenses and attorney's fees)
which may be necessary in order for Landlord to recover possession of the Leased
Premises,  (ii) the reasonable expenses of the re-renting of the Leased Premises
(including,  but not limited to, any commissions  paid to any real estate agent,
advertising expense and the costs of such alterations, repairs, replacements and
decoration  or  re-decoration  as  Landlord,  in its  sole  judgment  reasonably
exercised,  considers  advisable and necessary for the purpose of re-renting the
Leased  Premises),  and (iii) interest computed at the Penalty Rate from the due
date until paid;  provided,  however,  that said damages  shall be discounted to
present  value using a discount  factor of 5%, and  further  that there shall be
credited  against the amount of such  damages  all amounts  received by Landlord
from such  re-renting of the Leased  Premises and such amounts shall be refunded
to Tenant.  No act or thing done by Landlord shall be deemed to be an acceptance
of a surrender of the Leased  Premises,  unless Landlord shall execute a written
agreement of surrender with Tenant.  Tenant's  liability  hereunder shall not be
terminated by the  execution of a new lease of the Leased  Premises by Landlord.
In the event  Landlord does not exercise its option to accelerate the payment of
Minimum  Annual  Rent as  provided  hereinabove,  then  Tenant  agrees to pay to
Landlord, upon demand, the amount of damages herein provided after the amount of
such damages for any month shall have been ascertained;  provided, however, that
any  expenses  incurred by Landlord  shall be deemed to be a part of the damages
for the month in which they were  incurred.  Separate  actions may be maintained
each month or at other times by Landlord  against  Tenant to recover the damages
then due,  without  waiting until the end of the term of this Lease to determine
the aggregate amount of such damages.

              (c) Upon any  default  by Tenant  to pay  Minimum  Annual  Rent or
Additional  Rent,  Landlord shall have a lien upon the property of Tenant in the
Leased  Premises for the amount of any unpaid  Minimum Annual Rent or Additional
Rent. In such event,  Tenant shall not remove any of Tenant's  property from the
Leased Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent
shall be granted at Landlord's sole and absolute discretion.

              (d) All rights and remedies  provided to either Landlord or Tenant
herein as a result of a default by the other party shall be cumulative, and none
shall exclude any other right or remedy  allowed by law. For the purposes of any
suit  brought or based  hereon,  this Lease shall be construed to be a divisible
contract,  to the end that successive actions may be maintained on this Lease as
successive periodic sums mature hereunder.

        19.  Lender Requirements.

              (a)  Subordination.  Tenant  agrees that this Lease is subject and
subordinate  to the lien of any  existing  mortgage  or deed of trust which is a
lien upon the Property or any part thereof on the Rent Commencement Date, and to
all  renewals,  modifications,   consolidations,   replacements  and  extensions
thereof,  and to all  advances  made or  hereafter  to be made upon the security
thereof.  Landlord  agrees that it shall use reasonable  efforts to acquire from
any  such  existing  mortgagee  or  holder  of  an  existing  deed  of  trust  a
non-disturbance agreement in such lender's usual form for the benefit of Tenant.
Tenant  agrees  that this Lease is and shall be subject and  subordinate  to the
lien of any  future  mortgages  or deeds of trust  which at any time  during the
Lease Term may be made a lien upon the Property or any part thereof,  and to all
advances made or hereafter to be





                                      -17-




made  upon the  security  thereof;  provided  that such  subordination  shall be
effective  only upon the  delivery to Tenant of a  non-disturbance  agreement in
such lender's  usual form for the benefit of Tenant by such future  mortgagee or
holder  of  a  deed  of  trust.   These   subordination   provisions   shall  be
self-operative  and no further  instrument of  subordination  shall be required.
Tenant agrees to execute and deliver,  upon request,  such further instrument or
instruments  confirming this subordination as shall be desired by Landlord or by
any mortgagee or proposed mortgagee;  and Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints
Landlord  as  Tenant's  attorney-in-fact  to  execute  any  such  instrument  or
instruments.  Tenant  further  agrees  that,  at the option of the holder of any
mortgage  or of the  trustee  under  any deed of trust,  this  Lease may be made
superior  to said  mortgage  or deed of  trust  by the  insertion  therein  of a
declaration  that  this  Lease  is  superior  thereto,   and  to  all  renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof.

              (b)  Attornment.  In the event any proceedings are brought for the
foreclosure of, or in the event of exercise of the power of sale under, any deed
to secure a debt given by Landlord  and  covering  the Leased  Premises,  Tenant
shall execute such attornment  agreement as shall be reasonably required by said
purchaser,  pursuant to the terms of which Tenant  recognizes  such purchaser as
the owner and landlord under this Lease, and the purchaser  recognizes Tenant as
the tenant under this Lease.

              (c) Notice to Mortgagee  Upon Landlord  Default.  Tenant agrees to
give any mortgagee by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  a copy of any
notice of default served upon Landlord,  provided that before such notice Tenant
has been notified in writing of the address of such  mortgagee.  Tenant  further
agrees that if Landlord  shall have failed to cure such default  within the time
provided for in this Lease, then mortgagee shall have an additional fifteen (15)
days within which to cure such default; provided,  however, that if such default
cannot be reasonably cured within that time, then such mortgagee shall have such
additional  time as may be  necessary  to cure such default so long as mortgagee
has  commenced and is  diligently  pursuing the remedies  necessary to cure such
default  (including,   without  limitation,   the  commencement  of  foreclosure
proceedings,  if  necessary),  in which event this Lease shall not be terminated
while such remedies are being so diligently pursued. In the event of the sale of
the Property or the Leased Premises, by foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof, the
mortgagee or purchaser at such sale shall be  responsible  for the return of the
security  deposit only to the extent that such  mortgagee or purchaser  actually
received the  security  deposit.  In  addition,  Tenant shall not pay any rental
hereunder for more than one (1) month in advance.

        20. Estoppel  Certificates.  Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to
time,  upon not less than five (5) business  days prior  notice by Landlord,  to
execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver to  Landlord  a  statement  in  writing  (i)
certifying  that this  Lease is  unmodified  and in full force and effect (or if
there have been  modifications  the nature of same),  (ii)  stating the dates to
which the  Minimum  Annual  Rent and  Additional  Rent have been paid by Tenant,
(iii)  stating  whether or not to the best  knowledge of Tenant,  Landlord is in
default in the performance of any covenant,  agreement or condition contained in
this Lease,  and, if so,  specifying  each such default of which Tenant may have
knowledge,  (iv) stating the address to which  notices to Tenant should be sent,
and (v) certifying such other matters as may be requested by Landlord.  Any such
statement  delivered  pursuant  hereto  may be  relied  upon by an  owner of the
Property,   any  prospective  purchaser  of  the  Property,   any  mortgagee  or
prospective mortgagee of the Property, or of Landlord's interest therein, or any
prospective assignee of any such mortgage.




                                      -18-




        21.   Damage by Fire or Other Casualty.

              (a)  Restoration.  If the Leased Premises shall be damaged by fire
or other  casualty  but such damage does not render the Leased  Premises  wholly
unfit for Tenant's  business  operations  as shall be determined by Landlord and
Tenant in their reasonable business judgment,  Landlord,  at Landlord's expense,
shall  promptly  restore  the Leased  Premises,  and Tenant,  at  Tenant's  sole
expense,  shall  promptly  restore all leasehold  improvements  installed in the
Leased  Premises  by  Tenant  or at  Tenant's  request  and its  own  furniture,
furnishings,   trade  fixtures  and  equipment.  No  penalty  shall  accrue  for
reasonable  delay which may arise by reason of  adjustment  of  insurance on the
part of  Landlord,  or on account of labor  problems,  or any other cause beyond
Landlord's  reasonable  control.  Minimum Annual Rent and Additional  Rent shall
abate  proportionately  (based on the  proportion  of the number of square  feet
rendered  untenantable  to the  total  number  of  square  feet  of  the  Leased
Premises),  from  the  date of the  damage  or  destruction  until  the date the
Landlord has substantially completed such restoration.  Notwithstanding anything
stated to the contrary herein,  in the event that such damage shall occur during
the last year of the Lease Term,  Landlord  shall not be required to restore the
Leased Premises.

               (b) Termination. If the Leased Premises are substantially damaged
or are rendered substantially  untenantable by fire or other casualty during the
Lease  Term to such an extent  that it is  rendered  substantially  unusable  by
Tenant for the purposes  originally  contemplated by this Lease,  Landlord shall
restore or repair the same unless  expressly not required to do so under Section
21(c).  If such damage occurs,  however,  at any time during the Lease Term, and
(i) Landlord's  architect  certifies that the Leased Premises cannot be repaired
within one hundred  twenty (120)  working  days of normal  working  hours,  said
period  commencing  on the  casualty  date,  or (ii)  Landlord  shall  decide to
demolish the Leased  Premises or not to rebuild it, then  Landlord  may,  within
ninety  (90) days after  such fire or other  casualty,  terminate  this Lease by
giving Tenant notice of such decision, and thereupon the Lease Term shall expire
by lapse of time upon the third day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall
thereupon vacate the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord.  In the
event that damage to the Leased Premises cannot be repaired  sufficiently within
one hundred  twenty (120) days after such fire or other  casualty so that Tenant
can commence to refixture the Leased  Premises for the use thereof as originally
contemplated  by this Lease,  then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this
Lease by giving  Landlord  written notice thereof within said one hundred twenty
(120) day period,  and  thereupon  the Lease Term shall  expire by lapse of time
upon the third day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall thereupon vacate
the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord.  Upon the termination of
this Lease under the conditions  hereinbefore  provided,  Tenant's liability for
Minimum Annual Rent and Additional  Rent shall cease as of the day following the
casualty.

              (c) Lender's Approval. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Section or in any other provision of this Lease, any obligation (under this
Lease or  otherwise)  of  Landlord  to restore  all or any portion of the Leased
Premises  shall be subject to Landlord's  receipt of approval of the same by the
mortgagee(s) of Landlord (and any other approvals  required by applicable laws),
as well as  receipt  from any such  mortgagee(s)  of such fire and other  hazard
insurance  policy proceeds as may have been assigned to any such  mortgagee;  it
being  agreed that if Landlord has not received  such  approval(s)  and proceeds
within one hundred and eighty (180) days after any such casualty,  then Landlord
shall have the option to terminate this Lease, at any time thereafter, by notice
to Tenant. Landlord shall diligently




                                      -19-



pursue the receipt of all  approvals  and insurance  policy  proceeds  which are
described in this Section 21(c).

          22.  Condemnation.  In the event the whole or a "substantial part" (as
hereinafter  defined)  of the Leased  Premises  shall be taken for any public or
quasi-public  purpose by any lawful  power or authority by exercise of the right
of  appropriation,  condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to said authority to
prevent such taking (collectively referred to herein as a "taking"),  this Lease
shall  terminate  effective  as  of  the  date  possession  is  required  to  be
surrendered to said  authority,  and the Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent
shall  be  apportioned  as  of  the  date.  For  purposes  of  this  Section,  a
"substantial part" of the Leased Premises shall be considered to have been taken
if fifty  percent  (50%) or more of the Leased  Premises is taken or  condemned.
Tenant shall not assert any claim against  Landlord or the taking  authority for
any compensation  arising out of or related to such taking and Landlord shall be
entitled to receive the entire  amount of any award  without  deduction  for any
estate or interest of Tenant; provided,  however, that nothing contained in this
section  shall be deemed to give  Landlord  any  interest  in any award  made to
Tenant for the taking of personal  property and fixtures  belonging to Tenant or
for Tenant's moving  expenses,  as long as such award is made in addition to and
separately  stated from any award made to Landlord  for the Leased  Premises and
the  Property.  If less than fifty  percent  (50%) of the Leased  Premises is so
taken, the Lease shall continue to be in full force and effect,  and the Minimum
Annual Rent and Additional  Rent shall be adjusted  (based on the ratio that the
number of square feet of rentable area taken from the Leased  Premises  bears to
the number of rentable square feet in the Leased Premises  immediately  prior to
such taking) as of the date  possession  is required to be  surrendered  to said
authority;  provided,  however,  Landlord shall have the right to determine that
the  Leased  Premises  should be  demolished  and not  rebuilt,  in which  event
Landlord may, within ninety (90) days after such taking, terminate this Lease by
giving Tenant notice of such decision, and thereupon the Lease Term shall expire
by lapse of time upon the third day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall
thereupon vacate the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord.  In the
event that the Lease  remains in full  force and effect in  accordance  with the
terms  described  above,  Landlord  shall be obligated to repair and restore the
Leased  Premises  to usable  condition  by Tenant,  and such  repair  shall be a
condition precedent to the continued effectiveness of this Lease. Landlord shall
have no obligation to contest any taking.

          23. Landlord's Liability. Landlord, or its agents, shall not be liable
for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire,  explosion,
falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain, or leaks from any part of
the Leased Premises, or from the pipes, conduits,  appliances or plumbing works,
or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever  nature,  unless caused by or
due to the gross negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants, or employees. All
personal  property and equipment  located in the Leased Premises shall be at the
risk of Tenant.

          24. Tenant's and Landlord's Liability. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord
for all expense, damages or fines, incurred or suffered by Landlord by reason of
any breach,  violation or nonperformance by Tenant, or its agents,  servants, or
employees,  of any  covenant  or  provision  of  this  Lease  or the  Rules  and
Regulations promulgated by Landlord hereunder from time to time, or by reason of
damage to persons or property  caused by moving  property of or for Tenant in or
out of the  Property,  or by the  installation  or removal of furniture or other
property  of or for  Tenant,  by reason of or arising  out of the  carelessness,
negligence or improper conduct of Tenant,  or its agents,  servants,  employees,
invitees or licensees in the use or





                                      -20-




occupancy of the Leased  Premises or the common areas of the Property.  Landlord
shall reimburse Tenant for all expense,  damages or fines,  incurred or suffered
by Tenant by reason of any breach,  violation or nonperformance by Landlord,  or
its agents,  servants, or employees, of any covenant or provision of this Lease,
by reason of or arising out of the gross negligence of Landlord,  or its agents,
servants, employees, invitees or licensees.

          25. Indemnity.

                 (a) By Tenant.  Tenant shall  indemnify and defend Landlord and
its agents and  employees  and save them  harmless  from and against any and all
claims,  actions,  damages,  liabilities  and expense in connection with loss of
life,  personal  injury  and/or  damage to property  arising  from or out of any
occurrence in, upon or at the Leased Premises, or the occupancy or use by Tenant
of the Leased Premises or any part thereof,  or occasioned  wholly or in part by
any act or omission of the Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, servants,
invitees or licensees,  whether  inside the Leased  Premises or elsewhere in the
Property.

                 (b) By Landlord. Landlord shall indemnify and defend Tenant and
its agents and  employees  and save them  harmless  from and against any and all
claims,  actions,  damages,  liabilities  and expense in connection with loss of
life,  personal injury and/or damage to property occasioned wholly or in part by
any  act or  omission  of the  Landlord,  its  agents,  contractors,  employees,
servants, invitees or licensees, whether inside the Leased Premises or elsewhere
in the Property.

          26. Tenant's Insurance.

                 (a)  Coverages.  Tenant  shall have  issued,  pay the  premiums
therefor,  and  maintain in full force and effect  during the Lease Term and any
option period:

                                 (i)        Comprehensive      Liability.      A
                                            commercial     general     liability
                                            insurance   policy  or  policies  in
                                            which the  Landlord  and  Landlord's
                                            mortgagee(s)  (and  such  additional
                                            persons and/or  entities as Landlord
                                            may request) and Tenant shall be the
                                            insured, protecting the Landlord and
                                            Landlord's  mortgagee(s)  (and  such
                                            additional  persons and/or  entities
                                            as Landlord  may request) and Tenant
                                            in  the  amount  of at  least  Three
                                            Million    and    No/100     Dollars
                                            ($3,000,000.00)   combined,   single
                                            limit  coverage  for bodily  injury,
                                            including death, or property damage,
                                            which amount may be  increased  from
                                            time  to  time  by  Landlord  in its
                                            reasonable determination;

                                 (ii)       All-Risk Casualty. All-risk casualty
                                            insurance, naming Landlord (and such
                                            additional  persons and/or  entities
                                            as Landlord  may request) and Tenant
                                            as insureds (as their  interests may
                                            appear), written at replacement cost
                                            value  and  with   replacement  cost
                                            endorsement,  covering all leasehold
                                            improvements installed in the Leased
                                            Premises  by Tenant  or at  Tenant's
                                            request and all of Tenant's personal
                                            property  in  the  Leased   Premises
                                            (including,    without   limitation,
                                            inventory,   trade  fixtures,  floor
                                            coverings,   furniture   and   other
                                            property  removable  by Tenant under
                                            the provisions of this Lease).





                                      -21-




                                 (iii)      Workers' Compensation. If and to the
                                            extent  required  by  law,  workers'
                                            compensation      and     employer's
                                            liability  or similar  insurance  in
                                            form and amounts required by law.

              (b)  Policy   Requirements.   Tenant's  failure  to  provide  such
insurance  or failure to pay the  premiums  when due,  shall be deemed a default
hereunder.  Any monies expended by Landlord to cure said default shall be deemed
Additional  Rent and shall be due and owing with  Tenant's next payment of Basic
Monthly Rent.  All such policies shall contain only such  reasonable  deductible
amounts as may be approved in advance by Landlord and shall  contain a provision
that  Landlord  shall  receive not less than thirty (30) days advance  notice in
writing from the insurance  company of any intention of the insurance company to
cancel  such  policy or  policies.  Tenant  shall  provide  written  evidence to
Landlord of its  acquisition of such policies prior to the  commencement of this
Lease and prior to any renewal  date of such  policies.  All  policies  shall be
carried with a reputable insurance company qualified to do business in the State
of Maryland and rated not lower than A-XII in the A.M. Best Rating Guide.

              (c) No  Limitation  of  Liability.  Neither  the  issuance  of any
insurance  policy  required  under this Lease nor the minimum  limits  specified
herein  shall be  deemed  to limit or  restrict  in any way  Tenant's  liability
arising under or out of this Lease.

        27. Waiver of  Subrogation.  Landlord and Tenant  mutually  covenant and
agree that each party,  in connection  with  insurance  policies  required to be
furnished  in  accordance  with the terms and  conditions  of this Lease,  or in
connection  with insurance  policies  which they obtain  insuring such insurable
interest as Landlord or Tenant may have in its own properties,  whether personal
or real,  shall  expressly  waive  any right of  subrogation  on the part of the
insurer against the Landlord (and any mortgagee requested by Landlord) or Tenant
as the same may be  applicable,  which  right to the  extent not  prohibited  or
violative of any such policy is hereby expressly waived, and Landlord and Tenant
each mutually waive all right of recovery against each other,  their agents,  or
employees for any loss, damage or injury of any nature whatsoever to property or
person for which either party carries  insurance or is required by this Lease to
carry insurance.

        28. No Liens Permitted; Discharged. Tenant will not permit to be created
or to remain  undischarged  any lien,  encumbrance or charge (arising out of any
work done or  materials or supplies  furnished,  or claimed to have been done or
furnished, by any contractor,  mechanic, laborer or materialman or any mortgage,
conditional sale, security agreement or chattel mortgage, or otherwise by or for
Tenant)  which  might be or  become a lien or  encumbrance  or  charge  upon the
Property or any part thereof or the income therefrom.  If any lien, or notice of
lien on  account of an alleged  debt of Tenant or any  notice of  contract  by a
party engaged by Tenant or Tenant's  contractor  to work on the Leased  Premises
shall be filed against the Property or any part thereof,  Tenant, within fifteen
(15)  days  after  notice  of the  filing  thereof,  will  cause  the same to be
discharged of record by payment,  deposit,  bond,  order of a court of competent
jurisdiction or otherwise.  If Tenant shall fail to cause such lien or notice of
lien to be  discharged  within the period  aforesaid,  then,  in addition to any
other right or remedy,  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated  to,  discharge
the same  either by paying the  amounts  claimed to be due or by  procuring  the
discharge  of such lien by  deposit or by  bonding  proceedings  and in any such
event  Landlord  shall be  entitled,  if  Landlord  so  elects,  to  compel  the
prosecution of an action for the





                                      -22-




foreclosure  of such lien by the lienor and to pay the amount of the judgment in
favor of the lienor with interest,  costs and allowances.  Any amount so paid by
Landlord and all  reasonable  costs and  expenses,  including  attorneys'  fees,
incurred by Landlord in connection  therewith,  shall constitute Additional Rent
payable by Tenant  under this Lease and shall be paid by Tenant to  Landlord  on
demand.  Nothing herein  contained shall obligate Tenant to pay or discharge any
lien created by Landlord.

        29. Signs,  Awnings and Canopies.  Tenant will not place or suffer to be
placed or maintained on the exterior of the Leased Premises any sign,  awning or
canopy, or other written matter of any kind, without first obtaining  Landlord's
written approval which shall not be unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  provided
that any such sign,  awning,  canopy or written matter is in compliance with the
applicable federal,  state and/or county  regulations.  Tenant further agrees to
maintain in good  condition and repair at all times such sign,  awning,  canopy,
decoration,  lettering,  or written matter as may be approved. Any of said items
so  installed  without  such  written  approval  and  consent  may be removed by
Landlord at Tenant's expense.

        30. Environmental  Protection.  Tenant and Tenant's employees and agents
shall not dispose of any oil, petroleum or chemical liquids or solids, liquid or
gaseous  products  or any  hazardous  waste or  hazardous  substance  including,
without limitation, asbestos (hereinafter collectively referred to as "hazardous
waste"),  as those terms are used in the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, or in any other federal, state or local
law  governing  hazardous  substances,  as such laws may be amended from time to
time  (hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the "Act"),  at, upon, under or
within the Leased  Premises or the  Property,  or into the  plumbing or sewer or
water  system  servicing  the Leased  Premises  and/or the  Property,  nor shall
Tenant,  its  agents or  employees  cause or  permit  the  discharge,  spillage,
uncontrolled  loss, seepage or filtration of any hazardous waste at, upon, under
or within the Leased  Premises or the  Property or into the plumbing or sewer or
water  system  servicing  the  same.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Landlord
acknowledges  that the use which  Tenant  contemplates  for the Leased  Premises
involves the use, storage, and disposal of materials which are defined herein as
hazardous  waste,  and Tenant shall have the right to maintain such materials on
the  Leased  Premises  so long as they  are  used,  stored  and  disposed  of in
accordance  with  the  Act.  Tenant  shall  comply  in  all  respects  with  the
requirements  of the Act and  related  regulations,  and shall  notify  Landlord
immediately in the event of its discovery of any hazardous waste at, upon, under
or within the Leased Premises or the Property which has not been used, stored or
disposed  of in  accordance  with the Act.  Tenant  shall  advise  Landlord,  in
writing,  of the  identities  of  hazardous  wastes being used and stored in the
Leased  Premises  promptly upon written  request from Landlord,  but in no event
less  frequently  than once every  twelve (12) months.  Tenant  shall  indemnify
Landlord against all costs, expenses, liabilities, losses, damages, injunctions,
suits, fines,  penalties,  claims, and demands,  including reasonable attorneys'
fees,  arising out of any  violation of or default by Tenant,  and its employees
and agents,  in the  covenants of this Section.  The  provisions of this Section
shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

        31.  Notices.  All  notices to be given  under  this  Lease  shall be in
writing and either (i)  hand-delivered,  (ii) sent by Federal  Express (or other
nationally  recognized,  overnight  mail  courier  service),  (iii) or mailed by
United States Certified or Registered Mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage
prepaid. Notices should be delivered as follows:

                     (a)  To Landlord to the attention of the "General  Manager"
                          at the business and mailing address





                                      -23-



                          stated  on  page 1 of  this  Lease,  with  a  copy  to
                          Shulman,  Rogers,  Gandal,  Pordy & Ecker, P.A., 11921
                          Rockville Pike, Suite 300, Rockville,  Maryland 20852,
                          attn: Karl L. Ecker, Esquire. Pursuant to the terms of
                          Section   19(a)   hereof,   for  so  long  as   Signet
                          Bank/Maryland  holds a first lien security interest in
                          the Property,  a copy of any notice of default  served
                          on Landlord shall be delivered to Signet Bank/Maryland
                          at  7700  Wisconsin  Avenue,   Suite  400,   Bethesda,
                          Maryland  20814,  attn:  Ms. Susan  Benninghoff,  Vice
                          President.

                     (b)  To Tenant to the  attention of Richard T.  Schumacher,
                          President,  at the business and mailing address stated
                          on page 1 of this Lease,  with a copy to Brown Rudnick
                          Freed  &  Gesmer,   One  Financial   Center,   Boston,
                          Massachusetts 02111, attn: Howard L. Levin, Esquire.

Any such notice shall be deemed to be received on the date it is  hand-delivered
or delivered by Federal Express (or other nationally recognized,  overnight mail
courier service), or on the third day after the date on which it is deposited in
the U.S. mails.  Landlord,  Tenant and Signet  Bank/Maryland shall each have the
right to change the person  and/or  address to which  notices shall be delivered
upon notice thereof to the other parties sent pursuant to the provisions of this
paragraph.

        32. Time. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that time is of the essence in
the performance of any and all obligations, terms, and provisions of this Lease.

        33.  Postponement of Performance.  In the event that either party hereto
shall be delayed or hindered in or  prevented  from the  performance  of any act
required  hereunder by reason of strikes,  labor troubles,  inability to procure
labor  or  materials,   failure  of  power,  restrictive  governmental  laws  or
regulations,  riots,  insurrection,  war, acts of God, fire or other casualty or
other reason of a similar or dissimilar nature beyond the reasonable  control of
the party delayed in performing  work or doing acts required  under the terms of
this Lease,  then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the
delay and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a
period equivalent to the period of such delay; provided, however that nothing in
this  section  shall  excuse any delay in the payment of Minimum  Annual Rent or
Additional  Rent;  and  provided,  further,  that  delays or failures to perform
resulting  from lack of funds shall not be deemed delays  beyond the  reasonable
control of a party.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall be construed to limit the
provisions  concerning the abatement of Minimum Annual Rent and Additional  Rent
resulting  from  fire and  casualty  damage or from  condemnation  damage to the
Leased Premises as more fully described in Sections 21 and 22 hereof.

         34.  Brokers.  Landlord  and Tenant  represent  and warrant each to the
other that neither has authorized any broker,  agent or finder purporting to act
on  either's  behalf in  respect to this Lease  transaction  except the  Leasing
Broker  specified in Section  l(a)(11),  and each hereby agree to indemnify  and
hold  harmless  one from the other from and against any cost,  expense,  claims,
liability or damage resulting from a breach of the  representation  and warranty
herein contained.

        35. No Waiver.  No waiver by  Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any of
the terms, covenants, agreements, or conditions of this Lease shall be deemed to
constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach thereof,  or a waiver of any breach
of any of the other terms, covenants, agreements, and conditions herein






                                      -24-



contained.  No  provision  of this Lease  shall be deemed to have been waived by
Landlord or Tenant,  unless such waiver be in writing  signed by such party.  No
employee of Landlord or of Landlord's  agents shall have any authority to accept
the keys of the Leased  Premises  prior to  termination  of the  Lease,  and the
delivery of keys to any  employee of Landlord  or  Landlord's  agents  shall not
operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Leased Premises. The
receipt by  Landlord of any payment of Minimum  Annual Rent or  Additional  Rent
with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a
waiver of such  breach.  The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and
Regulations made a part of this Lease, or hereafter  adopted,  against Tenant or
any other tenant in the Property  shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules
and Regulations.

         36. Amendments.  This Lease and the Exhibits attached hereto,  together
with  the  terms  and  conditions  of that  certain  Assets  for  Cash  Purchase
Agreement,  of even  date,  entered  into by and  between  Landlord,  Tenant and
Tenant's  Guarantor,  which  describe the sale and purchase of certain assets by
Landlord to Tenant and Tenant's Guarantor,  contain the entire agreement between
the parties,  and any agreement  hereafter  made shall be ineffective to change,
modify,  discharge  or effect an  abandonment  in whole or in part  unless  such
agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom  enforcement of the
change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

        37.  Applicable  Law. The laws of the State of Maryland shall govern the
validity, performance and enforcement of this Lease.

        38. Transfer of the Property. In the event of the sale or other transfer
of Landlord's  right,  title and interest in the Leased Premises or the Property
(except in the case of a sale- leaseback financing transaction in which Landlord
is the  lessee),  Landlord  shall  transfer  and  assign  to such  purchaser  or
transferee all amounts of pre-paid  Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent, and
provided  that the  purchaser or  transferee  shall assume all of the  surviving
liabilities   and   obligations  of  Landlord   hereunder   accruing  after  the
consummation of such sale or transfer, Landlord thereupon shall be released from
all liability and obligations  hereunder  derived from this Lease arising out of
any act,  occurrence or omission  relating to the Leased  Premises or this Lease
occurring after the consummation of such sale or transfer.  Tenant shall have no
right to terminate this Lease, to abate Minimum Annual Rent or Additional  Rent,
nor to deduct from, nor set-off, nor counterclaim against Minimum Annual Rent or
Additional Rent because of any sale or transfer (including,  without limitation,
any sale-leaseback) by Landlord or its successors or assigns.

        39.  Extension  Option.  Provided  (i) that this Lease  shall be in full
force and effect;  (ii) that BTRL  Contracts and Services,  Inc. (or a permitted
assignee  of  Tenant  [which  is a  related  party to  Tenant]  pursuant  to the
provisions of Section 15 hereof) shall be the tenant  hereunder;  and (iii) that
Tenant shall not be in default under any of the terms, provisions,  covenants or
condition  of this Lease,  then,  and only in such event,  Tenant shall have the
right,  at Tenant's  sole  option,  to extend the term of this Lease for two (2)
additional  periods  of five (5)  years  each  ("Extension  Terms").  Each  such
extension  option shall be  exercisable  by Tenant giving  written notice of the
exercise of such  extension  option to  Landlord  no sooner  than three  hundred
sixty-five  (365) days and no later than one hundred  eighty (180) days prior to
the expiration date of the then-current term;  provided,  however,  in the event
Tenant fails to exercise any option to extend during the  aforesaid  period such
extension  option shall become null and void and all rights with respect thereto
and with respect to any subsequent  extension  option shall become null and void
and all rights with respect





                                      -25-




thereto and with respect to any subsequent  extension option shall automatically
terminate  and  expire.  Each  Extension  Term  shall be upon  the  same  terms,
covenants  and  conditions  as set forth  herein with respect to the Lease Term,
except that Minimum Annual Rent payable during each Lease Year of each Extension
Term shall be computed in the  following  manner.  On the first day of the first
Lease Year of the first  Extension Term, and on the first day of each Lease Year
thereafter  during  the  remainder  of the first  Extension  Term and during the
Second  Extension  Term,  the  Minimum  Annual  Rent (then in  effect)  shall be
adjusted by one hundred  percent  (100%) of any change in the Index now known as
"United  States Bureau of Labor  Statistics,  Consumer Price Index for All Urban
Consumers,  All Items (1982-1984=100)"  ("Index"),  provided,  however, that the
amount of Minimum  Annual  Rent  payable  by Tenant  during any Lease Year of an
Extension  Term  pursuant to this  provision  shall not be less than one hundred
three percent  (103%) of the Minimum  Annual Rent paid during the previous Lease
Year. Subject to the foregoing,  each such adjustment shall be accomplished (and
shall be effective for the entire then-  operative  Lease Year) by adding to the
Minimum  Annual  Rent (then in effect)  the amount  created by  multiplying  the
Minimum Annual Rent then in effect by the amount created by subtracting  one (1)
from a fraction,  the  numerator of which shall be the most  recently  published
monthly Index figure prior to the date of the adjustment, and the denominator of
which  shall be the  published  monthly  Index  figure for the same month of the
previous year. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of each such adjustment
and the amount of Minimum Annual Rent payable during the forthcoming Lease Year.
Should said Index cease to be  published,  then the  closest  similar  published
Index by an agency of the United States Government shall be substituted.  Should
there be no such substitute,  then the parties hereto shall,  under rules of the
American  Arbitration  Association,  agree to a substitute  formula,  or source,
designed  to  accomplish  the same  original  purpose  of this  provision.  This
extension option is personal to Tenant,  and shall not be available to any other
subtenant  or  assignee  of the Lease  (other  than a party  which is related to
Tenant),  regardless  of whether  such  sublease or  assignment  was approved by
Landlord in the manner described herein.

        40.  Right of First  Offer.  In the event  that,  during the Lease Term,
Landlord  determines  to sell the  Property to any party which is  unrelated  to
Landlord,  then, provided that (i) this Lease shall be in full force and effect;
(ii) that BTRL Contracts and Services,  Inc. (or a permitted  assignee of Tenant
[which is a related  party to Tenant]  pursuant to the  provisions of Section 15
hereof) shall be the tenant hereunder;  and (iii) Tenant shall not be in default
under any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions of this Lease, then,
and only in such  event,  Tenant  shall  have the first  right to  purchase  the
Property upon the following terms and conditions. Promptly after determining the
terms and  conditions  upon which the  Property  shall be sold to a third party,
Landlord shall give Tenant  written notice of its  opportunity to purchase same,
by  presenting  Tenant  with an  execution  copy of a  Contract  of Sale for the
Property  containing all material terms and conditions as determined by Landlord
to be appropriate for the sale of the Property.  Tenant shall exercise its right
of first  offer  by  executing  the copy of the  Contract  of Sale  tendered  by
Landlord and returning it to Landlord  (together with any required earnest money
deposit)  within  thirty  (30)  calendar  days  of the  date on  which  Landlord
delivered  the  proposed  Contract  of Sale to Tenant.  The failure of Tenant to
execute and deliver the Contract of Sale (and required earnest money deposit) to
Landlord   within  the   aforesaid   thirty  (30)   calendar  day  period  shall
automatically  extinguish  Tenant's  right to exercise such right of first offer
with regard to the Property,  and further shall relieve  Landlord of any and all
liability with respect to same; provided that such right of first offer shall be
reinstated,  without  further  act  required  by any  party,  in the event  that
Landlord  has not  settled  on the sale of the  Property  within  three  hundred
sixty-five (365) days of the expiration date of Tenant's right of first offer as
described





                                      -26-



herein.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Landlord shall not thereafter offer to
sell the  Property  to any third  party for a purchase  price which is less than
that offered to Tenant or upon such other material  terms and  conditions  which
are substantially less advantageous to the purchaser, without first renewing its
offer to Tenant to purchase  same at the lesser  amount of  purchase  price (and
affording  Tenant the right to  exercise  its first right of offer in the manner
described  herein).  Should Tenant fail to exercise  properly its right of first
offer as described above, Landlord shall be free to proceed with the sale of the
Property to any third  party,  free and clear of all rights of Tenant;  provided
that such right of first offer shall be reinstated, without further act required
by any party,  in the event  that  Landlord  has not  settled on the sale of the
Property  within three hundred  sixty-five  (365) days of the expiration date of
Tenant's  right of first  offer as  described  herein.  In the event that Tenant
exercises its right of first offer as provided herein,  then Landlord and Tenant
shall  proceed  to  settlement  thereunder  in  accordance  with the  terms  and
conditions of the Contract of Sale. In the event that Tenant thereafter fails to
settle  on its  purchase  of the  Property  in  accordance  with the  terms  and
conditions of the Contract of Sale,  then Landlord shall have the right (but not
the obligation), as determined in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate
this  Lease,  in  addition  to  exercising  any and all rights  available  to it
pursuant to the terms and  conditions  of the Contract of Sale.  Landlord  shall
exercise its right to terminate  this Lease by giving  written notice thereof to
Tenant,  in which  event this Lease shall  terminate  on the third day after the
giving of such  notice,  and  Tenant  shall  deliver  possession  of the  Leased
Premises to Landlord. This right of first offer is personal to Tenant, and shall
not be available  to any other  subtenant or assignee of the Lease (other than a
party  which is related to  Tenant),  regardless  of whether  such  sublease  or
assignment was approved by Landlord in the manner described herein.

            41.  Right of First  Refusal.  Provided  (i) that  Landlord  has not
offered  Tenant the right to purchase the Property for a purchase price which is
equal to or less than the offer  described below and is upon such material terms
and conditions  which are  substantially  the same or more  advantageous  to the
purchaser  than are contained in the offer  described  below,  and that Tenant's
right of first offer has not expired (and  Tenant's  right under  Section 40 has
not been  reinstated),  all pursuant to the terms and  conditions  of Section 40
hereof; (ii) that this Lease shall be in full force and effect;  (iii) that BTRL
Contracts  and  Services,  Inc. (or a permitted  assignee of Tenant  [which is a
related party to Tenant]  pursuant to the provisions of Section 15 hereof) shall
be the tenant hereunder;  and (iv) that Tenant shall not be in default under any
of the terms,  provisions,  covenants or condition of this Lease, then, and only
in such event,  Tenant  shall have the right of first  refusal to  purchase  the
Property (the "Right of First Refusal") upon the following terms: If at any time
during the Lease  Term,  Landlord  shall  receive a bona fide offer from a third
party for the purchase of the Property,  which offer Landlord desires to accept,
Landlord  promptly  shall  deliver to Tenant a copy of such  offer.  Tenant may,
within  thirty  (30) days after  receipt of such offer,  elect to  purchase  the
Property  on the same  terms  and  conditions  as set  forth in such  offer,  by
delivering  to Landlord  written  notice of said  exercise  within the aforesaid
thirty (30) day period.  In the event that  Landlord  shall receive an offer for
the purchase of the Property  which is not  consummated  by delivering a deed to
the offeror,  Tenant's  Right of First  Refusal as set forth herein shall remain
applicable  to  subsequent  offers made to Landlord.  In the event that Landlord
shall  sell the  Property  after  Tenant  fails to  exercise  its Right of First
Refusal,  such  sale  shall be  subject  to the terms of this  Lease,  provided,
however, the Right of First Offer and the Right of First Refusal as set forth in
this Lease shall  expire  upon the date of  conveyance  of the  Property to said
third party,  and said rights  shall not continue in force or effect,  nor shall
they be applicable to any





                                      -27-



subsequent sale or ownership of the Property by successive parties. In the event
that any  mortgagee or holder of a deed of trust or other  security  interest in
the  Property  shall  foreclose  on the  Property  or  accept  a deed in lieu of
foreclosure  as a result of the failure of  Landlord to pay any debt  secured by
the  Property,  the Right of First  Offer and the Right of First  Refusal as set
forth in this Lease shall expire  automatically  upon the date of  conveyance of
the Property to said mortgagee or holder of a security  interest  therein (or to
any third party  assignee  of said  mortgagee  or holder of a security  interest
therein), and said Right of First Offer and the Right of First Refusal shall not
continue in force or effect, nor shall they be applicable to any subsequent sale
or ownership of the Property by successive parties.

         42. Waiver of Counterclaim and Trial by Jury/Attorneys  Fees.  Landlord
and Tenant  waive  their  right to trial by jury in any  action,  proceeding  or
counterclaim  brought by either of the parties  hereto against the other (except
for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of
or in any way  connected  with this Lease,  the  relationship  of  Landlord  and
Tenant,  Tenant's use of or occupancy of the Leased Premises,  and any emergency
statutory  or any  other  statutory  remedy.  Tenant  shall  not  interpose  any
counterclaim(s)  or claim(s)  for  set-off,  recoupment  or deduction of Minimum
Annual Rent or Additional Rent in a summary proceeding for nonpayment of Minimum
Annual Rent or Additional Rent,  unless such counterclaim is mandatory in nature
and must be  interposed  in such  summary  proceeding  initiated  by Landlord or
otherwise be deemed waived.  In the event either Landlord or Tenant institute an
action or  proceeding  against the other to enforce the terms and  conditions of
this Lease,  the  prevailing  party shall be entitled to recover all  reasonable
attorneys fees and costs incurred as a result thereof.

        43.  Separability.  If any  term  or  provision  of  this  Lease  or the
application  thereof to any person or  circumstances  shall,  to any extent,  be
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of such
term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is
held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each other term
and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law.

        44. Corporate Authority.  Concurrently with the execution of this Lease,
Tenant has  delivered to Landlord a certified  copy of a resolution  of Tenant's
Board of  Directors  (or other  evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to Landlord)
approving the leasing of the Leased Premises by Tenant pursuant to the terms and
conditions  contained  herein,  stating  that this Lease is fully  binding  upon
Tenant,  and authorizing the execution of this Lease by each person signing this
Lease on behalf of Tenant.

        45. Interpretation.

              (a)  Captions.   The  captions,   marginal   references,   General
Information  sheet,  and table of contents  appearing in this Lease are inserted
only as a matter of convenience and in no way amplify,  define, limit, construe,
or described the scope or intent of this Lease nor in any way affect this Lease.

              (b) Gender.  The neuter,  feminine or masculine  pronoun when used
herein shall each include each of the other  genders and the use of the singular
shall include the plural.

              (c) Covenants. The parties hereto agree that all the provisions of
this Lease are to be construed as covenants  and  agreements as though the words
importing  such covenants and  agreements  were used in each separate  provision
hereof.

              (d)  Interpretation. Although the printed provisions of this Lease
were drawn by Landlord, this Lease shall





                                      -28-




not be  construed  for or against  Landlord  or Tenant,  but this Lease shall be
interpreted in accordance with the general tenor of the language in an effort to
reach the intended result.

         46. Landlord's Agreement re: Contract of Sale of the Property. Landlord
agrees  that,  during the Lease Term and prior to its  execution of any contract
for the sale of the Property to a prospective  purchaser,  it shall give written
notice of the  existence of this Lease and Tenant's  occupancy  rights in and to
the  Leased  Premises  (together  with a  copy  of  this  Lease),  to  any  such
prospective purchaser of the Property.

         47. Reasonableness of Expenses. Wherever it is required by the terms of
this  Lease  that one party  reimburse  the other  party for costs and  expenses
incurred in connection  with the performance of an obligation or the exercise of
a right described  herein,  unless  expressly  stated  otherwise,  all costs and
expenses for which such  reimbursement  is sought shall be  reasonable in amount
and nature,  as  determined  in  accordance  with local  standards of commercial
reasonableness in the District of Columbia metropolitan area.

         48. Limits of Landlord's Liability.  In the event that any mortgagee or
holder  of a deed of trust or other  security  interest  in the  Property  shall
foreclose on the Property or accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure as a result of
the  failure  of  Landlord  to pay  any  debt  secured  by the  Property,  then,
thereafter,  neither the owner of the  Property,  as  Landlord,  nor its agents,
employees or officers, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal
liability under any provision of this Lease,  and if such a subsequent  owner of
the Property, as Landlord, defaults in the performance of any of its obligations
hereunder or otherwise,  Tenant shall look solely to Landlord's equity, interest
and rights in the  Property  for  satisfaction  of Tenant's  remedies on account
thereof.

        49. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure
to the benefit of the parties hereto, and the heirs,  personal  representatives,
successors and assigns of said parties.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed,  sealed, and
delivered this Lease,  or have caused same to be executed,  sealed and delivered
by their duly authorized attorney-in-fact, as of the day and year above written.

WITNESS                               LANDLORD:
                                      Cambridge Biotech Corporation,
                                         a Delaware corporation


                                      By: /s/ signature unreadable (SEAL)
- ---------------------------             ---------------------------------
                                         /s/ signature unreadable
                                        ---------------------------------


                                      Date of Execution: July 14, 1992
                                                        ---------


WITNESS/ATTEST:                       TENANT:
                                      BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc.,
                                         a Massachusetts corporation



/s/ signature unreadable              By: /s/ signature unreadable (SEAL)
                                        ---------------------------------
                                          /s/ signature unreadable , President
                                        --------------------------

                                      Date of Execution: July 14, 1992
                                                        --------








                                    EXHIBIT C

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant agrees as follows:


         1. Tenant will keep the Leased  Premises and  approaches  thereto clean
and free from  rubbish;  will  remove  snow,  ice and debris  from the  adjacent
sidewalks;  will keep all  windows  and any sign neat,  clean and in good order;
will not erect any screen or fence;  and will not  perform  any acts or carry on
any  practices  which may damage the Leased  Premises  or the  Property  or be a
nuisance or menace to other tenants.

        2. Tenant shall not  obstruct or interfere  with the rights of others to
use any Property driveways, parking facilities,  sidewalks, exits, entrances, if
any.

        3. Tenant  shall not store any  material,  supplies,  equipment,  wooden
pallets,  vehicles or anything whatsoever outside of the Leased Premises. If any
such items are not removed within forty-eight (48) hours Landlord shall have the
right  to  remove  the  same,   with  prior  notice  to  Tenant,   and  with  no
responsibility  to  Tenant  for loss or damage  to such  items,  and the cost to
Landlord of such removal shall be deemed to be  Additional  Rent under the Lease
and will be immediately paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

        4. Business and mechanical equipment which cause noise or vibration that
may be  transmitted  to the  structure  of the Leased  Premises  or to any space
therein to such a degree as to be  objectionable to Landlord or any other tenant
of the Property,  shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant's expense,
on vibration  eliminators  or other  devices  sufficient  to eliminate  noise or
vibration.

        5. Tenant shall comply with any governmental  energy-saving  rules, laws
or regulations of which Tenant has notice.

        6. The sewage  system shall not be used for any purpose  other than that
for which it was  constructed  and no foreign  substance of any kind  whatsoever
shall be  thrown  therein.  The  expense  of any  breakage,  stoppage  or damage
resulting  from the  violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or
whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

        7. Should the Tenant,  its agents or invitees,  activate  its  sprinkler
system (if there is one in the Leased Premises), Tenant agrees that it will pay,
as  Additional  Rent to  Landlord,  any  damage to the  Leased  Premises  and to
property of other Property tenants.

        8. All trash and garbage shall be kept within the Leased Premises (or in
a dumpster  placed on the common areas of the Property at a location  reasonably
satisfactory  to Landlord)  and collected on a regular  basis.  Tenant shall not
place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in
the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal.

        9. Tenant shall comply with all safety,  fire  protection and evacuation
procedures  and  regulations  established by or any  governmental  agency having
jurisdiction.

        10. Tenant assumes any and all  responsibility for protecting the Leased
Premises from theft,  robbery and pilferage which includes  keeping doors locked
and other means of entry to the Leased Premises closed.

        11.  Tenant  shall keep the  inside and the  outside of all glass in the
doors and windows within the Leased Premises clean,  keep all exterior  surfaces
of the Leased Premises clean, replace







promptly any cracked or broken glass of the Leased  Premises  with glass of like
kind, color, and quality.

        12. Tenant shall be responsible  for the observance of all the foregoing
rules by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

        13.  Tenant  shall  give  Landlord  immediate  notice in case of fire or
accidents  in the  Leased  Premises,  and in case of  fire or  accidents  on the
Property involving Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees.







                                    GUARANTY


         In consideration of, and as a material  inducement to Cambridge Biotech
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  qualified  to do business in the State of
Maryland,  with a  business  and  mailing  address  at  1500  East  Gude  Drive,
Rockville,  MD 20850 (the "Landlord"),  executing and delivering  simultaneously
herewith,  in reliance upon this  Guaranty,  that certain  Lease (the  "Lease"),
dated as of June 30, 1992,  between  Landlord and BTRL  Contracts  and Services,
Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  qualified  to do  business in the State of
Maryland ("Tenant"),  the undersigned,  Boston Biomedica,  Inc., a Massachusetts
corporation (the  "Guarantor"),  with a business and mailing address at 375 West
Street,  West  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts  02379,  hereby  unconditionally  and
absolutely  guarantees  unto Landlord,  its  successors  and assigns,  the full,
prompt and complete  payment by Tenant of the Minimum Annual Rent and Additional
Rent provided in the Lease,  and the prompt,  faithful and complete  performance
and  observance by Tenant of all of the terms,  covenants and  conditions of the
Lease on the Tenant's part to be performed and/or observed.  Upon the failure of
Tenant to make any such  payment  of  Minimum  Annual  Rent or  Additional  Rent
provided  in the Lease,  or to perform or  observe  any such term,  covenant  or
condition of the Lease on the Tenant's  part to be  performed  and/or  observed,
Guarantor  shall,  promptly upon demand,  pay such required sum to Landlord,  or
perform or observe the required term, covenant or condition of the Lease.

        Guarantor  does hereby  waive notice of any and all defaults on the part
of the Tenant, waives acceptance and notice of acceptance of this Guaranty,  and
waives all demand for payment and/or  performance;  and Guarantor agrees that no
delay on the part of  Landlord  in  enforcing  any of its rights or  remedies or
insisting thereupon,  nor any extension of time nor any changes or modifications
in or to, or in  connection  with the Lease,  shall in any way limit,  affect or
impair the  liability of Guarantor  hereunder;  and Guarantor  hereby  expressly
consents to and  approves  thereof  with the same force and effect as though its
written consent had been given to each of such delays,  extensions,  changes and
modifications.

        This Guaranty is independent of and in addition to any security or other
remedies  which  Landlord  has or may  have  for the  performance  of any of the
obligations on the part of Tenant;  and Guarantor agrees that Landlord shall not
be required to resort to any other security or other remedies before  proceeding
upon this Guaranty, but that Landlord may proceed hereunder against Guarantor at
any time it sees fit,  independently of or concurrently  with any other remedies
it may have.

        This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect  notwithstanding the
institution by or against Tenant, of bankruptcy,  reorganization,  readjustment,
receivership or insolvency  proceedings of any nature,  or the  disaffirmance of
the Lease in any such proceedings or otherwise.

        If  Guarantor  is a  corporation  and is  merged  into or with any other
company, firm or corporation,  the resulting merged company, firm or corporation
shall become  liable as Guarantor  under this Guaranty to the same extent as the
original named Guarantor hereunder.

        Concurrently  with  the  execution  of  this  Guaranty,   Guarantor  has
delivered to Landlord a certified copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors
(or other evidence  reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord) approving the guaranty
by Guarantor  of Tenant's  obligations  contained  in the Lease  pursuant to the
terms and  conditions  contained  herein,  stating  that this  Guaranty is fully
binding upon  Guarantor,  and authorizing the execution of this Guaranty by each
person signing this Lease on behalf of Guarantor.








         This Guaranty shall be binding upon the undersigned,  the undersigned's
successors  and  assigns,  and  shall  inure to the  benefit  of  Landlord,  its
successors and assigns,  and to the benefit of any successors to the interest of
Landlord under the Lease and/or to the Leased Premises.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has duly executed this Guaranty
under seal as of the 30th day of June, 1992.

WITNESS/ATTEST:                              GUARANTOR:
                                             Boston Biomedica, Inc.


/s/ signature unreadable                     By: /s/ signature unreadable (SEAL)
- ----------------------------                    --------------------------------
Secretary                                       Name: /s/ signature unreadable
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                Title: President
                                                      --------------------------


State of  UNREADABLE
          ------------------
County of UNREADABLE
          ------------------

On this the 14th day of July, 1992,  before me, the subscriber,  a Notary Public
in and  for the  jurisdiction  aforesaid,  personally  appeared  UNREADABLE  who
acknowledged  himself/herself  to be the President of Boston Biomedica,  Inc., a
Massachusetts corporation,  and that he/she, as such President, being authorized
so to do, executed the foregoing and annexed Guaranty for the purposes contained
therein, by signing the name of the corporation by himself/herself as President.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.


                                                   /s/ signature unreadable
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public

                                                   My Commission Expires 11/6/92
                                                                         -------








BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc.
375 West Street
West Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02379


        Re:   Lease  Agreement  Dated  as of June  30,  1992  between  Cambridge
              Biotech  Corporation  and  BTRL  Contracts  and  Services,   Inc.,
              covering  certain  premises  known  as 3  Taft  Court,  Rockville,
              Maryland 20850

Gentlemen:

       Reference is made to the  above-reference  Lease Agreement (the "Lease"),
pursuant to which Cambridge Biotech Corporation  ("Landlord") has leased certain
premises known as 3 Taft Court,  Rockville,  Maryland,  to be BTRL Contracts and
Services, Inc. ("Tenant").

       In  mutual  consideration  of  Landlord  and  Tenant  entering  into  the
above-referenced  Lease,  this will confirm that Landlord and Tenant have agreed
to supplement the provisions of the Lease as follows:

       1.        Landlord  and Tenant have agreed to clarify the  provisions  of
                 Section 4(b)(iii),  relating to insurance,  so as to clarify in
                 the third  paragraph  thereof  that in the event that  Landlord
                 causes its  insurance  carrier  to provide a written  statement
                 reflecting   the   allocation  of  premiums  paid  by  Landlord
                 attributable  to the Leased  Premises (as defined  therein) and
                 the premiums  attributable  to the  insurance  carried on other
                 properties owned by Landlord,  the premiums attributable to the
                 Leased  Premises  shall  be  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share  of
                 insurance costs payable under the Lease.

       2.        Landlord has agreed to provide to Tenant, on a quarterly basis,
                 true and  complete  copies of bank  statements  reflecting  the
                 status of  accounts  in which  monies  have been  deposited  in
                 escrow on  account of real  estate  taxes  pursuant  to Section
                 4(b)(ii) of the Lease,  insurance  premiums pursuant to Section
                 4(b)(iii) of the Lease,  and the Security  Deposit  pursuant to
                 Section 5 of the Lease.

       3.        In the event that  Landlord  refinances  the real  property  of
                 which the Leased Premises constitute a part, Landlord agrees to
                 modify and amend the Lease so as to eliminate  the  limitations
                 on  the  Landlord's  (and  any  subsequent  owner's)  liability
                 pursuant  to  Section  48  of  the  Lease,   unless  Landlord's
                 prospective new mortgage  lender,  if any, refuses (in its sole
                 discretion)  to finance the  property if such  modification  or
                 amendment is made.

      EXECUTED as a sealed instrument as of the 30th day of June, 1992.

TENANT:                                           LANDLORD:

BTRL CONTRACTS  SERVICES, INC.                    CAMBRIDGE BIOTECH CORPORATION


BY: /s/ signature unreadable                      BY: /s/ signature unreadable
  ----------------------------                      ----------------------------
                                                      Vice President






                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8
                                      LEASE

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

                                  MB ASSOCIATES

                                       AND

                BBI - NORTH AMERICAN CLINICAL LABORATORIES, INC.

                             75 NORTH MOUNTAIN ROAD
                            NEW BRITAIN, CONNECTICUT

                            DATED AS OF JULY 28, 1995







                                    CONTENTS
                                    --------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION           CAPTION                                                                                 PAGE
- -------           -------                                                                                 ----
<S>              <C>                                                                                      <C> 

1.                Demise - Premises - Term ........................................................................
2.                Rent ............................................................................................
3.                Renewal Options .................................................................................
4.                Construction by the Landlord ....................................................................
5.                Use .............................................................................................
6.                Signs ...........................................................................................
7.                Subordination of Lease ..........................................................................
8.                Quiet Enjoyment .................................................................................
9.                Assignments and Subleases .......................................................................
10.               No Nuisance; Compliance with Laws and Requirements of Public Authorities.........................
11.               Insurance .......................................................................................
12.               Rules and Regulations ...........................................................................
13.               Alterations and Improvements ....................................................................
14.               Tenant's Property ...............................................................................
15.               Tenant's Repairs ................................................................................
16.               Landlord's Repairs, Maintenance, ................................................................
17.               Access to Demised Premises ......................................................................
18.               Damage or Destruction ...........................................................................
19.               Condemnation ....................................................................................
20.               Surrender .......................................................................................
21.               Default and Damages .............................................................................
22.               Parking .........................................................................................
23.               Unperformed Covenants ...........................................................................
24.               Holding Over ....................................................................................
25.               Certain Rights Reserved by the Landlord .........................................................
26.               Waiver of Notice ................................................................................






27.               Notices .........................................................................................
28.               Estoppel Certificate ............................................................................
29.               Limitation of Liability .........................................................................
30.               Rights of Landlord; Non-Waiver ..................................................................
31.               Broker ..........................................................................................
32.               Notice of Lease .................................................................................
33.               Prior Agreements ................................................................................
34.               Captions; Sections; Gender ......................................................................
35.               Benefit and Burden ..............................................................................
36.               Applicable Law ..................................................................................
                  Signatures ......................................................................................
</TABLE>


EXHIBITS
- --------
Exhibit A - Plan of Demised Premises
Exhibit B - Schedule of Landlord's Work
Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations








                                      LEASE
                                      -----

         THIS LEASE  made as of the 28th day of July,  1995,  by and  between MB
ASSOCIATES,   a  Connecticut   partnership  having  its  office  at  Plainville,
Connecticut  (the  "Landlord",  and BBI- NORTH AMERICAN  CLINICAL  LABORATORIES,
INC., a Massachusetts  corporation  having an address of 75 North Mountain Road,
New Britain, Connecticut (the "Tenant").

         1.       Demise - Premises - Term.

         (a) The  Landlord  hereby  demises  and leases to the  Tenant,  and the
Tenant  hereby  takes  and hires  from the  Landlord,  for the term  hereinafter
stated,  for  the  rent  hereinafter  reserved,  and  upon  and  subject  to the
covenants,   agreements,   terms,   conditions,   limitations,   exceptions  and
reservations  of this lease,  the building  known as 75 North Mountain Road, New
Britain,  Connecticut,  together  with the exclusive use of the parking area and
land shown and  described in Exhibit A,  attached  hereto and made a part hereof
(the "Demised Premises).

         (b) The term of this lease and the estate hereby granted  (collectively
the "term of this Lease") shall commence on the Commencement Date (as defined in
section  1(c))  and  shall  end on the last day of the  calendar  month in which
occurs the day preceding the fifth (5th)  anniversary of the Commencement  Date,
which ending date, unless the context otherwise requires,  is hereinafter called
the "Expiration  Date", or shall end on such earlier date upon which the term of
this lease may expire or be terminated pursuant to any of the provisions of this
lease or pursuant to law.

         (c) The term  "Commencement  Date:  shall be that date when the Demised
Premises are ready for occupancy by the Tenant, or on August 1, 1995,  whichever
date  shall  occur  later,  and all of the  following  conditions  are met:  (i)
temporary or final  certificate of occupancy  shall have been issued by the City
of New Britain permitting the activities  specified in Section 5 to be conducted
in the Demised Premises;  (ii) the contractor engaged by the Landlord has issued
a certificate  attesting that the  Landlord's  Work (as defined in section 4(b))
has  been  substantially  completed;  and  (iii)  the  Landlord's  Work has been
substantially  completed,  and it shall be deemed to be substantially  completed
notwithstanding  the fact that minor or  insubstantial  details of construction,
mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, the noncompletion of
which does not interfere  materially  with the Tenant's normal use and occupancy
of the Demised Premises,  provided,  however, that if substantial  completion of
the Landlord's Work shall be delayed beyond July 31, 1995, because of changes in
the  Landlord's  Work at the request of the Tenant as  provided in Section  4(c)
(within  fifteen  (15) days after the delivery of any such change  request,  the
Landlord shall notify the Tenant


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -1-





whether or not such change  request is likely to cause a delay in the completion
of the Landlord's Work beyond July 31, 1995) then the Commencement Date shall be
deemed to be August 1,  1995,  provided  all other  work has been  substantially
completed,  even though the  conditions set forth in this Section 1(c) shall not
have been satisfied.

         2.  Rent.

         (a) The rent reserved under this lease (the "Rent") for the term hereof
shall commence to accrue on the Commencement Date and shall be:



            
                  (i)      Annual Fixed Rent For the First Year, $125,200.00

                  (ii)     Annual Fixed Rent For the Second Year, $132,700.00

                  (iii)    Annual Fixed Rent For the Third Year, $140,200.00

                  (iv)     Annual Fixed Rent For the Fourth Year, $147,700.00

                  (v)      Annual Fixed Rent For the Fifth Year, $155,200.00

                  (vi)     such  other  sums of money as  shall  become  due and
                           payable by the Tenant to the  Landlord as provided in
                           this lease,  such other sums of money to be deemed to
                           be additional  rent whether or not such sums of money
                           are designated as such hereunder.


         (b) The Rent shall be paid to the Landlord at its address  specified in
Section  27,  or at such  other  place as the  Landlord  may  from  time to time
designate, in lawful money of the United States of America, as and when the same
shall become due and payable and without  abatement or offset and without notice
or demand therefor.

         (c) The annual Fixed Rent for each lease year shall be payable in equal
monthly  installments  in  advance  on the first day of each and every  calendar
month during each lease year. If the  Commencement  Date is other than the first
day of the calendar month, the first monthly installment of the Fixed Rent shall
include  a  pro  rata  installment  of  Fixed  Rent  for  the  period  from  the
Commencement  Date to the last day of the month in which the  Commencement  Date
occurs based upon the Fixed Rent payable during the term hereof.



                                                             Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -2-





         (d) If the  Tenant  fails to pay within ten (10) days after the same is
due and payable any  installment of Fixed Rent or any additional rent to be paid
by the Tenant to the  Landlord as provided  in this  lease,  such unpaid  amount
shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at the rate
equal to the lesser of (i) twelve  percent (12%) per annum,  or (ii) the maximum
rate  permitted by applicable  law. Such interest shall be paid by the Tenant to
the  Landlord  on the earlier to occur of A) at the time that the Tenant pays to
the Landlord the  installment  of Fixed Rent or the  additional  rent upon which
such  interest  shall have  accrued or (B) five (5) days  after  written  demand
therefor.

         (e) As used  herein,  the term  "lease  year"  shall  mean  the  period
commencing on the  Commencement  Date and ending on the last day of the calendar
month in which  occurs the day  preceding  the first  (1st)  anniversary  of the
Commencement  Date, and each period of twelve (12)  consecutive  calendar months
thereafter.

         (f) If, on the Grand Lists of 10/1/95,  10/1/96,  10/1/97,  10/1/98 and
10/1/99,  as a result of Tenant's use of the Demised  Premises,  the City of New
Britain provides real property tax abatement for the Demised Premises,  the rent
reserved  in Section  2(a),  above,  will be  reduced by an amount  equal to the
amount of tax abatement received, but in no event less than Six Thousand Dollars
($6,000.00) per year for the 2nd through the 5th year of the Term, and the first
year of the first renewal term of this Lease.

         The parties  agree to execute an amendment  to this Lease  establishing
the fixed annual rent in the event of such tax  abatement  and to establish  the
annual fixed rent for the renewal terms set forth in Sections 3 (a) and (b).

         3.       Renewal Options:

         (a) Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease for a term of five
(5) years on the same terms and  conditions  as provided  herein except that the
annual  fixed rent for each year  during  said first  renewal  term shall be the
greater of (i) $161,230 or (ii)  $140,200.00  plus the cumulative  percentage of
increase,  if any, in the  Consumer  Price Index All Item Figures for Urban Wage
Earners and Clerical  Workers (N.Y.,  Northern N.J.,  Long Island,  N.Y, NJ, CT)
(1982-94 = 100) published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics,  U.S. Department of
Labor as of the date of the  commencement  of the first renewal  period over the
said Index as of the date of the commencement of the initial term of this Lease,
which increase shall not exceed 25%.

         (b)  Tenant  shall  have a further  option to renew  this  Lease for an
additional term of five


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -3-




(5) years on the same terms and conditions as provided  herein except that there
shall be no  further  right of renewal  and that the annual  fixed rent for each
year of said second  renewal term shall be the greater of (i) an amount equal to
the annual fixed rent during said first renewal term plus fifteen  percent (15%)
or (ii) the annual fixed rent during said first renewal term plus the cumulative
percentage of increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index All Item Figures for
Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (N.Y.,  Northern N.J., Long Island, N.Y,
NJ,  CT)  (1982-94 = 100)  published  by the  Bureau of Labor  Statistics,  U.S.
Department  of Labor as of the date of the  commencement  of the second  renewal
period  over the said  Index as of the  date of the  commencement  of the  first
renewal period of this Lease,  which increase shall not exceed 25%.

         (c) The Tenant's right to exercise its options to renew hereunder shall
be  contingent  upon (i) the  Tenant's  giving  to the  Landlord  notice  of the
Tenant's election to exercise its option to renew not later than nine (9) months
prior to the  expiration  date of the initial term or first renewal term, as the
case may be, of this Lease and (ii) the term of this  lease  being in full force
and  effect  on the date  that the  Landlord  receives  notice  of the  Tenant's
election  to  exercise  its  option to renew and on the  expiration  date of the
initial  term or first  renewal  term as the case may be of this lease.  If such
contingencies  shall be  satisfied  in respect to the  exercise of the  Tenant's
options to renew hereunder, then the renewal period shall be added to and become
part of the term of this lease and any  reference in this lease to "term of this
lease";  the "term hereof" or any similar  expression shall be deemed to include
such renewal period.

         (d) If at any time the  Landlord  shall be  restricted  or prevented by
virtue  of any  law,  rule,  regulation  or  order,  such as a  "Wage-Price-Rent
Freeze",  from obtaining the full amount of the Rent for such renewal term, then
on any occasion  upon which it becomes  lawful to obtain and receive the balance
(or any part thereof) of the full rent payable, the Fixed Rent payable hereunder
shall be  increased  by the  maximum  amount  lawful  until the full Fair Market
Rental Value for such renewal period is received by the Landlord.

         (e) A  memorandum  recording  the amount of the rent  payable  for such
renewal period shall be annexed hereto and signed by the Landlord and the Tenant
promptly upon the same being agreed or  determined in accordance  with the terms
hereof.

         4. Construction by the Landlord.

         (a) The Landlord may make such improvements or additions to the Demised
Premises and its  appurtenances  as the  Landlord  shall see fit except that the
Landlord shall secure the prior written  approval of the Tenant,  which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, in the


                                                             Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -4-




case of any change,  addition or deletion which materially and adversely affects
the  visibility,  access of or to Tenant's  use of the Demised  Premises for the
purposes  set forth in Section 5 or any other  rights of the  Tenant  under this
lease.

         (b) The  Landlord  shall  perform  work and make  installations  in the
Demised  Premises in a good and  workmanlike  manner and in accordance  with the
plans and  specifications  set forth in Exhibit B attached  hereto.  (All of the
work to be performed  by the Landlord  pursuant to this Section 4(b) is referred
to as the "Landlord's Work").

         (c) The Tenant may make written  requests for changes in the Landlord's
Work, and the Landlord shall comply with any such request that in the Landlord's
judgment is not  unreasonable.  Any change in the scope of the  Landlord's  Work
which would  result from such a request and which would  unreasonably  interfere
with or delay the work of the Landlord's  contractors and  subcontractors in the
Demised  Premises or elsewhere in or about the  building  shall be  conclusively
deemed unreasonable.  Any increase in the Landlord's cost of construction of the
Landlord's  Work resulting from such a request shall be  acknowledged in writing
by the Tenant prior to the performance of the change in the Landlord's Work. Any
net increase  arising from all such changes in the Landlord's Work shall be paid
by the Tenant to the Landlord,  as additional  rent,  within ten (10) days after
the Landlord's  written demand.  The Tenant shall not be entitled to any payment
from the Landlord, or to any credit against or reduction in the Rent, on account
of any net decrease arising from all such changes in the Landlord's Work.

         (d) The Tenant, by entering into actual possession of any part or parts
of the Demised Premises, shall be deemed to have agreed that the Landlord, up to
the time of such possession, has performed all of its obligations hereunder with
respect to  preparation  of such part or parts of the Demised  Premises  for the
Tenant's  possession,  except  for (i)  latent  defects  and  (ii)  minor  items
remaining incomplete.  The Tenant, within sixty (60) days after the Commencement
Date,   shall  give  the  Landlord  written  notices  of  any  incomplete  work,
unsatisfactory  conditions or defects,  and the Landlord shall repair or replace
all materials  and  workmanship,  fixtures,  systems,  facilities  and equipment
installed by the Landlord in or serving the Demised  Premises  which prove to be
defective,  and shall prosecute  those items remaining  incomplete to completion
with reasonable diligence.

         5. Use.  The Tenant  shall have the right to occupy and use the Demised
Premises   for   a   medical   laboratory,   clinical   laboratory,   biomedical
manufacturing,  biomedical repository, research and general office purposes, and
the Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Demised Premises for any other
purpose.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -5-





         6.  Signs.  Unless the  Landlord  shall  have  given its prior  written
consent,  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Tenant shall not
install,  paint,  inscribe or  maintain  any  lettering,  name,  sign,  business
designation,  advertising  or  publicity  device on the Land or on any  exterior
window or on any other  interior  or  exteriors  portion  of the  building.  All
signage shall be consistent with a comprehensive  sign plan for the planned area
development  of this North  Mountain Road area and is  contingent  upon approval
from all appropriate governmental agencies.

         7. Subordination of Lease.

         Tenant  agrees  that upon the  request of  Landlord  in writing it will
subordinate  this Lease and the lien hereof from time to time to the lien of any
present or future  mortgage to a bank,  insurance  company or similar  financial
institution,  irrespective  of the time of execution or time of recording of any
such mortgage or mortgages,  provided that the holder of any such mortgage shall
enter into an agreement with Tenant,  in recordable  form,  that in the event of
foreclosure  or other  right  asserted  under the  mortgage by the holder or any
assignee  thereof,  this Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder shall continue
in full force and  effect and shall not be  terminated  or  disturbed  except in
accordance with the provisions of this Lease. Tenant agrees that if requested by
the holder of any such  mortgage it will be a party to said  agreement  and will
agree in  substance  that if the  mortgagee  or any  person  claiming  under the
mortgagee  shall  succeed to the  interest of  Landlord  in this Lease,  it will
recognize  said  mortgagee  or  person as its  landlord  under the terms of this
Lease.  Tenant  agrees  that it will  upon the  request  of  Landlord,  execute,
acknowledge and deliver any and all  instruments  necessary or desirable to give
effect to or notice of such  subordination.  The word  "mortgage" as used herein
includes   mortgages,   deeds  of  trust  or  other  similar   instruments   and
modifications,    consolidations,   extensions,   renewals,   replacements   and
substitutes thereof.

         Such  subordination  agreement  shall  include,  but not be limited to,
statements  that if the lender or ground  lessor  succeeds  to the  interest  of
Landlord under this Lease, lender or ground lessor shall not be:


                  (i)  liable  for any act or  omission  of any  prior  landlord
                  (including  Landlord) except for those acts or omissions which
                  are continuing  after lender succeeds to landlord's  interest;
                  or

                  (ii)subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have
                  against any prior landlord (including Landlord); or



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -6-





                  (iii) bound by any rent or additional  rent which Tenant might
                  have  paid  for  more  than the  current  month  to any  prior
                  landlord (including Landlord).

         (b) If, in connection with the procurement, amendment or renewal of any
financing  of the Demised  Premises,  the  mortgagee  shall  request  reasonable
modifications  of this lease as a condition of such financing,  the Tenant shall
not withhold or delay its consent to such  modifications  provided  that they do
not increase the obligations of the Tenant under this lease or adversely  affect
the rights of the Tenant under this lease.

         8. Quiet Enjoyment.  The Landlord  covenants and agrees that so long as
the Tenant pays the Rent and performs the remainder of the Tenant's  obligations
under this lease,  the Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have,  hold, and enjoy
the Demised Premises without  interference by any person claiming by, through or
under the Landlord.

         9. Assignments and Subleases.

         (a) Except as otherwise  provided in this Section 9, the Tenant  agrees
not to assign or in any way  encumber  this  lease,  nor to sublet  the  Demised
Premises,  or any part thereof, nor to permit the Demised Premises,  or any part
thereof,  to be used by others,  without  obtaining the prior written consent of
the Landlord in each instance,  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed.

         (b)  So  long  as no  event  of  default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing  hereunder,  the Tenant may assign this lease to any  corporation  or
other entity into which the Tenant may be merged or with which the Tenant may be
consolidated,  or to which all or substantially all of the Tenant's assets shall
be transferred,  provided that such corporation or other entity shall have a net
worth at least  equal to that of the Tenant  immediately  prior to such  merger,
consolidation  or transfer.  The Tenant shall give notice to the Landlord of any
assignment  under  this  Section  9(b),  and shall  deliver to the  Landlord  an
executed counterpart of the instrument effecting such assignment,  together with
an undertaking  by any such  corporation or other entity to agree to be bound by
and to perform all of the Tenant's obligations hereunder.

         (c) (Left Intentionally Blank)

         (d) No  assignment or subletting of this lease shall relieve the Tenant
of any of the Tenant's  obligations under this lease, unless otherwise agreed to
in writing by Landlord.


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -7-





         (e) Notwithstanding  Subparagraph 9(a) above, until such time as Tenant
is able to  utilize  the  entire  floor  space of the  building  of the  Demised
Premises,  Tenant may sublet that portion of the building  which it does not use
for its business  purposes,  with Landlord's  prior written approval which shall
not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  subject,  however,  to the following
conditions:

         1.  Sublessee shall be of good reputation and financial responsibility.

         2.  Character of business to be conducted  by such  sublessee  shall be
reasonably  acceptable  to Landlord,  and the premises  shall be used only for a
purpose  allowed in Section 5 above and shall be in keeping with the  character,
standing, and quality of the building.

         3. Any assignee or subleasee shall be bound by the terms of this Lease,
including Schedule C hereto.

         4. Tenant shall not be released by reason of such  subletting  from the
due,  prompt,  and  punctual  performance  of all of the terms,  covenants,  and
conditions  contained  in this  lease to be  performed  on its part and from the
payment of the rents and additional rents herein reserved.

         5. Landlord's  consent to such subletting shall not constitute a waiver
of any  provision  of this  agreement  and no further  subletting  shall be made
without  Lessor's  written  consent.  The  sublessee  shall not further  assign,
sublet, or underlet the premises without  Landlord's prior written consent,  and
then only on compliance with all of the provisions contained in this Paragraph.

         10.  No  Nuisance;  Compliance  with  Laws and  Requirements  of Public
Authorities.  The Tenant  agrees (a) not to create or permit any  nuisance in or
about the  Demised  Premises,  (b) to comply  with and conform to (i) all of the
laws and  regulations  of the  State  of  Connecticut,  and  (ii)  the  by-laws,
ordinances,  rules  and  regulations  of the City of New  Britain  so far as the
Tenant's  use of the  Demised  premises  may be  concerned,  and (c) to save the
Landlord harmless from all damages,  fines, penalties and costs for violation of
or non-compliance  by the Tenant or the Tenant's  servants,  employees,  agents,
customers,  invitees, licensees, or visitors with the provisions of this Section
10 and obtain and keep in effect all permits  required by governmental  agencies
for the operation of a medical laboratory,  including, but not limited to, waste
discharge permits from the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection.

         11.      Insurance.

         (a) At all times  during the term of this  lease,  the  Landlord  shall
insure the building


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -8-





against  loss or damage by fire,  and such other  casualties  as may be included
within the extended coverage clauses of policies which are then standard for use
in the State of Connecticut, in such amount as the Landlord in its sole judgment
shall deem appropriate.

         (b) The Tenant shall not commit or permit any violation of the policies
carried by the Landlord  pursuant to Section 11(a),  or do or permit anything to
be done, or keep or permit  anything to be kept, on or in the Demised  Premises,
which, in case of any of the foregoing (i) would result in termination of any of
such policies,  (ii) would  adversely  affect the  Landlord's  right of recovery
under any of such  policies,  or (iii) would  result in the refusal by reputable
and  independent  insurance  companies to insure the building or the property of
the Landlord therein in amounts reasonably  satisfactory to the Landlord. If any
such  action by the  Tenant,  or any  failure by the  Tenant to comply  with the
reasonable requirements of insurance policies with respect to the building or to
perform any of the  Tenant's  obligations  under this  lease,  or the use of the
Demised  Premises by the  Tenant,  shall  result in any  increase in the rate of
premiums  payable with respect to such  policies  carried by the  Landlord,  the
Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as additional rent, within ten (10) days after
demand therefor,  the resulting  additional  premiums which shall be paid by the
Landlord,  it being  understood  that such  policies  obtained by Landlord  will
permit without extra cost the uses described in Paragraph 5 above.

         (c) At all times  during the term of this lease,  the Tenant  shall (i)
insure the Tenant's  Improvements  (as defined in Section 13), but excluding all
fixtures and real property and the Tenant's  Property (as defined in Section 14)
against  loss or damage by fire and such  other  casualties  as may be  included
within the extended coverage clauses of policies which are then standard for use
in  the  State  of  Connecticut  in  amounts  at all  times  equal  to the  full
replacement value of the Tenant's  Improvements and the Tenant's  Property,  and
(ii) keep in full force and  effect a policy of public  liability  and  property
damage insurance with respect to the Demised Premises, the building and the Land
in  which  the  limits  initially  shall be not less  than One  Million  Dollars
($1,000,000.00)  for each person and Three Million Dollars  ($3,000,000.00)  for
each accident, and in which the limit for property damage initially shall not be
less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($250,000.00),  such limits to be
increased  from  time  to time  as  reasonably  specified  by the  Landlord.  In
addition,  for and  during  any time when the Tenant  shall be  constructing  or
making Tenant's  Improvements,  the Tenant shall keep in full force and effect a
policy  of  completed  value  builder's  risk  insurance  (or an  "installations
floater")  for  the  Demised  Premises,  covering  loss  or  damage  from  fire,
lightning,  extended  coverage,  perils,  vandalism and  malicious  mischief and
perils in an amount not less than the final cost, as reasonably estimated by the
Tenant, of such Tenant's Improvements.

         (d) Each  party  hereto  shall  procure  an  appropriate  clause in, or
endorsement on, each of


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -9-





its  policies  for fire and  extended  coverage  insurance  covering the Demised
Premises,  the  Tenant's  Improvements,  or the  building or personal  property,
fixtures  or  equipment  located  thereon  or  therein,  pursuant  to which  the
insurance  company  waives  subrogation  or  consents  to a  waiver  of right of
recovery  against the other party, and if such a clause or endorsement of waiver
of  subrogation  or consent to a waiver of right of recovery is  obtained,  such
party hereby  agrees that it will not make any claim  against or seek to recover
from the other for any loss or damage to its  property or the property of others
covered by such fire or extended coverage insurance; provided, however, that the
release,  discharge,  exoneration and covenant not to sue herein contained shall
be limited by the terms and  provisions of the waiver of  subrogation  clause or
endorsement  or the  clause or  endorsement  consenting  to a waiver of right of
recovery and shall be co-extensive therewith.

         (e) All  insurance  provided by the Tenant  pursuant to this Section 11
shall be effected  under valid and  enforceable  policies in form and  substance
then  standard in the State of  Connecticut,  issued by  insurers of  recognized
responsibility  licensed to do business  in the State of  Connecticut.  Upon the
Commencement  Date,  and  thereafter not less than thirty (30) days prior to the
expiration  dates of expiring  policies  provided by the Tenant pursuant to this
Section  11, the Tenant  shall  deliver to the  Landlord  copies of  policies or
certificates  with  respect  to the  insurance  being  maintained  by the Tenant
pursuant to the terms of this lease.  All such  policies or  certificates  shall
contain an agreement by the insurers  that such  policies  will not be canceled,
amended or otherwise  modified  without at least thirty (30) days prior  written
notice to the Landlord,  and that the Landlord's rights and interests under such
polices shall not be subject to cancellation by reason of any act or omission of
the Tenant.  All  insurance  policies  provided  by the Tenant  pursuant to this
Section  11 shall  name the  Landlord  and the  Landlord's  mortgage  lenders as
additional insureds as their interests may appear.

         (f) The Tenant shall indemnify and hold the Landlord  harmless  against
and from any liability or expense,  including,  without  limitation,  reasonable
attorney's  fees,  on account of (i) any  accident or injury to the Tenant,  the
Tenant's  servants,  employees,  agents,  customers,   invitees,  licensees,  or
visitors who may be injured or suffer an accident in the Demised Premises unless
the same is caused by the  negligence  or willful  act of the  Landlord,  or the
Landlord's servants, agents or employees, and (ii) the Tenant's activities in or
use of the Demised Premises or elsewhere on the Land or in the building.

         12. Rules and Regulations.  The Tenant and its officers,  employees and
agents  shall  conform  to and aide by such  reasonable  rules and  regulations,
including  those  Rules and  Regulations  as are set forth on Exhibit C attached
hereto,  as shall be established from time to time by the Landlord in connection
with the operation, maintenance, safety and security of the Demised


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                      -10-





Premises.  The Landlord  shall not be liable to the Tenant for violation of such
rules and regulations by others.

         13.  Alterations and Improvements.

         (a)  The   Tenant   may  make  or  have  made   interior   alterations,
improvements,  decorations, installations and substitutions (collectively called
"Tenant's  Improvements"),  to the Demised  premises  without the prior  written
consent of the Landlord,  but shall make no structural  alterations  or exterior
improvements  or additions  without the prior written  consent of Landlord.  Any
improvements  or  alterations  in  the  Demised  Premises  made  by  the  Tenant
(including, without limitation, permanent partitions, wall paneling and lighting
fixtures,  but excepting the Tenant's Property (as defined in Section 14)) shall
be and remain the  property of the Landlord  and,  except as provided in Section
20,  shall  remain  upon and be  surrendered  with the  Demised  Premises at the
termination  of the term of this  lease.  If the  Landlord  consents to any such
alterations,  improvements  or  additions,  it may impose such  conditions  with
respect thereto as the Landlord reasonably deems appropriate, including, without
limitations,  requiring the Tenant to furnish the Landlord with security for the
payment of all costs to be  incurred  in  connection  with such work,  insurance
against  liabilities which may arise out of such work and plans,  specifications
and permits  necessary  for such work.  Upon  completion of such work the Tenant
shall  deliver to the  Landlord,  if payment is made  directly  to  contractors,
evidence of payment,  contractors'  affidavits and full and final waivers of all
liens for labor, services of materials.

         (b) The Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain all necessary governmental
permits and  certificates  for the  commencement and prosecution of the Tenant's
improvements  (other than the Landlord's  Work) and for final  approval  thereof
upon  completion,  and shall  cause the  Tenant's  Improvements  (other than the
Landlord's Work) to be performed in compliance therewith and with all applicable
laws and  requirements  of  public  authorities,  and in a good and  workmanlike
manner using only good grades of materials.

         (c) The  Tenant's  Improvements  shall not  constitute  the basis for a
claim  against  the  Landlord,  nor a lien or charge upon or against the Demised
Premises,  and if at any time  any such  claim,  lien or  charge  shall be filed
against the Demised Premises,  the Tenant shall cause such claim, lien or charge
to be properly  released of record within  forty-five (45) days after the filing
thereof,  and if the Tenant shall fail to do so, then the Landlord may discharge
the same. The Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from
and  against  any and all such  claims,  liens  and  charges,  and all costs and
expenses,  including  reasonable  attorney's  fees,  incurred by the Landlord in
procuring the discharge of any such claim,  lien or charge or in connection with
any


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)




                                      -11-




action or proceeding brought thereon.

         (d)  The  Tenant  shall  pay  for  all  materials,  excluding  Tenant's
equipment and personal  property  constituting  Tenant's  Improvements,  and the
Tenant agrees that none of such materials that are incorporated  into and made a
part  of the  building  or  real  estate  shall  be at any  time  subject  to or
encumbered by any lien,  security  interest,  encumbrance,  charge,  installment
sales contract or the interest of any other person,  firm or corporation whether
created voluntarily or involuntarily.

         14. Tenant's Property.

         (a) Except for  Tenant's  Improvements  and those  items  furnished  or
installed by the Landlord as part of the Landlord's  Work as provided in Section
4(b), all movable partitions,  business machinery and equipment,  communications
equipment  and all other  property  which is not  attached  to or built into the
Demised  Premises and which is  installed in the Demised  Premises by or for the
account of the Tenant at its sole expense,  and all furniture,  furnishings  and
other  articles  of  personal  property  owned by the Tenant and  located in the
Demised Premises (all of which are collectively called the "Tenant's Property"),
shall be and shall remain the property of the Tenant, and shall be removed by it
at the termination of the term of this lease. The Tenant shall repair or pay the
cost  of  repairing  any  damage  to the  Demised  Premises  or to the  building
resulting from such removal.

         (b) The Landlord  shall not be liable to the Tenant or any other person
for any loss or damage to the Tenant's Property or the Tenant's Improvements, or
to any  property  of any  other  person,  from  any  cause,  including,  without
limitation,  theft, vandalism, illegal entry, or by steam, gases or electricity,
or by water,  rain or snow,  whether the same may leak into,  issue or flow from
any part of the building, or from the pipes or plumbing work of the building, or
from any other place or quarter,  unless caused by the negligence or willful act
of the Landlord, its servants, agents or employees.

         15. Tenant's Repairs, Cleaning & Utilities.

         (a) Except for the  maintenance  for which the  Landlord  is  expressly
responsible  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section 16, the Tenant  agrees that
throughout the term of this lease,  the Tenant,  at its expense,  shall (i) keep
the  interior  of Demised  Premises in a clean  condition  and in clean and neat
condition,  and (ii) not do or suffer  any  waste,  damage in or to the  Demised
Premises or the Tenant's Improvements.

         (b)  Except  for loss or damage by  reason of the  causes  set forth in
Section 11(a), the


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)









Tenant shall  reimburse  the Landlord for all costs and expense  incurred by the
Landlord  to repair all damage to the  Demised  Premises as shall be required by
reason of the fault or neglect of the Tenant, or any of its officers, employees,
contractors,  agents or  invitees,  such payment to be made within ten (10) days
after written demand therefor.

         (c) Tenant shall provide its own janitorial services within the Demised
Premises and shall pay for all utility  charges  related to the provision of hot
and cold running water,  electricity,  heat, air conditioning and ventilation in
the building on the Demised  Premises.  At the end of the first Lease year,  the
parties agree to review the costs of janitorial and utility services paid for by
Tenant.  Upon the signing of this Lease, the Tenant has estimated its janitorial
costs to be $7,800.00 per year and Landlord has estimated the utility costs, for
a 5-day,  14-hour per day week,  and a 1/2 day Saturday,  to be  $42,000.00  per
year. If the actual costs for utility  services vary from the above  estimate by
more  than five  percent  (5%),  the  parties  agree to  discuss  in good  faith
modifying the amount of rent payable under this Lease in light of such variance.
The parties shall consider  splitting the cost of purchasing and installing such
energy saving measures as they may mutually agree upon, but are not obligated to
do so.

         16. Landlord's Repairs, Maintenance

         The  Landlord  shall keep,  maintain  and repair the Demised  Premises,
including  without  limitation,   its  fixtures,   appurtenances,   systems  and
facilities,  sidewalks, exterior, roof, structural elements, foundation, parking
lot, exterior lighting and other  appurtenances  thereto,  in good working order
and condition and will obtain and pay for maintenance  service contracts for the
Landlord's systems. The Landlord shall not be required to maintain or repair the
Tenant's Improvements.

         17. Access to Demised Premises.

         (a) The Landlord and the  Landlord's  agents shall have the right,  but
not the obligation,  to enter and pass through the Demised  Premises or any part
or parts  thereof  during  business  hours and at such other times as such entry
shall be required by circumstances  of emergency  affecting the Demised Premises
(i)  to  examine  the  Demised  Premises  and to  show  them  to any  mortgagee,
prospective  mortgagees or purchasers of the Demised Premises,  and (ii) for the
purpose of performing such  maintenance and making such repairs or changes in or
to the Demised Premises or its facilities as may be provided for or permitted by
this lease or as may be mutually  agreed upon by the parties or as the  Landlord
may be  required to make by laws and  requirements  of public  authorities.  The
Landlord  shall be  allowed  to take  all  materials  into and upon the  Demised
Premises that may be required for such repairs, changes or maintenance. Landlord
agrees to abide by Tenant's


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





restricted access policies and written safety procedures. Tenant shall cooperate
with  Landlord in making  access  available  consistent  with such  policies and
procedures.

         (b) During the period of six (6) months prior to the  Expiration  Date,
the Landlord may, unless the Tenant shall have  theretofore  given notice to the
Landlord of its election to exercise its option to renew the term of this lease,
exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective tenants.

         18. Damage or Destruction.

         (a) In the  event  that  the  Demised  Premises  (other  than  Tenant's
Improvements),  or any part  thereof,  or access  thereto,  shall be  damaged or
destroyed by fire or other insured  casualty,  but the Tenant shall  continue to
have reasonably  convenient access to the Demised Premises and no portion of the
Demised  Premises (other than Tenant's  Improvements)  shall thereby be rendered
unfit for use and  occupancy by the Tenant for the purposes set forth in Section
5, the Landlord shall promptly and diligently  repair such damage or destruction
(except damage or destruction  to Tenant's  Property or Tenant's  Improvements).
During the period when such repair work is being  conducted,  the Rent shall not
be abated or suspended.

         (b) In the  event  that  the  Demised  Premises  (other  than  Tenant's
Improvements),  or any part thereof,  or access thereto,  shall be so damaged or
destroyed  by fire or other  insured  casualty  that the  Tenant  shall not have
reasonably  convenient  access to the  Demised  Premises  or any  portion of the
Demised Premises (other than Tenant's Improvements),  or so that part of but not
more than 25% of the Demised  Premises' square footage then in use by the Tenant
shall  thereby  be  rendered  unfit for use or  occupancy  by the Tenant for the
purposes set forth in Section 5, and if in Landlord's  determination  reasonably
exercised  the damage or  destruction  may be repaired  within  ninety (90) days
after the  occurrence of the damage or  destruction,  then the Landlord shall so
notify the Tenant within thirty (30) days after the  occurrence of the damage or
destruction and shall promptly and diligently  repair such damage or destruction
(except damage or destruction to Tenant's Property or Tenant's Improvements). In
the event that the Landlord  shall not complete such repairs  within ninety (90)
days after the  occurrence of the damage or  destruction,  then the Tenant shall
have the right to terminate the term of this lease by giving  written  notice of
such  termination  to the  Landlord  within then (10) days after the end of such
ninety (90) day period. If in the Landlord's  determination reasonably exercised
the Demised  Premises  (other than  Tenant's  Improvements),  or means of access
thereto,  cannot be repaired within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the
damage  or  destruction  or, if more than 25% of the  Demised  Premises'  square
footage then in use by the Tenant should be rendered unfit for use and occupancy
by Tenant,  then either party shall have the right to terminate the term of this
lease by giving written notice of such termination to the other party within the
period


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -14-





of thirty (30) to  forty-five  (45) days after the  occurrence of such damage or
destruction.  If neither  party give such notice of intention  to terminate  the
term of this lease,  then the Landlord shall promptly and diligently  repair the
damage or destruction.

         (c) If any  casualty  results  in the  suspension  of  business  in the
Demised Premises,  all rents and additional charges shall abate from the date of
such suspension of business until the date business is resumed.  If the casualty
or restoration results in a partial suspension of business,  rent and additional
charges shall be equitably  abated during any such period.  If Landlord fails to
begin or complete the restoration  within a reasonable time period,  then Tenant
may, in addition to any other remedies it may have,  perform all or a portion of
such restoration, and Landlord shall pay to Tenant the reasonable costs incurred
by Tenant to restore the Demised Premises.

         (d) In  addition  to and apart from the  foregoing  provisions  of this
Section,  (i) if more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the Gross Rentable Area
of the Demised  Premises shall be totally or almost totally damaged or destroyed
by fire or other cause at any time during the last six (6) months of the term of
this  lease,  or during  the last six (6)  months of any  renewal  or  extension
thereof,  either the Landlord or the Tenant may terminate the term of this lease
by giving written notice of such  termination to the other party within ten (10)
days  after  the  occurrence  of such  damage  or  destruction,  and (ii) if the
building on the Demised  Premises is damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause
to such extent that the cost of repair the damage or destruction,  as reasonably
estimated by the Landlord,,  will be more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the
replacement  value of the building  immediately  prior tot he occurrence of such
damage or destruction, then either party may terminate the term of this lease by
giving written notice of such  termination to the Tenant within thirty (30) days
after the occurrence of such damage or destruction.

         (e) Except as provided in this  Section,  no damages,  compensation  or
claim shall be payable by the  Landlord to the  Tenant,  or any other  person by
reason of  inconvenience,  loss of business or annoyance arising from any damage
or destruction, or any repair thereof, as if referred to in this Section.

         19. Condemnation.

         (a) If all of the  building,  or so much of the building or the Demised
Premises as is  necessary  for the  Tenant's  use and  occupancy  of the Demised
Premises for the purposes set forth in Section 5, or for  reasonably  convenient
access to the Demised  Premises,  shall be taken by condemnation or in any other
manner for any public or  quasi-public  use and  purpose,  then the term of this
lease  shall  forthwith  terminate  as of the date  title  vests  in the  taking
authority and the Rent


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                




shall be apportioned as of such date.

         (b) In addition to and apart from the  foregoing  provisions of Section
20(a), if more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the Gross Rentable Area of the
building  shall be so taken,  then either party may  terminate  the term of this
lease by giving  written  notice of such  termination to the other within thirty
(30) days after the date title vests in the taking authority.

         (c) The Tenant shall have the exclusive  right in any  proceeding  with
respect to any taking  referred to in this  Section 20 to any award  payable for
the Tenant's  moving expenses and the then value of the Tenant's  Property,  but
the Tenant shall have no other right to any award for either a total taking or a
partial taking of the land, the building or the Demised Premises,  including any
right for the contract value of this lease, and any such award shall be retained
by the Landlord as the Landlord's sole property.

         (d) In the event of any taking  which does not result in a  termination
of the term of this lease,  the Rent shall be equitably  suspended or abated and
the Landlord, at its expense,  shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair
and restore  the  remaining  part of the  building  and the Demised  Premises to
substantially  its former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible.
Any suspension or abatement of Rent shall cease upon  substantial  completion of
such repairs or restoration.

         20.  Surrender.  On the  Expiration  Date, or on the  expiration of the
final  renewal  period to which the  Tenant  exercises  its  right,  or upon any
earlier  termination  of the  term of this  lease,  the  Tenant  shall  quit and
surrender the Demised Premises, including Tenant's Improvements, to the Landlord
in good order,  condition and repair,  except for (a) Ordinary wear and tear and
(b)  Conditions  requiring  repairs  which  are not  required  to be made by the
Tenant.  The  Tenant  shall  remove  all of the  Tenant's  Property,  and at the
Landlord's request,  shall remove those portions of the Tenant's Improvements as
shall  be  designated  by the  Landlord  for  Tenant's  removal  at the time the
Landlord approves the plans therefor, and shall repair any damage to the Demised
Premises on account of such removal.

         21. Default and Damages.

         (a) Any of the following  occurrences or acts shall constitute an event
of default  under this  lease:  (i)  whenever  the Tenant  shall  default in the
payment of any Rent or any other charge  payable by the Tenant to the  Landlord,
on any day upon which the same is due, and such default shall  continue for five
(5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord; or (ii) whenever the


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





Tenant  shall do, or fail to do,  or  permit  to be done,  whether  by action or
inaction, anything contrary to any of the Tenant's obligations hereunder, and if
such situation shall continue and shall not be remedied by the Tenant within

                    (A) Five (5) days after notice in the case of any  voluntary
situation within the Tenant's reasonable control, or

                    (B)  Thirty  (30)  days  in  the  case  of  any  involuntary
situation not within the Tenant's reasonable  control,  after the Landlord shall
have  given to the  Tenant a notice  specifying  the same,  or, in the case of a
situation  which cannot with due  diligence be cured within a period of five (5)
or thirty (30) days, as the case may be, if the Tenant shall not (1) within such
5-day or 30-day period,  as the case may be, advise the Landlord of the Tenant's
intention duly to institute all steps  necessary to remedy such  situation,  and
(2) duly institute  within such 5-day or 30-day period,  as the case may be, and
thereafter diligently prosecute to completion, all steps necessary to remedy the
same;  (iii)  whenever the Tenant is  dissolved  (other than in the contest of a
corporate  reorganization  where the business  enterprise is  continued),  makes
assignment  for  the  benefit  of  creditors,  files  a  voluntary  petition  in
bankruptcy,  is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent,  files a petition or answer
seeking   for  the  Tenant   any   reorganization,   arrangement,   composition,
readjustment,  liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law
or regulation, files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest
material allegations of a petition filed against the Tenant in any proceeding of
this  nature,  or seeks,  consents to, or  acquiesces  in the  appointment  of a
trustee, receiver, or liquidator of the Tenant or of all or any substantial part
of the  Tenant's  properties;  or (iv) if  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the
commencement  of any  proceeding  against  the  Tenant  seeking  reorganization,
arrangement,  composition,  readjustment,  liquidation,  dissolution  or similar
relief  under any  statute,  law, or  regulation,  the  proceeding  has not been
dismissed;  or if within  sixty  (60) days  after the  appointment  without  the
Tenant's  consent or acquiescence of a trustee,  receiver,  or liquidator of the
Tenant  or of all or any  substantial  part  of  the  Tenant's  properties,  the
appointment  is not  vacated  or  stayed;  or if within  sixty  (60) days  after
expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated; or (v) the event of
an  occurrence  of default  beyond any  applicable  grace period in that certain
$87,000 Promissory Note from Tenant to Landlord of even date herewith.

         (b) If an event of default shall have happened and be  continuing,  the
Landlord  shall have the  immediate  right at its election (i) to terminate  the
term of this  lease by giving  the  Tenant  not less than five (5) days  written
notice of the  Landlord's  election to  terminate,  and (ii)  whether or not the
Landlord  shall have  terminated the term of this lease pursuant to this Section
21(b), and without demand or notice whatever, to re-enter and take possession of
the Demised  Premises,  removing  all persons and property  therefrom  either by
summary  process  proceedings  or by other action,  without being liable for any
damages therefor.

                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -17-





         (c) If the  Landlord  elects to  re-enter  and take  possession  of the
Demised  Premises  pursuant to Section 21 (b),  and whether or not the  Landlord
shall have  terminated  the term of this lease  pursuant to Section 21 (b),  the
Landlord may (but shall be under no obligation  to) re-let the whole or any part
of the  Demised  Premises  on behalf  of the  Tenant  for a period  equal to, or
greater or less than, the remainder of the term of this lease,  at such rent and
upon such terms and conditions as the Landlord shall  determine  reasonable,  to
any tenant the  Landlord  may  consider  suitable and for any use or purpose the
Landlord may deem appropriate in the Demised Premises. The Landlord shall not be
liable for failure to re-let the Demised  Premises,  and the  Landlord  shall be
entitled to receive and retain the rent received upon such  re-letting,  whether
or not such rent is in excess of the Rent.

         (d) Should  Landlord elect to re-enter as herein  provided or should it
take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided
for by law,  it may either  terminate  this Lease or make such  alterations  and
repairs  as may be  necessary  in order to relet the  premises,  and relet  said
premises  or any part  thereof  for such term or terms  (which may be for a term
extending  beyond the term of this Lease) and at such rental or rentals and upon
such  other  terms  and  conditions  as  Landlord  in its  discretion  may  deem
advisable;  and upon each such  reletting  all rentals  received by the Landlord
from such reletting shall be applied first,  to the payment of any  indebtedness
other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of
any  costs  and  expenses  of  such  reletting,  including  brokerage  fees  and
attorneys' fees and of costs and expenses of such reletting, including the costs
of recovering possession of the Demised Premises,  brokerage fees and attorneys'
fees and of costs of such  alterations and repairs;  third, all utility expenses
and expenses of maintaining the Demised  Premises while vacant,  fourth,  to the
payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder, and the residue, if any, shall be held
by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as the same may become due and
payable hereunder. If such rentals received from such reletting during any month
be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall
pay any  deficiency to Landlord.  Such  deficiency  shall be calculated and paid
monthly.  No such re-entry or taking  possession of Demised Premises by Landlord
shall be construed  as an election on its part to terminate  this Lease unless a
written  notice of such  intention be given to Tenant or unless the  termination
thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

         22.  Parking.  The Landlord  shall  provide to the Tenant  seventy (70)
parking spaces in the parking area provided and maintained by the Landlord.

         23.  Unperformed  Covenants.   If  the  Tenant  shall  default  in  the
performance of any of the Tenant's obligations hereunder, the Landlord,  without
thereby waiving such default,  may, at the Landlord's  option,  by reason of any
default of the Tenant hereunder, perform the same for the


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





account of the Tenant.  If the  Landlord  makes any  expenditures  or incurs any
obligations for the payment of money,  including attorneys' fees, such sums paid
or obligations incurred shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord on the first
day of the  calendar  month next  following  the  rendition to the Tenant of the
Landlord's bill therefor to the Tenant.

         24.  Holding  Over.  The Tenant  shall pay to the Landlord an amount as
Rent equal to one hundred  fifty  percent  (150%) of  one-twelfth  (1/12) of the
Fixed Rent required to be paid by the Tenant  during the previous  Lease Year as
herein  provided  for each month or portion  thereof for which the Tenant  shall
retain  possession  of the  Demised  Premises,  or any part  thereof,  after the
termination  of the term of this lease,  whether by lapse of time or  otherwise,
and also shall pay all damages  sustained  by the  Landlord,  whether  direct or
consequential,  on account thereof.  The provisions of this Section 24 shall not
be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of the
Landlord  provided herein or at law.  Without limiting any rights or remedies of
the Landlord  resulting by reason of the wrongful holding over by the Tenant, or
creating  any right in the  Tenant to  continue  in  possession  of the  Demised
Premises, all of the Tenant's obligations with respect to the use, occupancy and
maintenance  of the  Demised  Premises  shall  continue  during  such  period of
unlawful retention.

         25.  Certain Rights  Reserved by the Landlord.  The Landlord shall have
the following rights, each of which the Landlord may exercise with notice to the
Tenant but  without  liability  to the Tenant for damage or injury to  property,
person or business on account of the exercise  thereof,  and the exercise of any
such rights shall not be deemed to constitute an eviction or  disturbance of the
Tenant's use or  possession  of the Demised  Premises and shall not give rise to
any claim for set-off or abatement of rent or any other claim, provided that the
Landlord  agrees that in the exercise of such rights it shall not do or cause to
be done  anything  which  is, in any  material  respect,  inconsistent  with the
operation of the Demised Premises as a first-class/laboratory office building:

         (a) To change the building's  street  address,  if required by the U.S.
Postal Service.

         (b) To install,  affix and maintain any and all reasonable  directional
signs on the land of the Demised Premises.

         (c) Upon reasonable notice to Tenant, to make repairs, or improvements,
whether structural or otherwise,  in an about the building, or any part thereof,
and for such purposes to enter upon the Demised Premises, Landlord agrees to use
reasonable  efforts  to cause  minimal  disruption  to the  Tenant's  use of the
Demised Premises.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -19-





         (d) The Tenant shall not install or operate machinery or any mechanical
devices of a nature not  directly  related to the  Tenant's  ordinary use of the
Demised Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord. The Tenant's
movements of property into or out of the building or Demised Premises and within
the building are entirely at the risk and responsibility of the Tenant.

         26. Waiver of Notice. The Tenant hereby waives any notice to quit under
the statutes  relating to summary  process  which,  were it not for this waiver,
might otherwise be necessary in obtaining possession of the Demised Premises.

         27. Notices. Any notice, approval, request, consent, bill, statement or
other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered,  served or made
by either  party  hereto,  shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified or
registered United Stated Mail,  postage prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  or
federal express, or hand delivery or over night carrier:

                  (a)      addressed to the Tenant at:

                           BBI - North American Clinical Laboratories, Inc.
                           C/O Boston Biomedica, Inc.
                           375 West Street
                           West Bridgewater, MA 02379
                           Attn:  Treasurer
                           Fax No.  508-580-1110
                           Telephone No. 508-580-1900

                  (b)      addressed to the Landlord at:

                           MB Associates
                           414 New Britain Road
                           P.O. Box 99
                           Plainville, CT 06062
                           Attn:  Property Management Department
                           Fax No.  203-747-5299
                           Telephone No.  203-229-4853

Either party may, from time to time, by written notice to the other, designate a
different mailing address for notices, bills, statements or other communications
intended for it.


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -20-





         28. Estoppel  Certificate.  The Tenant shall, from time to time, within
ten (10) days after the Landlord's  written  request,  deliver to the Landlord a
written certificate, in recordable form, ratifying this lease, and stating

         (a) the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date,

         (b)  that  this  lease is in full  force  and  effect  and has not been
assigned, modified, supplemented or amended (except by such writings as shall be
stated),

         (c)  that all  conditions  under  this  lease  to be  performed  by the
Landlord have been satisfied,

         (d) that there are no defenses or offsets  against the  enforcement  of
this lease by the Landlord, or stating those claimed by the Tenant,

         (e) the amount of advance rental, if any (or none if such is the case),
paid by the Tenant,

         (f) the date to which rental has been paid, and

         (g) the  amount of  security  deposited  with the  Landlord,  provided,
however,  that the Tenant shall not be required to make written  declarations as
to any matters  which to its  knowledge  are  inaccurate  or not true.  Any such
certificate  may be relied upon by any  mortgagee of the Land and the  building,
any assignee of such mortgagee,  and any  prospective  purchaser of the Land and
the building. Landlord agrees to provide written confirmation of the Lease terms
and status upon Tenant's written request.

         29.  Limitation  of  Liability.  Anything in this lease to the contrary
notwithstanding,  the Tenant  agrees that it shall look solely to the estate and
property of the  Landlord  in the Demised  Premises  for the  collection  of any
judgment  (or other  judicial  process)  requiring  the  payment of money by the
Landlord in the event of any default or breach by the  Landlord  with respect to
any of the terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this lease to be  observed  or
performed by the Landlord, and no other assets of the Landlord or of any partner
in the Landlord shall be subject to levy,  execution or other procedures for the
satisfaction of the Tenant's remedies.

         30. Rights of Landlord; Non-Waiver. No right or remedy herein conferred
upon or reserved to the  Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right
or remedy, and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any
other right or remedy given hereunder or now or


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





hereafter  existing.  The  failure  of the  Landlord  to insist  upon the strict
performance of any provision hereof or to exercise any option,  right,  power or
remedy  contained  herein shall not be  construed as a waiver or  relinquishment
thereof  for  the  future.  Receipt  by the  Landlord  of any  Fixed  Rent,  any
additional rent or any other sum payable  hereunder with knowledge of the breach
of any  provision  hereof  shall not be deemed a waiver of such  breach,  and no
waiver by the Landlord of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made
unless  expressed  in writing and signed by the  Landlord.  In addition to other
remedies  provided  herein,  the Landlord  shall be entitled,  to the extent not
prohibited by law, to injunctive  relief in case of the violation,  or attempted
or  threatened  violation,  of any  of the  provisions  hereof,  or to a  decree
compelling  performance of any of the provisions  hereof, or to any other remedy
allowed to the Landlord by law.

         31. Broker.  The Tenant  represents  that no broker or agent other than
Grubb & Ellis  participated  with the  Tenant in this  transaction.  The  Tenant
agrees to indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless from and against any claim or
demand of any other  broker or agent who claims  that he  participated  with the
Tenant in this  transaction.  Landlord  represents  that it has only  dealt with
Grubb & Ellis in connection with this lease.

         32. Notice of Lease.

         (a) This lease shall not be recorded in the New Britain  Land  Records.
Upon the request of either  party,  the other  party  shall  execute a Notice of
Lease, in recordable  form,  satisfying the requirements of Section 47-19 of the
Connecticut General Statutes, Rev. 1958, as amended.

         (b) The parties shall also enter into recordable  supplementary notices
setting forth, among other proper matters, such items as the termination of this
lease and the exercise of any options afforded by this lease.

         33. Prior  Agreements.  This lease and the exhibits and Notice of Lease
constitute the entire  agreement by and between the parties hereto affecting the
Demised  Premises and  supersedes  any and all previous  agreements,  written or
oral, between the parties and affecting the Demised Premises.

         34. Captions; Sections; Gender. The captions contained herein have been
inserted  for  convenience  only and  shall not have the  effect  of  modifying,
amending  or changing  the  express  terms and  provisions  of this  lease.  All
references  to a  "Section"  shall  refer to a Section of this lease  unless the
context otherwise requires. Whenever used, the singular number shall include the
plural,  the  plural  the  singular,  and use of any gender  shall  include  all
genders.


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -22-





         35. Benefit and Burden. The covenants, conditions, agreements and terms
of this  lease  shall be  binding  upon and shall  inure to the  benefit  of the
parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

         36.  Applicable  Law.  This Lease shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.

         37. Signatures. This Lease may be signed in counterparts and any number
of counterparts signed in the aggregate by the parties shall constitute a single
original  document.   Additionally,   a  facsimile  signature  shall  be  deemed
equivalent to an original signature.

         TENANT  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT THIS LEASE IS A COMMERCIAL  TRANSACTION  AND
THAT IT HAS THE RIGHT UNDER CHAPTER 903a of the  CONNECTICUT  GENERAL  STATUTES,
SUBJECT TO CERTAIN  LIMITATIONS,  TO NOTICE OF, AND HEARING ON, THE RIGHT OF THE
LANDLORD TO OBTAIN A PREJUDGMENT  REMEDY, SUCH AS ATTACHMENT OR GARNISHMENT UPON
COMMENCING ANY LITIGATION AGAINST IT. NOTWITHSTANDING,  TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL
RIGHTS TO NOTICE,  JUDICIAL  HEARING OR PRIOR COURT ORDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE
ASSERTION BY THE LANDLORD OF ANY  PREJUDGMENT  REMEDY TO COLLECT THE OBLIGATIONS
OR TO ENFORCE LANDLORDS RIGHTS HEREUNDER.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                






         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord and the Tenant have hereunto caused to
be set their hands and seals as of the day and year first above written.

WITNESSES:                                  LANDLORD: MB ASSOCIATES

___________________________                 By_______________________________

___________________________                      A Partner, Duly Authorized

                                             TENANT:  BBI - NORTH
                                             AMERICAN CLINICAL LABORATORIES,
                                             INC.

____________________________                 By_________________________________
                                              Kevin Quinlan
                                              Its Sr. Vice President & Treasurer
____________________________                  Duly Authorized




                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                 
                                      -24-





STATE OF CONNECTICUT)
                    )  ss:                                         July 28, 1995
COUNTY OF HARTFORD  )

         Personally  appeared  ____________________,  __________________  of  MB
Associates,  signer and sealer of the foregoing  instrument and acknowledged the
same to be his free act and deed and the free act and deed of said  partnership,
before me.

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Commissioner, Superior Court
                                                 Notary Public
                                                 My Commission Expires:

STATE OF                          )
                                  )  ss:                           July 28, 1995
COUNTY OF                         )

         Personally appeared  ____________________,  __________________ of BBI -
North American Clinical  Laboratories,  Inc., signer and sealer of the foregoing
instrument  and  acknowledged  the same to be his free act and deed and the free
act and deed of said corporation, before me.

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Commissioner, Superior Court
                                                 Notary Public
                                                 My Commission Expires:



                        GUARANTY OF TENANT'S PERFORMANCE
                        --------------------------------

         In consideration of Landlord's having executed said Lease a the request
of the undersigned and in further  consideration of One Dollar ($1.00) and other
valuable  considerations paid, the receipt whereof is hereby  acknowledged,  the
undersigned  (Guarantor) hereby  unconditionally  guarantees to Landlord and its
successors and assigns,  the payment of the rents and other sums provided for in
said Lease and the  performance  and observance of all agreements and conditions
contained in said Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed.

         Guarantor  hereby waives  presentment for payment,  demand for payment,
notice of  nonpayment or dishonor,  protest and notice of protest,  diligence in
collection, and any and all


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





formalities  which may be legally required to charge it with liability;  and the
Guarantor does further agree that its liability as Guarantor  shall in nowise be
impaired or affected by any renewals,  waivers,  or extensions which may be made
from time to time, with or without its knowledge and consent,  of any default or
the  time of  payment  or  performance  required  under  said  Lease,  or by any
forbearance  or delay in enforcing any obligation  thereof,  or by assignment of
said Lease or subletting of the demised premises,  neglect or refusal to enforce
or to realize  upon any security  which may have been given or may  hereafter be
given  thereunder  or  hereunder,  or by  any  modifications  of  the  terms  or
provisions of the Lease.

         The  Guarantor  further  covenants  and agrees to pay all  expenses and
fees,  including  attorney's  fees which may be incurred by the  landlord or its
successors  and  assigns in  enforcing  any of the terms or  provisions  of this
Guaranty.

         This Guaranty shall be binding upon the successors,  and assigns of the
Guarantors,  shall not be  discharged  or  affected,  in whole or in part by the
bankruptcy, or insolvency of the Tenant.

         This Guaranty is absolute, unconditional, and continuing and payment of
the sums for which the undersigned  become liable shall be made at the office of
the  Landlord or its  successors  or assigns  from time to time on demand as the
same become or are declared due.

         Dated:  July 28, 1995               BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

                                          BY:_____________________________
                                              Kevin Quinlan
                                              Its Sr. Vice President & Treasurer
                                              Duly Authorized


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -26-





                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                                 LEASED PREMISES


                                  EXHIBIT 'A'

                                LEASED PREMISES


A certain piece or parcel of land with all buildings  and  improvements  thereon
situated  northerly  of  North  Mountain  Road  in  the  City  of  New  Britain,
Connecticut  and being more  particularly  shown on a map entitled  "Map Showing
Location  Of  Proposed  Leasing  Agreement  For  BBI - North  American  Clinical
Laboratories,  Inc. Located At #75 North Mountain Road, New Britain, Connecticut
Map  Prepared  By: MBA  Engineering,  Inc.,  211 New  Britain  Road,  Suite 103,
Kensington,  Connecticut 06037 (203) 827-0222 Job Number: 95068, Scale 1" = 50'
Drawn By: BNB Checked By LJM Date: July 13, 1995" and containing 4.081 +/- acres
and being more particularly bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at a point  located in the westerly line of Lot No. 206 which point is
the southeast corner of the within described premises;  thence running N 89o 07'
53" W.  417.53 feet to a point as shown on said map;  thence  running N 06o 75'
26" E, 66.77 feet to a point as shown on said map; thence running N 31o 03' 55"
W, 35.15 feet to a point as shown on said map;  thence running N 00o 09' 15" W.
276.41 feet,  to a point as shown on said map;  thence  running N 77o 44' 24" E,
291.54 feet,  to a point as shown on said map;  thence  running S 86o 44' 06" E,
152.84 feet to a point as shown on said map;  thence  running S O1o 07' 17" W.
426.62 feet to the point and place of beginning.

Said premises are leased  together with a 30 foot wide  right-of-way  from North
Mountain  Road to the leased  premises,  in common with the Landlord and others,
for motor vehicle and pedestrian ingress and egress.  Said right-of-way is shown
on said map as "Minimum 30 Ft. Wide Driveway  Right-of-Way  From North  Mountain
Road to Leased Portion of Site.  R.O.W. to be centered of 24 Ft. BIT.  Driveway"
and "Minimum 30 Ft. Wide  Right-of-Way From Driveway R.O.W. To Front Entrance of
Site. R.O.W. to be centered over aisle portion of existing BIT. Parking Lot."


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)







                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------

                           SCHEDULE OF LANDLORD'S WORK

The  Improvement  list below is a detailed list subject to minor  modifications.
These  "modifications"  must be finalized  immediately.  Both parties understand
that this final plan directly correlates to the Landlord's Performance Schedule.

Improvements

1.  Existing  cafeteria  to be  subdivided  and used as an  employee  lounge and
soundproofed conference room.

2. One existing Lab area,  as specified in the front left area of the  facility,
to be renovated into 3 or 4 offices,  to be located as reasonably  determined by
Tenant.

3.  One  existing  lab  area  to be  refurbished  as a  client  service/specimen
processing, as determined by Tenant.

4. all existing computer and phone wiring to be removed.

5. Floor areas, as designated by Tenant, to be sealed.

6. All carpets, as designated by Tenant, to be replaced.

7. Any damaged ceiling tiles to be replaced.

8. Interior to be cleaned and painted.

9.  Landlord to warrant  that  electrical  systems HVAC and plumbing are in good
working order, including all Emergency Lighting,  exterior  building/parking lot
lighting and the existing security camera in the parking area is operational.

10. New driveway and parking area adjacent to Tenant's building.

11. Lab furniture to be in good working  order as  reasonably  determined by the
parties.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
12. Landlord to warrant that the electric circuits are fully operational via the
back-up generator or will identify which  circuits/outlets  are operational from
this generator.




                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                




                                    EXHIBIT C
                                    ---------

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS


1. The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways,
corridors and public parts of the Building shall not be obstructed or encumbered
by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and
from the Demised Premises.

2. No awnings,  air conditioning units or other projections shall be attached to
the outside walls or windowsills  of the Building or otherwise  project from the
Building, without the prior written consent of landlord.

3. All signs or  lettering  affixed by Tenant on any part of the  outside of the
Demised  Premises  shall be approved by landlord,  which  approval  shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed.

4. No bottles,  parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills or in any
other part of the Building,  nor shall any article be thrown out of the doors or
windows of the Demised Premises.

5. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, unseemly or disturbing noises or
interfere with other tenants or those having business with them.

6. Tenant  shall not put any covering of any type or nature upon the exterior of
windows in the Demised Premises.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)






                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

     We consent to the  inclusion in this  Amendment  No. 2 to the  Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No.  333-10759) of our reports dated March 12, 1996,
except as to the  information  in the first  paragraph of Note 11, for which the
date is  September  10,  1996 on our  audits  of the  financial  statements  and
financial statement schedule of Boston Biomedica, Inc. and Subsidiaries. We also
consent to the references to our firm under the captions "Selected  Consolidated
Financial  Data" and  "Experts."


                                                   COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.


Boston, Massachusetts
October 25, 1996


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission